Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


\k 

0 

IP 





Contents Overview 

Prt’sidcnr> Message 1 

I^W-2001 Calendar 12 

I'niversiiy Adininisiraiion 24 

Overview ol Schools 29 

Academic Depart menis and Programs 47 

Academic Services 371 

Student Aliairs 387 

Academic Advisement 405 

Admissions 411 

Registration 427 

Pinancial Aid 433 

Cniversiiy Regulations 439 

Graduate Regulations 455 

Academic Programs > .47 1 

Degree Listing ' \ . .472 

General Lducation Requirer\icnis' 483 

Faculty £ 502 

Index 551 

Campus Map 559 


California State University, Fullerton 

PO. Box 6850 

800 N. State College Blvd. 

Fullerton. CA 92834-6850 
t714U78-2011 

Web site: http://\v\vw*. fullerton.edu 



•1 


I 


I am delighted to welcome you to California State University Fullenon. 
Every student who makes a commitment to pursue a university education 
is faced with many choices and decisions as they plan their future-the 
possibilities are endless. At Cal State Fullerton, we build bright futures by 
providing the best foundations to prepare our students for success-in their 
personal lives, academic pursuits and career objectives. The unique nature 
of our academic and student support programs are linked to develop the 
critical skills-teamwork, leadership and citizenship-the values and the 
professional ethics for students to realize their dreams and goals and 
make a meaningful contribution to society 

Cal State Fullerton offers students the experience of a large, dynamic and 
diverse university, with an enrollment of more than 25,000, combined with 
the comfortable atmosphere of a small college. Our outstanding faculty 
members have distinguished reputations in their fields and take pride in 
developing close mentoring relationships with students. It is our mission 
to provide a learning environment where students and faculty members 
can work closely together on programs, research and projects. We want 
to ensure that each student succeeds, by receiving the finest academic 
experience possible both in and out of the classroom. 

Our university also takes great pride in the fact that we provide the 
opportunity to make a university education a reality for many students 
who may not have thought it possible. In fact, it is our goal to provide 
every freshman student with a successful transition to college. 

You will quickly discover that student support is just as important as the 
academic and personal goals we encourage our students to pursue. Take 
the time to fully acquaint yourself with the many networks of support 
services we offer. Gel engaged in our university community and you will 
be assured of a rich and rewarding college experience. 

Since 1959 when classes first started. Cal State Fullerton has grown from 
a small college to a leading regional university that has prepared more than 
125,000 graduates. In fact, 80 percent of our alumni live and work in 
Southern California. Many have become leaders in business, industry, 
government, politics, education and the arts. Their contributions to the 
communities they serve following graduation is testimony of our success. 

The following pages offer a glimpse of our vital, dynamic and diverse 
campus. Take a look at each of our schools, the outstanding programs they 
offer, and listen to what our university community wants to share with 
each of you. 1 think you will see for yourself why our goal and vision for 
Cal State Fullerton-as the nation’s best public comprehensive universiiy- 
provides the opportunity for our students to shine. 

a. 

Milton A. Gordon 
President 

California State University, Fullerton 











s 

■f 





t 



‘7 had my choice of another major large university or Cal State Fullerton- 
this was the hardest decision of my life so far. The Theatre Department, the 
smaller, 'more comfortable* campus and a greater opportunity to practice 
my art led me here-and I was completely right. ** 

Christine Cummings 
Theatre Arts 


School of the Arts 


"More than anything else, the 
excellence of our programs can 
be seen in our people-the faculty, 
staff, students and graduates. 
Their presence is perhaps the 
strongest recommendation to be 
made for pursuing the arts at 
Cal State Fullerton.” 



Dean Jerry Samuelson 
School of the Arts 



■ The Art Department offers a unique program in animation and 
entertainment arts, receiving direct instruction each week via video link 
from Warner Bros. Feature Animation. Cal State Fullerton is also one 
of only 18 campuses in the world to be included in the Walt Disney Co.’s 
“Disney Partners in Education Program.” 

■ The Grand Central Art Center in Santa Ana’s Artist Village features studio 
and living space for graduate art students. The center also includes a 
gallery, printmaking workshop, restaurant, small theatre and extended 
education classrooms. 

■ If you picture yourself on the stage, our theatre and dance students 
perform throughout the year, and our graduates go on to Broadway and 
national touring companies to perform in such hits as “Rent” and “Les 
Mise rabies.” Thousands of people attend our annual “Front & Center” 
event, which features our student performers on stage with such notables 
as retired Gen. Colin L. Powell, Bill Cosby and Walter Cronkite. 

■ Music students have an opportunity to audition for the Pacific Symphony 
Institute Orchestra, which is the premier training orchestra for young 
musicians in this region. The orchestra, a vital outreach of Cal State 
Fullerton’s Music Department, is conducted by the assistant director 
of the Pacific Symphony Orchestra. 





■ Southern California business leaders come to campus to lecture and 
hire our students for internships and to recruit our graduates for their 
companies. We have the fifth largest undergraduate business program 
in the nation, the largest in California, and our undergraduate program 
is one of only 330 in the nation accredited by the American Assembly 
of Collegiate Schools of Business. 

■ A student team won first place in a General Motors marketing compe- 
tition-for the third time. A marketing professor and her students proved 
the best out of 84 universities nationwide. 

■ Students can gain real-life experience by participating in the university’s 
Small Business Institute. Through the program, students and faculty 
mentors have assisted more than 700 local area businesses and won 
39 prizes for outstanding case work from the U.S. Small Business 
Administration. 

I 

i 

j School of Business Administration and Economics 

f 

r 

f 

‘Welcome to the nationally accredited 
School of Business Administration and 
Economics-home of the fifth largest 
undergraduate business program in the 
United States. The school leads the 
region in meeting the needs of its 
diverse student body and provides 
advanced training for business 
success in today's global economy" 

^ Dean Anil K. Puri 
School of Business Administration 
and Economics 


! 

i 

i 

1 

j 

) 

s 

i 


\ 

r 

I 

i 

r 

i 

■ “My whole experience with the entire business school was fantastic. The professors 

j are awesome-they really cared that their students had an understanding of the 

■ outside world and could apply classroom theory to real-life business scenarios. The 

I exposure that I received through my classes and the General Motors marketing 

■ internship opened the door to the position I was offered before I graduated. ” 

I 

L 

I Veronica Zuniga, Marketing ‘98 

[' Field Associate, Adventure Partners 





“The reputation of the Communications Department is what attracted 
me. I am very pleased with the quality of the faculty. They are willing to 
counsel students about career objectives. Because they are so connected 
with the business world, their counsel is relevant and applicable. ” 


Annette Peeples 
Communications 


School of Communications 


“The School of Communications 
provides an excellent learning 
environment with nationally 
recognized faculty and modern 
laboratory facilities. Students gain 
hands-on experience in settings 
such as computerized writing labs, 
television studios, internship sites, 
a speech and hearing clinic, 
presentation lab, and a daily 
newspaper production complex. ” 

Dean Rick D. Pullen 
School of Communications 


■ Students in the Communications Department have more than 650 
internship sites to select from for opportunities to work in real-life 
situations. Taking part in one of the largest student internship programs 
in the nation often leads to a job after graduation. 

■ The Daily Titan, both printed and on the Web, is one of the nation’s 
top-rated student newspapers. The online version was rated best in 
the country in 1998 by the College Press Network. 

■ A student task force plans and implements the annual Communications 
Week, which brings well-known professionals and outstanding alumni 
to campus. Students interact with the professionals and attend lectures 
and workshops in order to prepare themselves for careers in the 
communications industry. 

■ Students gain valuable experience when they assist in the Center for 
Children Who Stutter and the Speech and Hearing Clinic. 






■ Undergraduate and graduate students can work on research projects 
with faculty members and professionals in the field, thanks to industry 
funding that continues to grow 

■ Partnerships with industry leaders in communications, software, 
manufacturing, semiconductors, aerospace and pharmaceuticals enable 
students and faculty members to collaborate on funded projects of 
mutual interest with the firms’ engineers and computer scientists. 
Students gain invaluable practical experience and develop the skills 

to work effectively in an interdisciplinary team environment. 


“When I changed majors, the Computer 
Science Department staff members 
really went out of their way to welcome 
me to the program and to get to know 
me on a first-name basis. Our student 
club, the Association for Computing 
Machinery, has been really helpful in 
setting up interviews and information 
days with corporate employers, as well 
as promoting social events where we 
have the opportunity to meet students 
with similar interests and goals. ” 

John Paceij\ 

Computer Science 


School of Engineering and Computer Science 



“Our school is committed to providing 
students with a thorough preparation in 
fundamental principles and helping 
them gain the practical experience to 
apply their knowledge to real-world 
projects. By blending theory and practice, 
we prepare our students for success in 
exciting and rewarding careers in 
engineering and computer science.'* 


“I had an extensive background as an electrical engineer in the aerospace industry 
when I decided to make a career change. The faculty are top notch! They are 
experts in their field, have outstanding academic credentials, and many have 
extensive professional experience. They exemplify both the theoretical and 
practical application of civil engineering to students. ” 


Acting Dean R. D. Rocke 
School of Engineering and 
Computer Science 


Ernie Lau, M.S. Civil Engineering ‘98 
Responsible Engineering Authority, Hughes Space 
and Communications Company 


“I came here because my role model, my sixth grade teacher, graduated from 
Cal State Fullerton. The university is well-known for its excellent elementary 
teacher-training program. I really enjoy learning from awesome professors. 
The small campus atmosphere makes you feel you belong here.” 

Ml Chong Kim 

Child and Adolescent Studies 


School of Human Development and Community Service 


"Using research and practice to 
enhance the community, the school's 
purpose is to provide a quality 
education that makes a difference 
in the lives of students, and through 
them, their families, organizations 
and communities. I welcome you to 
the HDCS family and the opportu- 
nity to make a lasting contribution 
to the world in which we live. ” 

Dean Soraya Coley 

School of Human Development 

and Community Service 




■ Our award-winning programs prepare more than 70 percent of the 
teachers and administrators in the area and place graduates through- 
out the U.S. and the world. And, we’re the only teacher-training 
institution in Orange County that is accredited by the National 
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, the most prestigious 
accrediting organization in the country. 

■ Students who want to pursue careers in teaching/coaching, fitness, 
corporate wellness, sports medicine/athletic training, older adult 
exercise/rehabilitation, or in various areas of community health get 
first-class preparation here. Quality teaching and well-equipped 
laboratories help to assure that our graduates will be highly competitive 
within the job market or prepared to pursue advanced degrees. 

■ We have graduated more than 8,000 child development and human 
service professionals, nurses and counselors. 


“Cal State Fullerton has an excellent Political 
Science Program. Since I wanted to complete my 
undergraduate studies in Southern California, the 
campus's close proximity to home was a plus. I like 
the ethnic diversity of the student body, the variety 
of clubs and organizations open to all students, and 
the high academic expectations and challenges." 

Christina Gallegos 
Political Science 



School of Humanities and Social Sciences 



Our American Studies and Psychology departments are among the 
nation’s top-ranked programs in their disciplines. 

Our new anthropology research and teaching facility is one of the 
country’s best of its kind. It houses a teaching museum with public 
exhibits, a computer lab with applications used by the business 
community, and a visual anthropology lab with digital video and 
multimedia production capabilities. 

More than 3,000 interviews have been conducted by oral history 
students, who also serve as researchers and editors. Our Oral History 
Program was featured recently on a CBS “60 Minutes” segment. 


“In addition to learning with our 
outstanding faculty informal 
classroom settings, students have 
the opportunity to collaborate with 
them on research, service learning 
and publication in our nationally 
recognized student research journals. 
Students and faculty members 
interact in less formal ways through 
involvement in our many student 
organizations and through advising 
and mentoring relationships." 

Dean Donald S. Castro 
School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences 


“The Student Health Profession Association, of which I am president, is what 
attracted me. I like the Science Laboratory Center, numerous research opportuni- 
ties, the smaller classes and minimal competition, which I feel cannot be found at 
any other university. I also like the friendly attitude of the students and faculty. 

Benjamin Javad Kavoossi 
B iochemistry 



School of Natural Science and Mathematics 


“We provide a complete educational 
experience to all students through a 
careful mix of instruction-both in the 
classroom and laboratory-with research. 
We view research experience for 
students as an essential and necessary 
component in the learning of science.'' 

DEAN KOLF O. JAYAWEERA 
School of Natural Science and 
Mathematics 



■ If you want to be a doctor or health professional, Cal State Fullerton is 
for you. During the last 20 years, our Health Professions Committee 
has achieved a remarkable 85 percent acceptance rate for our graduates 
who were recommended to health professions schools. The national 
average is about 30 percent. 

■ Our school has been so successful at preparing undergraduates who go 
on to receive doctorates in science and engineering that we’re ranked as 
one of the top four in the country, among those that give master’s degrees. 

■ Our student success and admission to graduate programs is supported 
by national grant-funded programs, such as Research Experience for 
Undergraduates, Minority Scientists Development, Minority International 
Research Training, and Minority Access to Research Careers. 

■ Visits to the State Capitol by our students and faculty members 
showcase the undergraduate research programs in mathematics and 
science to members of the California Legislature. 



table of 
contents 


President’s Message 1 

Academic Calendars 12 

The California State University 14 

California State University, Fullerton 18 

University Advisory Board 18 

Mission Viejo Campus 21 

Students of the University 21 

The Faculty 21 

CSUF Foundation 22 

CSUF Alumni 22 

Community Support Groups 22 

University Administration 24 

SCHOOLS 

School of the Arts 30 

School of Business Administration & Economics 32 

School of Communications 36 

School of Engineering & Computer Science 38 

School of Human Development 6ar Community Service 40 

School of Humanities & Social Sciences 42 

School of Natural Science & Mathematics 44 

ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

Accounting 48 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 54 

American Studies 57 

Anthropology . 61 

Art 68 

Asian American Studies 79 

Asian Studies 82 

Biological Science 84 

Business Administration Degrees 92 

Chemistry Biochemistry 99 

Chicano Studies 106 

Child and Adolescent Studies 109 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 112 

Communications 119 

Comparative Religion 127 

Computer Science 133 

Counseling 139 

Criminal Justice 143 

Economics 146 

Educational Leadership 152 

Electrical Engineering 156 


Elementary, Bilingual and Reading Education 163 

Engineering 172 

English/Comparative Literature 175 

Environmental Studies 183 

Finance 185 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 189 

Geography 207 

Geological Sciences 212 

Gerontology 217 

History 219 

Human Services 226 

International Business Program 230 

Kinesiology and Health Promotion 233 

Latin American Studies Program 244 

Liberal Studies Program 247 

Linguistics 250 

Management 254 

Management Science/Information Systems 258 

Marketing 265 

Mathematics 267 

Mechanical Engineering 275 

Military Science Program 281 

Music 283 

Nursing 296 

Philosophy 300 

Physics 304 

Political Science 308 

Psychology 317 

Reading 324 

Russian and East European Studies Program 327 

Science Education Program 329 

Secondary Education 333 

Sociology 336 

Special Education 341 

Speech Communication 347 

Theatre and Dance 357 

Women’s Studies 367 

ACADEMIC SERVICES 

Academic Affairs 372 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 372 

Academic Advisement Center 373 

Academic Programs 373 




TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Academic Senate 373 

Admissions and Records 373 

Analytical Studies 373 

Athletic Academic Services 374 

Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 374 

Faculty Affairs and Records 374 

Fullerton First Year Program 374 

Graduate Studies 374 

Grants and Contracts 374 

Information Technology Services 374 

International Programs 375 

Learning Technology Center 375 

Library 375 

Mentor Program 374 

University Extended Education 376 

Writing Center 376 

Honors Programs 377 

Dean’s Honor List 377 

University Honors Program 377 

Honors at Entrance 377 

Honors at Graduation 377 

Honor Societies 378 

President’s Scholars Program 378 

Institutes and Centers 380 

California Desert Studies Center 380 

Center for Business Studies 380 

Center for California Public Archaeology 381 

Center for Careers in Teaching 381 

Center for Children Who Stutter 381 

Center for Collaboration for Children 381 

Center for Demographic Research 381 

Center for Economic Education 381 

Center for Ethnographic Cultural Analysis 382 

Center for Excellence in Science and 

Mathematics Education 382 

Center for Governmental Studies 382 

Center for Insurance Studies 382 

Center for International Business 382 

Center for Molecular Structure 382 

Center for Nonprofit Sector Research 382 

Center for Successful Aging 383 

Centers for Lifespan Development 383 

Developmental Research Center 383 

Decision Research Center 383 

Faculty Development Center 383 

Family Business Council 384 

Foreign Language Laboratory 384 

Grand Central Art Center 384 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 384 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 384 

Laboratory of Phonetic Research 384 

North Orange County Leadership Institute 384 

Ocean Studies Institute/Southem California Marine Institute . .385 

Real Estate and Land Use Institute 385 

Ruby Gerontology Center 385 

Small Business Institute 385 


Social Science Research Center 385 

Sport and Movement Institute 385 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 386 

Twin Studies Center 386 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Student Affairs 388 

Vice President for Student Affairs 388 

Academic Appeals 388 

Assistant Deans for Student Affairs 389 

Career Planning and Placement Center 389 

Disabled Student Services 389 

Financial Aid 390 

Housing and Residence Life , 390 

International Education and Exchange 390 

Student Affairs Research Center 391 

Student Diversity Program 391 

Student Health and Counseling Center 391 

University Outreach/Relations with Schools and Colleges . . . .391 
Women’s/Adult Reentry Center 392 

Student Academic Services 393 

Educational Opportunity Program 393 

Intensive Learning Experience 393 

Learning Center 394 

MESA Engineering Program (MEP) 394 

Student Retention Services 394 

Testing Services 394 

Student Life 395 

Dean of Students Office 395 

Student Leadership Institute 395 

Community-based Learning and Service Center 396 

Student Information and Referral Center 396 

New Student Orientation 396 

Titan Welcome Week 396 

New Student Information Center 396 

Campus Tours 396 

Judicial Affairs 396 

Associated Students 396 

Association for Intercultural Awareness 397 

Camp Titan 397 

Departmental Association Council 397 

Children’s Center 397 

Legal Information and Referral 397 

Titan Student Union 397 

Associated Students Recreation Sports 398 

Intercollegiate Athletics 399 

Coaches 399 

Conference Memberships 399 

Men^ Intercollegiate Athletics 399 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 400 

Resources 401 

Anthropology Museum 401 

Art Gallery 401 

Daily Titan 401 

Dining and Vending Services 402 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Fullerton Arboretum 402 

Herbarium 402 

Oral History Program 402 

Reading Clinic 402 

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic 402 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 403 

Titan Shops 403 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 404 

University Channel 404 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic Advisement Policy 406 

General Education Courses and Electives 406 

Advisement in the Major 406 

School Advisement Offices 406 

Academic Advisement Center 407 

Undeclared Majors 407 

Choosing an Undergraduate Major 407 

Departmental Academic Advisement 407 

Preprofessional Programs 407 

Health Professions 408 

Teaching Careers 408 

Answers to Your Questions 409 

ADMISSIONS 

Undergraduate Students 412 

Freshmen Requirements 412 

Transfer Requirements 413 

High School Honors Courses 413 

Health Screening 413 

Test Scores 414 

TOEFL Requirement 414 

Placement Test Requirements 414 

English Placement Test (EPT) 414 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 414 

Application Procedures 417 

How to Apply for Admission 418 

Impacted Programs 418 

Application Filing Periods 418 

Application Acknowledgement 418 

Admission Requirements 420 

First-Time Freshmen 421 

Undergraduate Transfer Students 421 

International Students 421 

American Language Program 422 

Postbaccalaureate and Graduate Students 423 

Cancellation of Admission 423 

Transfer Credits 424 

REGISTRATION 

Registration Information 428 

Schedule of Fees 430 

Financial Aid 433 

UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 

Enrollment Regulations 440 

Class Attendance 441 

Grading System 442 


Administrative Symbols 443 

Student Records 444 

Grade Changes 445 

Continuous Residency Regulations 448 

Stop-Out Policy 448 

Leave of Absence 448 

Withdrawal from the University 449 

Retention, Probation and Disqualification 449 

Student Conduct 449 

Parking 451 

Public Safety Department 451 

Student Rights 452 

GRADUATE REGULATIONS 

Graduate Admission 456 

Master’s Degree Requirements 459 

Graduate Academic Standards 461 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 463 

Leave of Absence 463 

Theses and Projects 466 

Graduate Student Checklist 469 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Degree Programs 472 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 473 

General Education Requirements 477 

Certification Policy 478 

California Articulation Number (CAN) 478 

General Education Courses 483 

Teaching Credential Programs 489 

University Extended Education 493 

International Education 495 

Course Numbering Code 498 

Special Major Programs 500 

Library Courses 50 1 

University Studies Course 501 

FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 502 

EMERITI 537 

INDEX 551 

CREDITS 558 

MAP 559 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


academic calendar 

Please note: This calendar is not intended to be construed as an employee work calendar. 


SUMMER SESSION 1999 


June 1 

Tuesday Instruction begins. 

July 5 

Monday Independence Day observed - Campus closed. 

August 2 

Monday Initial period for filing applications for 

admission to the following spring semester 
begins. 


August 20 

Friday Instruction ends. 

FALL SEMESTER 1999 


August 19 

Thursday Academic year begins. 

August 23 

Monday Instruction begins. 

September 6 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed. 

September 9 

Thursday Admission Day - Campus open. 

September 17 

Friday 40th Anniversary Convocation/Celebration. 

October 12 

Tuesday Columbus Day - Campus open. 

November 1 

Monday Initial period for filing applications for 

admission to the following fall semester begins. 

November 1 1 

Thursday Veterans Day - Campus open. 

November 22-26 

Monday-Friday Fall recess - no classes. Campus open 1 1/22-24; 

Campus closed 1 1/25-26. 

December 10 

Friday Last day of classes. 

December 13 

Monday Examination preparation (A.M.). 

December 13-18 

Monday-Saturday . . .Semester examinations. 

December 20 

Monday Winter recess begins. 

December 24-31 

Friday-Friday Holiday break - Campus closed. 


2000 


January 3 

Monday 

.Winter recess ends. Semester ends; grade 
reports due. 

INTERSESSION 2000 


January 3 

Monday 

.Intersession begins. 

January 17 

Monday 

.Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - Campus 
closed. 

January 28 

Friday 

.Intersession ends. 

SPRING SEMESTER 2000 

January 26 

Wednesday 

.Semester begins. 

January 31 

Monday 

.Instruction begins. 

February 12 

Saturday 

. .Lincoln's Birthday - Campus open. 

February 21 

Monday 

. .Washington's Birthday observed - 
Campus closed. 

March 27-31 

Monday-Friday . . . 

. .Spring recess - Campus open but 
no classes. 

April 3 

Monday 

. .Instruction resumes. 

May 19 

Friday 

. .Last day of classes. 

May 22 

Monday 

. .Examination preparation (A.M.). 

May 22-27 

Monday-Saturday . 

. .Semester examinations. 

May 27 

Saturday 

. Commencement Exercises. 

May 29 

Monday 

. .Memorial Day - Campus closed. 

May 30-June 1 

Tuesday-Thursday 

. Evaluation days. 

June 2 

Friday 

. .Semester ends; grade reports due. 


12 


1999-2000 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


SUMMER SESSION 2000 


May 30 

Tuesday Instruction begins. 

July 4 

Tuesday Independence Day - Campus closed. 

August 1 

Tuesday Initial period for filing applications for 


admission to the following spring semester 
begins. 

August 18 

Friday Instruction ends. 

FALL SEMESTER 2000 


August 17 

Thursday Academic year begins. 

August 21 

Monday Instruction begins. 

September 4 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed. 

September 9 

Saturday Admission Day - Campus open. 

October 12 

Thursday Columbus Day - Campus open. 

November 1 

Wednesday Initial period for filing applications 

for admission to the following fall semester 


begins. 

November 11 


Saturday Veterans Day - Campus open. 

November 20-24 

Monday-Friday Fall recess - no classes. Campus open 1 1/20-22; 

Campus closed 1 1/23-24. 

December 8 

Friday Last day of classes. 

December 11 

Monday Examination preparation (A.M.). 

December 11-16 

Monday-Saturday . . .Semester examinations. 

December 18 

Monday Winter recess begins. 

December 25-31 

Monday-Sunday . . . .Holiday break - Campus closed. 


2001 


January 1 

Monday 

. .New Year's Day - Campus closed. 

January 2 

Tuesday 

. .Winter recess ends. Semester ends; grade 
reports due. 

INTERSESSION 2001 


January 2 

Tuesday 

. .Intersession begins. 

January 15 

Monday 

. .Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - Campus closed. 

January 26 

Friday 

. .Intersession ends. 

SPRING SEMESTER 2001 

January 24 

Wednesday 

, .Semester begins. 

January 29 

Monday 

.Instruction begins. 

February 12 

Monday 

.Lincoln's Birthday - Campus open. 

February 19 

Monday 

March 26-30 

.Washington's Birthday observed - 
Campus closed. 

Monday-Friday . . . . 

.Spring recess - Campus open but no classes. 

April 2 

Monday 

.Instruction resumes. 

May 18 

Friday 

.Last day of classes. 

May 21 

Monday 

.Examination preparation (A.M.). 

May 21-26 

Monday-Saturday . . 

.Semester examinations. 

May 26 

Saturday 

.Commencement Exercises. 

May 28 

Monday 

.Memorial Day - Campus closed. 

May 29-31 

Tuesday-Thursday . 

.Evaluation days. 

June 1 

Friday 

.Semester ends; grade reports due. 


2000-2001 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


the California 





Maritime Academy, a specialized campus. 

The oldest campus — ^San Jose State University — ^was founded in 1857 and became the first insti- 
tution of public higher education in California. The most recently opened campus — California State 


University, 
Monterey Bay, 
began admit- 
ting students in 
the fall of 
1995. A new 
new site has 
been conveyed 
and a 23rd 
campus, CSU 
Channel 
Islands, is 
being formally 
established in 
Ventura 
County 
Responsibility 
for The 
California 
State 



THE CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 


Campuses of The California State 


University 

Trustees and Officers of The Calfomia 


State University 
Office of the Chancellor 


University is vested in the Board of Trustees, whose members are appointed by the governor. 

The trustees appoint the chancellor, who is the chief executive officer of the system, and the 
presidents, who are the chief executive officers of the respective campuses. 

The trustees, the chancellor and the presidents develop system wide policy, with actual 
implementation at the campus level taking place through broadly based consultative procedures. 
The Academic Senate of The California State University, made up of elected representatives of 
the faculty from each campus, recommends academic policy to the Board of Trustees through the 
chancellor. 

Academic excellence has been achieved by The California State University through a distin- 
guished faculty, whose primary responsibility is superior teaching. While each campus in the 
system has its own unique geographic and curricular character, all campuses, as multipurpose 
institutions, offer undergraduate and graduate instruction for professional and occupational 
goals, as well as broad liberal education. All the campuses require for graduation a basic program 
of general education requirements, regardless of the type of bachelor’s degree or major field 
selected by the student. 

The CSU offers more than 1,600 bachelor’s and master’s degree programs in some 240 
subject areas. Many of these programs are offered so that students can complete all upper-divi- 
sion and graduate requirements by part-time, late afternoon and evening study. In addition, a 
variety of teaching and school service credential programs are available. A limited number of 
doctoral degrees are offered jointly with the University of California and with private institutions 
in California. 


14 


THE CSU 



Enrollments in fall 1997 totaled nearly 

344.000 students, who were taught by over 

18.000 faculty. The system awards more than 
half of the bachelor’s degrees and 30 percent 
of the master’s degrees granted in California. 
Some 1.7 million persons have graduated 
from CSU campuses since 1960. 

CAMPUSES - THE CALIFORNIA STATE 
UNIVERSITY 

California State University, Bakersfield 
9001 Stockdale Highway 
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1099 
Dr. Tomas A. Arciniega, President 
(805) 664-2011 

California State University, Channel Islands 

P.O. Box 2862 

amarillo,CA 9301 1-2862 

Mr. J. Handel Evans, President 

(805) 383-8400 

California State University, Chico 
1st & Normal Streets 
Chico, CA 95929-0150 
Dr. Manuel A. Esteban, President 
(530) 898-6116 

California State University, Dominguez Hills 

1000 East Victoria Street 

arson, CA 90747-0005 

Dr. Herbert L. arter. President (Interim) 

(310) 243-3300 

aiifomia State University, Fresno 
5241 North Maple Avenue 
Fresno, CA 93740 
Dr. John D. Welty, President 
(559) 278-4240 

aiifomia State University, Fullerton 
800 No. State College Blvd. 

Fullerton, CA 92834-9480 
Dr. Milton A. Gordon, President 
(714) 278-2011 

aiifomia State University, Hayward 
25800 arios Bee Blvd. 

Hayward, CA 94542 
Dr. Norma Rees, President 
(510) 885-3000 

Humboldt State University 
Areata, CA 95521-8299 
Dr. Alistair W McCrone, President 
(707) 826-3011 


aiifomia State University, Long Beach 
1250 Bellflower Boulevard 
Long Beach, CA 90840-0115 
Dr. Robert C. Maxson, President 
(562) 985-4111 

aiifomia State University, Los Angeles 
5151 State University Dr. 

Los Angeles, CA 90032 
Dr. James M. Rosser, President 
(323) 343-3000 

California Maritime Academy 
200 Maritime Academy Dr. 

Vallejo, CA 94590 

Mr. Jerry A. Aspland, President (Interim) 
(707) 645-1000 

aiifomia State University, Monterey Bay 

100 ampus Center 

Seaside, CA 93955-8001 

Dr. Peter P. Smith, President 

(831) 582-3330 

aiifomia State University, Northridge 
18111 NordhoffSt. 

Northridge, CA 91330 

Dr. Blenda J. Wilson, President 

(818) 677-1200 

aiifomia State Polytechnic University, 
Pomona 

3801 W. Temple Ave. 

Pomona, CA 91768 
Dr. Bob Suzuki, President 
(909) 869-7659 

aiifomia State University, Sacramento 
6000 J St. 

Sacramento, CA 95819 
Dr. Donald R. Gerth, President 
(916) 278-6011 

aiifomia State University, San Bernardino 

5500 University Parkway 

San Bernardino, CA 92407-2397 

Dr. Albert K. Kamig, President 

(909) 880-5000 

San Diego State University 
5500 ampanile Dr. 

San Diego, CA 92182 

Dr. Stephen L. Weber, President 

(619) 594-5200 


San Francisco State University 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco, CA 94132 
Dr. Robert A. Corrigan, President 
(415) 338-1111 

San Jose State University 
One Washington Square 
San Jose, CA 95192-0001 
Dr. Robert L. aret. President 
(408) 924-1000 

aiifomia Polytechnic State University, San 
Luis Obispo 

San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 
Dr. Warren J. Baker, President 
(805) 756-1111 

California State University, San Marcos 
333 S. Twin Oaks Valley Road 
San Marcos, CA 92096-0001 
Dr. Alexander Gonzalez, President 
(760) 750-4000 

Sonoma State University 
1801 East Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park, CA 94928-3609 
Dr. Ruben Armifiana, President 
(707) 664-2880 

aiifomia State University, Stanislaus 
801 West Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock, CA 95382-0299 
Dr. Marvalene Hughes, President 
(209) 667-3122 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE 
CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Ex Officio Trustees 

The Honorable Gray Davis 

Governor of aiifomia 

State apitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Cmz Bustamante 
Lieutenant Governor of aiifomia 
State apitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Antonio Villaraigosa 

Speaker of the Assembly 

State apitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 


THE CSU 


The Honorable Delaine Eastin 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento CA 95814 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 

Chancellor of the California State University 
400 Golden Shore, Long Beach, CA 90802- 
4275 

Officers of the Trustees 

Governor Gray Davis 
President 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

The California State University 
400 Golden Shore 
Long Beach, CA 90802-4275 
(562) 985-2500 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 
Chancellor - CSU System 

Dr. David S. Spence 
Executive Vice Chancellor 


Mr. William Hauck 
Chairman 

Joan Otomo-Corgel 
Vice Chairman 

Richard P. West 
Treasurer 


Dr. Charles W Lindahl 
Associate Vice Chancellor 
Academic Affairs 

Mr. Samuel A. Strafaci 
Interim Senior Director 
Human Resources 


Christine Helwick 
Secretary 

Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight 
years, except for student Trustee, an alumni 
Trustee, and a faculty Trustee, whose terms 
are for two years. Terms expire in the year in 
parentheses. Names are listed in order of 
appointment to the board. 

Martha C. Fullgatter (2003) 

William D. Campbell (2003) 

Ralph R. Pesqueira (2004) 

James H. Gray (2006) 

Anthony M. Vitti (2005) 

Ronald L. Cedillos (1999) 

Jim Considine (1999) 

William Hauk (2001) 

Dr. Joan Otomo-Corgel (2000) 

Michael D. Stennis (2000) 

Stanley T. Wang (2002) 

Ali C. Razi (2001) 

Laurence K. Gould, Jr. (2002) 

Eric C. Mitchell (1999) 

Robert G. Foster (1999) 

Maridel Moulton (2004) 

Alice S. Petrossian (2005) 

Dr. Harold Goldwhite (1999) 

Dee Dee Myers (2004) 


Mr. Richard P West 
Senior Vice Chancellor 
Business and Finance 

Dr. Douglas X. Patifto 
Vice Chancellor 
University Advancement 

Ms. Christine Helwick 
General Counsel 


Correspondence with Trustees should be sent: 

do Trustees Secretariat 
The California State University 
400 Golden Shore, Suite 134 
Long Beach, California 90802-4275 


THE CSU 




Humboldt State University 
Gdifornia State University, Chico 
Sonoma State University 
California Maritime Academy 
California State University, Sacramento 
San Francisco State University 
California State University, Hayward 
San Jose State University 
California State University, Stanislaus 
California State University, Monterey Bay 
California State University, Fresno 
California Polytechnic State University, 

San Luis Obispo 

California State University, Bakersfield 
California State University, Channel Islands 
California State University, Northridge 
California State University, Los Angeles 
California State University, Dominguez Hills 
California State Polytechnic University, Pomona 
California State University, San Bernardino 
California State University, Long Beach 
California State University, Fullerton 
California State University, San Marcos 
San Diego State University 


THE CALIFORNIA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 


THE CSU 


California state 


univers 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON 

Governance 
Advisory Board 
Mission and Goals 
Accreditations and Associations 
Academic Freedom and Responsibility 
History of the University 
Environment of the University 
The Campus and Its Buildings 
CSUF Mission Viejo Campus 
Students of the University 
The Faculty 

Outstanding Professor Award 



GOVERNANCE 

Gov||mance on the campus at California State fcjniv^irsity, Fullerton is the rteponsibility of the 
pitsid^t and his ^ministrative Staff, ^orlig closely With, ^e ^esit^t are S nun^r fac^ll^ 
ai|d stt^ent gr^j^s that initiate, fcvie^, ao^or ri:omAen#tor approfal, various tjhiver^y ^o- 
gfams, policies /tnd pfccedures.^^lthollgh tfe pii^idertt is vested with the finatautrority for 111 
university acrivities, maxirrujm faculty and staff participation in campus decision-making and 
governance has become traditional. Students also are actively involved, with student representa- 
tives 

included on 
almost all 


university, 
school and 
departmen- 
tal commit- 
tees and 
policymak- 
ing bodies. 


California State University, Fullerton 
Foundation 

Cal State Fullerton Alumni 
Community Support Groups 


ADVISORY BOARD 

The California State University, Fullerton Advisory Board consists of community leaders 
interested in the development and welfare of the university. The board advises the president on a 
number of matters, particularly those affecting university and community relations. Members are 
appointed by the president for terms of four years. 


Dr. Arnold Miller, Chair Fullerton 

President 

Technology Strategy Group 


Peggy Hammer Placentia 

Rudy Hanley Santa Ana 

President, CEO 
OCTFCU 


Frederick T. Mason Fullerton 

Attorney at Law 

William J. McGarvey, Jr. Fullerton 

Community Relations Director 
Anderson, Lynn 6a: Cottrell, CPAs Inc. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Loren C. Pannier Anaheim 

Senior Vice President, Treasurer, 


Purchasing Distribution 

Carl Karcher Enterprises, Inc 


Frank Quevedo 

Vice President, 

Equal Opportunity 

So. California Edison Co. 

Rosemead 

John M. Rau 

President, David Industries 

Orange 

Ruth Schermitzler 

Brea 

Jack B. Lindquist 

Chief Financial Officer 
Lindquist-Clark, Inc. 

Irvine 

Irene E. Ziebarth 

Orange 


Attorney at Law 
AMS/Endispute 

MISSION AND GOALS 

Mission Statement 

Learning is preeminent at California State 
University, Fullerton. We aspire to combine the 
best qualities of teaching and research universi- 
ties where actively engaged students, faculty, 
and staff work in close collaboration to expand 
knowledge. 

Our affordable undergraduate and graduate 
programs provide students the best of current 
practice, theory, and research and integrate pro- 
fessional studies with preparation in the arts 
and sciences. Through experiences in and out 
of the classroom, students develop the habit of 
intellectual inquiry, prepare for challenging pro- 
fessions, strengthen relationships to their com- 
munities and contribute productively to society. 

We are a comprehensive, regional univer- 
sity with a global outlook, located in Orange 
County, a technologically rich and culturally 
vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our 
expertise and diversity serve as a distinctive 
resource and catalyst for partnerships with 
public and private organizations. We strive to 
be a center of aaivity essential to the intellec- 
tual, cultural and economic development of 
our region. 

Goals 

• To ensure the preeminence of learning. 

• To provide high-quality programs that 
meet the evolving needs of our students, 
community and region. 

• To enhance scholarly and creative aaivity. 


• To make collaboration integral to our 
activities. 

• To create an environment where all stu- 
dents have the opportunity to succeed. 

• To increase external support for university 
programs and priorities. 

• To expand connections and partnerships 
with our region. 

• To strengthen institutional effectiveness, 
collegial governance and our sense of 
community. 

ACCREDITATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS 

California State University, Fullerton is 
accredited by the Western Association of 
Schools and Colleges. WASC maintains an 
office on the Mills College campus. Questions 
about accreditation may be addressed to: 
Western Association of Schools 
and Colleges 
Box 9990 
Mills College 

Oakland, CA 94613-0990 

Phone: (510) 632-5000 
E-mail: WASCSR@wasc.mills.edu 

Other accreditation and association recog- 
nition includes: 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology 

Accrediting Council on Education in 
Journalism and Mass Communications 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business 

AACSB Accounting Accreditation 
American Chemical Society 
American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association 

Commission on Teacher Credentialing 
Computer Sciences Accreditation 
Commission 

NAFSA: Association of International 
Educators 

National Association of Schools of Art and 
Design 

National Association of Schools of Dance 
National Association of Schools of Music 
National Association of Schools of Public 
Affairs and Administration 
National Association of Schools of Theatre 
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education 

National League for Nursing 


Southern California Consortium on 

International Studies 

Universities Field Staff International 
Western Association of Graduate Schools 

ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND 
RESPONSIBILITY 

The Academic Senate of California State 
University, Fullerton endorses the 1990 
Statement of Professional Ethics (University 
Policy Statement 230.000). 

HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

In 1957, Cal State Fullerton became the 
12th State College in California to be autho- 
rized by the Legislature. The following year a 
site was designated in northeast Fullerton. It 
was purchased in 1959, when Dr. William B. 
Langsdorf was appointed as founding presi- 
dent, the first staff was selected and plans for 
opening the new college were made. Orange 
County State College started classes for 452 
full- and/or part-time students in September, 
1959, using leased quarters for its administra- 
tive offices on the Fullerton Union High 
School campus and for its classrooms at 
Fullerton’s Sunny Hills High School. In the 
fall of 1960, the college opened classes on its 
own campus, where it occupied 12 tempo- 
rary buildings. The name changed to Orange 
State College in July 1962, to California State 
College at Fullerton in July 1964, to 
California State College, Fullerton in July 
1968 and to California State University, 
Fullerton in June 1972. The first permanent 
building, the six-story Letters and Science 
Building (now known as McCarthy Hall), was 
occupied in 1963. 

Today, there is much dramatic evidence of 
additional, rapid growth. Several new build- 
ings have been completed, and enrollment 
has climbed to more than 25,000. Since 1963 
the curriculum has expanded to include 
lower-division work and many graduate pro- 
grams. 

The Donahoe Higher Education Act of 
1960 established the California State Colleges 
as a system under an independent Board of 
Trustees, redefined the functions of the State 
Colleges, and related them to both the com- 
munity colleges and the University of 
California system. 

In May 1971, Dr. L. Donald Shields, who 
had served as acting president for seven 
months, was appointed the second president 
of Cal State Fullerton. Dr. Miles D. McCarthy 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


became acting president in January 1981; Dr. 
Jewel Plummer Cobb took office as the third 
president in October 1981; and Dr. Milton A. 
Gordon was appointed the fourth president 
in August 1990. 

ENVIRONMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Fullerton, a city of more than 123,000 
inhabitants, is located in North Orange 
County, about 30 miles southeast of central 
Los Angeles. It is part of the Southern 
California population center and within easy 
freeway access of all the diverse natural and 
cultural attractions of this region. 

Orange County, with an area of 782 
square miles, is the 48th in size of California’s 
58 counties, but it is the third largest county 
in population (2.7 million). Orange County 
has experienced during the last four decades 
almost unprecedented growth as communi- 
ties continue to occupy the diminishing 
expanses of open land. 

Today, there co-exists an interesting 
mixture of the old and new economic and life 
styles in Orange County. Underneath the soil, 
archeologists and bulldozers uncover traces 
of the hunting and gathering Indian bands 
who flourished at least as early as 4,000 years 
ago in what was a benign and bountiful 
region. More visible traces remain of the 
Spanish and Mexican periods and cultures: 
Mission San Juan Capistrano, which began 
the agricultural tradition in Orange County, 
and subsequent adobes from the great land 
grants and ranches that followed. 

Additionally, both customs and many names 
persist from this period, and so does some 
ranching. The architectural and other evi- 
dences of the subsequent pioneer period are 
still quite visible: farmsteads, old buildings 
from the new towns that were established in 
the late 1800s, mining operations, and traces 
of early resort and other types of promotional 
activities. For about 100 years, farming was 
the main economic activity with products 
such as grapes, walnuts, vegetables and 
oranges replacing the older wheat and cattle 
ranches. Today, agriculture still is very impor- 
tant. Orange County ranks high among 
California’s counties in mineral production 
with its oil, natural gas, sand and gravel, and 
clay mining and processing activities. 

The extensive development of the 42 
miles of beaches in Orange County and the 
development of such attractions as 
Disneyland, Knott’s Berry Farm, the Laguna 


Festival of Arts and Pageant of the Masters, 
the Arrowhead Pond of Anaheim, Edison 
International Field and Convention Center 
and the Orange County Performing Arts 
Center continue to make tourism an increas- 
ingly important activity. So does the 
Mediterranean-type climate, with rainfall 
averaging 14 inches per year, and generally 
mild days (either freezing or 100-degree tem- 
peratures uncommon) with frequent morning 
fog during the summer. Both downtown Los 
Angeles and the Pacific Ocean can be reached 
by car in half an hour, and mountain and 
desert recreation areas are as close as an 
hour’s drive from the campus. 

THE CAMPUS AND ITS BUILDINGS 

Once part of a vast orange grove. Cal State 
Fullertonis attractively landscaped main campus 
now consists of 225 acres bounded on the 
south by Nutwood Avenue, on the west by 
State College Boulevard, on the north by Yorba 
Linda Boulevard and on the east by the Orange 
Freeway. 

The portion of Orange County immediately 
surrounding the campus is predominantly sub- 
urban; it includes housing tracts, apartment 
complexes, shopping centers and industrial 
parks. 

Other educational institutions also are part 
of the immediate environment. The Southern 
California College of Optometry opened in the 
spring of 1973. It is just north of Cal State 
Fullerton. To Cal State’s immediate south is 
Hope University, a liberal arts school with a 
Bible emphasis, where students started classes 
in the fall of 1973. Western State University 
College of Law occupied its new campus to the 
immediate west of Cal State in January 1975. 

The Cal State Fullerton campus itself has a 
high-density urban layout of facilities devel- 
oped to serve a predominantly commuting 
public. The university^ modem buildings were 
planned so that no student needs more than 10 
minutes to go from one class to another. The 
campus is surrounded with landscaped parking 
areas. 

The first permanent building, the Letters 
and Science Building, was occupied in 1963. 
This imposing structure, master planned to 
serve ultimately as a facility for undergraduate 
and graduate science instmction and research, 
has been used to house other programs until 
they could warrant new facilities of their own. 
This building is now called Miles D. McCarthy 
Hall. 


Since 1963, growth has been rapid. The 
Performing Arts Center was completed in 

1964, the Physical Education Building in 

1965, the Library Building in 1966, the 
Commons in 1967, the Humanities-Social 
Sciences Building and Visual Arts Center in 
1969, William B. Langsdorf Hall 
(Administration-Business Administration) 
and the Engineering Building in 1971, the 
Student Health Center in 1974, the 
Education-Classroom Building and University 
Center in 1976, an addition to the Visual Arts 
Center in 1979, the Jewel Plummer Cobb 
Residence Halls and the Charles L. and 
Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center in 1988, 
and the Fullerton Marriott and the Computer 
Science Building in 1989. The Ruby 
Gerontology Center was the first building on 
campus financed solely by contributed funds; 
the Fullerton Marriott, a full-service hotel, 
resulted from a joint venture involving the 
Marriott Corp., the university and the city of 
Fullerton. 

An expansion of the Titan Student Union 
and a sports complex featuring a multipur- 
pose stadium, baseball pavilion, track and 
tennis courts were completed in 1992. The 
five-story University Hall, with classrooms, 
faculty offices, and student and academic 
support services, was occupied in 1993, fol- 
lowed by the two-story Science Laboratory 
Center in 1994. University Library-North, a 
four-story addition to the University Library 
was completed in 1996 and dedicated as 
Poliak Library in 1998. A major addition to 
the Physical Education Building is being 
planned, as is an auditorium/fine arts instruc- 
tion facility, which will include a 1,200-seat 
auditorium. 

In the northeast comer of the campus is 
the Fullerton Arboretum, which was dedi- 
cated in the fall of 1979 in a joint venture 
with the city of Fullerton. It includes a 15- 
acre contoured botanical garden, a three-acre 
organic garden and a two-acre experimental 
plot. The ecologically arranged flora depicts 
habitats from the desert to the tropics. The 
Fullerton Arboretum also includes Heritage 
House, a restored 19th-century dwelling. 
Heritage House serves as a cultural museum 
for North Orange County, as well as an 
arboretum office. 

The ample freeway and surface street 
accommodations that approach the main 
entrance to the university’s campus also 
provide comparatively easy access to the great 


CAUFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


and diverse learning resources available in 
Southern California: many other colleges and 
universities; museums, libraries, art galleries; 
zoos; and the wide variety of economic, gov- 
ernmental, social, and cultural activities and 
experiments that may be found in this 
dynamic and complex region of California 
and the United States. 

Information concerning the instructional, 
laboratory and other physical facilities that 
relate to the academic program may be 
obtained from the Office of Facility Planning 
and Construction. 

C8UF MISSION VIEJO CAMPUS 

The California State University, Fullerton- 
Mission Viejo Campus is located on a portion 
of the campus of Saddleback College in 
Mission Viejo. As a branch campus of Cal 
State Fullerton, it serves the higher education 
needs of southern Orange County. The 
Mission Viejo Campus offers course work at 
both the upper-division (junior/senior) and 
postbaccalaureatc levels. All lower-division 
(freshman/sophomore) General Education 
and major course work must be taken at 
either the main campus in Fullerton or at a 
community college. 

The five CSUF buildings at the Mission 
Viejo campus contain an administrative center 
that includes registration access, faculty 
offices, classrooms, an electronic library, com- 
puter laboratories and student lounges. 
Information regarding the university or MVC 
is available to students and prospective stu- 
dents in the MVC administrative offices 
located in Building H. 

Students who plan to attend the Mission 
Viejo Campus (MVC) must be admitted to 
California State University, Fullerton through 
the regular admissions process. Applications 
for admission to the university are available at 
the main campus, the Mission Viejo Campus 
and at all community colleges and high 
schools. Registration for MVC classes takes 
place through the regular university processes 
(touch-tone registration). 

Student Affairs enhances and supports the 
academic mission of the university by imple- 
menting the concepts of student development 
and student services. As a resource for stu- 
dents, administration, faculty, staff and the 
broader community. Student Affairs provides 
a wide variety of university services. The 
assistant dean for Student Affairs provides 
information on Student Affairs at the Mission 


Viejo Campus and serves as ombudsman for 
all student concerns. 

The University Library at MVC offers stu- 
dents access to all available materials con- 
tained in the main library at Fullerton. The 
MVC Library is an electronic resources library 
featuring CD-ROM, World Wide Web and 
Internet access to information. Students can 
access citations, abstracts, and full text of 
periodical articles via databases available from 
the Main Library’s Home Page. The MVC 
Library also has a collection of more than 
600 periodicals on microfilm (1980-1997). 
Current articles that are available via Web 
access supplement this collection. MVC also 
offers students access to materials available at 
other institutions via Interlibrary Loan, sub- 
scription services and other library agree- 
ments and services. 

The campus has expanded its information 
technology facilities to include the addition of 
a multipurpose computer classroom to the 
computer laboratory computers in the 
student lounge and video conferencing. 

The multipurpose computer classroom 
incorporates some of the latest technology 
including a video network, which allows 
instructors to show the latest films in a 
variety of language. Instructors are available 
to broadcast their presentations to individual 
students, students groups, or to all students. 
Similarly, the instructor can see a student’s 
screen in order to provide individual atten- 
tion or to share it with the entire class. 

Overall, students at the Mission Viejo 
Campus have full access to technology linked 
to the Internet and to connectivity with the 
main campus in Fullerton. 

For information, contact the CSUF-Mission 
Viejo Campus, 28000 Marguerite Parkway, 
Mission Viejo, California 92692 or telephone 
(949) 582-4990. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 
7:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday, and 9:00 
a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Friday. 

STUDENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Much of the distinctive character and 
learning atmosphere of any campus comes 
from the nature and vitality of its students. 
Diversity, the synthesis of academic with 
work and family interests, strong achieve- 
ment records, and relative maturity are some 
of the predominant characteristics of the 
student body at Cal State Fullerton. 

The university is primarily a community- 
based institution, with one on-campus resi- 
dence facility which opened in the spring of 


1988. Nearly 75 percent of the students 
work 20 or more hours per week, and yet 62 
percent of all students take 12 or more hours 
of course work each semester. The majority 
of students live in Orange County. Of the fall 
1998 new undergraduate students, 36 
percent came from California public high 
schools, 6 percent from California private 
high schools, 45 percent came from 
California community colleges, 6 percent 
from other Cal State campuses, 2 percent 
from other California colleges and universi- 
ties, and 4 percent from other states or other 
countries. The fall 1998 new graduate stu- 
dents came from Cal State campuses (55 
percent), other California colleges and uni- 
versities (24 percent), and other states or 
other countries (22 percent). 

The student body is 9 percent first-time 
freshmen, 20 percent other lower division, 

54 percent upper division, and 17 percent 
graduate levels. Fifty-nine percent of all stu- 
dents are women. The median age of all stu- 
dents is 23; undergraduates have a median 
age of 22, while graduate students have a 
median age of 29. Many students take advan- 
tage of course offerings during the day and at 
night, in order to create a workable schedule 
for their multiple responsibilities. 

Many students already have clearly 
defined interests in a major field of study. 
Only 1 1 percent of all students have not yet 
declared a major, and are in the process of 
exploring different fields of knowledge. 
During 1997-98, 4,312 undergraduates 
received their baccalaureate degrees, and 798 
graduates received their master’s degrees. 

THE FACULTY 

Central to the effectiveness of any institu- 
tion of higher learning is the quality and 
dedication of its individual faculty members 
to teaching and scholarship. 

In the fall of 1997 there were 611 full- 
time faculty and administrators and 846 
part-time faculty members teaching on the 
campus. Almost all the full-time faculty had 
some previous college or university teaching 
experience before coming to Fullerton. 
Faculty members also have a wide variety of 
scholarly experiences and creative activities. 
Eighty-seven percent of the tenured and 
tenure track faculty have earned their doc- 
toral degrees. 

Criteria for selection to the faculty 
include mastery of knowledge in an acade- 
mic specialty, demonstrated skill and experi- 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


ence in teaching, and continuing interest in 
scholarly study and research. Retention and 
promotion criteria also include service to the 
university and community. 

Information concerning the faculty and 
other personnel may be obtained from the 
Office of Faculty Affairs and Records. 

OUTSTANDING PROFESSOR AWARD 

Each year the university selects a faculty 
member to receive the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. This individual becomes the 
campus nominee for the statewide 
Outstanding Professor Award, an honor con- 
ferred annually on two system faculty by the 
Trustees of the California State University. 

Below are the names of all professors who 
have received the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. Those with an asterisk were 
also honored with the statewide award. 


Year 

Name 

Subject 

1963-64 

Donald Stanley Tull 

Marketing 

1964-65 

Miles Duffield 
McCarthy* 

Biology 

1965-66 

Giles Tyler Brown 

History 

1966-67 

Gustave Bording 

Foreign 


Mathieu 

Languages 

& 

Literatures 

1967-68 

Norman Townsend- 

Zellner 

Economics 

1968-69 

John Brown Mason 

Political 

Science 

1969-70 

No award given 


1970-71 

Loh Seng Tsai 

Psychology 

1971-72 

Richard C. Gilbert 

Mathematics 

1972-73 

Herbert C. 

Quantitative 


Rutemiller 

Methods 

1973-74 

Fred M. Johnson 

Physics 

1974-75 

Willis E. McNelly* 

English 

1975-76 

Donald E. Lagerberg 

Art 

1976-77 

Sydney Klein 

Economics 

1977-78 

Charles G. Bell 

Political 

Science 

1978-79 

Bruce H. Weber 

Chemistry 

1979-80 

Michael H. Horn 

Biology 

198081 

Donald A. Sears 

Linguistics 

1981-82 

Joyce E. Pickersgill 

Economics 

1982-83 

Carl C. Wamser 

Chemistry 

1983-84 

Corinne S. Wood 

Anthropology 

1984-85 

Maria C. Linder 

Chemistry 

1985-86 

Charles C. Lambert 

Zoology 

1986-87 

Glenn M. Nagel 

Chemistry 

1987-88 

Harris S. Shultz* 

Mathematics 

1988-89 

Warren A. Beck 

History 


1989-90 

Roger Nanes 

Physics 

1990-91 

Gerald E Corey 

Human 

Services/ 

Counseling 

1991-92 

Michael H. 

Bimbaum 

Psychology 

1992-93 

David L. Pagni* 

Mathematics 

1993-94 

Keith O. Boyum 

Political 

Science 

1994-95 

Carol P Barnes 

Elementary 
and Bilingual 
Education 

1995-96 

Mario Martelli 

Mathematics 

1996-97 

Frank G. 

Cummings III 

Art 

1997-98 

John A. Olmsted 

Chemistry 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON FOUNDATION 

The California State University, Fullerton 
Foundation was established and incorporated 
as a not-for-profit corporation in October 
1959. The Foundation is an auxiliary organi- 
zation of the university established to provide 
essential student, faculty and staff services 
which cannot be provided from state appro- 
priations. It supplements the program and 
activities of the university in appropriate 
ways by assisting the university in fulfilling 
its purposes and in serving the people of the 
State of California especially those in the 
immediate Fullerton area. 

The Foundation assists the university by 
developing and administering research and 
educational grants and contracts; conducting 
retail operations including bookstore, food 
service and vending on campus; and admin- 
istering various educationally-related func- 
tions and special programs, such as the 
Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary and the university’s 
affordable housing program. 

The Foundation’s overall policies are 
administered by a Board of Directors com- 
posed of members of the university faculty, 
administration and students, as well as 
prominent community leaders. 

Board of Directors 
Chair, Roben F Clark, Jr.# 

Vice Chair, Ted Bremner# 

Secretary, Ron Rangel# 

Treasurer, Pearl Cheng* (ex-officio) 

Executive Director, William M. Dickerson* 

(ex officio) 

Clare Carlson# 

Michael Clapp** 


Gary Del Fium# 

Julia George** 

Milton A. Gordon* 

Willie Hagan* 

Jane Hall** 

Robert Hall# 

Kolf Jayaweera* 

David Palmer# 

Robert Palmer* 

Stu Ross* (ex officio) 

Ephraim Smith* 

Sandra Sutphen** 

ASl President plus two additional student 

members 

Administrative Officers 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director 

Pearl Cheng, Director, Finance & 

Administration 

* Administrator **Faculty ***Student 
#Community Member 

CAL STATE FULLERTON ALUMNI 

The Cal State Fullerton Alumni 
Association provides opportunities for con- 
tinued affiliation with the university commu- 
nity, as well as numerous benefits and 
services. 

As alumni donors to the university, 
former students of Cal State Fullerton are 
offered a variety of benefits including library 
privileges at CSU campuses, travel, profes- 
sional development programs, financial pro- 
grams, discounts on athletic and theater 
events on campus and more. In addition, the 
Association has social and professional devel- 
opment programs to fit the needs of our 
most recent graduates. The most important 
benefits, however, are the opportunities to 
network with fellow alumni and maintain 
ties with Cal State Fullerton. 

The Student Alumni Association is a 
unique student organization that not only 
offers ways to get involved in campus life, 
but also links students to CSUF alumni. In 
addition to social events and service projects, 
SAA members have career development 
opportunities by networking with alumni. 

COMMUNITY SUPPORT GROUPS 

California State University, Fullerton wel- 
comes and encourages the development and 
activities of volunteer organizations commit- 
ted to enriching university life. The expertise 
and efforts of its dedicated volunteers are 
most appreciated for they enhance the 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


quality of the educational experience for Cal 
State Fullerton students and help ensure the 
university’s academic excellence. In addition 
to their involvement in the programs of their 
own organizations, support group members 
are invited to participate in university events. 

Art Alliance 

The Art Alliance encourages excellence in 
the arts, particularly through the educational 
curriculum of the university’s Art 
Department. Organized in 1967, the alliance 
assists in financing gallery exhibitions, partic- 
ipates in the acquisition of campus art works, 
and annually awards scholarships and gradu- 
ate research grants. Art Alliance members 
host special exhibit tours and receptions, 
informal talks by faculty members, and trips 
to museums and artists’ studios. 

Association of the Friends and Docents of 
the Anthropology Museum 

Anthropology majors, alunmi and inter- 
ested members of the community make up 
association membership. The group takes an 
active role in presenting exhibits, providing 
tours and conducting the activities of the 
museum. 

Continuing Learning Experience 

Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) was 
formed in 1979 by retired and semi-retired 
individuals dedicated to the pursuit of lifelong 
learning in a high-level educational environ- 
ment. Entirely self-supporting, CLE offers 
study groups and discussion forums of educa- 
tional and special interest to the community, as 
well as lecture series, classes and trips. 

Members also can participate in SeniorNet, a 
computer networking program, and the 
Wellness Clinic. The CLE office is housed in 
the Ruby Gerontology Center, a research and 
conference facility built with private funds in 
large part from CLE members. 

Emeriti 

Cal State Fullerton’s retired faculty and 
staff members belong to the Emeriti, which is 
dedicated to keeping its members involved 
and knowledgeable about current campus 
life. While providing opportunities to be 
involved in faculty governance, curricular 
programs and campus activities, the organiza- 
tion also offers renewal of friendships 
between its members. Through affiliation 
with the systemwide CSU emeriti organiza- 
tion, ERFA, emeriti concerns are presented to 
all branches of the government and the 
Chancellor’s Office. 


Friends of the Fullerton Arboretun 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 
support a 26-acre ecological preserve located 
on the northeast comer of campus. The 
Friends host demonstrations, lectures and 
tours of the arboretum and Heritage House, a 
tum-of-the-century residence listed in the 
National Register of Historic Places and the 
Inventory of California Historic Sites. 

Through plant sales, special activities and 
management of the arboretum’s gift and 
garden shop, the Friends contribute operat- 
ing monies for the arboretum and fund 
student scholarships, grants and internships. 

Music Associates 

In support of the Music Department, 
Music Associates fund student scholarships; 
an annual award contest recognizing excel- 
lence in vocal, instrumental and piano per- 
formance; and purchases of equipment and 
instruments to enhance Cal State Fullerton’s 
music program. Associates attend campus 
performances and co-sponsor one of the 
biggest holiday events on campus, the 
“Christmas Carol Candlelight Dinner and 
Concert” featuring the University Singers. 

The Associates also hold an annual spring 
scholarship luncheon. 

Patrons of the Library 

Community members, alumni, and 
faculty and staff members interested in main- 
taining the quality of the University Library 
belong to the Patrons of the Library. The 
group sponsors exhibits and operates a book 
sale center in conjunction with the Emeriti. 
Funds raised through book sales, dues and 
donations support the augmentation of 
library holdings and facilities. 

President’s Associates 

President’s Associates is an organization 
whose members are committed to providing 
quality higher education at Cal State 
Fullerton. Membership contributions enable 
the university to offer cultural and educa- 
tional programs, student scholarships, faculty 
research grants and recognition awards to 
outstanding students and faculty members. 
Annual activities include an October recep- 
tion and a May luncheon, when new 
President’s Scholars are named. The scholars 
program, funded by the Associates, recog- 
nizes a select group of students for academic 
and extracurricular performance. 


Reading Educators Guild 

Graduates who earn a master of science 
in education with a concentration in reading 
and other interested individuals are eligible 
for membership in the Reading Educators 
Guild. Its purpose is to provide service as a 
professional development and networking 
organization for reading educators. 
Throughout the school year, the Guild holds 
various activities, lectures and conferences. 

School Advisory Councils 

Advisory councils are composed of com- 
munity and campus leaders who are commit- 
ted to sharing their expertise and providing 
support to individual schools within the uni- 
versity. Groups include the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
Executive Council, School of 
Communications Executive Council, School 
of Engineering and Computer Science 
Community Advisory Board, and School of 
Human Development and Community 
Service Community Advisory Council. 

Titan Athletic Club 

The Titan Athletic Club (TAC) is the 
fund-raising arm of CSUF Intercollegiate 
Athletics. The sole purpose of the TAC is to 
enhance the capabilities of athletics to 
provide the highest quality programs for 
student-athletes, students, faculty and staff. 
Included in this area are individuals and 
businesses that support scholarships, facility 
upgrades and sport-specific booster organiza- 
tions among others. Creating this support 
while increasing the family atmosphere sur- 
rounding CSUF’s many programs creates the 
total package of a high-quality athletic expe- 
rience for all involved. 

Tucker Wildlife Society 

The Tucker Wildlife Society supports the 
Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary in the Modjeska 
Canyon in the Santa Ana Mountains. Its 
members assist the sanctuary in offering pro- 
grams that support the environment, save 
wildlife and provide outdoor education for 
thousands of children. A research center for 
biological field studies, the facility also offers 
continuing educational service to the com- 
munity, teacher education in nature interpre- 
tation and conservation education, and 
training of students planning to enter the 
public service field. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


university 


a 


EXECUm^ DIVISION ^ ^ 

Milton K Got^o\^,^resi4^nt 

Noi;^a L.Jlior^, St0 As^tan^ thiPret 
John Beider, Adviser to tlw'Pn 
(Vacant) Director of Internal Audit 



m EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT 

Judith Anderson, Executive Vice President 

James Mettler, Assistant to the Executive Vice President 


GOVERNMENT/COMMUNITY RELATIONS 

Owen Holmes, Jr., Associate Director, Govemment/Community Relations 
Karon Kaelin, Uaisonfor Govemment/Community Relations 

ATHLETICS 

John Easterbrook, Director of Athletics 

Maryalyce Jeremiah, Senior Associate Director of Athletics/ 

Senior Woman Administrator 

Mel Franks, Associate Director of Athletics, Media Relations 
Ronald Bond, Associate Director of Athletics, Sports Complex 
Ronald Andris, Assistant Director of Sports Complex, 

Event Management 

John Jentz, Assistant Director of Athletics, Business 

Christine McCarthy, Assistant Director of Athletics, 

Academic Services 

June Kearney, Assistant Director of Athletics, Compliance 

PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

(Vacant) Associate Vice President, Public Affairs 
Paula Selleck, Director of Media Relations 
(Vacant) Director of Publication Services 

m BUSINESS AND HNANCIAL AFFAIRS 

Sherri Newcomb, Chief Financial Officer 

E. Sue Boeltl, Senior Director Financial Operations 

Cheryl Ferreira, Director, Procurement and Business Services 
Elizabeth Grace, Procurement Officer (Acting 
Grace Castillo, Accounts Payable Manager 
(Vacant) Assistant Director, Financial Operations 

Marilou Encina, Operations Supervisor, Payroll Services 
Ruby Cook, Central Support Services Coordinator 
Carlos Navarette, Internal Controls Manager • 

Keiko Takahashi, Director, Business Systems 

Linda Erickson, Director, Budget and Revenue Management 


Gary ^ardner. Financial Manager/Accounting Services 
Compliance Manager 

Dfflores baoid, Dir^to^tui^t Financial Services (Acting 
i^obirta \^Wl8from,lvssis^t Director, Student Financial Services 

■ INFORMATION/TECHNOLOQY SERVICES 

Michael Parker, Chief Information/Technology Officer (Acting) 

Dick Bednar, Director, Information/Technology 
Susan Kachner, Director, Administration Computer 
Susan Lasswell, Director, Information Technology Communications 
Mike Marcinkevicz, Director, Information Technology Support 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Ephraim P Smith, Vice President for Academic Affairs 

Davida Hopkins-Parham, Executive Assistant to the Vice President 

Margaret A. Atwell, Associate Vice President, Academic Affairs 
Dolores Hope Vura, Director, Analytical Studies 

Robert Fecarotta, Associate Director, Analytical Studies 
Mary Watkins, Director, Faculty Affairs and Records 
Ellen Junn, Director, Faculty Development Center 
Stuart A. Ross, Director, Office of Grants & Contracts 

Vickie Langille, Coordinator of Regulatory Compliance and 
Intermural Programs 

Chris Smithson, Coordinator, Contracts and Grants 
William E Presch, Director, Desert Studies Consortium 

m ADMISSIONS AND RECORDS 

James C. Blackburn, Director, Admissions and Records 
Nancy Dority, Admissions Officer 
Barbara Hooper, Dniversiiy Articulation/Project Officer 
Carole Jones, Registrar 
Melissa Whatley, Associate Registrar 

■ ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Thomas P. Klammer, Associate Vice President, Academic Programs 
Gladys Fleckles, Director, Graduate Studies 
Robert Belloli, Coordinator, Undergraduate Studies 
David Drath, Coordinator, Health Professions 
Christine McCarthy, Director, Athletic Academic Services 
Harvey Grody Prelaw Adviser 
Benjamin Hubbard, Director, Faculty Mentor Program 
Sally Cardenas, Director, Center for Internships and 
Cooperative Education 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Claire Palmerino, Director, Center for Careers in Teaching 
Ed Trotter, Director, University Honors Program 
Sylvia Alva, Director, Fullerton First Year 

m UNIVERSITY EXTENDED EDUCATION 

Harry L. Norman, Dean, University Extended Education 
Arline Burgmeier, Director, American Language Program 
Don Pease, President, Continuing Learning Experience 
Gregory Dyment, Director, Fullerton Arboretum 
Judy Strong, Director, Credit Programs 
Harry Norman, (Acting) Director, Learning Technology Center 
Melody Johnston, Director, Marketing and Extension Programs 
Ruth Richardson, Director, Operations 
Lorraine Waters, Director, Student Services 

m UBRARY 

Richard C. Pollard, University Librarian 

Patricia L. Bril, Associate University Librarian 
Teresa Malinowski, Chair, Technical Services 

m MISSION VIEJO CAMPUS 

George Giacumakis, Director, Mission Viejo Campus 
Lynne McVeigh, Assistant Dean for Student Affairs, 

Mission Viejo Campus 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Robert L. Palmer, Vice President for Student Affairs 

Charles W Buck, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 

Silas Abrego, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 

Kandy S. Mink, Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs 

Loydene Keith, Dean of Students 

Sunnie Foy, Director, Budget and Human Resources 

Judy Mandel, Executive Director of Development for Student Affairs 

Harvey McKee, Executive Director, Associated Students 

James Case, Director, Career Planning and Placement 

Shirley St. Peter, Director, Counseling and Psychological Services 

Paul K. Miller, Director, Disabled Student Services 

Charles Moore, Director, Enrollment Management/ 

University Outreach 

Deborah Gordon, Director, Financial Aid 
Darlene Stevenson, Director, Housing and Residence Life 
Robert Ericksen, Director, International Education and Exchange 
(Vacant), Director, Student Health and Counseling Service 
Jeremiah Moore, Director, Student Academic Services 
Vernon Padgett, Acting Director, Student Affairs Research Center 
John Reid, Director, Student Diversity Program 
Barbara McDowell, Director, Women’s/Adult Reentry Center 


ADMINISTRATION 

Willie J. Hagan, Vice President for Administration 
Naomi Goodwin, Executive Assistant 
William C. Barrett, Associate Vice President for Administration 
Thomas H. Whitfield, Director, Environmental Health & Safety 
Joe Ferrer, Director, Parking and Transportation 
Sue Fisher, Director, Radiation Safety Officer 
Martin Carbone, Risk Manager & Division Budget Manager 

m FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 

Jay W Bond, Associate Vice President, Facilities Management 
Patricia E Shoemaker, Facility Planner 
Michael C. Smith, Director, Design & Construction Services 
Willem H. van der Pol, Acting Director, Physical Plant 

m HUMAN RESOURCES 

David J. Losco, Executive Director, Human Resources 
Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro, Director, Affirmative Action 
Robin Innes, Director, Employee Training & Development 
Dorothy G. Edwards, Director, Human Resource Operations 

■ PUBLIC SAFETY 

Judith D. King, Chief of Police/Director, Public Safety 
Harry Knopp, Lieutenant 

■ FOUNDATION 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director, Foundation 

Shou-Yinn (Pearl) Cheng, Director, Finance and Administration 
Jerry C. Olson, Director, Titan Shops 
Anthony Lynch, Director, Campus Dining 

UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT 

Harry R. Gianneschi, Vice President for University Advancement 
Larry Zucker, Associate Vice President, University Corporate 
Marketing & Events 

Mary Jacobsen, Associate Vice President, Development 
Bob May, Director of Development, Athletics 
Mary Ann Spraic, Senior Director of Development 
Holly Wisneski, Senior Director of Development, School of the Arts 
Barbara Esmark, Assistant Vice President, Endowments and 
Planned Giving 

Shelia Paris, Director of Development, Information Services 
Kathleen Costello, Executive Director of Center for Non-Profit 
Sector Research 

Susan Porter, Director, Foundation Relations 
Diana Morgan, Director, Advancement Programs 
Carlos Leija, Director, Principle Gifts 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Shawne Grabs, Senior Director of Development, Arboretum 
and Gerontology 

Jeff Cova, Director, University Marketing and Sales 
Patty Boggs, Director, Alumni Relations 

SCHOOL OF THE ARTS 

Jerry Samuelson, Dean 

Joseph Arnold, Associate Dean 

Lea Jamigan, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ART DEPARTMENT 

Darryl J. Curran, Chair 

MUSIC DEPARTMENT 

Gordon Paine, Chair 

THEATRE DEPARTMENT 

Susan Hallman, Chair 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Anil K. Puri, Dean 

Thomas Johnson, (Acting Associate Dean, Academic Programs 
Katrin Harich, (Acting Associate Dean, Administration 
Robert Miyake, Assistant Dean, Academic Advisement 
Ray Murillo, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT 

Betty Chavis, Chair 

ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

Stewart Long, Chair 

HNANCE DEPARTMENT 

John Erickson, Chair 

MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT 

Ghasem Manoochehri, Chair 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE/INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
DEPARTMENT 

Barry Pasternack, Chair 

MARKETING DEPARTMENT 

Irene Lange, Chair 

SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Rick D. Pullen, Dean 

Fred Zandpour, Associate Dean 

Peggy Garcia Bockman, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT 

Wendell Crow, Chair 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT 

Robert Emry, Chair 


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 

R.D. Rocke, Dean (Acting 

David R. Falconer, (Acting) Associate Dean 
Yuri Betancoun, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Nick Mousouris, Chair 

■ DIVISION OF ENGINEERING 

Timothy W. Lancey, Division Chair 

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Chandrasekhar Putcha, Chair 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

David Cheng, Chair 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Hasan Sehitoglu, Chair 

SCHOOL OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICE 

Soraya M. Coley, Dean 

Don Martin, Associate Dean 

Nancee L. Buck, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

m DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY AND COMMUNITY SERVICES 

Judith Ramirez, Division Chair 

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Sylvia Alva, Chair 

COUNSEUNG DEPARTMENT 

(Vacant) Chair 

HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT 

(Vacant) Chair 

NURSING DEPARTMENT 

Christine Latham, Chair 

m DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Vacant) Division Chair 

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP DEPARTMENT 

Louise Adler, Chair 

ELEMENTARY, BIUNGUAL & READING EDUCATION 
DEPARTMENT 

Tom Savage, Chair 

SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Ron Pahl, Chair 

SPECIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Belinda EXmnick Karge, Chair 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


■ DIVISION OF KINESIOLOGY AND HEALTH PROMOTION 

Roberta Rikli, Division Chair 

MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Major Adrienne van Dooren, Coordinator 

SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Donald S. Castro, Dean 

Curtis W Swanson, Associate Dean 

Angela Della Volpe, Associate Dean, Student Academic Affairs 

Kevin Colaner, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

AFRO>ETHNIC STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Wacira Gethaiga, Chair 

AMERICAN STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Jesse Battan, Chair 

ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Susan Parman, Chair 

CHICANO STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Isaac Cardenas, Chair 

COMPARATIVE REUGION DEPARTMENT 

Benjamin Hubbard, Chair 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE DEPARTMENT 

Keith Boyum, Chair 

ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE DEPARTMENT 

Joseph Sawicki, Chair 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES DEPARTMENT 

Leon Gilbert, Chair 

GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT 

William Lloyd, Chair 

HISTORY DEPARTMENT 

William W. Haddad, Chair 

PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT 

James Hofmann, Chair 

POUTICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Keith Boyum, Chair 

PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

David Perkins, Chair 

SOCIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Ronald Hughes, Chair 

ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

William W Haddad, Coordinator 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Craig lhara. Coordinator 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

(Vacant) Coordinator 

GERONTOLOGY PROGRAM 

William Smith, Coordinator 

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Robert Voeks, Coordinator 

LIBERAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

Ronald Clapper, Coordinator 

LINGUISTICS PROGRAM 

Franz MOller-Gotama, Coordinator 

RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Roshanna Sylvester, Coordinator 

WOMEN’S STUDIES PROGRAM 

Sandra Sutphen, Coordinator 

SCHOOL OF NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 

Kolf O. Jayaweera, Dean 

David Fromson, Associate Dean 
(Vacant) Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

C. Eugene Jones, Chair 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT 

John Olmsted, Chair 

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT 

John Foster, Chair 

MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT 

James O. Friel, Chair 

PHYSICS DEPARTMENT 

Mark Shapiro, Chair 

SCIENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Gaylen Carlson, Acting Coordinator 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 






Jr# 

j:- 


h 









immm 


'^M 


#«ii64A m -m ^Mmm 


-5^ =r 


/-• *■■' 
^ V 


I?ij* WHSiTMKf ,:r-^ ,...-, 

‘ JlSOM «» iBm»«ap»1» JW«M^ 








i9iirA4 

.u_4Ai ^ ..I i^-^_ . ‘ i*n. #:*'«»• 

r«-<^':i. «,^-^'iSK‘H., ?i«f ■■ , f?. .ii^^ '^iiil!^‘4i*»ifc*’ 


^ T^.v T) 

'' wi^-.w^teNin 


■3»a 


J 


,<Sk ' * '^cSf^ ,v'' '•/•* '■ ''^' '■ '•■ 




•t .% . ,, .C ■>‘;^j' '.Hf 


,,^- ■ -'“■‘’■■.'v-i 

■ H^4ir-*Sii*-«*>' yi: 





T. - - . - - , ..^ 


' J- 




j.;- 


■ •^,*»f^ vjr/. 


V ¥««vK» <^ .: xvmnrnmmmttt omaoiho 

■v-v. .. ' . 


„ - ■.' •'<• i-Xs'-afjM#! ■ .i'j* 




p . 




■■^ « A. 












|»‘ 




tbgrt^ {^ 



' ’ i', .V- 1' ..ij-’ 

I-*'' i'\ r * 


:(i: 


;■* 


■ 








•H4^e^' M;st»li^jp^- vis«^.5 .. 




,*• ' 


t 


' " " ' ~ ~ a^Ht YW •*^'^;;^^'tW msffljW_ 

^'’' ■ ■ ■' wioettiiiw 

#Uii»v.e‘f»wa t4&wi<'ij«««3<T . -- ■ ' '■«? ' ■■■«<. iV:, S' 

^.,,llMClj^^.t^^,a^w^^^^ eefticiilwwu. 




■ *r-*v>^>- 


tii r < ^ > 








‘A 




lUik LV /> ‘ 

f,r3il 2^pi>ikf, 



v-^-l 



-^,> ,jj 


3« iAdiTUCn I- 

*" tWD dsalA ; 

:f:^. v. .J ' 

--(V« ^^.■ 


nmip ;.^fQ*^ i.'TvsO 


VVtt6rl»r_;w.<a.ti* ' ' , ’ i " %''''‘^4‘. 






? ■' 




SPeHCH COMMUHKAir’M ' 


* 1^ 


f \UirvvOH«/ 




*^-Y- 'r-,' *' 

W I(.>. ♦ ?>*’. *'f>.t'.-» 


B»'’0>.l*)i;iti!P<r'33*|£«**f.a«B»'-.- ■ ■■>.f^-iV->t"'' :-'• 

'. , r-:' ^•^,; 




m 


m 


,!Y ^ 


-" f, ■' 





1.- 


-;* ^ * I < 


schools 



DEAN: 4 

Jerry Samuelson if 

wm 

ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

Joseph Arnold 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Lea jamigan 

DEAN’S OFFICE: 

Visual Arts 199 


The learning opportunities within the School of the Arts are based on a commitment to anis- 
tic and academic excellence. We provide an environment which encourages individual achieve- 
ment for performers, artists, and scholars. 

Within the broader university liberal arts environment, the School of the Arts offers intensive 
programs in Art, Music, Theatre and Dance. We are also committed to the enhancement of artis- 
tic awareness of all students. 

We extend a warm welcome to you and we promise that with your perseverance, we will do 
everything possible to further your goals and objectives in whatever field of the arts you choose. 

Academic advisement is available through the departments. Faculty advisors are available to 
assist students with career decisions and degree requirements. 

Several scholarships are available to students in the School of the Arts. Inquiries should be 
made to the respective department offices. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Art, Bachelor of Arts 
Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts 




Ceramics 

Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 
Sculpture^ 

Art, Minor 




iiHU! 


rSSs^mf 

t Mts iMf 


30 


SCHOOL OF THE ARTS 


An, Master of Arts 


Theatre, Bachelor of Fine Arts 


Drawing and Painting (including 
Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, 
Wood, Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

An History 

An, Master of Fine Arts 

Drawing, Painting and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/ 

Metalsmithing and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration and Exhibition Design) 

Creative Photography 
Cenificate in Museum Studies 
Dance, Bachelor of Arts 
Music, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Arts 
Music Education 
Music History and Theory 
Music, Bachelor of Music 
Commercial Music 
Composition 
Instrumental 
Keyboard 
Voice 

Accompanying 
Minor in Music 
Music, Master of Arts 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 
Music, Master of Music 
Performance 
Theory-Composition 
Theatre Arts, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Arts 

Production/Performance 

Acting 

Directing 

Playwriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 


Musical Theatre 
Theatre Arts, Master of Arts 
Theatre Arts, Master of Fine Arts 
Acting 
Directing 

Design and Technical Production 


SCHOOL OF THE ARTS 


I 





EAN: 


ASSOCIATE DEAN (ACTING), 
ADMINISTRATION: 

Katrin R. Harich 

ASSOCIATE DEAN (ACTING), 
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS: 

Thomas W Johnson 

ASSISTANT DEANS: 

Robert Miyake, Academic Advisement 
Ray Murillo, Student Affairs 

I 

DEAN'S OFFICE: 

Langsddorf Hall 700 


OFFERED 


ness 




Business Economics 
^ ^ Finance 

lagem^ 

inagjmentyformation Systems 
Management Science 
Marketing 

^Profi^sional Business 
Bachelor of Arts in Economics 

Bachelor of Arts in International 
Business 

Concentrations in: 

Chinese 
Fujnch 
German 
Japanese 
Ponuguese 
Spanish 

Minor in Business Administration 
Minor in Eccmomics 

Minor in Management 
Information Systems 

Master of Science in Accountancy 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 

International Business 
Management 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Marketing 

Master of Arts in Economics 


32 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


Master of Science in Management Science 
Concentrations in: 

Logistics 

Management Information Systems 

Operations Research 

Statistics 

Master of Science in Taxation 

INTRODUCTION 

Programs of study in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
equip men and women with the intellectual 
and professional tools needed to assume 
responsible positions in business, industry 
education, government, and social service. 

The school offers a broad exposure to busi- 
ness administration and economics. 

Behavioral and quantitative sciences are 
studied in both theoretical and applied con- 
texts. Mathematics is used as a key tool in the 
analysis of complex problems and in the 
interpretation of data. Emphasis is placed on 
effective oral and written communication. 
Students are made aware of the need for 
imaginative, innovative solutions to business 
problems that encompass human needs and 
ethical objectives. 

The school provides the opportunity to 
develop technical expertise in a chosen disci- 
pline at a beginning professional level accept- 
able to prospective employers. Eight 
concentrations are offered within the business 
administration major as well as an economics 
major, an international business major and a 
business education credential program. 

The School of Business Administration 
and Economics offers the only undergraduate 
and graduate programs in Orange County 
accredited by the American Assembly of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. In addition, 
our Accounting program is one of only four 
programs in the state of California that is 
nationally accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business as 
a separate program. Accreditation assures a 
rigorous course of study covering the full 
spectrum of business administration. It also 
indicates a well-qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, access to computing and 
an extensive library system. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Mission of the School of Business 
Administration and Economics, California 
State University, Fullerton is to serve the edu- 
cational needs of the region and state through 


undergraduate, graduate, and outreach pro- 
grams. Specifically, the School will provide 
high-quality, affordable business education to a 
large and diverse group of undergraduates. 

For the working adults who form the core of 
the graduate student population, the School 
will provide high-quality, well-focused profes- 
sional business education. The School will 
reach out to the community through work- 
shops, certificates, in-house training, consult- 
ing and other forms of non-traditional 
education; community-based research and 
other research services are a part of this effort. 
The School will support research that con- 
tributes to the intellectual capital of the 
Schoolls faculty, the University, and society. 

This Mission, taken as a whole, should be seen 
as having interrelated parts that work together 
and support the entire educational enterprise. 

Mission: Undergraduate Education 

Undergraduate business education is the 
Schoolls major focus. Undergraduate pro- 
grams must prepare students to think criti- 
cally and provide them with the range of 
skills required to meet the challenges of a 
changing world environment. To achieve this 
mission, the School will 

• Provide an integrated, competency-based 
undergraduate education that develops 
contemporary, applied computing exper- 
tise, an understanding of the interplay of 
domestic and international operations on 
functional areas, and the ability to 
manage ethically in a changing world 
environment; 

• Prepare undergraduate students to pursue 
entry and mid-level positions in the func- 
tional areas and specialized professions, 
entrepreneurship, and graduate education. 

Mission: Graduate Education 

Graduate business education is built on a 
sound undergraduate foundation enriched by 
advanced theoretical knowledge and contem- 
porary professional expertise. With this edu- 
cation, graduate students will develop a 
global managerial perspective. To achieve 
this mission, the School will 

• Emphasize advanced professional educa- 
tion that strengthens the ability to com- 
municate ideas effectively within an 
increasingly complex environment, to 
manage ethically in a changing social 
milieu using contemporary management 
practices, and to develop attitudes that 
foster global competitiveness; 


• Prepare graduate students to assume 
leadership roles of increasing responsibil- 
ity in business, government, and not-for- 
profit organizations. 

Mission: Community Outreach 

Community outreach supports and com- 
plements the School’s education functions 
and links the School to its environment. It is 
the School’s and faculty’s opportunity to offer 
distinctive services to special clientele: indi- 
viduals, businesses, government, etc. This 
mission encompasses the School’s efforts to 
weave lasting relationships with local govern- 
ment, industry and professional organiza- 
tions and to retain and build on its diversity 
through recruitment of underrepresented 
faculty and students. To fulfill this mission, 
the School will 

• Create client-focused educational oppor- 
tunities and provide research services 
through the School’s Centers and 
Institutes; 

• Disseminate relevant research produced 
through the efforts of the faculty and the 
School’s Centers and Institutes through- 
out the region in public forums and the 
media; 

• Support faculty working collaboratively 
with local government agencies, busi- 
nesses and professional organizations; 
and 

• Ensure both a diverse student body and a 
diverse faculty through targeted recruit- 
ment, retention and development efforts. 

Mission: Enhanced Intellectual Capital 
The School’s intellectual capital is the 
foundation on which the education mission 
rests. Therefore, faculty must be nurtured in 
their efforts to continuously build on their 
existing research and teaching strengths. To 
achieve a higher level of faculty develop- 
ment, the School will 

• Support and encourage the theoretical 
and applied research activities of the 
faculty whether accomplished individu- 
ally or as a collaborative endeavor, either 
within a discipline or as an interdiscipli- 
nary activity; 

• Encourage applied research as it affects 
Orange County and/or supports and 
enhances the educational mission of the 
University; 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


• Aid and nurture faculty research efforts 
through various types of intramural 
grants and assist in their efforts for extra- 
mural grants; 

• Support and encourage faculty seeking 
leadership roles within professional and 
academic organizations at all levels; 

• Create an environment that supports 
teaching excellence, educational innova- 
tion, and curriculum development; and 

• Promote an atmosphere that encourages 
a free intellectual exchange of ideas in an 
environment of academic freedom. 

PREPARATION FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Algebra and geometry are necessary for 
many required business courses. The equiva- 
lent of three years of high school mathemat- 
ics, including a second course in algebra, is 
the prerequisite for the required Math 135 
Business Calculus. Students without the nec- 
essary background should enroll in Math 
115 College Algebra. 

Proficiency in written English is essential 
to all college courses. Students should plan 
to take the written English component of 
General Education as soon as possible and 
take the English Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
examination while juniors. 

Business students are encouraged to take 
courses in sociology, psychology, anthropol- 
ogy, speech communication, political science, 
history, philosophy, geography, and foreign 
languages. Many courses in these fields may 
be used to meet general education require- 
ments. For the international business degree, 
intermediate level competency in a foreign 
language, equivalent to Foreign Language 
204 courses, is prerequisite to the required 
concentration courses. It is strongly recom- 
mended that students planning to major in 
international business complete a minimum 
of three years of foreign language study 
while in high school. 

BUSINESS ADVISING CENTER - 
LANGSDORF HALL, ROOM 700 

Undergraduate Program Advising 

The Business Advising Center serves busi- 
ness administration, economics and interna- 
tional business majors. Information is 
available on admissions, curriculum and 
graduation requirements, as well as on regis- 
tration and grading procedures, residence and 


similar academic matters. Transfer students 
should see an adviser immediately regarding 
transfer credit. For information on general 
education, consult the Academic Advisement 
Center. 

Graduate Program Advising 

The graduate adviser (in the Business 
Advising Center) provides academic advising 
for the graduate programs in accountancy, 
business administration, management science 
and taxation. Information is available on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation 
requirements, as well as on registration pro- 
cedures, residence and similar academic 
matters. For information on admission, cur- 
riculum and graduation requirements for the 
M.A. in Economics, see the graduate program 
adviser in the Economics Department. 
Students should also consult the faculty 
advisers for the programs in accountancy, 
management science, and taxation. 

TRANSFER CREDIT FOR BUSINESS 
AND ECONOMICS COURSES 

Students should see an adviser as soon as 
possible regarding transfer credit. College level 
courses successfully completed at another 
college or university may be applied toward 
the requirements of the SBAE subject to the 
approval of the appropriate department chair. 
Lower division courses completed at an appro- 
priately accredited institution with a grade of 
“C” or better that are equivalent in content and 
level may be considered. Upper division trans- 
fer courses will be considered if the course is 
(a) equivalent in content and level, (b) com- 
pleted with a grade of "C" or better, and (c) 
taught in an American Assembly of Collegiate 
Schools of Business accredited program. 
Exceptions require thorough documentation 
evidencing the above standards. Lists of 
approved equivalent courses from local com- 
munity colleges are available in the Business 
Advising Center. All other courses are subject 
to approval by the department chair con- 
cerned. In these cases, the student must 
supply catalog descriptions, course outlines 
and textbook titles. Courses taken in the 
extension division of another university, or by 
correspondence, are generally not acceptable. 

INTERNSHIPS AND COOPERATIVE 
EDUCATION 

Students may earn academic credit, first- 
hand work experience and financial remuner- 
ation as well. Opportunities exist in 


accounting and auditing; cost-benefit analysis 
and econometrics; finance and real estate; 
insurance and banking; management and 
industrial relations; marketing, sales and 
advertising; and business data systems. For 
more information, consult the internship 
adviser in your department or in the Center 
for Internships and Cooperative Education. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Chapters of the following national honor 
societies have been established on campus 
with membership open to qualified students: 
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting). Beta Gamma 
Sigma (business). Financial Management 
Association Honor Society (finance). Omega 
Rho (MS/IS), Phi Kappa Phi (all-campus). Pi 
Sigma Epsilon (marketing). In addition there 
are the following clubs which students are 
encouraged to join: Accounting Society, 
Association Intemaionale des Estdiantes en 
Sciences Economiques et Cxommerciales 
(AIESEC) American Marketing Association, 
Association of Information Technology 
Professionals (AITP), Business Inter-Club 
(BICC), Delta Sigma Pi (business fraternity). 
Economics Association, Finance Association, 
Society for the Advancement of Management 
(SAM), Trans-Pacific Leadership Program, 
Xicano Business. 

SBAE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS 

Stephen J. Barres Leadership Award 

Day Runner, Inc. Graduate Fellowship in 
Business 

Richard Glassman Scholarship 
Irvine Company Scholarship 
J.C. Penny Scholarship 
La Puerta de Opportunidad Scholarship 

National Electronics Distributors Association, 
Southern California Chapter Scholarship 

Outstanding Student Award 

Theodore H. Smith Outstanding Graduate 
Student Award 

Frank P Stanek Continuing Junior 
Scholarship 

Francisco J. Valle Scholarship 
Yokohama Tire Corporation 

See also awards listed under each depart- 
ment. For additional information on awards 
and scholarships available to business stu- 
dents, contact the Office of the Dean, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


COMPUTER FACILITIES 

The CSUF Computer Center in the 
Library and the SBAE Satellite Computer 
Laboratories in Langsdorf Hall are available 
for student use. Computer facilities are gen- 
erally available evenings and weekends 
during the school year. 

INFORMATION ON THE DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

Information on degrees is located in the fol- 
lowing department and program listings: 

Accounting: 

Accountancy, M.S. 

Taxation, M.S. 

Business Administration: 

Business Administration, B.A. 

Business Administration, Minor 
Business Administration, M.B.A. 
Economics: 

Economics, B.A. 

Economics, Minor 
Economics, M.A. 

International Business: 

International Business, B.A. 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Management Science, M.S. 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


school of 



DEAN: 

Rick D. Pullen 

ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

Fred Zandpour 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Peggy Garcia Bockman 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Idvelisiri 

ISurfcfsn 

Photocommiintcations 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Bachelor of Arts in Communicative Disorders 
Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication 
Minor in Speech Communication 
Master of Arts in Communications 
Advertising 
Journalism 


« t n 9? ti ■t 


MM 



DEAN’S OFFICE: 

Education Classroom Building 48 


Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Master of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Clinical Rehabilitative Services Credential (CRSC) vvith 
Special Class Authorization (SCA). 

Master of Arts in Speech Communication 






The School of Communications is committed to advancing a democratic society by preparing 
students to function in a wide variety of communication professions. With a strong tradition in the 
liberal arts and social sciences, the academic programs of the School share a common theoretical 
base which identifies the elements of human communication and the principles governing their use 
in all communicative processes essential to contemporary society, namely, the spoken and written 
word and visual images. Specialized programs in advertising, communication theory and process, 
intercultural, interpersonal, organizational communication, communication studies, communicative 
disorders, journalism, photocommunications, public relations, and television-film make up the 
basic curricula of the 
School. These pro- 
grams of study lead to 
traditional academic 
degrees for undergrad- 
uates and graduates, to 
state credentials and 
licenses, to professional 
certification, and to 
entry into graduate 
and professional 
degree programs. 

Undergraduate stu- 
dents may call their 
department office for 
the name of their 



36 


SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATIONS 


adviser, who will assist in developing a 
program of study. University policy requires 
students to see an adviser each of their first 
two semesters and every year thereafter. 

Three critical times for advising are before 
registering for the first semester, when select- 
ing electives for the study plan, and two 
semesters before graduation for a graduation 
check. 

Graduate students should make contact 
with their department graduate adviser to 
arrange for advising prior to entry into the 
master’s degree programs. 

Student Organizations 

The School of Communications supports 
a large number of student organizations and 
activities which provide a wide variety of pre- 
professional opportunities for academic 
advancement. They include: the Advertising 
Club; National Student Speech-Language- 
Hearing Association; Association of Speech 
Communication Students; Broadcast 
Production Association; Communications 
Week; Daily Titan; Debate (forensics); 
International Association of Business 
Communicators; Latino Communications 
Society; National Press Photographers 
Association; Photography Club; Public 
Relations Student Society of America; Society 
of Professional Journalists; and Women in 
Communication, Inc. 

Accreditation 

The Depanment of Communications is 
accredited by the Accrediting Council on 
Education in Journalism and Mass Com- 
munications. The Communicative Disorders 
program in the Department of Speech Com- 
munication is accredited by the American 
Speech-Language-Hearing Association. 

Internships 

A wide variety of student internships are 
available throughout Southern California. In 
the Department of Communications, students 
are required to complete an internship, 
unless specifically waived from doing so, nor- 
mally as the culminating undergraduate expe- 
rience. The Speech Communication’s 
internship is normally taken some time in the 
junior or senior year. 

Scholarships and Awards 

Some $30,000 in scholarships and awards 
is presented annually to students in the 
School of Communications. Among the spon- 
sors of scholarships are the Advertising Club 


of Orange County, the Business/Professional 
Advertising Association of Orange County, 
the Hearst Foundation, the Orange County 
chapter of the Public Relations Society of 
America, and the Los Angeles Times. Awards 
annually are presented to students who excel 
in academic and pre-professional activities in 
the two departments. 

Facilities 

The School of Communications is 
equipped with modem laboratory facilities 
including a sophisticated speech and hearing 
clinic; photography studio; two 20-station 
computerized writing laboratories; a 
Macintosh-based graphics laboratory; a tele- 
vision studio, control room, and video 
editing bays; a film editing laboratory; and a 
daily newspaper newsroom and production 
area. 


-v 




ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

David Falconer 


ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Yuri Betancourt 


DEAN’S OFFICE: 

Computer Science 502 






PROGRAMS OFFERED 

f 

ichelof of Sfenc^n ( 

Em^^asi^n Aifhite 
Bachelor of Science in* 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
>pti«/m EngineG^g Sq^ce 

Bachelopof Science in ^^h|lical Entne^Rng 

b ■ 

Emphasis in Manufacturing Engineering 
Minor in Computer Science 


Master of Science in Computer Science 
Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical Engineering 
Option in Systems Engineering 
Master of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering 

INTRODUCTION 

The curricula of the School of Engineering and 
Computer Science are designed to prepare stu- 
dents for careers in engineering and computer 
science, and for further study and specialization in 
graduate work. The faculty of the school is 
actively involved not only in instruction and 
scholarship but also in the advisement of students 
on topics relating to the planning of career and 
program goals. Cooperative education and intern- 
ship programs are available. 



Engineering 

Engineering is the application of scientific principles to the solution of practical problems. 
Engineers are professionals who employ the empirical art and techniques of engineering to the 
benefit of the societ)! Throughout the ages, human progress has been able to flourish due to the 
brilliant liiinds of engineers. Historical works, such as the Egyptian pyramids, the Roman aque- 
ducts, and the Greeli and Persian monuments, are examples of engineering ingenuity. In the con- 
temporar} world, the technological breakthroughs, such as computers, lasers, and robots, have 
become Stality due to the creathity and imagination of engineers 

People-made wonders, such as the Hoover Dam, the Golden Gate Bridge, the Empire State 
Building, and the Gateway Arch on the Mississippi River, are examples of engineering ingenuity. 
Great inventors like Leonardo da Vinci, Galileo, James Watt, and Thomas Edison had excep- 
tional engineering minds. 

Engineers need a firm knowledge of the sciences and mathematics and must be able to 
analyze complex situations involving people.'monqy, machines, and information in order to 
create workable and economical designs. Engineers often work with others in a team to develop 


38 


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



systems and prcxlucts. The increasing techno- 
logical complexity of modem society offers 
both opportunities as well as challenges to 
the engineering graduates of the future. 

Engineers are employed in practically 
every field of human endeavor. This includes 
manufacturing, construction, education, gov- 
ernment, health care, and business. As 
society becomes increasingly more technolog- 
ical, an engineering education provides a 
background for careers which will extend 
well into the 21st century. There is a real 
need for more engineering professionals, and 
so there are tremendous opportunities for 
everyone, including women and underrepre- 
sented minorities, in this field. 

The School of Engineering and Computer 
Science has developed a reputation for excel- 
lence in its undergraduate and graduate engi- 
neering and computer science programs. The 
school is committed to providing the student 
with a solid preparation in the fundamental 
principles of engineering as an applied 
science as well as the practical experience to 
use these principles in the solution of engi- 
neering problems. 

At CSUF students who are pursuing the 
bachelor’s degrees in Engineering are affiliated 
with one of the schools three engineering 
departments: civil and environmental, electri- 
cal, or mechanical engineering. These programs 
are accredited by the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (ABET). 

Each engineering degree program incor- 
porates the following three curricular areas: 

• Mathematics and basic science courses 
such as physics and chemistry; 

• Engineering topics courses such as ther- 
modynamics, materials science, and elec- 
trical circuits, which provide a bridge 
between basic math/science and engineer- 
ing practice and engineering design 
courses in which a system, component, 
process or structure is devised to meet a 
specific need; 

• General education courses in the arts, 
humanities, and social sciences. 

Each undergraduate program prepares 
students for entry into the engineering pro- 
fession or for further study and specialization 
in graduate study. 

Computer Science 

Computer Science deals with all phases of 
information including its representation, 
storage, structure, display and the processes 
by which it is transformed and used. 


Computer science professionals create 
new systems such as an inventory control 
system for a large manufacturer, or a naviga- 
tional system for a new space computer, or a 
decision support system for the management 
of a bank. These people use their technical 
skills to convert specific needs into special- 
ized programs, procedures, and systems that 
will actually do the job. 

Students who pursue the Bachelor of 
Science in Computer Science degree at CSUF 
are prepared for careers in a variety of fields 
in business, government, and industry. The 
curriculum, which is accredited by the 
Computing Sciences Accreditation Board 
(CSAB), emphasizes fundamental concepts 
exemplified by various types of programming 
languages, computer architectures, operating 
systems, and data structures. 

The computer science program focuses 
on several curricular objectives which are 
designed to provide the student with the 
foundations of the discipline and the oppor- 
tunity for specialization. The department 
faculty are highly versed in the discipline 
through education and work experience. 

The Computer Science Building houses 
five large computer science laboratories with 
an extensive range of computers and related 
equipment for student use. The building 
provides ample space for a full range of state- 
of-the-art systems and equipment that 
include parallel systems, computer networks, 
super-minicomputers, and high-resolution 
color graphics. 

Undergraduate Student Advisement 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study 
plans. The School of Engineering and 
Computer Science has a policy of mandatory 
advising. Each undergraduate student must 
see an advisor at least once per year. 

Students interested in programs in the 
school, but without a declared major should 
contact either the Engineering Division 
Office or the Computer Science Department 
Office for advisement. 

Graduate Student Advisement 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 


Program in General Education 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering, these 
programs have modified requirements for 
general education. Students should consult 
the department for requirements. 

Majors in the School of Engineering and 
Computer Science should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early. 
General education courses normally should 
be scheduled throughout the student’s 
program of study. 

MESA Engineering Program (MEP) 

The MESA Engineering Program (MEP) is 
an academic support program designed to 
recruit, retain, and graduate students. MESA 
serves educationally disadvantaged students, 
to the extent possible by law, and emphasizes 
participation by students from groups with 
low eligibility rates for four-year colleges. 

MESA 

The goal of the Mathematics, Engineering, 
Science Achievement (MESA) program is to 
create opportunities for educationally disadvan- 
taged students, especially those from groups 
with low college acceptance rates, to prepare 
for and enter colleges and universities in 
majors such as engineering, computer science 
and other mathematics-based scientific fields. 

Student Organizations 

There are 15 active student organizations 
in the school. These are student branches of 
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
(ASME), Association for Computing 
Machinery (ACM), Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Society of 
Mexican-American Engineers and Scientists 
(MAES), National Society of Black Engineers 
(NSBE), Society of Automotive Engineers 
(SAE), California Chi Chapter of Tau Beta Pi, 
Society for the Advancement of Materials and 
Process Engineering (SAMPE), Society of 
Women Engineers (SWE), Society of 
Hispanic Professional Engineers, Eta Kappa 
Nu, Instruments Society of America (ISA), 
International Society for Pharmaceutical 
Engineering and Medical Device Professionals 
(ISPE) and Society of Manufacturing 
Engineers (SME). These 14 societies form the 
school’s Interclub Council. 


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


r 


school of human 





PROGRAMS OFFERED 

ole: 

B^elqi of 




SCHOOL ^ HilMA^ DElEL^MiNT f J 
& COlMMilNITT SBKVidiE > 



I ^ 


DEAN: 

Soraya Coley 

ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

Don Martin 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Nancee Buck 

DEAN’S OFFICE: 

Education Classroom Building 324 





Master of Science 
ition- 
;t^f 

Concentrations ii 

Bilingual/Bicultural Education (Spanish -English) 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Reading 

Educational Administration ' 

Special Education 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (For further information refer to 
the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures section of this catalog.) 

Teaching Credentials 

See Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog. 

Health Promotion 
Minor 

Health Science 

Bachelor ol Science 
Human Ser\ices 

Bachelor of Science 
Minor 
Kinesiology 

Bachelor of Science 
Master of Science 
Minor 

Military Science 
Minor 

Second Lieutenant Commission, U.S. Army 
Nursing 

Bachelor of Science 


The School of Human Development and Community Service provides students with, an edu- 
cation that contributes to their intellectual, personal and professional development. The school 
offers programs that prepare students for professional fields of the greatest human concern in 
our richly diverse society: the education and development of our children, and the physical and 
mental health of all members of our community. Programs in the school lead to traditional acad- 
emic degrees at the baccalaureate and graduate levels as well as to a variety of specific certifi- 
cates, credentials, and licenses. 



40 


SCHOOL OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 



The School of Human Development and 
Community Service is organized into the fol- 
lowing instructional units: the Department of 
Child and Adolescent Studies; the 
Department of Counseling; the Department 
of Educational Leadership; the Department of 
Elementary, Bilingual and Reading Education; 
the Department of Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion; the Department of Human 
Services; the Military Science Program; the 
Department of Nursing; the Department of 
Secondary Education, and the Department of 
Special Education. 

SCHOOL OF HDCS COURSES 

410 Theory and Methods of Service 
Integration (3) (Formerly 500) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
210 or Human Services 201 or consent of 
instructor. Interdisciplinary study of current 
services systems; changing environment of 
children/family systems; methods of negotiat- 
ing collaboration at the policy level, provid- 
ing integrated services at the clieniAvorker 
level, and planning community-based ser- 
vices; outcomes-based funding and evalua- 
tion. Fieldwork required. 

411 Practicum in Services Integration (3) 
(Formerly 501) 

Prerequisite: HDCS 410. Techniques and 
practices in needs assessment and program 
evaluation in integrated services serving chil- 
dren and families. Includes design and evalu- 
ation of systems for collaborative practice. 


SCHOOL OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY SERVICE 


school 






The School of H 
plffiary program^r 

and socmt 


SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES & SOCIAL 
SCIENCES 

DEAN: 

Donald S. Castro 

ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

Vacant 

ASSOCIATE DEAN, STUDENT 
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: 

Angela Della Volpe 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Kevin Colaner 

DEAN’S OFFICE: 

McCarthy Hall 115 


The School of Humanities and Social Sciences is composed of 15 departments, 8 cross-disci- 
plffiary program^nd 5 special study cente#. These units offer programs of study leading to 28 
[ereni^f^n^rs, ftachelor'^le§ree^ir41>jipciphpf%^^s^^ccala);^^ ^ra^ates, and 
;te^ dejeesm 18 areai^^m^f thesJprcmff^ reyserJ tr^itionalipeas of l^igllectual 
ifcyi^Q/y^ f^s on eij^eiyg^pi^ sij^ oiljr^ S;ej)jpf%ion^l^ri^ted . 

The School of Humanities and Social Sciences is of central importance to the University's 
mission of fostering free inquiry and critical thinking. The School sees itself as having a unique 
role in offering a curriculum that examines and evaluates discourses on cultural diversity and the 
human condition. This curriculum contributes to the development of socio-civic goals that 
uphold and safeguard human dignity. Through a commitment to humanistic scholarship, the 
School enables students to comprehend a wide range of experience and diverse vision of human 
life and self-understanding. Through a commitment to analytic and empirical studies, the School 
promotes scientific understanding of humankind and sodct>-. Through collaborative investigation 
of these philosophical and theoretical foundations, faculty and students of the School promote the 
ideals of a liberal education, thereby affirming ^lightened 
cultural criticism, inquiry into the nature of knowledge, 
and the exploration and integration of holistic perspec- 
tives and learning experiences. Thus, the School has a 
central role in the de\'elopmcnt and maintenance of a 
variety of General Education courses to enrich and 
provide coherence in the learning experience of all stu- 
dents in the University. The School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences is dedicated to making learning preemi- 
nent through excellence in teaching and research and by 
having a curriculum that reflects an appreciation of past 
and current cultures within a global conte.xt. The School 
is also dedicated to serving the community through pro- 
fessional programs, applied research, internships and 
service leammg programs, and the training of students to 
disseminate knowledge produced through humanistic 
and scientific inquiry. Through the accomplishment of 
this common mission, the unique and different programs 
offered by the School of Humanities and Social 
Sciences are united.Graduates of the School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences often pursue 
further education in graduate and professional 
schools. All are well prepared to lead intellec- 
tually rewarding lives of responsible citizen- 
ship in a wide variety of careers. 

Academic advisement is provided by each of the depanments and programs within 
the school. In addition, the school maintains an academic advisement office in 
McCarthy Hall 103 to assist students and to provide general coordination of advise- 
ment within the school. 

Numerous academic student organizations within the School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences provide opportunities for students to develop and practice leadership. 
The School's Student Advisory Council helps to coordinate student activities, serv'es as 
a forum for student opinion, promotes student-faculty collaboration, and advises the 
Dean regarding the educational needs of students in the School. Co-curricular learning 
experiences are facilitated and coordinated through the Assistant Dean for Student 
Affairs. 


42 


SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Afro-Ethnic Studies (Option in B.A. Ethnic 
Studies, Minor) 

American Studies (M.A.. B.A., Minor) 
Anthropology (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Asian Studies (Minor) 

Asian American Studies (Minor) 

Chicano Studies (Option in B.A. Ethnic 
Studies, Minor) 

Comparative Literature (M.A., B.A.) 
Criminal Justice (B.A., Minor) 

English (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
English for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Environmental Studies (M.S.) 

Ethnic Studies (B.A.) 

French (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Concentration in B.A. International 
Business 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
French for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Geography (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

German (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Concentration in B.A. International 
Business 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
German for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Gerontology (Minor, Certificate) 

History (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

International Politics (Minor) 

Japanese (B.A., Minor) 

Concentration in B.A. International 
Business 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
Japanese for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Latin American Studies (B.A., Minor) 
Liberal Studies (B.A.) 

Unguistics (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Peace Studies (Minor) 

Philosophy (B.A., Minor) 

Political Science (M.A., B.A., Minor) 


Portuguese (Minor) 

Concentration in B.A. International 
Business 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
Portuguese for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Psychology (M.A., M.S., B.A., Minor) 

Public Administration (M.P A., Concentration 
in B.A. Political Science, Minor) 

Religious Studies (B.A., Minor) 

Russian and East European Area Studies (B.A.) 
Sociology (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Spanish (M.A., B.A., Minor) 

Concentration in B.A. International 
Business 

Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
Spanish for Secondary Teaching 
Credential. 

Teachers of English as a Second Language 
(Certificate) 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other 

Languages-TESOL (Concentration in 
M.S. Education) 

Women’s Studies (B.A., Minor) 

HUMANITIES COURSE 

350 British Life and Culture (3) 

Interdisciplinary introduction to British 
culture and civilization. Takes a social, his- 
torical and cultural approach to contem- 
porary British society. Examines traditions 
and institutions to help understand 20th 
Century British life. Related field trips. Team- 
taught. Offered only as part of the CSUF 
London semester. 


SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 


school of 

^ PROGRAMS OFFERED 

natural science 



DEAN: 

Kolf O. Jayaweera 


ASSOCIATE DEAN: 

David Fromson 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS: 

Daniel Stallings 

DEAN’S OFFICE: 

McCarthy Hall 166 



Biotechnology, Minor 


y, B.A., B.S., Minor, M.S. 



atiq 

I, B.^ 

Science, M.A.T.S. 

Teaching Credentials 

Subject Matter Preparation Program for Single Subject Credential in Science 
Subject Matter Preparation Program for Single Subject Credential 
in Mathematics 



The curricula of the School of Natural Science and Mathematics are designed to prepare stu- 
dents for careers in scientific, mathematical, and other technical fields, for further study and spe- 
cialization in advanced graduate work, and for entry into professional schools of medicine and 
other health-related disciplines. The faculty of the school is actively involved not only in instruc- 
tion and scholarship but also in the advisement of students in the school on topics relating to 
Aie planning of career and 
program goals. Cooperative educa- 
tion internship programs are avail- 
able in each of the^hool’s 
Departments. 

The School sponsors a vari^ 
of professional and educational 
programs at which students and 
faculty have an opportunity to 
meet with their counterparts. 

Recommended Preparation; 

For a career in mathematics or 
science, a sound foundation is 
essential. High school preparation 
should include: 

• At least three, preferably iSpur, 
years of mathematics 


• Chemistry and/or physics, preferably both 

• Two or three years of foreign language. 


Community college preparation should include at the minimum: 

• College writing 

• Calculus 


• College chemistry’ 

• First course in the major. 


44 


SCHOOL OF NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 



Qualifying Examinations: Enrollment in 
introductory courses is restricted to those 
who are adequately prepared, as shown by 
performance on qualifying examinations. In 
addition, the Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) 
examination is required of all students unless 
exempt. 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT 
ADVISEMENT 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study plan. 
University policy requires students to see an 
adviser each of their first two semesters and 
every year thereafter. Most departments 
prefer to advise their majors more frequently. 

Students interested in programs in the 
School, but without a declared major should 
call the Office of the Dean for advisement. 

ADVISEMENT FOR HEALTH 
PROFESSIONS 

It is important for any student interested 
in a career in the health professions to seek 
advisement at the Health Professions Office 
prior to registering for the first semester. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ADVISEMENT 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

General 

Diefenderfer Award: made annually to an 
outstanding woman or minority student. 

School of Natural Science and Mathematicsi 
Scholarship for Scholastic Achievement 

Jewell Plummer Cobb Scholarship for 
Scholastic Achievement: awarded to an 
outstanding, under-represented science 
major. 

Health Professions 

Miles McCarthy Health Professions Award: 
annual award to the outstanding graduate 
from the program for the health professions . 
Kenneth Goodhue-McWilliams Award: for 
outstanding contributions to community 
service by a health professions student 

Chemistry and Biochemistry 

American Chemical Society Award: recog- 
nizes a graduating senior Chemistry- 


Biochemistry major for exemplary academic 
achievement. 

American Institute of Chemists Award: made 
to a graduating senior who has demon- 
strated outstanding scholarship and 
undergraduate research. 

The Lyle Wallace Award: for service to the 
Department of Chemistry and 
Biochemistry. 

The Hypercube Scholar Award recognizes a 
graduating senior for accomplishments in 
molecular modeling/computational chem- 
istry. 

Other awards made by the Department of 
Chemistry and Biochemistry are the 
Freshman Chemistry Award, and the 
Undergraduate Awards for Achievement in 
Organic Chemistry and in Analytical 
Chemistry. 

Biology 

Rachel Carson Award: a commemoration of 
the ideals of Rachel Carson. 

Friends of the Arboretum, David L. 

Walkington Scholarship: for an outstand- 
ing biology student who has chosen 
Botany for a career. 

Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright Environmental 
Scholarship: for students interested in 
careers in Environmental Biology. 

Geology 

Department of Geological Science: for out- 
standing graduating senior students for 
service and scholarship. 

Margaret Skillman Woyski Scholarship: for a 
woman Geology major for outstanding 
academic achievement and teaching. 

Mathematics 

Department of Mathematics recognizes 
excellent academic achievement by both 
undergraduate and graduate students in a 
number of awards, including the Outstanding 
Teaching Award, the Outstanding Math 
Scholar, The Math Club Scholarship and the 
Lila B. Hromadka Award. 

Physics 

The Dan Black Schoolarship provides 
support to a junior Physics major based on 
need and promise, and is renewable for the 
senior year. 

The Department of Physics honors the 
memory of Edward Lee Cooperman, and a 
scholarship in his name goes to an outstand- 
ing student. The Constance Beech Eiker- 


Raymond Y Adams Creativity Award is given 
to a student who developed an outstanding 
set of instructional laboratory experiments. 
The Dr. Robert W Kedzie Award recognizes 
the most improved Physics major. 

FUNDED RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES 

Beckman Scholars Program 

Funded by the Arnold and Ambel 
Beckman Foundation, gives four outstanding 
students in Biology, Chemistry or Biochemistry, 
research support for one academic year and 
two summers. 

MARC (Minority Access to Research 
Careers ) 

Program-NIH-supported program devel- 
ops six exceptional scholars and prepares 
them for success in PhD programs. 

MSD (Minority Student Development) 
Program 

This NlH-funded program 
supports the research of 25 undergraduates 
who work in labs of 14 faculty. 

REU (Research Experience for 
Undergraduates) Program 

Provides students interested in research, 
who might not otherwise have the opportu- 
nity, because of economic constraints, to 
carry out the research intensively during 
the summer months. 

MIRT (Minority International Research 
Training) Program 

NIH-sponsored program that provides 
minority students with the opportunity to 
carry out research during the summer at lab- 
oratories in England. 

Bridgcs-to-thc-Doctorate Program 

NIH-funded program facilities admission 
of our masters-level minority research stu- 
dents to PhD programs at UC Riverside 
and UC San Diego. 

RECOMMENDED PROGRAM IN 
GENERAL EDUCATION 

Majors in the School of Natural Science 
and Mathematics should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early early 
in their academic careers. General education 
courses normally should be scheduled 
throughout the study sequence. 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, this 
program has modified requirements for 
general education. Students should consult 
the department for particulars. 


SCHOOL OF NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 


NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 


academic 

departments 

and programs 


47 


accounting 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Betty Chavis 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 630 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 
Concentration in Accounting 
Master of Science in Accountancy 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Accounting 
Master of Science in Taxation 

FACULTY 

Jon Andrus, Betty Chavis, Mary Fleming, 
Paul Foote, O. Clyde Hardman, Mahamood 
Hassan, A. Jay Hirsch, Gerald Hoth, KJ. 
Kim, Andrew Luzi, Robert McCabe, Robert 
Miller, Christopher Petruzzi, Shirish Seth. 
Ephraim Smith, Randy Swad. 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 700, provides information on admissions, 
curriculum and graduation requirements; 
registration and grading procedures; residence 
and similar academic matters. In addition, 
the Accounting Department Chair provides 
advising on curriculum content and career 
opportunities in Accounting, the CPA 
Examination, and Taxation. 


MISSION STATEMENT 

The Accounting Department’s mission is to provide a strong regional presence for accounting 
education, to insure continuous faculty improvement, and to promote interaction with business 
and professional communities. 

DEPARTMENT OBJECTIVES 

Undergraduate Education 
To provide a competency based 
education in accounting that quali- 
fies accounting majors for entry- 
level accounting positions in 
private industry, government, 
public accounting or for not-for- 
profit oig^uiizations. The under- 
graduate education also will 
provide a foundation for advance- 
ment through professional certifica- 
tion and success in graduate 
studies. 

Graduate Education 

To provide advanced profes- 
sional education that strengthens 
the skills of graduate students in 
both general and technical compe- 
tencies and enhances the student’s 
ability to enter or continue in leadership roles and develop increased professional responsibilities in 
private industry, government, public accounting or for not-for-profit organizations. 

Educational Support 

To serve the educational needs of the School of Business Administration and Economics as 
well as other schools and departments of the University by teaching various accounting subjects 
as may be required or requested within the resource constraints of the Department. 

Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

To enhance the intellectual capacity of its faculty by encouraging and supporting fundamen- 
tal and applied research as well as faculty development activities. This includes support of active 
participation and leadership in local, regional and national academic and professional account- 
ing organizations. 

Community Outreach 

To support student and alumni activities and encourage outreach activities that address 
accounting needs of the local, regional and global communities. This includes developing strong 
ongoing relationships with local and regional employers and supp)orters of an enhanced acade- 
mic environment. 



INTRODUCTION 

Accounting is often referred to as “the language of business.” Very generally, the accounting 
process is concerned with recording, classifying, reporting and interpreting the economic data of 
an organization. These data are important to users, who may include managers, investors and 
other interested groups. Accounting helps in decision-making processes by showing how money 


48 


ACCOUNTING 



has been spent and where commitments have 
been made, by judging performance and by 
showing the implications of following different 
courses of action. Reliable information in a 
dynamic business environment is necessary for 
sound decisions concerning the allocation of 
scarce resources. Thus accounting plays a very 
significant part in our social and economic 
systems. 

Programs in accounting are designed for 
students who are interested in careers in 
public accounting, industry, government, or 
service organizations, and for students who 
intend to work for advanced degrees in 
accounting in preparation for teaching and 
research. 

Credential Information 

The Department of Accounting offers 
courses which may be included in the Single 
Subject Waiver Program in Business. Further 
information on the requirements for teaching 
credentials is contained in the Teacher 
Credential Programs section of this catalog. 

Awards in Accounting 
Accounting Focus Group Awards: 

GPA Award 

Communications Award 
Community Service Award 
Outstanding Student Award 
Beta Alpha Psi Award 
Accounting Society Award 
Other Awards: 

American Society of Women Accountants, 
Orange County Chapter 

Amy Vanasse Memorial Award 

Association of Government Accountants 
Award 

Awards from various CPA review firms 
California Society of CPAs 
Cynthia A. Brown Memorial Scholarship 
Institute of Internal Auditors Award 

Institute of Management Accountants 
Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, 
Accounting Concentration.” 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
ACCOUNTANCY 

The Master of Science in Accountancy 
program provides the conceptual under- 
standing and technical competence for a 
career in professional accounting. 
Employment opportunities include public 
accounting, industrial accounting and gov- 
ernment. The program encompasses both a 
theoretical foundation and technical skills. 
Emphasis is placed on the development of a 
professional attitude and the capacity to deal 
with issues of accounting policy and ethics. 
Graduates should be prepared for entry-level 
positions, and for potential advancement in the 
profession. 

The M.S. in Accountancy program is 
scheduled especially for students who are 
employed full-time. Courses are offered 
during the late afternoon and evening. Most 
students enroll on a part-time basis, taking 
two courses (6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students 
with an undergraduate degree in business 
administration with a concentration in 
accounting. In addition to sbc units of 
required accounting courses, there are 12 
units of accounting electives, nine units 
outside accounting but in related business 
areas, and a terminal, research-project 
course. Students not holding an undergradu- 
ate degree in accounting or business may 
apply; qualified candidates will be admitted 
to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing or 
conditionally classified standing as explained 
in the Admissions section below. 

Cal State Fullerton is accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business at both the undergraduate and 
graduate level. This assures a rigorous 
program, a well qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, and access to an extensive 
library system and computing facilities. The 
qualifications of the M.S. in Accountancy 
faculty include advanced degrees in account- 
ing, taxation, and law; practical experience; 
and professional standing as CPAs, CMAs, and 
attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open 
only to students with classified standing in 
the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in 
Taxation, M.S. in Management Science, or 
M.A. in Economics programs. 


Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified standing. 

1. Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an 
institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at the last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified stu- 
dents may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 through 400 level) but generally are 
ineligible for graduate business courses (500 
level). Such students may wish to take under- 
graduate courses which are necessary to meet 
the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, 
the student may file an “Application for 
Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of Academic 
Objective” requesting admission to the M.S. 
in Accountancy program. Admission to the 
university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassified 
student does not constitute admission to the 
M.S. in Accountancy program, does not 
confer priority, nor does it guarantee future 
admission. Students planning to apply for 
admission to the M.S. in Accountancy 
program should confer with the graduate 
adviser in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following depart- 
mental requirements may be admitted to the 
M.S. in Accountancy program with condi- 
tionally classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1000 according to one of the follow- 
ing formulas. Due to limited facilities and 
resources in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics, a higher 
score may be required of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at 
least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 
2.7 or GMAT is below 450, then score 
= (GPA X 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative areas of 
the GMAT. Students who do not reach 
this level are required to complete a 
department approved course(s). 


ACCOUNTING 


5. For international students a TOEFL score 
of 570. A student scoring between 550 
and 570 may be admitted conditionally 
depending upon an evaluation of the 
entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department 
approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take 
a limited number of graduate courses (500 
level) subject to the approval of the graduate 
adviser of the School of Business Adminis- 
tration and Economics. Students may take 
whatever courses are necessary to fulfill 
requirement 4 and 6 (below) while enrolled 
as conditionally classified students. In addi- 
tion, a maximum of 9 units (three courses) 
from the M.S. in Accountancy curriculum 
may be taken while in conditionally classified 
standing. 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing. Such students are eligible to take 
graduate courses for which they qualify. 

6. A bachelor’s degree with a major in busi- 
ness administration and a concentration 
in accounting which meets the require- 
ments stated in this catalog for such 
degrees. The degree must include calcu- 
lus and computer information systems 
equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, 
Business Calculus (3 units) and Manag 
Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Programming Concepts 
(3 units), with grades of at least C. 
Courses in the major are to be no more 
than seven years old, and courses in the 
accounting concentration no more than 
five years old. Courses in the major 
(including the accounting concentration) 
must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses 
with grades lower than C must be repeated 
with at least a C grade. Any deficiencies 
must be made up by taking additional 
course work. Applicants with a bachelor’s 
degree in a field other than Business 
Administration may meet this require- 
ment by completing the courses in calculus 
and computer information systems 
(above) with grades of at least C, courses 
in the accounting concentration, and also 
the Foundation Courses within the cur- 
riculum of the Master of Business 
Administration (27 units, including 
Accounting 510; Business Admin 590; 
Economics 515; Finance 517; 
Management 515, 516, 518; Management 


Sci/Info Systems 513, and Marketing 
519). Both the accounting concentration 
courses and the MBA Foundation 
Courses must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; 
accounting concentration courses and 
Foundation Courses with grades lower than 
C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

7. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units 
of course work beyond the baccalaureate 
degree. At least 24 of the 30 units required 
for the degree must be at the graduate level. 

A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan 
courses and overall applicable course work. 
Any study plan course with a grade lower than 
C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Accounting 502 Seminar in Accounting 
Theory (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

OR Accounting 52 1 Seminar in 
Administrative Accounting (3) 

Electives in Accounting (12 units) 

Four courses (12 units) to be selected in 
consultation with and approved by the 
student’s program adviser. At least one course 
but not more than two must be tax-related 
(denoted by an asterisk in the list below) for a 
maximum of six units in tax-related courses. 

Accounting 503 Seminar in Accounting 
Problems (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Accounting 506 Seminar in Professional 
Accounting Communications (3) 

Accounting 507 Seminar in Accounting 
Information Systems (3) 

Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3)* 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International 
Accounting (3) 

Accounting 521 Seminar in Administrative 
Accounting (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of 
Corporations and Shareholders (3)* 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of 
Property Transactions (3)* 

Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of 
International Business Operations (3)* 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, 
Inheritance Taxes and Estate Planning (3)* 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local 
Taxation (3)* 


Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of 
Employee Compensation (3)* 

Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of 
Partnerships (3)* 


*Tax Course 

Other Electives (9) 

Three courses (9 units) at the 400- or 
500-level in business or related areas, to be 
selected in consultation with, and approved 
by the student’s adviser. Accounting courses 
may not be used to satisfy this requirement. 

Terminal Evaluation 
Accounting 597 Project (3) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, 
Accounting Concentration.” 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION 

The Master of Science in Taxation program 
provides the conceptual understanding and 
technical competence for a career in taxation. 
Employment opporiunities include the tax 
departments of CPA and law firms, as well as 
corporations and government tax agencies. 
For those already employed in this field, the 
M.S. in Taxation program should meet the 
continuing education requirements of profes- 
sional associations and licensing boards. 

The M.S. in Taxation program is scheduled 
especially for students who are employed 
full-time. Courses are offered during the late 
afternoon and evening. Most students enroll 
on a part-time basis, taking two courses (6 
units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students 
with an undergraduate degree in business 
administration or accounting. In addition to 
six required courses in the field of taxation, 
there are three electives and a terminal, 
research-project course. Students not holding 
an undergraduate degree in accounting or 
business may apply; qualified candidates will 
be admitted to post-baccalaureate-unclassi- 
fied standing or conditionally classified stand- 
ing as explained in the Admissions section, 
below. 

Cal State Fullerton is accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business at both the undergraduate and grad- 
uate level. This assures a rigorous program, a 
well-qualified faculty, high standards for stu- 
dents, and access to an extensive library 


ACCOUNTING 


system and computing facilities. The qualifi- 
cations of the M.S. in Taxation faculty include 
advanced degrees in taxation, accounting, 
and law; practical tax experience; and profes- 
sional standing as CPAs and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open 
only to students with classified standing in 
the M.B.A., M S. in Accountancy, M.S. in 
Taxation, M.S. in Management Science, or 
M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to post-baccalaureate- 
unclassified standing; 

1 . Acceptable bachelors degree from an 
institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at the last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate unclassified students 
may enroll in undergraduate courses (100 
through 4(X) level) but are generally ineligible 
for graduate business courses (500 level). 

Such students may wish to take undergraduate 
courses which are necessary to meet the 
requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, 
the student may file an “Application for 
Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of 
Academic Objective” requesting admission to 
the M S. in Taxation program. Admission to 
the university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassi- 
fied student does not constitute admission to 
the M S. in Taxation program, does not 
confer priority, nor does it guarantee future 
admission. Students planning to apply for 
admission to the M S. in Taxation program 
should confer with the graduate adviser in 
the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Students meeting the following depart- 
mental requirements will be admitted to the 
M S. in Taxation program with conditionally 
classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1000 according to one of the follow- 
ing formulas. Due to limited facilities and 
resources in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics, a higher 
score may be required of all applicants. 


A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at 
least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score - (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is 
below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative areas of 
the GMAT. Students who do not reach 
this level are required to complete a 
department approved course(s). 

5. For international students a TOEFL score 
of 570. A student scoring between 550 
and 570 may be admitted conditionally 
depending upon an evaluation of the 
entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department 
approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may 
take a limited number of graduate courses 
(5(X) level) subject to the approval of the 
graduate adviser of the School of Business 
Administration and Economics. Students 
may take whatever courses are necessary to 
fulfill requirement 4 and 6 (below) while 
enrolled as conditionally classified students. 

In addition, a maximum of 9 units (three 
courses) from the M.S. in Taxation curricu- 
lum may be taken while in conditionally clas- 
sified standing. 

Students meeting the following addi- 
tional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eli- 
gible to take graduate courses for which 
they qualify. 

6. A bachelor’s degree with a major in business 
administration which meets the require- 
ments stated in this catalog for such 
degrees, and Accounting 308, Concepts of 
Federal Income Tax Accounting (or an 
equivalent course or work experience). The 
degree must include calculus and computer 
information systems equivalent to passing 
Mathematics 135, Business Calculus (3 
units) and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265, 
Introduction to Computing and Program- 
ming Concepts (3 units), with grades of at 
least C. Courses in the major are to be no 
more than seven years old and must have at 
least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses with grades 
lower than C must be repeated with at least 
a C grade. Applicants with a bachelor’s 
degree in a field other than Business 
Administration may meet this require- 
ment by completing the courses in calcu- 


lus and computer information systems 
(above) with grades of at least C, 
Accounting 308 with a grade of at least 
C, and also the Foundation Courses 
within the curriculum of the Master of 
Business Administration (27 units, 
including Accounting 510; Business 
Admin 590; Economics 515; Finance 
517; Management 515, 516, 518; Manag 
Sci/Info Sys 513, and Marketing 519). 

The MBA Foundation Courses must have 
at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; Foundation 
Courses with grades lower than C must 
be repeated with at least a C grade. 

7. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units 
of course work beyond the baccalaureate 
degree. At least 21 of the 30 units required 
for the degree must be at the graduate level. 

A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan 
courses and overall applicable course work. 
Any study plan course with a grade lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C 
grade. 

Required Tax Course 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice 
and Procedures (3) 

Electives in Taxation and Related Fields 
Five courses (15 units) to be selected in 
consultation with, and approved by, the 
student’s program adviser. 

Available courses include but are not 
limited to: 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 
Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of 
Corporations and Shareholders (3) 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of 
Property Transactions (3) 

Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of 
International Business Operations (3) 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, 
Inheritance Taxes and Estate Planning (3) 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and 
Local Taxation (3) 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of 
Employee Compensation (3) 

Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of 
Partnerships (3) 


ACCOUNTING 


Other Electives 

Courses are to be selected in consultation 
with, and approved by, the student’s adviser. 

One course (3 units) in either economics 
or political science and two courses (6 units) 
in either business or non-business fields. 

Note: recommended courses in economics 
and political science include Econ 517, Poli 
Sci 421,519, 528. 

Terminal Evaluation 
Accounting 597 Project (3) 

ACCOUNTING COURSES 

201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: None. Accounting concepts 
and techniques essential to the administration 
of a business enterprise: analyzing and 
recording financial transactions; accounting 
valuation and allocation practices; prepara- 
tion, analysis and interpretation of financial 
statements; international accounting issues. 
(Not open to freshmen) 

20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. 
Introduction to managerial accounting; 
product costing; budgetary control and 
responsibility accounting; analysis and tech- 
niques for aiding management planning and 
control decisions; basic income tax concepts 
for planning business transactions. (Not open 
to freshmen) 

301A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Prerequisites for 301 A: Accounting 20 IB, 
a passing score on the accounting qualifying 
examination, and completion of all lower 
division business administration core courses 
with grades of at least C in each course. 
Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Prerequisite 
for 30 IB: A grade of C or better in Accounting 
301 A Accounting Theory; preparation of 
income statements, balance sheets and state- 
ments of changes in financial position; 
present value and amount concepts; assets, 
liabilities and stockholders equity; price-level 
accounting; pensions; leases; earnings per 
share; financial statement analysis; accounting 
changes and error analysis. 


302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, a passing 
score on the accounting qualifying examination, 
and completion of all lower division business 
administration core courses with grades of at 
least C in each course, or a grade of C or 
better in 301 A. Corequisite: Business Admin 
301. Accounting information for manage- 
ment of manufacturing enterprises; cost 
records; cost behavior and allocation; 
product costing and inventory valuation; flexi- 
ble budgeting; standard costs; responsibility 
accounting; cost planning and control; and 
operating decision analysis. 

308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax 
Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, a passing 
score on the accounting qualifying examina- 
tion, and completion of all lower division 
business administration core courses with 
grades of at least C in each course, or a grade 
of C or better in 301 A. Corequisite: Business 
Admin 301. Provisions, legislative history 
and implications of the federal income tax. 

358 Principles of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A or instructor 
permission. The federal tax system, federal 
income taxation relating to federal tax system, 
federal income taxation relating to individuals, 
corporations, partnerships, and fiduciaries. 
Federal estate and gift taxes. Not open to 
accounting majors. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB with a 

grade of C or better. Business Admin 301. 
Business combinations; meaning, usefulness 
and methodology of consolidated financial 
statements; investments in non-subsidiary 
affiliates and corporate joint ventures; consol- 
idated financial statements for overseas units 
of U.S.-based multinational companies; trans- 
lations of foreign currencies. 

402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB and 302 
with grades of C or better. Business Admin 
301. The auditing standards and procedures 
used by financial and operational auditors. 
Management information and computer 
systems, internal control, audit evidence, pro- 
fessional responsibilities and legjd liabilities, 
standards of reporting financial information. 


403 Accounting for Governmental & 
Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB with grade 
of C or better. Business Admin 301. Fund 
accounting as applied to governmental and 
nonprofit entities; state and federal govern- 
ments, municipalities, hospitals and universi- 
ties. Budgets, tax levies, revenues and 
appropriations, expenditures and encum- 
brances, various types of funds, and account- 
ing statements. 

407 Accounting Information Systems (3) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 301 A and 302 

with grades of C or better and Manag Sci/Info 
Sys 265 or equivalent. Business Admin 301. 
Alternative accounting systems used for the 
collection, organization and presentation of 
information. Theory and practice of informa- 
tion processing: organizational, behavioral 
and mechanical. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 with a grade 

of C or better. Business Admin 301. Federal 
income tax as it applies to corporations, part- 
nerships, fiduciaries, and federal estate and 
gift taxes as they apply to taxable transfers. 

460 Seminar in Financial Statement 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB, Business 
Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB. 

Analysis of demand and supply forces under- 
lying the provision of financial statements; 
distributional, cross-sectional and time series 
properties of financial statement numbers; 
financial decision-making processes and the 
uses of financial statement information for 
decision making. 

470 Tax Research, Practice and 
Procedures (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 with a grade 
of C or better. Business Admin 301. The 
methodology of tax research including case 
studies; the management of a tax practice; 
administration procedures governing tax con- 
troversies; rights and obligations of taxpayers 
and tax practitioners. 


ACCOUNTING 


495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB (may be 
taken concurrently). Accounting 302, Business 
Admin 301, a concentration in accounting, 
consent of the department internship adviser, 
and at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one 
semester in residence at the university. 

Planned and supervised work experience. May 
be repeated for credit up to a total of six units. 
Credii/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, senior 
standing, approval of department chair. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to 
pursue directed independent inquiry. May be 
repeated for credit. Not open to students on 
academic probation. 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 301B, classified 

SBAE status. The effects of professional, gov- 
ernmental, business, and social forces on the 
evolution of accounting theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary 
Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting 
status. Current issues in financial reporting 
including pronouncements by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board and the Securities 
and Exchange Commission. Coverage of topics 
will change as new issues in accounting emeige. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. Auditing theory and prac- 
tices; professional ethics; auditing standards; 
Securities and Exchange Commission and 
stock exchange regulations; auditor’s legal lia- 
bility; statement trends and techniques. 

506 Seminar in Professional Accounting 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M S. in Accounting 
status. Compilation and composition of 
accounting reports and client presentations 
relating to accountants’ working papers, client 
engagement letters, management advisory 
reports and prospectuses. 

507 Seminar in Accounting Information 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 407, or equivalent. 
Case studies of computer-based accounting 
systems used by or^mizations such as universi- 
ties, banks, industrial corporations and CPA 
finns. Emphasis on accounting information, 
reports and internal controls. 


508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. Substantive provisions of 
federal law; tax planning from a corporate 
viewpoint; case studies of the effect of federal 
tax law on business decisions. 

510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. 

Accumulation, organization, and interpreta- 
tion of financial and quantitative data rele- 
vant to the activities of corporate business 
enterprise. 

511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 510, 

and classified SBAE status. Accounting infor- 
mation for management decisions; elements 
of manufacturing, distribution and service 
costs; cost systems; standard costs; cost 
reports; cost analysis. 

518 Seminar in International 
Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 511 
and classified SBAE status. Comparative 
analysis of accounting principles and practices 
outside the United States; international finan- 
cial accounting standards; current problems 
of international financial reporting, accounting 
planning and control for international opera- 
tions; multinational companies. 

521 Seminar in Administrative 
Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302 or 511; 
classified SBAE status. Integrative aspects of 
accounting, financial, and quantitative data 
for managerial decision-making; long-term, 
short-term profit planning; budgetary 
control; cost analysis; financial analysis and 
planning; taxation; and transfer pricing. 

572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations 
and Shareholders (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. Federal taxation relating to 
corporations; organizing, distributions, liqui- 
dations and reorganizations. 

573 Seminar in Taxation of Property 
Transactions (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied SBAE status, or consent of instructor. 
Federal taxation relating to sales, exchanges 
and other transfers. 


574 Seminar in Taxation of International 
Business Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
SBAE status. Federal taxation relating to U.S. 
citizens and corporations with foreign source 
income and of foreign persons with U.S. 
source income; planning for foreign operations. 

575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance 
Taxes and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
SBAE status. Federal and California death 
taxes and the planning of personal estates. 

576 Seminar in State and Local 
Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
SBAE status. Application of interstate income 
allocations; multi-state tax compact; separate 
apportionment accounting; foreign country 
sourced income. Also, California taxes as 
applied to businesses and individuals. 

577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee 
Compensation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified 
SBAE status. Federal taxation relating to 
employee compensation including pensions 
and profit sharing, stock options, ESOPs, 
IRAs, Keoghs, maximum tax 5-year averaging, 
death benefits, group term life, etc. 

578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. Federal taxation relating to 
partnerships, estates, trusts and other special 
entities. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. 
Directed independent inquiry. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, 
approval of department chair and Associate 
Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 


ACCOUNTING 


INTRODUCTION 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Wacira Gethaiga 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Education Classroom 475 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Afro-Ethnic Studies 
Minor in Afro-Ethnic Studies 

FACULTY 

Wacira Gethaiga, Carl Jackson, J. Owens 
Smith, Julie Stokes 

ADVISER 

All programs: Wacira Gethaiga 



Afro-Ethnic Studies is a multidisciplinary approach to understanding the black experience as 
it relates to life in America as part of a world community. In addition to degree programs in 
Afro-Ethnic Studies, the department provides course work in Ethnic Studies in general (e.g. 
Intercultural Socialization) and other specific ethnic groups (e.g. American Indian). 

The required minimum for the Bachelor of Arts in Afro-Ethnic Studies consists of 30 units: 

101 or 107, 190 
or 280 and a 
minimum of 24 
units in upper- 
division courses. 

Students 
majoring in the 
Afro-Ethnic 
Studies program 
have a special 
preparation in 
and sensitivity 
to life in 
America as a 
part of a world 
community. 

The program is 
multi-discipli- 
nary in nature in that all aspects of Afro-Ethnic Studies affect and are affected by other pro- 
grams. 

Graduates from the Afro-Ethnic Studies program have gone into careers in teaching, commu- 
nity development, community leadership, social work, urban research, law, civil service, indus- 
trial relations and a variety of comparable fields. Many have gone into graduate work in this 
field and some have entered more traditional disciplines where a general knowledge of social 
sciences and humanities is a prerequisite. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

Lower Division Courses (6 units required) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

OR Afro 107 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3) 

Afro 190 Survey of American History with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 
OR Afro 280 Afro-American History (3) 

Upper Division Courses (24 units minimum) 

Core Courses (15 units required) 

(To be selected from the following courses) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Afro 317 Black Politics (3) 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


Afro 320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro 346 African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 

Afro 422 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 
Afro 424 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Upper-Division Electives (9 units minimum) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 312 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 314 Pan-African Dance & Movement (3) 

Afro 321 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion (3) 

Afro 385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 

Afro 437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

Afro 460 Afro-American Music 
Appreciation (3) 

Afro 463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

Afro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Upper Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

MINOR IN AH?0-ETHNIC STUDIES 

Students interested in the Afro-Ethnic 
Studies minor are required to take a 
minimum of 21 units. This includes six units 
of lower-division courses and fifteen units of 
upper-division courses. 

Lower Division Courses (6 units) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

OR Afro 107 Introduction to Afro- 
American Studies (3) 

Afro 190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Upper Division Courses (15 units) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization 
Patterns (3) 

Afro 312 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 314 Pan-African Dance & Movement (3) 


Afro 317 Black Politics (3) 

Afro 320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Afro 321 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro 346 The African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 

Afro 385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 
Afro 422 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 
Afro 424 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 

Afro 463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

Afro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES COURSES 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

The perspective through which people of 
color have come to see themselves in terms 
of their own heroes, culture and contribu- 
tions to societies in which they live and 
world society in general. (Same as Asian 
American Studies 101, Chicano Studies 101, 
Womenis Studies 101) 

103 Oral and Effective Communications 
Skills Development (3) 

A Basic English language elements course 
in composition writing structure, basic 
grammar, sentence faults, manuscript 
mechanics, and punctuation, paragraph, topic 
development, essay format, logic and diction. 
Lastly, library assignments, research paper 
construction, summaries, thesis statement 
development, indexing and glossary terms. 

107 Introduction to Afro-American 
Studies (3) 

The aims and objectives of Afro-American 
studies. The basic terms and references that 
give substance to Afro-American studies. 

108 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 
(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 
(Same as History 190 and Chicano 
Studies 190) 


301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

African cultural characteristics in the New 
World and contemporary events, including 
art, ideas, dance and literature. 

309 The Black Family (3) 

The American social conditions that shaped 
the black family from the African cultural pat- 
terns to the family that exists today. The roles 
of poverty, racism and discrimination. 

310 Black Women in America (3) 

Issues in the study of black women in 

America, including social, political, economic 
and intellectual development. Historical and 
contemporary issues as they affect black 
American women will be investigated. (Same 
as Women’s Studies 310) 

311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 
Patterns of role learning as they vary 

within subpopulations; changes over time in 
the values, attitudes, and goals of both the 
general culture and of subcultures; stereotypes 
and realities; understanding and dealing with 
cultural variation as well as cultural “norms.” 
(Same as Human Services 311) 

312 American Indian Women (3) 

The female role in American Indian tribal 
lifestyles. Labor divisions, leadership, politi- 
cal and social activities from a number of 
tribes. Historical and contemporary issues, as 
they affect American Indian women. 

314 Pan-African Dance and Movement (3) 
Theory and practice of movement of 
African and Haitian peoples. Movement 
(dance) as quasi-language in perpetuating the 
life style of African cultures and cultures of 
African descent. 

317 Black Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or 
consent of instructor. Blacks’ struggle for 
political equality and relief from political 
oppression. Public policies concerning 
blacks’ freedoms, liberties and property 
rights. (Same as Political Science 317) 

320 Black American Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

A study of the black American intellectual 
from slavery to contemporary times, with 
special emphasis on black contributions to 
American political and social thought as well 
as their contributions in America’s social 
development. 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


321 Minority Community Development 
Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Afro-Ethnic Studies 317 or 
permission of instructor. This course is an 
interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
political and economic development in 
minority communities. Emphasis is placed 
on conceptualizing problems and planning 
and designing problem-solving models to 
resolve them. 

325 African-American Religion (3) 
African-American belief systems and 
denominations. A study of folk beliefs among 
Blacks, African-American religious groups, 
and the role of the Black Church in politics 
and social change in the Black community. 
(Same as Religious Studies 325) 

335 History of Racism (3) 

An investigation into the historical roots 
and current expressions of racism. Course 
focuses on how racism manifests itself through 
individual, social, political, economic and reli- 
gious institutions and proposes methods of 
combating it. 

346 The African Experience (3) 
Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. 
African history from the origin of the black 
man and traditional African civilization 
through the African diaspora to the institu- 
tional realities of Africa today. Not available 
for credit to students who have completed 
History 355. 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Comparative 
Literature 381) 

385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 
Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. 
Focuses on the ways in which the constraints 
of formal schooling affect the behaviors and 
attitudes of ethnic minority group members. 
Emphasizes the role of the community and 
family in school readiness and the psycholog- 
ical consequences of schooling. 

422 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 
Black identity and the life styles that have 
risen from racism. The socioeconomic, politi- 
cal, and cultural conditions which have fos- 
tered the blackness concept and the psycho- 
logical devices used by blacks to survive. 


424 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. The 
literary contributions by major black 
American authors. Contemporary black 
writers and the recurring themes of protest 
and quest for identity (Same as English 424) 

430 A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 
Prerequisites: junior/senior standing. The 
social psychological problems that ethnic 
minorities face such as stress-related prob- 
lems in mental health. Society’s reactions to 
these problems among these groups. 

437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing or 
consent of instructor. Examination of 
American Indian religious and philosophic 
perspectives. Survey of religious interpreta- 
tions and thought in various facets of belief 
ranging from traditional Indian religion to 
Christianity. Contemporary religious activities 
will be highlighted. (Same as Religious 
Studies 437) 

450 African History Since 1935 (3) 

(Same as History 450) 

457 West African and the African 
Diaspora (3) 

(Same as History 457) 

460 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 
Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. Black 
music in America; the sociological conditions 
that help produce various forms of black 
music. (Same as Music 460) 

463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing or 
consent of instructor. In-depth appreciation 
of Black American musical performance prac- 
tices and musical styles such as Spirituals, 
Ragtime, Blues, Jazz, Gospel, and Rhythm & 
Blues through lecture, discussion, and 
demonstration. (Same as Music 463) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and accep- 
tance of the subject by depanment chair and 
instructor directing the study. 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


american studies 


INTRODUCTION 



American studies gives students a thorough understanding of the past and present nature of 
American civilization. Three central features of our approach are: (1) an emphasis on the analysis 
of culture — that shared system of beliefs, behaviors, symbols, and material objects through 
which Americans give meaning to their lives; (2) examination of dominant culture patterns as 
well as the diversity of cultures in America; and (3) an interdisciplinary perspective that uses 
both the social 


sciences and 
humanities. 

Besides 
providing a 
rich liberal arts 
education, 
training in the 
major develops 
skills in 
writing and 
analysis and 
strengthens the 
ability to rec- 
ognize connec- 
tions among 
complex mate- 
rials and 
diverse phe- 
nomena. American studies graduates enter careers in business, communications, government 
service, law, social services, and teaching. The major is also a fine background for graduate work 
in the field or in related fields. 


Teaching Credential 

Because American studies is interdisciplinary, the major provides a particularly fine back- 
ground for elementary school teaching and for secondary school teaching in the social sciences. 
Teaching credentials require specific study plans. Students should see a department adviser early 
in their course of study. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Jesse Battan 

DEPARTMENT OFRCE: 

Education Classroom 622 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in American Studies 
Minor in American Studies 
Master of Arts in American Studies 

FACULTY 

Allan Axelrad, Jesse Battan, Wayne 
Hobson, John Ibson, Karen Lystra, Terri 
Snyder, Michael Steiner, Pamela Steinle, Leila 
Zenderland 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All full-time faculty 
within the department 

Graduate: John Ibson 


Awards in American Studies 

The David Jon Vaca Memorial Scholarship of $500 is awarded every semester to an under- 
graduate major in American studies based on need and academic achievement. The Susan 
Flinkingshelt Memorial Award is given annually in recognition of outstanding services to the 
American studies depanment and student association. The Earl James Weaver Graduate Student 
Essay Prize of $250 is awarded annually for the best graduate paper in American studies. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The major consists of 36 units: 12 units in the core program and 24 units of electives follow- 
ing either Plan A or B. 

Core Program (12 units required of all majors) 

201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

301 The American Character (3) 

350 Seminar in Theory and Method of American Studies (3) 

40 IT Proseminar in American Studies (3) 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


Electives (24 upper-division units) 

Elective course work is approved by the 
major adviser following either Plan A or B: 

A. Work in American studies and one or two 
other fields, such as Afro-ethnic studies, 
anthropology, Chicano studies, communi- 
cations, criminal justice, English, history, 
geography, political science, psychology 
or sociology. 

B. Course work pursuing a particular theme 
or subject, such as: law and society, sex 
roles, the visual arts, ethnicity, urbaniza- 
tion, regionalism, the child and the 
family, or popular culture. 

MINOR IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor in American studies requires 
21 units: American Studies 201, 301 or 345, 
and 40 IT, plus 12 units of electives. Six units 
may be lower-division and three units may be 
taken in a related department upon approval 
of an American Studies Department adviser. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
AMERICAN STUDIES 

The graduate program is grounded in a 
thorough understanding of the concept of 
culture. It examines the creative tension 
between unity and diversity in the American 
experience, seeking ultimately to provide a 
full vision of our complex pluralistic culture. 
The program is interdisciplinary, requiring 
graduate students to integrate knowledge 
from the humanities and social sciences. It 
stresses the process of cultural change, requir- 
ing students to trace the past sources of con- 
temporary issues. It develops advanced 
research, writing and analytical skills. 
Particular areas of faculty specialization within 
the department include: gender and sexuality; 
ethnicity; literature, film, art, and architecture 
as cultural expression; American regions; 
popular culture; and cultural radicalism. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

A student must meet the all-university 
requirements for admission. (Please consult 
the appropriate section of this catalog for 
complete information.) In addition, a student 
must (1) hold a bachelor’s degree with a 
major, or its equivalent, in American studies 
or in an appropriate discipline of the human- 
ities or social sciences; (2) have a grade- 
point-average of at least 3.0 in upper-division 
major courses; and (3) submit two satisfac- 
tory letters of recommendation from instruc- 
tors in upper-division major courses. 


Students whose undergraduate program 
indicates certain limited subject, grade, or 
breadth deficiencies may be considered for 
admission, at the discretion of the graduate 
adviser, with approval of the department’s 
graduate committee. In such cases, a student 
must make up deficiencies, in consultation 
with the graduate adviser, and must complete 
all required courses with at least a B average 
before classified graduate standing may be 
considered. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Students will be classified upon fulfill- 
ment of the above prerequisites, and after 
development of an approved study plan. 

Study Plan 

The program requires 30 units of graduate 
study: 21 units in the discipline of American 
studies, 6 units in other disciplines, and 3 
units in development of an appropriate 
research skill. 

American Studies (21 units) 

A. Required courses 

American Studies 501 Theory and 
Methods (3) 

American Studies 502T Seminar: 

Selected Topics (3) 

(May be repeated for credit with dif- 
ferent topic) 

B. Electives 

Additional upper-division or graduate level 
course work in American studies (12) 

Choose either C. or D. as follows: 

C. American Studies 598 Thesis (3) should 
be taken in the semester immediately 
preceding graduation from the program. 

D. An additional American studies graduate 
level elective, i.e., American Studies 599, 
American Studies 502T, or American 
Studies 503, plus successful completion 
of a three-part take home comprehensive 
examination based on the department’s 
core reading list. 

Other Disciplines (6 units) 

Graduate-level seminars in anthropology, 
art, communications, comparative literature, 
English, geography, history, political science, 
or sociology. 

Elective Skill (3 units) 

A student must demonstrate proficiency 
in a methodological skill appropriate to his or 
her scholarly interests. In consultation with 
an adviser, the student will select the skill to 


be developed. Proficiency in a foreign lan- 
guage, quantitative methods, or linguistics 
would, for example, be appropriate. If prereq- 
uisite work is necessary before a student can 
develop proficiency through three units of 
course work, that preliminary work will not 
be counted toward the 30 units required for 
the M.A. degree. 

For further information, consult graduate 
program adviser. 

AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES 

101 Introduction to American Culture 
Studies (3) 

The concepts of interdisciplinary culture 
studies, focusing on analysis of cultural 
change in complex, literate society, American 
culture, including cross-cultural comparisons. 
Topics include popular culture, subcultures, 
regionalism, myths and symbols, and culture 
and personality. 

201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 
With the concept of culture as a unifying 
principle, focus is on four separate time 
periods in order to provide the framework for 
an understanding of American civilization. 
Several different kinds of documents will be 
used to illustrate the nature and advantages of 
an interdisciplinary approach. 

300 Introduction to American Popular 
Culture (3) 

An historical exploration of popular 
culture in America as it both reflects and con- 
tributes to the search for meaning in everyday 
life. Themes include heroes, myths of success, 
symbols of power, images of romance, con- 
sumerism, race and sexual identity. 

301 The American Character (3) 

Cultural environment and personality. The 

extent to which there have been and continue 
to be distinctly American patterns of belief 
and behavior. Similarities, as well as class, 
ethnic, sex, and regional differences among 
Americans. 

312 Multicultural Identities and Women’s 
Experience (3) 

Examination of the diversity of women’s 
experiences, focusing on both historical and 
contemporary analysis of African American, 
Asian American, Latina, and white ethnic 
women. Course materials include autobiogra- 
phy, fiction, visual and popular arts, and fem- 
inist cultural criticism. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


318 Hollywood and America: Using Film 
as a Cultural Document (3) 

An examination of Hollywood as a cul- 
tural institution. Concentrating on the films 
of selected periods, the course analyzes 
Hollywood’s ability to create and transmit 
symbols and myths, and legitimize new 
values and patterns of behavior. 

345 The American Dream (3) 

An interdisciplinary analysis, in settings 
both historical and contemporary, of the 
myth and reality surrounding the notion of 
America as a land of unparalleled and unlim- 
ited possibilities, especially in the achieve- 
ment of personal material success. 

346 American Culture Through Spectator 
Sports (3) 

Study of the shifting meaning of organized 
sports in changing American society. Includes 
analysis of sports rituals, symbols and heroes. 
Focus is on the cultural significance of 
amateur and professional football, baseball, 
and basketball. 

350 Seminar in Theory & Method of 
American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 
301; or consent of instructor. To provide an 
understanding and appreciation of methodol- 
ogy, theories of society, and images of human- 
ity as they affect American studies 
contributions to scholarship. Fulfills the 
course requirement of the university upper- 
division baccalaureate writing requirement for 
American studies majors. 

377 Prejudice and American Culture (3) 
Prerequisite; upper-division standing. 
Concepts and methods of American culture 
studies as tools for better understanding the 
origins and appeal of intolerance, past and 
present. Particular focus on racism, ethnic 
and religious bias, sexism, and homophobia. 

386A American Social History 
1750-1860 (3) 

(Same as History 386A) 

386B American Social History 
1865-1930 (3) 

(Same as History 386B) 


40 IT Proseminar in American Studies (3) 
Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 
301; or consent of instructor. The relation- 
ship between theory and application. 

Analytic readings and research. Check the 
class schedule for topics being considered. 
May be repeated for credit. 

402 Religion and American Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: Upper division standing. An 
interdisciplinary analysis of the religious 
dimensions of American core culture from 
colonial settlement to the present. Topics 
include: Puritanism; rationalization, secular- 
ization, and feminization; the conversion 
experience, revivalism, and revitalization; 
fundamentalism and modernism; and civil 
religion. 

405 Images of Crime & Violence in 
American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions and values. 
Cultural analysis of meanings ascribed to law 
and order, authority, violence, and punish- 
ment in the American past and present. 
Examined in selected symbols, images, tradi- 
tions, and realities. 

407 American Humor (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions, and values. 
Analyzes the cultural significance of various 
types of American humor in past and present 
settings. How humor reinforces existing 
culture and also serves as an index and agent 
of cultural change. Humor’s relationship to 
ethnicity, region, social class, and sex. 

411 The White Ethnic in America (3) 

Past and present cultures of America’s 
white ethnic groups, principally non-Anglo- 
Saxon people such as the Jews, Irish, and 
Italians. Ethnic stereotypes, the survival, 
repression, and loss of ethnicity. 

413 The Shifting Role & Image of the 
American Male (3) 

The effect of economic, social, political, 
and cultural changes on American males. 
Emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries. 


416 Southern California Culture: A Study 
of American Regionalism (3) 
Regionalism as a concept and as a fact of 
American life. Theories of regionalism mea- 
sured against a study of Southern California 
and one other distinct American region. 

419 Love in America (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing or 

consent of instructor. Examines changes in 
the emotional lives of American men and 
women from the 17th century to the present. 
Concentrates on enduring and innovative 
views on the nature of love and the cultural 
forces that shape its legitimate and illegitimate 
expression. 

420 Childhood and Family in American 
Culture (3) 

Historical and contemporary culture study 
of childhood and family in America. The idea 
of childhood, changing concepts of child- 
rearing, growing up in the American past, the 
impact of modernization, mother and home 
as dominant cultural symbols. 

423 The Search for Community (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Examining the historical transformation and 
modem reformulation of community in 
America, the course emphasizes the relation- 
ship of the individual to the larger social 
group. Topics include; freedom, need to 
belong, alienation, and search for identity. 

433 Visual Arts in Contemporary 
America (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of general education section on 
American history, institutions and values. 
Visual phenomena in America as they reveal 
changes in recent American culture. Areas 
covered include: the “high” arts (painting, 
sculpture) as contrasted with the “low” arts 
(advertising, television); the artist as innova- 
tor, alienation, the business world, and 
American values in art. 

438 American Minds: Images of Sickness 
and Health (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Historically explores cultural changes in 
American images of the healthy mind. Topics 
include: medical and legal views of insanity, 
Freud’s impact on American thought, literary 
treatments of madness, and psychological 
themes in American popular culture. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


440 American Folk Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. Considers American 
culture from the perspectives of particular 
folk groups and through the eyes of the 
“common” person, past and present. Topics 
include: interpretation of artifacts and oral 
traditions; relationships between regional, 
ethnic, and folk identity; modernization and 
folk consciousness. 

442 Television and American Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: Completion of the general 
education section of American history, institu- 
tions, and values. American television as an 
interactive form of cultural expression, both 
product and producer of cultural knowledge. 
Examines the structure and content of televi- 
sion genres, and social-historical context of 
television’s development and use, audience 
response, habits and environments of viewing. 

444 The Built Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. Examines how 
Americans have shaped and structured space 
from the 17th century to the present. 
Emphasizes the relationship between space, 
place, architecture, and material culture; the 
interpretation of cultural landscapes and 
architectural styles; the changing meanings of 
the American home. 

449 The American West in Symbol and 
Myth (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or com- 
pletion of general education section on 
American history, institutions, and values. The 
meaning of the West to American culture 
through analysis of cultural documents such as 
explorer and captivity narratives, fiction, art, 
and film. Topics include: perception of wilder- 
ness, Indians, frontiersmen, and role of the 
West in creating a sexist national mythology. 

450 Women in American Society (3) 
Socio-cultural history of women and 

women’s movements in American society. 
Emphasis on 19th and 20th centuries. 
Examination of cultural models of American 
womanhood — maternal, domestic, sexual, 
social — their development and recent 
changes. 


460 Bohemians and Beats; Cultural 
Radicalism in America (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of the general education section 
on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines the ideas, activities, and legacies of 
the creators of a “counter-cultural” tradition 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. Explores 
their critique of modem civilization as well as 
their projects for self-transformation, social 
change, and cultural renewal. 

465 The Culture of the American 
South (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
completion of the general education section 
on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines distinctive cultural patterns in the 
American South, past and present. Topics 
include: Southern concepts of work and 
leisure, race and gender roles, political and 
religious controversies, literature and folklore, 
and the South as portrayed in the media. 

468 Culture in Turmoil: 1960s 
America (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Origins, manifestations, and continuing sig- 
nificance of the turbulence in American 
culture associated with the 1960s. 

Accelerated changes which occurred (or 
seemed to occur) in cultural meanings of 
authority, achievement, patriotism, sexuality, 
technology, and consciousness. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in American 
studies to be taken with the consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

501 Theory and Methods (3) 

The American Studies movement. Its con- 
ceptual and methodological development. 
The way this development was affected by 
and in turn reflected larger trends in the 
culture itself 

502T Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

A particular problem or topic as a case 
study in the use of interdisciplinary methods 
in American studies. May be repeated for 
credit. 


503 Classics in American Studies (3) 
Prerequisite: American Studies 501 or 
consent of instructor. Critical examination of 
texts that have been important or influential 
in the development of American Studies. 

596 American Studies Teaching 
Tutorial (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 501. 
Preparation for community college or univer- 
sity teaching. Small group discussion, 
lecture-discussion, examinations, teaching 
strategies. Enrollment requires approval of 
American Studies graduate coordinator. 
Course may be repeated for credit, but may 
only count once on a graduate study plan. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in 
American studies and consent of graduate coor- 
dinator. The writing of a thesis based on origi- 
nal research and its analysis and evaluation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: graduate standing in 

American studies and consent of graduate 
coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 




INTRODUCTION 

Anthropology is the scientific study of humankind from its beginnings millions of years ago to 
the present day. Nothing human is alien to anthropology Of the many sciences which study 
certain aspects of our species, only anthropology attempts to understand the whole panorama, in 
time and space, of the human condition. While other academic disciplines may concentrate on 
one aspect of human experience, anthropology is an integrated study of the whole range of 
human activi- 


ties, including 
communica- 
tion and lan- 
guage, 
economics, 
political orga- 
nization, reli- 
gion, the arts, 
philosophy, 
education, 
medical and 
nutritional 
practices, 
social interac- 
tion, marriage, 
child rearing, 
science, and 

technology. Anthropology enables the study of people from all over the world as they live now, as 
they lived in the prehistoric and historic past, and as they may live in the future. Anthropology 
also studies people as biological-psychological-cultural-social wholes living in relationship with 
their environment; a major goal is to understand human beings from this overall perspective. 

The major in Anthropology offers five concentrations and is designed to prepare students for 
advanced degrees in Anthropology as well as for positions in the private and public sector. Social 
service occupations, work in urban centers, museum work, health professions, natural resources 
management, and overseas work are some of the areas that offer many opportunities for anthro- 
pology graduates. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Susan Parman 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

McCarthy Hall 426 

ANTHROPOLOGY MUSEUM: 

McCarthy Hall 424 

CENTER FOR CALIFORNIA PUBLIC 
ARCHAEOLOGY: 

Humanities 311, 313 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL LABORATORY: 

McCarthy Hall 420 

BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 
LABORATORY: 

McCarthy Hall 428 

CENTER FOR ETHNOGRAPHIC 
CULTURAL ANALYSIS: 

McCarthy Hall 422 

VISUAL ANTHROPOLOGY 
LABORATORY: 

McCarthy Hall 477 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Lori Sheeran, Phyllisa Eisentraut, Jeffrey Himpele, and Ruth Van Dyke 

Graduate; Jeffrey Himpele 

Internship Program Adviser; Lori Sheeran 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology requires 45 units in the major consisting of core 
courses, theory and methods, and elective coursework. 

Core Courses (18 units) 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 300 Language and Culture (3) 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology 
Minor in Anthropology 
Master of Arts in Anthropology 

FACULTY 

Phyllisa Eisentraut, Jeffrey Himpele, Roger 
Joseph, LeRoy Joesink-Mandeville, Joseph 
Nevadomsky, Jacob Pandian, Susan Parman, 
Marlene Rios, Lori Sheeran, Judy Suchey, 

Ruth Van Dyke 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Theory (9 units) 

Students must take three of the following 
courses; 

Anthro 301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Anthro 305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Anthro 306 Comparative Aesthetics and 
Symbolism (3) 

Anthro 307 Culture and Image: The 
Anthropology of Visual Symbols (3) 

Anthro 308 Culture and Aging: 
Anthropological Gerontology (3) 

Anthro 409 Applied Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 410 Urban Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 411 Culture and Communication (3) 
Anthro 412 Culture Change (3) 

Anthro 413 Culture and Personality: 
Psychological Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 414 Economic Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 415 Culture and Nutrition (3) 
Anthro 417 Life Quests (3) 

Anthro 420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 432 Woman in Cross-Cultural 
Perspective (3) 

Anthro 440 Human Evolution (3) 

Anthro 442 Medical Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 450 Culture and Education (3) 

Anthro 460 Public Archaeology in 
California (3) 

Anthro 470 Survey of Anthropological 
Films (3) 

Methods (9 units) 

Students must take three of the following 
courses: 

Anthro 400 Cultural Analysis: Qualitative 
Methods in Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 
Anthro 402 Museum Science (3) 

Anthro 403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 

Anthro 404 Analytical Methods in 
Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 405 Human Osteology (3) 

Anthro 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Anthro 407 Anthropological Video 
Production (3) 

Anthro 408 Enthnogerontology (3) 

Anthro 416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 


Anthro 441 Human Variation (3) 

Anthro 476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 
Anthro 497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 
Anthro 498 Museum Practicum (3) 


Electives (9 units) 

Anthro 100 Non- Western Cultures and The 
Western Tradition (3) 

Anthro 104 Traditional Cultures of the 
World (3) 

Anthro 105 Language, Culture, and 
Thought (3) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Anthro 321 The American Indian (3) 
Anthro 324A The Ancient Maya (3) 

Anthro 324B The Aztecs and Their 
Predecessors (3) 

Anthro 325 Peoples of South America (3) 
Anthro 327 Origins of Civilization (3) 
Anthro 328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Anthro 329 Peoples of Caribbean (3) 
Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Anthro 345 Peoples of the Middle East and 
North Africa (3) 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Anthro 360 Contemporary American 
Culture (3) 

Anthro 370 Anthropology of Non-Western 
Films (3) 


Anthro 490T Undergraduate Seminar in 

Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 491 Internship in Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Note: Students may take three to nine elec- 
tive units of coursework from theory and 
methods categories if those units are not used 
to meet the requirements of coursework in 
theory or methods. Three units of Anthro 499 
and 490T may be taken to meet theory or 
methods requirements with the consent of the 
faculty supervisor and the department chair; 
also, three units of Anthro 491 can be included 
in the methods category with the approval of 
the faculty supervisor and department chair. 
Students may take three to nine units of 
coursework in related fields. Courses in related 
fields must be selected in consultation with the 
adviser; no related field course will be counted 
toward the major unless it has the approval of 
the adviser. 


OPTIONAL CONCENTRATIONS FOR 
B.A. IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

Students who opt for a concentration 
must take 45 units of specific anthropology 
courses listed under the concentration. Those 
who opt for concentrations must meet with 
one of the undergraduate Program advisers 
and secure approval before enrolling in the 
courses for any concentration. 

Educational Anthropology Concentration 
(45 units) 

Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 409, 410, and 450 (9 units) 
Methods: Anthro 401 and 497 (9 units) 

Electives: One area course and Anthro 411, 
412, 413, 490, 491 or 499 (9 units) 

Medical Anthropology Concentration 
(45 units) 

Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 409, 413, and 442 (9 units) 
Methods; Anthro 401 and 497 (9 units) 

Electives: One area course and Anthro 415, 
440, 491 or 499 (9 units) 

Museum Anthropology Concentration 
(45 units) 

Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 306, 409 and 411 (9 units) 
Methods: Anthro 402, 404 and 498 (9 units) 

Electives: One area course and Anthro 403, 
412, 440, 490, 491 or 499 (9 units) 

Primatology Concentration (45 units) 
Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 301, 409 and 440 (9 units) 
Methods: Anthro 405, 441 and 491 (9 units) 

Electives: 9 units approved by the Faculty 
Advisor 

Public Archaeology Concentration 
(45 units) 

Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 409, 412, and 460 (9 units) 
Methods: Anthro 403, 404, and 476 (9 units) 

Electives: One area course and Anthro 490, 
491 or 499 (9 units) 

Urban Anthropology Concentration 
(45 units) 

Anthropology Core Courses (18 units) 

Theory: Anthro 409, 410 and 412 (9 units) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


j 


Methods: Anthro 401 and 497 (9 units) 
Electives: One area course and Anthro 490, 
491 or 499 (9 units) 

MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

Twenty-one units must be taken to fulfill 
requirements for a minor. 

Core Courses (12 units) 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 300 Language and Culture (3) 

OR Anthro 416 Anthropological 
Linguistics (3) 

Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Electives (9) 

Anthro 100 Non-Western Cultures and the 
Western Tradition (3) 

OR Anthro 101 Introduction to 
Biological Anthropology (3) 

OR Anthro 103 Introduction to 
Archaeology (3) 

Six additional units of upper-division anthro- 
pology. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The program offers advanced study of 
general anthropology, while simultaneously 
encouraging specialization in one (or more) of 
the traditional subdisciplines: archaeology, cul- 
tural anthropology, linguistics, and physical 
anthropology. Opportunities for field and labo- 
ratory research and for other related learning 
experiences permit students to enlarge upon 
formal classroom training and to work inde- 
pendently with original data. Students may 
pursue a thesis or project of either a traditional 
or more exploratory character. 

Efforts are made to assist individuals to 
plan programs that will meet their individual 
needs and interests. 

Prerequisites 

An applicant must meet the university 
requirements for conditionally classified 
graduate standing: a baccalaureate from an 
accredited institution and a grade-pxjint 
average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted (see section of this catalog on 
admission of graduates for complete state- 
ment and procedures). Admission is contin- 
gent ujx)n evaluation and acceptance by the 
Graduate Study Committee. In addition to 
the University Application, the applicant 


must submit a letter of intent and at least two 
letters of recommendation. Students with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies may be 
considered for admission to the program if 
they agree to complete additional courses 
selected by the Graduate Study Committee, 
with at least a 3.0 (B) average. Subject defi- 
ciencies must be met prior to candidacy. 
Students entering from other colleges and 
universities and/or from fields other than 
anthropology may discuss appropriate course 
substitutions with the Graduate Adviser. 

Classification 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: 

1 . A bachelor’s degree with a minimum of 
27 units in anthropology, including the 
following courses or their equivalents. 

ljower-Di\nsion (9 units) 

Anthro 101, 102 and 103 

Upper- Division (18 units) 

Anthro 300 or 416, 480 and 481 

Additional upper-division coursework in 
Anthropology (9 units) 

Reading courses and special examinations 
may be substituted for some of these 
prerequisites by the department. 

2. A GPA of 3.0 (B) for all work taken in 
anthropology. 

3. Classification review administered by the 
graduate adviser. 

Study Plan 

The 30-unit study plan for the degree 
must include the following: 

Anthro 501 Seminar: Methodology of 
Anthropological Research (3) 

Anthro 502 Contemporary Theory in 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 597 Project (6) or Anthro 598 
Thesis (6) 

Two additional graduate seminars (Anthro 504) 
in anthropology (6 units) 

400-level or graduate work in anthropology 
(6 units) 

400-level or graduate work in anthropology 
or related fields (6 units) 

Up to six units of Anthropology 599 
Independent Graduate Research, may be used 


for the last two requirements above. For contin- 
uation in the program an average of 3.0 (B) for 
all work in the study plan must be maintained. 

Students must remain continuously 
enrolled, either by enrolling in at least one 
anthropology course each semester or by 
enrolling in Graduate Studies 7(X). Students 
may request a waiver of this requirement for 
one or two semesters if professional purposes 
require absence from campus. A student who 
is not continuously enrolled will be required 
to apply for readmission to the program. 

A thesis or a project, including an oral 
examination, must be completed for the degree. 
Normally a student will register for thesis or 
project two times, for three units each semester. 
Anthropology 501 and 502 must be taken 
within the first 1 1/2 years of graduate work. 

The progress of graduate students will be 
reviewed prior to classification and again 
before advancement to candidacy. 

Students must demonstrate to their thesis 
committee that they have competence in a 
foreign language or quantitative methods by 
(1) translating a short text which is approved 
by the student’s committee and focuses on 
the student’s research field or (2) passing an 
anthropology course in quantitative methods 
or another course in quantitative methods 
approved by the student’s committee. 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. See also the Depart- 
ment of Anthropology’s student handbook. 

ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES 

100 Non-Western Cultures and the 
Western Tradition (3) 

An examination of the changing views of 
man, nature and culture in Western civilization 
as related to the impact of non-Westem influ- 
ences, including the use and interpretation of 
data on non-Westem peoples and cultures. 

101 Introduction to Biological 
Anthropology (3) 

Humans as biological organisms and in 
evolutionary perspective. Concepts, methods, 
findings and issues in the study of the Order 
primates, including the relationships between 
fossil monkeys, apes and humans, and the 
significance of genetic diversity between 
modem populations. (CAN ANTH 2) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


102 Introduction to Cultural 
Anthropology (3) 

The nature of culture and its significance. 
Uniformities and variations in human cultures. 
Cultural analyses of major institutional forms 
such as the family economy, government, reli- 
gion and art with an emphasis on preliterate 
peoples. Central problems of cultural compari- 
son and interpretation. (CAN ANTH 4) 

103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 
Relationship of archaeology, culture 

history and culture process, field methods 
and analysis of archaeological data; the uses 
and abuses of archaeology. World culture 
history from Pleistocene beginnings to the 
threshold of civilization. (CAN ANTH 6) 

104 Traditional Cultures of the World (3) 
A comparative, worldwide survey of tradi- 
tional, selected and well-studied ways of life 
using ethnographic writings, novels and 
films. Examines representative bands, tribes, 
chiefdoms, primitive states and folk societies. 

105 Language, Culture, and Thought (3) 
Analysis of the fundamental role that lan- 
guage and culture play in thinking, and an 
examination of the cultural logic in relation 
to the interplay of linguistic and cultural 
boundaries; exploration on thinking in rela- 
tion to subcultural variations, multicultural- 
ism, and multilingualism. (Same as 
Linguistics 105) 

300 Language and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instructor. Language as a factor in culture. 
Trends in the study of language and culture. 

301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or 

Psychology 101 or completion of General 
Education category I1I.A.2. The anthropologi- 
cal study of the behavior of primates includ- 
ing monkeys and apes with data collection in 
the wild and the laboratory; review and dis- 
cussion of behavioral characteristics that are 
part of the primate heritage of humankind. 

305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Beliefs and practices in the full 
human variation of religious phenomena, 
with an emphasis on primitive religions. The 
forms, functions, structures, symbolism, and 
history and evolution of religious systems. 


306 Comparative Aesthetics and 
Symbolism (3) 

The metaphysical and mystical systems 
underlying the “grammars” of the an, myths, 
and rituals of various nonliterate and literate 
peoples and their development into creative 
experiences. 

307 Culture and Image: The 
Anthropology of Visual Symbols (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100 or 101 or 
102 or 103 or 104. Humanistic interpretation 
of visual representations from an anthropologi- 
cal cross-cultural perspective. Participatory 
experience in exploring the relationship 
between culture and visual images, and inter- 
preting cultural processes involving images. 

308 Culture and Aging: Anthropological 
Gerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100 or 101 or 
102 or 103 or 104. Anthropological discourse 
on diverse cultural conceptions of aging as 
they relate to gender, class, ethnic and reli- 
gious categories. Cross-cultural comparison of 
culturally patterned time-table of life-cycle 
and age-grades for understanding the univer- 
sals and variability in human aging. 

320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. A 

cultural survey of Europe, focusing on the 
peasant, national, and pan-European tradi- 
tions of Europe. Diverse anthropological 
approaches are used to examine changing 
boundaries of European identity from prehis- 
tory to the present “European Union.” 

321 The American Indian (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instructor. North American Indians north of 
Mexico; origin, languages, culture areas, cul- 
tural history; the impact of European contacts. 

324A The Ancient Maya (3) 

The archaeology and ethnohistory of the 
Maya area of Southern Mesoamerica. The 
problems of initial settlement of the area and 
the “rise” and dynamics of ancient Maya civi- 
lization. 

324B The Aztecs and Their 
Predecessors (3) 

Archaeological survey of principal 
Mesoamerica pre-Columbian cultures north and 
west of the Maya area. The Aztecs and their pre- 
decessors, religion, art, architecture, intellectual 
achievements and the Olmec heritage. 


325 Peoples of South America (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Central and South America. 
Representative cultural areas before and after 
contacts with Western countries. 

327 Origins of Civilizations (3) 

The development of civilization in both 
the Old and New Worlds in primary centers 
such as Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Indus Valley, 
China, Mesoamerica and Peru, and secondary 
centers such as the Aegean and Europe. 

328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instructor. A cultural survey of Africa. 
Description of selected cultures and aspects 
of culture before and after contact with non- 
Africans. 

329 Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. A 

survey of the various ethnic groups of the 
Caribbean, focusing on the description and 
interpretation of African, European, Asian 
and Amerindian cultural elements. 

340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. A survey of Asian civilizations and 
cultural traditions, emphasizing the study of 
the personality configurations in different 
culture areas, the analysis of the structure of 
Asian civilizations, and an examination of the 
peasant, tribal and ethnic groups of Asia. 

345 Peoples of the Middle East and 
North Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Interrelationship between culture, 
economy, political structure and belief system 
of selected cultures in the Middle East and 
North Africa. 

347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The indigenous peoples and cul- 
tures of the Pacific Islands, including Tahiti, 
Hawaii and Australia. The forces and 
processes contributing to social change in 
island communities and current problems 
being faced by them. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. Application of anthropological 
methods, categories of analysis, and types of 
interpretation to American culture. Survey 
and critique of selected community studies 
and other kinds of relevant research. 

370 Anthropology of Non- Western 
Films (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 100 or 102 or 104 
or consent of instructor. Comparative analyti- 
cal study of commercial and non-commercial 
films and videos made by non-western 
people. Films and videos considered as cul- 
tural artifacts that are particularly revealing of 
the ways people conceive of themselves and 
their cultures. 

400 Cultural Analysis: Qualitative 
Methods in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. An examination 
of the qualitative methods that are used in 
the analysis of culture; review of recent 
methodologies developed in the framework 
of semiotic, phenomenological, and interpre- 
tive anthropology. 

401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 102 and six addi- 
tional units of anthropology or consent of 
instructor. Anthropological field research by 
students on various problems using partici- 
pant observation techniques. 

402 Museum Science (3) 

Methods, principles and techniques used 
in natural history, and small scientific and 
historical museums. Subjects covered include 
scope of exhibit and research collections, care 
and repair of specimens, acquisitions, storage 
and preparation of presentations in anthropo- 
logical, historical, biological and paleontolog- 
ical museums. 

403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or 103 and 

consent of instructor. Excavation of a local 
archaeological site. Archaeological mapping, 
photography and recording. Laboratory 
methods of cataloging, preservation, descrip- 
tion and interpretation of archaeological 
materials. Saturday field sessions. May be 
rep)eated once for credit as an elective. (1 
hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


404 Analytical Methods in Archaeology (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 103 and 403. The 

employment of physical data collecting tech- 
niques (e.g., photographic, paleo-magnetic) 
in the field and the analysis of artifact collec- 
tions and data from previous field operations 
in the laboratory. May be repeated once for 
credit as an elective. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

405 Human Osteology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Techniques in the basic identification of 
human skeletal remains. Aging, sexing, racing 
and stature reconstruction. For those inter- 
ested in archaeology, hominid evolution 
and/or forensic science. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 406) 

407 Anthropological Video Production (3) 
Prerequisites: Six upper-division units of 

anthropology or consent of instructor. 
Planning, shooting, and editing videotapes 
relating to all sub-disciplines of anthropology. 
(1 hour lecture; 6 hours laboratory activities, 
demonstrations, and fieldwork) 

408 Ethnogerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 102. Learning 

the methods of ethnoscience and interpretive 
semiotics for analyzing cultural knowledge 
and domains pertaining to aging. Training in 
ethnographic cultural analysis of aging for the 
production of ethnographies that focus on 
the symbols, taxonomies, paradigms, and 
themes of aging. 

409 Applied Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instructor. The uses of anthropological skills 
and sensitivities in approaching contempo- 
rary human problems. Cultural change, orga- 
nizational development, program planning 
and evaluation, the consultant’s role, and pro- 
fessional ethics. 

410 Urban Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. A cross-cultural 

investigation of similarities and differences in 
urbanism with an emphasis on current theo- 
retical and methodological pjerspectives in the 
study of urban social and cultural forms and 
processes. 


411 Culture and Communication (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 300 or consent of 

instructor. How culture meaning and manip- 
ulation are constituted in both traditional 
and modem cultures through language, 
mythology, ritual, architecture, religion, and 
other communication systems. 

412 Culture Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instmctor. Interrelations between cultural, 
social and psychological processes in the 
dynamics of culture growth and change. 
Impact of western technology on tribal and 
peasant societies. Anthropological contribu- 
tions to the planning of directed sociocul- 
tural change in selected areas. 

413 Culture & Personality: Psychological 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instmctor. The relationship between the indi- 
vidual and the culture. Child training in non- 
western cultures. Survey of concepts, studies, 
and research techniques. 

414 Economic Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instmctor. The ethnology and ethnography 
of economic life, principally in non-western 
societies; the operation of systems of produc- 
tion and distribution within diverse cultural 
contexts. 

415 Culture and Nutrition (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 101 or 102 or 

consent of instmctor. Interrelationships 
between human nutrition, basic food 
resources, individual development and socio- 
cultural organization; includes assessment of 
student’s nutritional status, beliefs, and prac- 
tices relative to other cultures. 

416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 

Nature and functions of language; lan- 
guage stmcture and change; classification of 
languages; use of linguistic evidence in 
anthropology. (Same as Linguistics 416) 

417 Life Quests (3) 

Contemporary ways to wisdom and 

humanness in cross-cultural and historical 
perspectives. New and comparative 
approaches to understanding the life cycle, 
development and fulfillment of individual 
personalities. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100, 101, 102, 
103, 104, or equivalent. An examination of the 
development of the field of visual anthropol- 
ogy and an analysis of the changing and 
diverse approaches to the use of visual media 
in representing and interpreting other cultures. 

432 Woman in Cross-Cultural 
Perspective (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The influence of biological deter- 
minants as they are shaped by cultural 
beliefs, values, expectations and socially 
defined roles for women. The changing role 
of women in industrial society. 

440 Human Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or completion of 

general education category 1II.A.2. Advanced 
primate evolution; the origin of Homo sapiens 
as evidenced in the fossil record and through 
biochemical and molecular studies. Evolution- 
ary theory and problems in human evolution. 
(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

441 Human Variation (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101. The processes 

underlying and the theories for the existence 
of the present variation between and within 
human populations. The genetics of human 
populations and the significance of racial 
classifications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours labo- 
ratory) 

442 Medical Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or 

Psychology 101. Human health and disease 
and their relationship to cultural practices, 
beliefs and environmental factors; histories of 
various diseases as factors of cultural change; 
health care delivery systems. 

450 Culture and Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 
instructor. The transmission of values, implicit 
cultural assumptions, and the patterning of 
education in cross-cultural perspective. 
American culture and development problems. 

460 Public Archaeology in California (3) 
An archaeological survey of California, 
emphasizing the examination of recent scien- 
tific excavations. Analysis of new archaeologi- 
cal methods, current research specializations, 
resf)onsibilities of the modem archaeologist, 
and review of legislation affecting archaeology. 


470 Survey of Anthropological Films (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 100 or 101 or 102 
or 103 or 104 or consent of instmetor. 

Survey and analysis of the uses of film and 
video in anthropological research, teaching, 
theory, methodology. Films are studied not 
only for their anthropological content, but 
also as artifacts of western culture which 
reveal significant aspects of that culture. 

476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or 103 or 
consent of instmetor. Methodology and prac- 
tice of archaeological fieldwork. May be 
repeated for credit. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

480 History of Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instmetor. The principal contributions of 
anthropologists 1850-1950; evolutionary, dif- 
fusionist, historical, particularist, configura- 
tionalist, and culture and personality 
approaches in anthropology. 

481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of 

instmetor. Anthropologists from 1950 to the 
present; neoevolutionist, sociological, stme- 
turalist, psychological and symbolic 
approaches. 

490T Undergraduate Seminar in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instmetor. Topics 
in anthropology. May be repeated for credit. 

491 Internship in Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisites: 18 upper-division units in 
anthropology and/or related fields. Career 
opportunities. On-the-job training under 
faculty supervision in museum, industry or 
governmental service. May be repeated for 
credit for a total of six units. 

497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 
Prerequisites: Anthro 102 and 
Anthropology 401 or equivalent. Training in 
the methodologies of participant observation 
and interview techniques; investigation and 
description of cultural domains such as reli- 
gion, health, economics, politics, and family 
and ethnic boundaries. May be repeated for 
credit for a maximum of six units. 


498 Museum Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: At least 15 units of anthro- 
pology and consent of instmetor. Practical 
experience in museum operations, using the 
facilities of the Anthropology Museum. 

Topics covered include exhibit preparation, 
membership and funding operations, cata- 
logue preparation and outreach activities. 
May be repeated for credit for a maximum of 
six units. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 units of anthro- 
pology and consent of adviser. Individual 
research project involving either library or 
fieldwork. Conferences with the adviser as 
necessary. Results in one or more papers. 

May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar: Methodology of 
Anthropological Research (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of undergradu- 
ate major in anthropology and/or graduate 
standing or consent of instmetor. The con- 
temporary methodological spectmm in 
anthropology and new trends in research 
planning and implementation. 

502 Contemporary Theory in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of undergradu- 
ate major in anthropology and/or graduate 
standing or consent of instmetor. The basic 
assumptions and theoretical positions of 
leading contemporary anthropologists. 

504T Seminar: Selected Topics in 
Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of undergradu- 
ate major in anthropology and/or graduate 
standing or consent of instmetor. The topic 
chosen and a general outline of the seminar 
is circulated prior to registration. May be 
repeated. 

505 Phonological Analysis (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 505) 

507 Grammatical Analysis (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 507) 

508 Theories of Syntax (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 508) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


597 Project (3,6) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. The completion of a 
project derived from original field or labora- 
tory research, and/or from library study. May 
be repeated for credit to a maximum of 6 
units. 

598 Thesis (3,6) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. The writing of a thesis 
based on original field or laboratory research, 
and/or on library study, and its analysis and 
evaluation. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of adviser. 

Individual research involving fieldwork, lab- 
oratory, or library study, and conferences 
with a project adviser as necessary, and 
resulting in one or more papers. May be 
repeated for credit. 


art 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Larry Johnson 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Visual Arts 102 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Art 
Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 
Ceramics 
Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 
Sculpture 
Minor in Art 
Master of Arts in Art 

Drawing and Painting (including 
Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, 
Wood, Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Master of Fine Arts in Art 

Drawing, Painting, and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/ 
Metalsmithing, and 
Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 
Certificate in Museum Studies 


FACULTY 

Ana-Victoria Aenelle, Bryan Cantley Ruth Capelle, John Carter, Kyung Sun Cho, Done 
Christjansen, Eileen Cowin, Frank E. Cumming? Ill, Darryl Curran, John T. Drew, Robert N. Ewing, 
Maurice Gray, Arnold Holland, Thomas Holste, George James, Jim Jenkins, Jade Jewett, Larry 
Johnson, G. Ray Kerciu, Donald Lagerberg, Dana Lamb, Sergio Lizarrags, Stephen M. Lorson, 

Clinton MacKenzie, Mike McGee, Zena Pearlstone, Jerry Rothman, Jerry Samuelson, Vincent Suez 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Contact depart- 
ment office. 

Graduate: Sergio Lizarraga 

INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Art is 
accredited by the National 
Association of Schools of Art and 
Design. 

The Department of Art offers 
programs which include the schol- 
arly fields of art history, theory, 
analysis and criticism; the studio 
fields of drawing and painting, 
entertainment/animation, print- 
making, sculpture, crafts (includ- 
ing jewelry, wood and metal), 
ceramics (including glass), graphic 
design, creative photography, illus- 
tration, and exhibition design; and 
the single subject teaching field of 
art education. 

Curricular plans for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Fine Arts have been developed 
to meet the individual needs and interests of students in art. 

The general objectives of the programs are to provide a comprehensive learning environment 
which contributes conceptually and technically to the development of the art historian, the visual 
artist and the art teacher. Specifically, the programs provide opportunities for students to: (1) 
develop a knowledge and understanding of fundamental visual experience and concepts basic to 
many forms and fields of art; (2) develop a critical appreciation of historical and contemporary 
art forms as they relate to individual and social needs and values; (3) creatively express one’s per- 
sonal experience and thought with visual skill and clarity; (4) develop knowledge and skills nec- 
essary to pursue graduate studies in visual arts, or to teach art and (5) develop the understanding 
and expertise applicable to professional practice. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART 

The 124-unit Bachelor of Arts degree offers concentrations in Art History, General Studio Art and 
Teaching. The program objectives are to provide correlative experiences, information and theory. 

The Art History concentration emphasizes the area of art history, theory, and appreciation and 
is particularly recommended for those students who wish to pursue graduate studies in art 
history or museum studies. 

The General Studio Art concentration is a varied curriculum that provides a broad education 
in the visual arts. 

The Teaching concentration prepares students to meet the requirements for admission to the 
Credential Program teaching art, grades K-12. 



68 


ART 


In addition to the requirements listed 
below for the major, students must meet the 
other university requirements for a bachelor 
of arts degree. Students in the Teaching con- 
centration must also meet specific require- 
ments for the desired teaching credential. 

All art majors must take Art 300, Writing 
in the Visual Arts, and pass the university’s 
Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
after achieving junior standing (60 units). 
Testing dates for the EWP are available from 
the Testing Center or the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

To earn a Bachelor of Arts in Art students 
must achieve grades of C or better in all art 
courses required for the degree. 

ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION 

Preparation for the major Cower division-21 units) 
Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
Lower-division studio courses (3,3) 

Approved electives in art, American studies, 
anthropology, history, literature, music, phi- 
losophy or theatre (3,3,3) 

The major (upper division 33 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

480 Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

481 Seminar in An History (3) 

Approved upper-division elective (3) 
Upper-division art history (21) 

GENERAL STUDIO ART CONCENTRATION 

Lower-Division (27 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art Electives (3,3) 

Select at least two courses from two of 
the following areas: design; print making; 
creative photography; sculpture; ceramics; 
crafts; drawing and painting. 

Upper-Division (27 units) 

3(X) Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Studio Area (12 units) 

Select one course from each of the follow- 
ing: (1) drawing and painting; (2) sculpture, 
creative photography, printmaking; (3) crafts 
and ceramics; (4) design. 


Electives (3,3) 

Choose two courses from at least two 
different categories of the following: drawing 
and painting; printmaking; creative photog- 
raphy; sculpture; crafts (glass); ceramics; 
graphic design; illustration; exhibition 
design; art education. 

TEACHING CONCENTRATION 

Single Subject Instruction 

((Qualifies for Teaching Art in Grades K-12) 
Preparation for the major Cower division-30 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

207A Drawing/Painting (3) 

Major requirements (upper division-24 units) 
Select Drawing^ainting, Crafts or 
Creative Photography and Computer 
Design Emphasis. 

Drawing and Painting Emphasis 
300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 
347A Printtnaking Etching (3) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Crafts Emphasis 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

305A Advanced Crafts (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

315A Jewelry (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Creative Photography and Computer 
Design Emphasis: 

3(X) Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363B Illustration (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Art History (3) 


Select two courses from the following: 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other CJenre (3) 

Select one course from the following: 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Professional Preparation (24-27 units) 

Art Ed 442 Teaching Art in the Secondary 
School (3) 

Education course work (9-12) 

Student teaching (one semester full-time) (12) 

Program Requirements 

1 . Be advised by a faculty adviser in art educa- 
tion assigned by the art department chair. 

2. Fulfill credential requirements listed in 
the catalog within the School of Human 
Development and Community Service. 

3. Meet the requirements listed under the 
Teaching concentration. 

4. Complete the major requirements prior to 
applying to the teacher education 
program. 

5. Be admitted to teacher education through 
the School of Human Development and 
Community Service prior to enrollment 
in Art Ed 442, professional education 
courses and student teaching. 

6. Be accepted for teacher education and 
student teaching based on candidate quotas, 
portfolio review, and evidence of success in 
completed university course work. 

7. Be recommended by the faculty adviser in 
art education. 

8. Complete Secondary Education 310 and 
386 or equivalents. 

9. Pass C-BEST exam prior to admission to 
Teacher Education. 

10. Have a G.PA. of 2.89 overall, 3.0 in 
major. 

Credential Information 

Upon completion of the above program and 
the bachelor of arts degree and passing the 
NTE, the student is eligible for a partial creden- 
tial, which meets state requirements for teach- 
ing art in grades K-12. Within the specified 
period of time from the beginning of a teaching 
assignment, 30 units of course work must be 
completed at an accredited college or university 


69 


ART 


to qualify for a dear credential. Credentials are 
issued from the institution where this require- 
ment has been completed. 

Multiple Subject Instruction 

The following three courses are recom- 
mended for all students intending to teach in 
the elementary schools in multiple subject 
classrooms. 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3) 
Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Theatre 402 Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3) 

The following additional list of courses 
would be strongly recommended for students 
who wish to expand their knowledge in any 
or all of the arts; 

Art 101, 103, 104, 106A, 107A, 201A,B, 
310A,B, 330, 380, 441 

Dance 101, 112, 122, 132, 142, 323A,B, 422 

I 

Music 111, 251, 281B,P,S,W, 283 

I Theatre 100, 263A,B, 276A, 277, 370A,B, 

402A,B, 403A,B 

BACHELOR OF HNE ARTS IN ART 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a pro- 
I fessional program providing directed studies 

in nine studio concentrations within the 
visual arts. The program is designed for stu- 
dents seeking in-depth preparation for spe- 
cialized goals selected from one of the 
following areas: ceramics, crafts, creative pho- 
tography, drawing and painting, entertain- 
ment art/animation, graphic design, 
illustration, printmaking, and sculpture. 

The program develops the understanding 
and advanced specialized skills applicable to 
professional practice and to meet entrance 
j| requirements to graduate school. 

I Admission Requirements 

Upon admission to the University as an 
art major, students are placed in the Bachelor 
of Arts category, whether entering as a fresh- 
man or transferring from a community 
college. Upon proof of completion of the 12 
lower-division studio units listed below with 
a B or better grade-point average, students 
may contact the Art Department for changing 
their academic objective to the Bachelor of 
Fine Arts in Art. 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Art 107B Beginning Painting (3) 


Program Requirements 

The 132-unit Bachelor of Fine Arts degree 
program requires a minimum of 69 units in 
art; 12 units of Art History plus 57 units of 
studio art. The major is divided into 21 units 
of lower-division preparation and 48 upper- 
division units. In addition to the minimum 
69-unit requirement for the B.FA. degree, 
students must meet the other university 
requirements for a bachelor’s degree (see the 
university Catalog and Class Schedule). 

To earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art, stu- 
dents must achieve grades of C or better in all 
art courses required for the degree. 

In addition to Art 300 Writing in the 
Visual Arts (* below), students must also take 
and pass the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency (EWP). 

CERAMICS CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

106A,B Beginning Ceramics (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division 48 units) 

3(X) Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

484A or 484B Special Studies (3,3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

CRAFTS CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A,B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Select 12 units from: 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

364A,B Stained Glass (3,3) 

485A,B,C, or F Special Studies in Crafts (3,3) 
495 Internship in Art (3) 


70 


Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

CREATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut 
Prints (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 
338A,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3,3) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

489 Special Studies, Creative Photo (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

DRAWING AND PAINTING 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
487A Special Studies, Painting (3) 

487B Life Studies, Drawing (3) 

Choose nine units from the following: 

487A,B and/or C (3,3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

ENTERTAINMENT ART/ANIMATION 
CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art & Civilization (3,3) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3,3) 


ART 


Select one course from: 

123, 216Aor 247 (3) 

Lower-division studio elective (3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A,B life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
318A Drawing & Painting, Head and Hands (3) 
318B Portraiture (3) 

337 Animals and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

353B Animation (3) 

367 Elements of Sequential An (3) 

Choose six units of the following: 

373 Cartooning & Caricature (3) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483 B Pictorial Background Illustration (3) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

487S Special Studies, Sequential Art (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Art Studio Electives and/or Interdisciplinary 
courses by approval (3,3) 

GRAPHIC DESIGN CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
i 223A,B Lettering and Typography (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483A Special Studies, Graphic Design (3,3) 
483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

ILLUSTRATION CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

223A Lettering and Typography (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 


Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and 
Painting (3,3) 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head and 
Hands (3) 

323A Graphic Design (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483C Special Studies, Illustration (3,3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

PRINTMAKING CONCENTRATION 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A Drawing and Painting (3) 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut 
Prints (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

347A, Printmaking Etching (3) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

487D Special Studies, Printmaking (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 

SCULPTURE CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 
Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

317A,B or C Life Studies, Drawing and 
Painting (3,3) 

326A Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

336A,B Moldmaking and Cast Sculpture (3,3) 
486A Special Studies, Sculpture (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 
Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3,3) 


MINOR IN ART 

Twenty-four units with a grade of C or 
better are required for a minor in art; a 
minimum of 12 units are to be in upper divi- 
sion courses in residence. A basic course in 
each of the following areas is required: (1) art 
history, theory, analysis and criticism; (2) 
design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 

Recommended courses to meet the “basic 
courses” requirement are: (1) Art 201 A or B; 
(2) Art 103 or 104; (3) Art 107A or B; (4) Art 
106A or 205 A. Completion of these courses 
will provide a reasonable foundation for 
entry into upper division courses. Students 
planning to qualify for a standard teaching 
credential specializing in elementary or sec- 
ondary teaching with art as a minor must 
obtain approval from the Art Department. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ART 

This program provides a balance of study 
and practice for those who wish a career in 
the visual arts, or who want to prepare for 
further graduate work in the field. The 
program offers the following areas of concen- 
tration: (1) drawing and painting (including 
printmaking); (2) sculpture; (3) crafts 
(including ceramics, wood, glass, jewelry/ 
metalsmithing); (4) design (including graphic 
design, illustration, exhibition design, cre- 
ative photography); and (5) art history. 

Admission Requirements 
1 . Classified standing: 

a. A baccalaureate degree in art with the 
same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited 
institution, or 24 upper-division units 
in art of which 12 units must be in a 
concentration completed with grades 
of B or better. Applicants are advised 
that most upper-division courses 
require lower-division prerequisites. A 
faculty adviser should be consulted 
with regard to recommended courses. 

b. GPA minimum of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 

c. Pass comprehensive review: held 
semi-annually, the comprehensive 
review is an evaluation of the candi- 
date by a committee comprised of 
faculty teaching in the area of concen- 
tration. The committee reviews the 
student’s creative work, statement of 
purpose, academic and other relevant 
qualifications; assigned research 


71 


ART 


papers are required of art history 
applicants in lieu of a portfolio. 
Procedures, dates, and appointment 
times are available through the art 
department graduate office. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Development of an approved study 
plan. 

f. Art history program: reading knowl- 
edge of a foreign language may be 
required before advancement to can- 
didacy. 

2. Conditionally classified standing: 

The same requirements as a. and b. above 
plus: 

c. 1) Studio program: Participation in 

comprehensive portfolio review 
with a recommendation by the 
committee of conditional accep- 
tance. 

2) Art History program: satisfactory 
review of research papers by art 
history faculty. 

d. Enrollment is allowed in graduate - 
level courses with the exception of 
Art 500A,B; 511; 512; 597; and 598. 

e. Passing the comprehensive review 
will be required for classified standing. 

Study Plan 

The degree program requires 30 units of 
graduate study approved by the student’s 
graduate committee of which 15 must be 
500-level courses. The 30 units are distrib- 
uted as follows: 

1. Core courses in art history, philosophy, 
analysis and criticism (9 units) 

a. Studio program: 

Art 500A Graduate Seminar in Major 
Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 511 Seminar on the Content 
and Method of Art History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED 
STANDING ONLY) 

b. Studio Program. 

Art 500B Graduate Seminar in Major 
Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 512 Seminar on Selected 
Topics in Art History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED 
STANDING ONLY) 


c. 400-level course in art history, theory, 
analysis or criticism on the recom- 
mendation of the major adviser. 

2. 500-and/or 4(X)-level courses in an area of 
concentration (minimum of six units at 
500-Level) (12 units) 

3. Additional course work in the area of con- 
centration or approved electives (3 or 6 
units) 

4. Art 597 Project (for studio); or An 598 
Thesis (for an history) (3 or 6 units) 

The M.A. study plan must be com- 
pleted with no grade below C, a B 
average, and B or better in all courses in 
the area of concentration. Every graduate 
student is required to demonstrate 
writing ability commensurate with the 
baccalaureate degree. Two graduate semi- 
nars are cenified to fulfill this university 
requirement. The Depanment of An 
requires the studio candidate for the 
Master of Ans in An to exhibit the project 
in one of the depanment’s graduate gal- 
leries. The an history candidate is 
required to submit a written thesis based 
on a specific topic of research. 

For funher information consult the gradu- 
ate program adviser and read the University 
Graduate Regulations section of this catalog. 

MASTER OF HNE ARTS IN ART 

The Master of Fine Ans in An features a 
rigorous studio program for the serious, 
responsible and talented student. The curriculum 
and faculty challenge students to focus on the 
goal of becoming professional anists. 

The M.FA. program provides in-depth 
study within a 60-unit approved study plan 
in the following areas of concentration: (1) 
design (including graphic design, illustration, 
and exhibition design); (2) ceramics (includ- 
ing glass); (3) crafts (including jewelry/metal- 
smithing, and woodworking); (4) sculpture; 

(5) drawing, painting, and printmaking; and 

(6) creative photography. 

Admission Requirements 
1. Classified standing: 

a. Baccalaureate degree in art with the 
same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited 
institution, or 24 upper-division 
units in art, 18 of which must be in 
the concentration completed with 
grades of B or better. Applicants are 


advised that most upper-division 
courses require lower-division pre- 
requisites. 

b. Minimum grade-point average of 2.5 
in the last 60 units attempted and 
have been in good standing at the 
last college attended. 

c. Pass the comprehensive portfolio 
review: held semi-annually, the 
comprehensive portfolio review is an 
evaluation of the candidate by a com- 
mittee comprised of faculty teaching 
in the area of concentration. The 
committee reviews the student’s 
creative work, statement of purpose, 
academic and other relevant qualifi- 
cations. Procedures, dates, and ap- 
pointment times are available through 
the art department graduate office. 

If the student’s portfolio is not 
adequate, the applicant could still 
be recommended for conditionally 
classified standing by the faculty 
comprehensive review committee. 
However, the comprehensive portfolio 
review must be repeated. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Develop an approved study plan. 

2. Conditionally Classified standing: 

Conditionally classified students may 
enroll in graduate courses with the excep- 
tion of Art 500A,B; 511, 512, 597; and 
598. The comprehensive portfolio review 
must be repeated and passed to be recom- 
mended for classification. 

Study Plan 

The M.FA. degree program requires 60 
units of graduate study. The study plan must 
be completed with grades of C or better, an 
overall B average or better and grades of B or 
better in the concentration. Every graduate 
student is required to demonstrate writing 
ability commensurate with the baccalaureate. 
Two graduate seminars are certified to fulfill 
this university requirement. The 60-unit 
study plan is distributed as follows: 

Areas (60 units total) 

Theory, criticism: Art 500A, 500B (6) 

Art History (9) 

Studio Area of concentration (24) 

Studio Electives in art (12) 

Capstone Experience: 

Independent study: research (3) 

Studio Project (6) 


Master of Fine Arts Project 

The M.EA. project exhibition constitutes a 
professional one-person art exhibit. It is 
installed in one of the department’s graduate 
galleries and announced for public view by 
the student as the final phase of the M.EA. 
program requirements. 

POSTBACCALAUREATE UNCLASSIFIED 

Students who do not have the prerequisites 
to qualify for the graduate program may apply 
to the university as a postbaccalaureate-unclas- 
sified student. Typically, students in this cate- 
gory have a bachelor^ degree in art but need to 
meet the prerequisites for a different concentra- 
tion; or did not major in an and must com- 
plete courses for the 24 upper-division art unit 
requirement. To qualify for admission, an 
applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree 
from an accredited institution, have attained a 
grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 
units attempted and have been in good stand- 
ing at the last college attended. Admission with 
postbaccalaureate standing does not constitute 
admission to the art graduate program or grad- 
uate degree curricula. 

CERTIHCATE IN MUSEUM STUDIES 

Courses leading to the certificate are 
designed to educate students in museum 
practices in preparation for entry into the 
museum profession. The curriculum includes 
instruction in the historical development and 
philosophical basis of collections, exhibitions 
and their design, and curatorship. A museum 
internship is required. The certificate in 
museum studies may be undertaken as a self- 
contained program or may be taken in con- 
junction with the Master of Arts in Art degree 
or the Master of Fine Arts in Art degree or, by 
special permission, with other graduate 
degrees in the university. (For an M.A. or 
M.FA. in Art degree with an exhibition 
design emphasis see M.A. and M.FA. 
emphases under the design concentration.) 

Prerequisites 

1 B.A. in Art or other major by special per- 
mission 

2. Specific course prerequisites: 

a. 12 units in upper-division art history 

b. 6 units in graphic design and exhibi- 
tion design 

c. 3 units of advanced writing 
(Communications 435 Editorial and 
Critical Writing; or Communications 


362 Public Relations Writing; or English 
301 Advanced College Writing) 

d. 3 units of beginning accounting 
Study Plan 

The certificate program requires 24 units. 
The 24 units are distributed as follows: 

Art 464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Art 483D Exhibition Design (3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 

Art 501 Curatorship (3) 

Art 503D Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Course in museum education (3) 

For further information, consult the 
Department of Art. 

ART COURSES 

101 Introduction to Art (3) 

Historical and contemporary art forms of 
painting, sculpture, architecture and design. 
Field trips required. Not open to art majors 
for credit except by permission of Art 
Department. (3 hours lecture) 

103 Two-dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and mate- 
rials of two-dimensional design and visual 
organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 14) 

104 Three-dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials 
of three-dimensional design and spatial orga- 
nization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 16) 

106 A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Form as related to ceramic materials, tools, 
processes. Kiln loading and firing, hand 
building, wheel throwing and raku. Instructional 
fee. (9 hours laboratory) (CAN ART 6) 

106B Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 106A. Form as related 
to ceramics. Glaze batching and its applica- 
tion, and the presentation of ceramic tech- 
nique. (9 hours laboratory) 

107 A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of 
drawing materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) 
(CAN ART 8) 


107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of 
painting materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) 

117 Life Drawing (1 or 3) 

Drawing the live model. May be repeated 
to a maximum of 4 units. Duplicate enroll- 
ment of this course within the same semester 
is permissible. (3 hours activity for each unit) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Descriptive drawing, rendering techniques 
and theories representing forms of nature. 

(6 hours activity) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

The ideas, forms and styles of the visual arts 
as they developed in various cultures from pre- 
historic time to the present. (3 hours lecture) 
(201A = CAN ART 2, 201B = CAN ART 201A 
+ 201B = CAN ART SEQ A) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Traditional and contemporary concepts 
and processes with emphasis on design prin- 
ciples in the development of aesthetic forms 
based on function. (9 hours laboratory) 

205B Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 205 A. Art 
104 may be taken concurrently. The develop- 
ment of aesthetic forms based on function, 
with emphasis on design principles and the 
creative use of hand tools and power equip- 
ment. (9 hours laboratory) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting (Experimental 
Methods and Materials) (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 1 17 or equiva- 
lents. Traditional and contemporary concepts, 
methods and materials. (6 hours activity) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. The creative use of 
wood and metal, power equipment and hand 
tools. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 
(216A = CAN ART 12) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 1 17 (3 units). A continu- 
ing course of the human figure. Designed to 
develop animation student’s skills of drawing 
from observation. Course may be repeated 
for credit. (6 hours activity) 


ART 


223A Lettering and Typography (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 103. The history, design 
and use of letter forms; the rendering and use 
of hand-lettered forms. (6 hours activity) 

223B Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 223A. The history, design 
and use of letter forms; techniques for rough 
and comprehensive layouts and introduction 
to computer graphics. (6 hours activity) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. An introductory pho- 
tography course for art majors. Course content 
includes the study of photographic vision and 
design, visual conceptualization and examina- 
tion of the qualities of light through the use of 
instant and automatic cameras. 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and 
Woodcut Prints (3) 

Prerequisites: An 107A,B. An exploration 
of woodcut, linocut and monoprint as a 
medium of personal expression. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 
Prerequisite: junior standing. Principles, 

practices and objectives of writing in the 
visual arts. Includes descriptive, analytical 
and expressive essays; project and grant pro- 
posals; anist’s statements; resumes; and pro- 
fessional correspondence. Satisfies the 
classroom portion of the upper-division 
writing requirements for art majors. 

301 Ancient Art (3) 

The developments in art from the 
Paleolithic to late antiquity. (3 hours lecture) 

302 Medieval Art (3) 

The developments in art from the late 
antiquity through the Gothic. (3 hours lecture) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: 205A and 205B. Advanced 
concepts and processes in the development of 
aesthetic forms based on function, emphasizing 
individual growth and personal expression. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 106A,B or 
consent of instructor. Forms and the creative 
use of ceramic concepts and materials; 
design, forming, glazing and firing. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 


307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, 207A,B or 
equivalents. The concepts, materials and activi- 
ties of drawing and painting, emphasizing indi- 
vidual growth, plan and craft. (6 hours activity) 

310A,B Watercolor (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. 
An exploration of watercolor media related to 
varied subject matter and design applica- 
tions. Includes field trip activity. Provides 
skills and concepts useful for school art pro- 
grams. (6 hours activity) 

311 Foundations of Modem Art (3) 
Prerequisite: upper division standing. The 

history of painting and sculpture from the 
French Revolution to the end of the 19th 
century. (3 hours lecture) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. The 
history of painting, graphic arts and sculp- 
ture from late 19th century to World War II. 
(3 hours lecture) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A and 305A. Art 
305A may be taken concurrently. Design and 
creation of jewelry. (9 hours lab) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 104 and 216A. 
Sculptural materials and processes. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

317 Life Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: three units lower division 
life drawing. Drawing, painting and sculpture 
from the live model. (9 hours laboratory) 

31 7A Drawing and Painting 

31 7B Drawing and Painting 

31 7C Sculpting Life Forms (3) 
Prerequisites: ART 103, 104, 117(3), 217 
and 317A or 318A. A three-dimensional 
investigation of any life form, its characteristics 
and expressive possibilities. 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head and 
Hands (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 117. 
Specialized problems in construction and 
anatomy of the human head and hands, and 
their principal use in drawing, painting and 
illustration. (9 hours laboratory) 


318B Portraiture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. 3 units of Art 
117. Comprehensive problems in composi- 
tion, concept, content and execution of 
portraits. (9 hours laboratory) 

320 History of Architecture Before the 
Modern Era (3) 

A study of selected monuments from 
Stonehenge through the late Baroque. 
Interrelationship between patronage, style, 
function, structural principles and technolog- 
ical developments. (3 hours lecture) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: An 103, 223A and 223B or 
consent of instructor. Development and 
projection of ideas in relation to the technical, 
aesthetic and psychological aspects of adver- 
tising art. Intermediate use of computer 
graphics. (6 hours activity) 

324 Glass Casting (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104 or consent 
of instructor. Hot glass laboratory equipment 
and casting techniques. Designing molds and 
handling hot glass. (9 hours laboratory) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 117 or 
consent of instructor. Development of 
ceramic technology into individual sculptural 
forms and techniques. (9 hours laboratory) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104, or consent 
of instructor. The use of papers and fibers as 
an art form. (9 hours laboratory) 

336A,B Casting Techniques and Theories 
of Cast Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: An 316A. Theories and tech- 
niques of rigid and flexible moldmaking incor- 
porated with both cold material and hot metal 
casting processes. Course is recommended for 
concentrations in Entertainment An/ 
Animation, Ceramics and Crafts; required for 
Sculpture majors. (9 hours laboratory) 


337 Animal and Wildlife Drawing (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 107A,B, 117, 317A. 
Principles and practices of drawing animals, 
including construction, anatomy, texture, 
movement and expression. Fundamentals, 
historical information and critiques are 
covered in the classroom; field studies are 
conducted at various zoos and wildlife habi- 
tats. (6 hours activity) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or its equivalent. The 
photographic media in personal expression. 
Historical attitudes and processes; new mate- 
rials and contemporary aesthetic trends. Field 
trips required. (9 hours laboratory) 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 338A. The photographic 
medium as personal expression. Historical 
and contemporary aesthetic issues. 

Exploration of black and white, color and 
digital media. Field trips required. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

343 3-D Cyber Environments (3) 
Prerequisites: ART 103 and 104; and 
knowledge of any Macintosh-based design 
program (Photoshop, Quark, Illustrator, etc., 
or consent of instructor). Three-dimensional 
environments designed in the computer. Forms, 
spatial relationships, structure, mass manipu- 
lation. Course may be repeated for credit. 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, and 247. 
Concept development, exploration and 
materials involved in printmaking techniques. 
Includes etching, aquatint. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, and 247. 
Concept development, exploration and mate- 
rials involved in lithography. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisites: An 103, 107A or 247, or 
consent of instructor. Personal vision and 
concepts applied to the book form as an; the 
history and aesthetics of anists’ books. 

(6 hours activity) 


353A Drawing for Animation (3) 
Prerequisites: An 117 and 217. 

Corequisite An 317A. Principles and prac- 
tices of drawing characters, backgrounds and 
objects for animation. Construction, character 
design, movement and expression are taught 
in relation to current studio practice. May be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

353B Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: An 353A. Advanced principles 
and practices of construction, character 
design, cleanup, movement and expression. 
Content is taught in relation to current studio 
practice. May be repeated once for credit. (9 
hour laboratory) 

357 Woodcuts and Monotypes (3) 
Prerequisites: An 107A,B or equivalents. 
The exploration of the woodcut and mono- 
type as a means of personal expression. 
Emphasis on traditional as well as contempo- 
rary materials and trends. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

363A Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: An 103, 107A,Band 117. 
Story, book, magazine, and film illustration. 

(6 hours activity) 

363B Illustration (3) 

Prerequisite: An 363 A. Computer aided 
illustration. (6 hours activity) 

364A,B Stained Glass (3,3) 

Leaded and stained glass; individual 
exploration, growth, planning and craftman- 
ship. (6 hours activity) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 
Prerequisite: An 317A. Theory and prac- 
tice of pictorial narrative in film story-board 
and graphic novel. Includes character and 
scenic design; story sketch, “breakdown” and 
production design. Considerations: plot, 
scene, exposition, transition and continuity. 
Individual and team projects. Repeatable 
once for credit. (6 hours activity) 

373 Cartooning and Caricature (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 107A, 107B, 117, or 
approval by instruaor. Principles and practices 
of cartooning and caricature construction, 
anatomy and expression. Study will also 
include a historical overview of the field with 
an emphasis on professional applications and 
the impact of computer graphics. (6 hours 
activity) 


380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Art concepts, materials and processes as 
they relate to child development. (6 hours 
activity) 

401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 B. Study of art made 
by women in the context of major art historical 
developments from the 10th century to the 
present. Analysis of images of women and 
the evolution of gender stereotypes in art. 

(3 hours lecture) 

413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 
Prerequisites: 312 and 461 or consent of 
instructor. A historical perspective of 
contemporary art beginning with major devel- 
opments in Europe and the United States in 
the 1950’s. Emphasis on new materials, new 
exhibition methods, and in particular the 
major conceptual issues raised by individual 
artists and groups. (3 hours lecture) 

420 History of Modern Architecture (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 
101 (non-art majors). Development of 
modem architecture. The interrelationship 
among architecture, technology and society, 
from the industrial and political revolutions 
of the 18th century to the present. Exploration 
of national differences and various approaches 
to city planning. (3 hours lecture) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 323A or 363B or equiva- 
lent. The exploration of advanced computer 
application in the creation of visual images 
and concepts through three-dimensional 
modeling and animation. Field trips required. 
(6 hours activity) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 324 or 
consent of instructor. The chemistry, handling 
and manipulation of glass and its tools and 
equipment for the ceramic artist. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 

101 (non-art majors). Painting, sculpture and 
architecture from the late 13th to 16th century 
in Italy. (3 hours lecture) 

432 Baroque Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 
17th century in Europe. (3 hours lecture) 


ART 


439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3) 
Prerequisites: ART 338A and B or consent 
of instructor. This is an advanced technical 
class designed to perfect and refine photo- 
graphic skills. Students will learn to integrate 
technical skills with creative options. Course 
may be repeated. Maximum nine units for 
credit. 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A,B, 205A 
or consent of instructor. Exploring the art 
media used in secondary school art programs 
today. Materials for secondary art curriculum. 
Two and three dimensional media in subject 
matter applications. (6 hours activity) 

448 Special Studies: Artists’ Books and 
Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 102, 107A, or 347A/348 
or consent of instructor. A studio art course 
for advanced students who want to continue 
to explore the book form as it relates to their 
personal aesthetic goals. (6 hours activity) 

453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Technical and aesthetic experience in 
problem-solving exhibition design concepts, 
evaluation and design analysis. The produc- 
tion of exhibitions in the University Art 
Gallery, their selection, design, installation, 
lighting and supportive interpretive material. 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

460 Pre-Columbian Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201A,B or consent of 

instructor. An introduction to the art and 
architecture of Meso and South America from 
the early formative stage to the Spanish 
Conquest. Emphasis on aesthetic achieve- 
ment with varying contexts of pre-Columbian 
culture. (3 hours lecture) 

461 American Art: 20th Century (3) 
Painting and sculpture in America during 

the 20th century. The role of the visual arts in 
helping to define, reflect and challenge American 
values and institutions. (3 hours lecture) 

462 Latin American Art from 1800 
to the 1950s (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 311 or 312. History of 
painting, sculpture and the graphic arts in 
Latin America. Emphasis on the changing 
relationship to European Modernism and 
major principles of Latin American cultural 
and political identity as expressed in art. 

(3 hours lecture) 


464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 453A, six units of art 
history or anthropology. The examination of 
the preservation of objects; the history, role 
and principles of conservation within a 
museum context. Three combined sessions at 
Conservation Center, LACMA; Huntington 
Library; J. Paul Getty Museum; and Museum 
of Cultural History, UCLA. (3 hours lecture) 

466 Museum Education (3) 

Prerequisite: six units 3(X)-400 Art History 
or equivalent. History of museum education, 
its philosophy and issues. Relationship with 
other museum departments, outreach programs, 
new technology. Events organization, writing 
interpretive materials, budgets and grants, 
conducting tours. Lectures, field trips and 
guest speakers. (3 hours lecture) 

470 History and Aesthetics of 
Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: 201A,B. Photography from 
ancient optical observations through 19th- 
century invention to 20th-century acceptance 
as an art form. Aesthetic movement and 
influential innovators. Lectures, slides and 
class discussion. (3 hours lecture) 

475 Professional Practices in the Arts (3) 
Prerequisite: Art major with junior or 
above standing. Practices unique to the visual 
arts, including an overview of changing con- 
cepts in the art market, traditional roles in 
cultural context, portfolio development, 
strategies for protecting ideas and avoiding 
abuses, and long term professional develop- 
ment. (3 hours lecture) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 
Prerequisite: Any 400-level studio art course 
or permission of instructor. Explora-tion of 
various methods of expanding traditional studio 
approaches through the investigation of installa- 
tion, performance and video art. May be 
repeated for credit to a maximum of 12 units, 
but no more than three units in a single 
semester. (6 hours activity) 

480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 201 A or B and consent of 
instructor. Detailed study of the work of indi- 
vidual artists, patronage in particular places, 
specific pictorial, sculptural and architectural 
programs or art history periods. Topics will be 
listed in the class schedule. Repeatable if topic 
is different. (3 hours lecture) 


481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: six units upper-division art 
history or equivalent. Study and evaluation 
in one area of art history and appreciation. 
May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 
units. 

483 Special Studies in Design (3) 
Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in area emphasis or equivalent. 
Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 3 
units in any one area in a single semester. 

483A Graphic Design 
Advanced use of computer graphics. 
(6 hours activity) 

483B Pictorial Background 
Illustration (3) 

(See description below) 

483C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

483D Exhibition Design 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

483 B Pictorial Background lllusatration (3) 
Prerequisite: ART 363A. Team collabora- 
tion and individual development through the 
exploration of story concepts, research, 
design and media for rendering and painting 
background environments. Exposure to his- 
torical precedents, color theory, perspective, 
theatrical composition, painting and drawing 
media, and stylization for dramatic impact. 
Course may be repeated for credit. Maximum 
12 units. 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 323A or Art 363A and 
consent of instructor. Theory and practice of 
design using the computer. Students will 
explore the numerous applications of the 
computer through lecture demonstration, 
studio/laboratory experience, guest speakers 
and field trips. Maximum of 12 units, but no 
more than three units in a single semester. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 483E. Exploration of the 
creation of interactive art and design projects. 
A concentration in the advanced visual orga- 
nization systems of art and design and how 
to apply those techniques to an interactive 
computer environment. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 


h83G Entertainment Graphics (3) 
Prerequisites: ART 323A, 323B, and 483E. 
\n advanced course in entertainment graph- 
cs focusing on structure, procedure and stan- 
lards of the entertainment design field, 
iiudents will work on projects from a major 
iniertainment design group, developing con- 
:epts and designs for comparison with pro- 
essional solutions. Course may be repeated 
or credit. Maximum six units. 

t84 Special Studies in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-divi- 
;ion units in ceramics. Maximum of 12 units, 
)ui no more than three units in any one area 
n a single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

484A Ceramics 

484B Glass Forming 

484C Glass Casting 

♦85 Special Studies in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-divi- 
sion units in designated area or consent of 
instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but no 
more than three units in any one area in a 
single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

485A Jewelry 

485B General Crafts 

485C Metalsmithing 

485F Papermaking 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (3) 
Prerequisites: Art 316A,B and consent of 

instructor. Maximum of 12 units but no more 
than three units in a single semester. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

486A Modeling and Fabrication. 

486B Casting 

487 Special Studies in Drawing and 
Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper- 
division units in drawing and painting, or 
consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, 
but no more than three units in any one area 
in a single semester. 

48 7 A Painting 
(6 hours activity) 

487B Life Studies: Drawing and/or 
Painting 

(9 hours laboratory) 


48 7C Drawing 
(6 hours activity) 

48 7 D Printmaking Instructional fee. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

487S Special Studies in Sequential Art (3) 
Prerequisite: An 367. Individual investiga- 
tion and development of a specialized portfo- 
lio in one or more of the following: character 
design; story sketch and/or production 
design; storyboard; or graphic novel. Course 
may be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

489 Special Studies in Creative 
Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-divi- 
sion units in photography courses or equiva- 
lent. Photography as personal expression. 
Maximum of 12 units but no more than three 
units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as a declared 
BFA in Art major. Work in a specific art field 
in business or industry. 

499 Independent Research (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in art with 
consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repjeated for 
credit. 

500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 500A classified standing. 
Directed research in the area of major empha- 
sis. Oral and written material on historical 
backgrounds and developments in art as they 
relate to individual intent as an artist and in 
support of the master’s project, (with 500B 
meets graduate level writing requirement). 

500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 
Prerequisite: Art 500A classified standing. 
Problems and issues in art. Intellectual clarifi- 
cation and verbal articulation of individual 
intent as an artist. Oral and written material 
in support of the master’s project, (with 500A 
meets graduate level writing requirement). 

501 Curatorship (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. in art, anthropology or 
other major by special permission, and Art 
466 and 481. The curator collects, cares for 
and studies objects. 


503 Graduate Problems in Design (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum of 
12 units in each area, but no more than three 
units in any one area in a single semester. 

503A Graphic Design 
(6 hours activity) 

503C Illustration 
(6 hours activity) 

503D Exhibition Design 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

504 Graduate Problems in Ceramics (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, 

development and evaluation of individual 
projects in ceramics, glass forming and glass 
casting. Maximum of 12 units in each area 
but no more than three units in a single semes- 
ter. (9 hours laboratory). 

504A Ceramics 

504B Glass Forming 

504C Glass Casting 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum of 
12 units in each area but no more than three 
units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

505A Jewelry 

505B General Crafts 

506A,B Graduate Problems in Sculpture (3,3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Planning, development and evaluation of indi- 
vidual projects in sculpture. Maximum of 12 
units in each area but no more than three 
units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

507 Graduate Problems in Drawing, 
Painting and Printmaking (3) 
Prerequisite: 12 units of upper-division 
drawing and painting. Planning, development 
and evaluation of individual projects listed 
below. Maximum of 12 units in each area but 
no more than three units in a single semester. 

507 A Painting 
(6 hours activity) 

507B Life Drawing 
(9 hours laboratory) 


ART 


77 


507C Drawing 
(6 hours activity) 

507D Printmaking Instructional fee. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

508A,B Graduate Problems in Creative 
Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects in photography. Maximum 
of 12 units in each area, but no more than 
three units in a single semester. (9 hours lab- 
oratory). 

311 Seminar on the Content & Method 
of Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 481 or consent of 
instructor. Methods of research, analysis and 
theories of art historical scholarship. May be 
repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

512 Seminar on Selected Topics in Art 
History (3) 

Prerequisites: appropriate upper-division 
Art course approved by instructor and Art 
511. Analysis and evaluation of specific 
works and their historical significance includ- 
ing cultural, social and economic circum- 
stances. May be repeated up to a maximum 
of 6 units. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500A,B, written consent 
of instructor and recommendation of the 
student’s graduate committee. Art 500B may 
be taken concurrently with Art 597 on 
approval of instructor. Development and 
presentation of a creative project in the con- 
centration beyond regularly offered course- 
work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 511, 512, written 

consent of instructor and recommendation of 
the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research 
(1-3) 

Open to graduate students in art with 
consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 


ART EDUCATION COURSES 

442 Teaching Art in the Secondary 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher educa- 
tion. Objectives, methods and practices for 
teaching art in secondary schools. Required 
before student teaching of majors in art for 
the single subject teaching credential. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 
See description and prerequisites under 
Division of Teacher Education. Offered every 
fall semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 
See description and prerequisites under 
Division of Teacher Education. Concurrent 
enrollment in Art Education 449S required. 
Offered every spring semester. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 
Seminar for student teachers in art. The 
practical aspects of art instruction in sec- 
ondary schools. Concurrent enrollment in Art 
Education 4491 required. Offered every 
spring semester. 


78 


ART 


asian american 


(Psychology), 

Mikyong Kim- 
Goh (Human 
Services), Lisa 
Mori 

(Psychology), 

Michael Perez 
(Sociology), 

Nawang 
Phuntsog 
(Elementary and 
Bilingual 
Education), 

Bhuvana Rao (Anthropology), Prem Saint (Geological Sciences), Sherri Sawicki (English), Son 
Kim Vo (Intercultural Development Center), Ivy Yee (Elementary and Bilingual Education), 
Simone Yu (Library). 

INTRODUCTION 

The minor in Asian American Studies is designed for students who have an interest in 
learning about the experiences, expression and social conditions of Americans of Asian ancestry, 
including those whose origins trace back to south, as well as east Asia and the Pacific Islands. 

Cross-disciplinary in nature, the minor draws on a wide variety of courses offered through- 
out the university which relate to Asian American history, art, literature, politics, socioeconomics, 
psychology and relations to other ethnic and sociopolitical groups. As a new program, approved 
in 1996, many new courses specific to the minor will be introduced which are not yet listed in 
this catalog. 

The goals of the minor are to encourage more students to do work in the area and to prepare 
students in selected career paths where sensitivity to and knowledge of Asian American 
issues, history and artistic expression is important. These include careers in counseling, 
human services, nursing, public administration, law and the health professions; teaching 
careers in history, English, political science, psychology, sociology, as well as elementary 
school education. 

Two features of the minor are of special note. First, there is a conscious effort to inform 
and sensitize students to other ethnic groups and to their interrelationships and commonalities. 
Second, there is a definitive emphasis on contributing to Asian American communities and, 
thereby, the larger society. The requirement in experiential and community based learning is one 
example of our effort to combine learning with service. 



PROGRAM COUNCIL 

The program council consists of faculty and non-faculty from on and off-campus groups 
who provide direction and support for the Asian American Studies Program: Gloria Bogdan 
(Anthropology, Orange Coast College), Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Franklin E. Canalita 
(Student Health), Juana Chen (Physics), Megan Cook (Admissions and Records), Mary Kay 
Crouch (English), William Gudykunst (Speech Communications), Art Hansen (History), 
Craig K. Ihara 


(Philosophy), 
Ellen Junn (Child 
Develop-ment), 
Daniel Kee 




PROGRAM IN ASIAN 
AMERICAN STUDIES 

PROGRAM COORDINATOR: 

Craig K. Ihara 

PROGRAM OFFICE: 

Education Classroom Building 475 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Minor in Asian American Studies 

PARTICIPATING FACULTY 

Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Mary 
Kay Crouch (English), Thomas Fujita Rony 
(Asian American Studies), William Gudykunst 
(Speech Communications), Art Hansen 
(History), Mikyong Kim-Goh (Human 
Services), Nana Sadamura (CDC), Yichin 
Shen (English and Comparative Literature), 
Son Kim Vo (Intercultural Development 
Center). 

ADVISER 

Thomas Fujita Rony 
Education Classroom Building 456 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


MINOR IN ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 21-23 required 
units, distributed between core, breadth, 
topical, fieldwork, and language proficiency 
requirements, with at least six units being 
upper-division units. 

I. Core Courses (6 units) 

ASAM 201/ History 201 History of Asian 
Americans (3) 

ASAM 105 Introduction to Asian 
American Studies (3) 

II. Comparative Cultures Breadth 

Requirement (6 units) 

A. American Studies 301 The American 
Character (3) 

B. Elective (3) 

A course on a different minority 
group in America should be selected 
from an approved listing in consulta- 
tion with the program coordinator or 
a faculty adviser. Electives include, 
but are not limited to the following: 

Afro-Ethnic 309 The Black 
Family (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 310 Black Women in 
America (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 311 Intercultural 
Socialization (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 317 Black Politics (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 320 Black American 
Intellectual Thought (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 422 Psychology of the 
Afro-American (3) 

Amer Studies 411 The White Ethnic 
in America (3) 

Amer Studies 377 Prejudice and 
American Culture (3) 

Chicano Studies 220 Mexican 
Heritage (3) 

Chicano Studies 305 The Chicano 
Family (3) 

Chicano Studies 337 Contemporary 
Chicano Literature (3) 

Chicano Studies 403 Cultural 
Differences in Mexico and the 
Southwest (3) 

Chicano Studies 431 The Chicano 
Child (3) 

Chicano Studies 440 Mexican 
Intellectual Thought (3) 


Chicano Studies 445 History of the 
Chicano (3) 

Chicano Studies 450 The Chicano 
and Contemporary Issues (3) 

History 190 Survey of American 
History with Emphasis on Ethnic 
Minorities (3) 

Religious Studies 305 Contemporary 
Practices of the World’s 
Religions (3) 

Sociology 133 Introduction to 
Gerontology (3) 

Sociology 431 Minority Group 
Relations (3) 

III. Topical Requirements (6 units) 

Select two three-unit courses in consulta- 
tion with a faculty adviser. Topics include, 
but are not limited to the following courses. 

A complete list is available in the program 
office. 

ASAM 320 Asian American Creative 
Expression (3) 

Anthropology 347 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Communications 438T Specialized 

Reporting (when topic covers reporting 
on minority affairs) (3) 

Comp Lit 423T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 
English 257 Writing Haiku (3) 

English 323T Cultural Pluralism in American 
Literature (when topic covers Asian 
American author) (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

ASAM 411 World War II Japanese-American 
Evacuation 

History 464B History of Contemporary 
Southeast Asia (3) 

History 465A,B History of India (3) 
Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Poli Sci 433 Politics of the Asian Pacific (3) 

Poli Sci 434 China and Japan: Friends or 
Foes? (3) 

Poli Sci 455 International Relations of South 
Asia (3) 

Religious Studies 270 Introduction to Asian 
Religions (3) 

IV. Experiential Requirement (3-5 units) 
Students may choose one of the following 

courses to meet this requirement: 

Fieldwork-Practicum Course 0 ) 

This course provides students with an 
internship at an Asian American community 
agency or organization. The course requires 


students to display knowledge, understand- 
ing, and application of research, methods, 
and culturally-relevant skills to solving real 
world problems in an Asian American com- 
munity setting. Please contact the program 
coordinator for information on the course 
number and scheduled offerings. 

Asian Language Course (3-5 units) 

One course in any Asian language offered 
through the Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literature will meet this requirement (e.g. 
Viemamese 101, Chinese 101, Japanese 101, 
Japanese 213, Japanese 214). 

ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES COURSE 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 
(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

105 Introduction to Asian American 
Studies (3) 

Interdisciplinary exploration of the experi- 
ences of several Asian American groups. 
Addresses questions of cultural assimilation 
and cultural persistence, family and gender 
roles, and literary and popular culture repre- 
sentations. 

201 History of Asian Americans (3) 

(Same as History 201) 

220 Vietnamese Communities in the 
U.S. (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of category III C. 
2 of General Education. An historical and 
cultural overview of Vietnamese communities 
in the U.S., especially Orange county. It 
covers the vital role of voluntary agencies, 
mutual assistance associations, and religious 
centers. Vietnamese business, entertainment, 
family, education and hobbies will also be 
examined. 

308 Asian American Women (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. An 
interdisciplinary examination of Asian and 
Pacific Islander American women’s experi- 
ence. It compares and contrasts the experi- 
ence of women from various parts of Asia 
and explores the social, cultural and political 
issues they face both in the U.S. and abroad. 
(Same as Women’s Studies 308) 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


320 Asian American Creative 
Expression (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of Categories III. 
B. 1 and 2 of General Education. This course 
explores Asian American life as portrayed 
through novels, short stories, plays, poetry, 
film, music, painting, dance, and other 
expressive forms. It examines both historical 
and contemporary works by a variety of 
Asian and Pacific Americans. 

411 World War 11 Japanese American 
Evaluation (3) 

(Same as History 411) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 
Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials” in 
this catalog for more complete course 
description. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research and/or service learn- 
ing projects in Asian American Studies to be 
taken with consent of instructor and program 
coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


asian studies 


PROGRAM COORDINATOR: 

William W Haddad (History) 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Mcanhy Hall 103 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Minor in Asian Studies 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Ian Bailey (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion), Don Castro (Humanities and 
Social Sciences), K. Chu (Economics), Craig 
Ihara (Philosophy), Irene Lange (Marketing), 
Keiji Matsumoto (Foreign Languages), Vera 
Simone (Political Science), Preston Stedman 
(Music), Barbara Weightman (Geography), 
Rich Wiseman (Speech Communication) 
and Heping Zhao (English). 


INTRODUCTION 

Asia, more than any other region in the world, has become the focus of extensive interna- 
tional business, political relationships, and cultural exchange. Millions of people of Asian descent 
have become an integral part of American society. Indeed, California, more than any other place 
in the United States, is the residence of immigrants from throughout Asia. In order to keep pace 
with current developments in this extremely important part of the world, students are encour- 
aged to take advantage of the 
opportunity to minor in Asian 
Studies. 

The faculty for the Asian 
Studies Minor is drawn from 
several departments. What they 
have in common is that they 
teach and do research on Asia. 

The interdisciplinary nature of the 
Minor allows students the unique 
opportunity to learn about Asia 
from broad and differing perspec- 
tives. 

MINOR IN ASIAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 21 
units: 6 units chosen from the 
listed core courses and 15 units of 
electives chosen in consultation 
with an advisor as outlined below. 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

OR Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

One course each from three of the four following categories, plus 6 units of advisor-approved 
electives: 

Language, Culture, Geography, and Human Behavior 
Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3)* 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3)* 

Any Japanese Language Course 
Any Chinese Language Course 
Any Vietnamese Language Course 
Geography 330 California Landscapes (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Kinesiology 151 Aikido (1) 

Kinesiology 152 Karate (1) 

Speech Comm 320 Intercultural Communication (3) 

*One of these is applicable as an elective if not chosen as a core course. 



ASIAN STUDIES 



History and Politics 

History 360 Modem Asia: Nationalism & 
Revolutionary Change (3) 

History 462A History of China (3) 

History 462B History of China (3) 

History 462C China Since 1949 (3) 

History 463A History of Japan (3) 

History 463B History of Japan (3) 

History 464A History of Southeast Asia 
1850-1945 (3) 

History 464B History of Contemporary 
Southeast Asia (3) 

History 465A History of India (3) 

History 465B History of India (3) 

History 490T Senior Research Seminar (3) 
(Where course topic focuses on area of 
Asia). 

Poli Sci 433 Politics of the Asian Pacific (3) 

Poli Sci 434 China and Japan: Friends or 
Foes? (3) 

Poli Sci 45 IT Problems in International 
Politics (3) 

Poli Sci 452T Foreign Policy of a Selected 
Country or Group of Countries (3) 

Poli Sci 455 International Relations of South 
Asia (3) 

Poli Sci 457 Politics of International 
Economics (3) 

Poli Sci 476 International Law (3) 

Arts and Humanities 

(including Art, Literature, Philosophy and 

Religious Studies) 

Music 352 Symphonic Music in Western & 
Eastern Cultures (3) 

Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Philosophy 352 Philosophy of Asian Martial 
Arts (3) 

Religious Studies 270T Introduction to the 
Asian Religions (3) 

International Business and Economics 

Economics 332 Economies of the Pacific 
Rim (3) 

Economics 333 Economic Development: 
Analysis 6i Case Studies (3) 

Economics 335 The International 
Economy (3) 

Economics 411 International Trade (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 


biological science 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

C. Eugene Jones 

DIRECTOR, GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Michael Horn 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 282 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biological Science 
Minor in Biotechnology 
Master of Arts in Biology 
Subject Matter Preparation Program 
for Single Subject Teaching in Science 

FACULTY 

Sandra Banack, Jack Burk, Amybeth 
Cohen, Kathryn A. Dickson, David Drath, 
Doug Eemisse, David Fromson, Kenneth 
Goodhue-McWilliams, Michael Horn, C. 
Eugene Jones, Judy Kandel, Robert Koch, 
Rodrigo Lois, Lon McClanahan, Steven 
Murray, Joyce Ono, William Presch, Marvin 
Rosenberg, Roger Seapy, James Smith, Donald 
Sutton, Heidi Theisen, Barry Thomas, 

Marcelo Tolmasky, Joel Weintraub. 


INTRODUCTION 

Biology is the study of life, its basis and processes. The discipline is dynamic and expanding 
rapidly. In one direction, the study of molecular origins is the basis for understanding how cells 
are constructed and how they function including their metabolism, growth, development and 
reproduction. In another direction, the study of organisms is the basis for the understanding of 
how populations of organisms interact among themselves and with their environment. This 

includes a consideration of the 
distribution and abundance of 
organisms, energy flow among 
organisms and the cycling of 
inorganic and organic resources. 

The major in biological 
science is designed for students 
who (1) desire to enter graduate 
and professional schools; (2) wish 
to prepare for secondary school 
teaching; or (3) seek careers in 
industry and state or federal 
agencies. The purposes of these 
students can best be served by 
building their curricula on a core 
of courses fundamental to the 
science of biology. 

The curriculum beyond the 
basic core experience can best be 
satisfied through individual advis- 
ing rather than through prescribed programs. Students will be assigned a faculty adviser when 
they enter the University. Students are required to meet with their designated adviser, at least 
once a year, in order to develop an appropriate program of study. The Department of Biological 
Science has established curricula in subdisciplines of biology which include: botany, cell and 
molecular biology, ecology, genetics, marine biology, medical biology, microbiology and zoology. 
After discussion with their advisers, students will elect those upper-division courses which will 
satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. 

Special Programs 

In addition to the usual course offerings, the Department of Biological Science participates in 
the Institute for Molecular Biology and two consortial programs with other California State 
University campuses. These are the Ocean Studies Institute (through the Southern California 
Marine Institute) and the California Desert Studies Consortium at Soda Springs, which are 
described in this catalog under “Institutes/Study Centers.” 



Preprofessional Information 

The Health Professions Office provides advising services to students wishing to enter the 
health professions. The services include counseling students to plan their academic programs, 
providing students with the opportunity to volunteer for work opportunities in the area of their 
interest, and providing assistance in the preparation of applications, including interviewing tech- 
niques. 


Credential Information 

To qualify for the Subject Matter Preparation Program for the Single Subject Teaching 
Credential, students should seek a transcript evaluation from the Credential Preparation Center, 
Education Classroom 207, and then see the Biology Department credential adviser for informa- 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


tion on the subject matter preparation 
program for science. Specific requirements for 
the program were not available as of catalog 
press-time. 

Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright 
Environmental Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Donald B. 
Bright, one or more scholarships per year are 
awarded to deserving undergraduate students 
of biology. 

Judith A. Presch Desert Studies 
Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Judith A. 

Presch, two scholarships per year are awarded 
(one undergraduate and one graduate 
student) for work in the Mojave Desert by the 
Desert Studies Consortium. 

Jerome Wilson Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Jerome 
Wilson, two scholarships per year are 
awarded to deserving undergraduate or grad- 
uate students of biology. 

Coppel Graduate Science Award 

For biology graduate students for their 
unrestricted use. Established by Lynn and 
Claude Coppel. 

Rachel Carson Scholarship in 
Conservation Biology 

To preserve the memory of Rachel Carson, 
a scholarship was created to encourage 
biology majors to pursue a career in 
Conservation Biology. 

Recommended Program in General 
Education 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
B.S. in Biological Science, students are urged 
to consult with their adviser to design their 
general education program. 

Upper-Division Baccalaureate Writing 
Requirement 

In addition to passing the English Writing 
Proficiency exam, students must pass English 
301 Advanced College Writing or English 360 
Scientific and Technical Writing with a grade 
of C or better. 

Internships 

Biology 495 Biological Internship provides 
students with the opportunity to participate 
in a practical work experience which inte- 
grates their interests with classroom studies. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

A total of 124 units, including general edu- 
cation, 43 units in biology courses (27 units in 
the core and 16 units of upper-division elec- 
tives), the upper-division writing requirement 
and supporting courses in physical sciences and 
mathematics are required for completion of the 
B.S. in Biological Science. The supporting 
courses must include one year of general 
college chemistry including qualitative analysis 
with laboratory, one year of organic chemistry 
with laboratory, one semester of college calcu- 
lus, and one year of college physics with labora- 
tory, a total of 30 units. Those students seeking 
careers in medicine should take a semester of 
calculus, quantitative chemistry and laboratory 
and biochemistry. Those students who wish to 
earn a doctoral degree should consider, in addi- 
tion, a modem foreign language or advanced 
courses in computational sciences. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in 
Biological Science, students must have a 2.0 
overall average in all required supporting 
courses. No credit toward the major will be 
allowed for biology courses in which a grade 
of D or F is obtained. Courses taken under 
the Credit/No Credit grade option may not 
be applied towards the major. 

Upper-division students will be permitted 
to enroll in Biology 480 Advanced Topics in 
Biology, Biology 495 Biological Internship, 
and Biology 499L Independent Laboratory 
Study, for a total of three units. All full-time 
upper-division students are expected to 
attend the departmental seminars. 

NOTE: Students must complete Biology 
131, 241, and 261 with a passing grade (C 
or better) before they take any other biology 
courses. 

Core Requirements for the Major (27 units) 
Biol 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Biol 241 Principles of Botany (4) 

Biol 261 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Biol 302 General Microbiology (4) 

Biol 312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 
Biol 315 Cell and Developmental Biology (3) 
Biol 316 Principles of Ecology (4) 

Biol 320L Cell and Molecular Biology Lab (2) 

Electives (16 units) 

Upper-division courses, must include four 
units (12 hours) of laboratory and/or field- 
work. 


Supporting Course Requirements for the 
Major (30 units) 

Chem 120A,B General Chemistry (10) 

Chem 301A,B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 Organic Chemistry Lab (2) 

Physics 211, 211L Elementary Physics & 

Lab (4) 

Physics 212, 212L Elementary Physics & 

Lab (4) 

Math 130 A Short Course in Calculus (4) 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4), 

OR Math 337 Introduction to 
Experimantal Design and Statistics in the 
Laboratory Sciences (3) 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE/PRE-MBA 
PROGRAM 

A student may combine a B.S. in 
Biological Science with a minor in Business 
Administration to qualify to enroll in and 
complete an MBA degree at CSUF in one 
additional year (33 units), provided all 
entrance requirements for the MBA program 
have been met. See your department adviser 
for details. 

MINOR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

The biotechnology minor is appropriate 
for students rhafjoring in biological science or 
biochemist^ and interested in gaining 
employment in nearly any area of the 
growing medical and agricultural biotechnol- 
ogy industries, working in academic research 
laboratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees 
in basic molecular biology or biochemistry. 

The biotechnology minor requires a 
minimum of 31 acceptable units of chemistry 
and biology as shown below. These courses 
must be completed with a minimal overall 
grade-point average of 2.0 and include 12 
units unique to the minor that are not used 
10 meet requirements for the biological 
science or chemistry major. 

Required Core Courses (28 units) 

Biol 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Biol 312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 
Chem 301A,B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 Organic Chemistry Lab (2) 

Biol 320L Cell and Molecular Biology 
Lab (2) 

OR Chem 422A Biochemistry Lab (2) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Biol 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Biol/Chem 472A,B Advances in 
Biotechnology Lab (6) 

Chem/Biol 477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Supporting Courses (3-4 units) 

Students must complete one of the follow- 
ing courses: 

Biol 413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 
Biol 424 Immunology (4) 

Chem 421A or 423A Biochemistry (1st 
semester) (3) 

Chem 42 IB or 42 3B Biochemistry (2nd 
semester) (3) 

EMPHASIS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

The emphasis is appropriate for students 
majoring in Biology and interested in gaining 
employment in nearly any area of the 
growing medical and agricultural biotechnol- 
ogy industries, working in academic research 
laboratories, or pursuing postgraduate 
degrees in Molecular Biology or Biochemistry. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Biol 472A,B Advances in Biotech Lab (6) 

Biol 477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

OR Biol 413 Advances in Molecular 
Genetics (3) 

Biol 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY 

The program is based on the assumption 
that modem science necessitates broad prepa- 
ration through the master’s level of training. 

In design, it offers sufficient breadth and 
depth to strengthen the student’s academic 
understanding and improve competence for 
(a) advanced graduate work toward the doc- 
toral degree in biology; (b) teaching at all 
levels - elementary, secondary and commu- 
nity college; (c) panicipating in research pro- 
grams; (d) participating in various field 
service and conservation positions with both 
the state and national governments; (e) enter- 
ing the field of public health; or (0 techno- 
logical work in the health sciences. 

Admission Requirements 

An applicant must meet the university 
requirements for admission, which include a 
baccalaureate from an accredited institution, 
and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in 
the last 60 semester units attempted (see 
section of this catalog on Graduate 
Admissions for complete statement and pro- 


cedures). In addition to the university 
requirements for admission, acceptance into 
this program is contingent upon the follow- 
ing: (1) a B.A. in Biological Science or related 
area at Cal State Fullerton or other accredited 
institution with a grade-point average of 3.0 
in biology courses and a GPA of 2.5 in the 
related courses in mathematics, chemistry 
and physics; (2) acceptance by a thesis 
adviser; and (3) satisfactory scores on one of 
the following: (a) Graduate Record Examination 
Aptitude Test and the Advanced Test in 
Biology; (b) Medical College Admission Test; 
(c) Dental Admission Test; (4) completion of 
departmental application; and (5) submission 
of two letters of recommendation. 

Students must meet the Graduate Level 
Writing Requirement which can be found in 
this catalog under “Graduate Regulations.” 
Students will meet this requirement by taking 
Biology 500A,B Professional Aspects of Biology. 

Students with limited subject or grade 
deficiencies may be considered for conditional 
acceptance to the program. Conditionally 
classified graduate standing may be removed 
upon completion of nine units of adviser and 
graduate committee approved postgraduate 
studies in biology, mathematics, chemistry or 
physics, with grades of B or better. 

Classified Standing 

Students should achieve classified gradu- 
ate standing as soon as they are eligible, since 
no more than nine units of graduate work 
taken before classification can be included on 
the study plan (see below) for the degree. A 
student who meets the admission require- 
ments may apply for classified standing, 
which requires the development of a study 
plan approved by the adviser, thesis commit- 
tee, Director of the depanmental graduate 
program and Associate Vice President, 
Academic Programs. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy is attained by 
requesting a graduation check and receiving 
subsequent approval of the graduate program 
adviser on The Grad Check Review Form, 
mailed by the Graduate Studies Office. 

Study Plan 

A study plan includes a minimum of 30 
units of adviser-approved graduate work; at 
least one-half of the total units must be at the 
500-level. All study plans must include. 
Biology 599 Independent Graduate Research, 
Biology 500A,B Professional Aspects of 


Biology, and Biology 598 Thesis, and at least 
one graduate seminar. Six units must be 
outside the principal area. A thesis covering a 
research problem is required. The thesis topic 
must be approved by the adviser and com- 
mittee. A final oral examination on the thesis 
research is also required. 

Supervising the work of graduate students 
requires the personal attention of advisers. To 
insure that advisers are available for new grad- 
uate students a graduate student is expected to 
complete the requirements for graduation 
within three years after classification. 

Students who are graduate assistants 
should complete the classification step either 
prior to appointment or during their first 
semester of appointment. They must become 
classified before being reappointed. 

For more detailed information or advise- 
ment, students should contact the Biological 
Science Department, or the Graduate Program 
Director of the Biological Science Department. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES 

Unless otherwise designated, prerequisites 
may be waived by the instructor of the course 
if the instructor is satisfied that the student is 
qualified to undertake the course. 

101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Underlying principles governing life 
forms, processes and interactions. Elements 
of biology and reasoning skills for under- 
standing scientific issues on personal, soci- 
etal, and global levels. For the non-science 
major. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture) 

101 H Elements of Biology (Honors) (3) 

Corequisite: Biology lOlLH (Honors) 
must be taken concurrently with this course. 
Students must meet honors qualifications. 
Living organisms and characteristics of the 
natural environment. Emphasis on the scien- 
tific reasoning leading to our current under- 
standing of living systems. (3 hours lecture) 

lOlL Elements of Biology Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 101. 
Laboratory experiments demonstrating the 
principles presented in the lecture course. 
Scientific inquiry, cell structure and function, 
physiology, genetics, biodiversity, evolution 
and ecology. For the non-science major. (3 
hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field 
trips may be required). 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


101 LH Elements of Biology Laboratory 
(Honors) (1) 

Corequisite: Biology 10 IH (Honors) must 
be taken concurrently with this course. 
Students must meet honors qualifications. 
Laboratory experiments and demonstrations 
which provide insight to scientific reasoning 
and the basis of our current understanding of 
living systems. (3 hours laboratory or field- 
work; field trips may be required) 

131 Principles of Biology (3) 

Fundamental concepts and principles of 
biology: Nature of chemical bonds, biological 
molecules, cell structure and function, 
metabolism, photosynthesis, mitosis and 
meiosis, transmission genetics, gene structure 
and function, development, ecological inter- 
actions and associations, evolution. For 
science majors only. (3 hours lecture) 

131W Introduction to Biology Seminar (1) 
Corequisite: Biology 131 and consent of 
instructor. Principles of biology and science 
learning strategies explored in a small group 
seminar specifically applied to the biological 
sciences. Credit/No Credit only. 

241 Principles of Botany (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 131 or equivalent. The 
plant kingdom. The dynamic nature of plants 
as revealed by their structure, function, classifi- 
cation, phylogeny, physiology and ecology. (2 
hours lecture; 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required). (CAN 
BIOL 6) 

261 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 131 or equivalent. The 
animal kingdom. The dynamic nature of repre- 
sentative invertebrate and vertebrate organisms; 
their structure, function, phylogeny, classifica- 
tion, physiology, behavior, ecology and evolu- 
tion. (2 hours lecture; 6 hours laboratory or 
fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required). 
(CAN BIOL 4) 

299L Directed Laboratory Study (1-2) 
Prerequisites: Biology 131 and consent of 
instructor. Research in biology under the 
supervision of a biology faculty member. 
Intended for students (especially lower divi- 
sion) who may not have completed sufficient 
course work to allow them to work indepen- 
dently, but who are eager for laboratory 
research experience. May be repeated for uni- 
versity credit, but units do not count toward 
major. (3 hours laboratory per unit). 


300 Environmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Biological consequences of human interven- 
tion in ecosystems: Endangered and threat- 
ened species, pollution impact on organisms, 
pest control, population dynamics, genetic 
engineering of agricultural sp)ecies, manage- 
ment of natural areas and urban ecosystem 
dynamics. No credit toward biological 
science major. (3 hours lecture) 

302 General Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Completion of lower division 
biology core courses and one year of college 
chemistry. Introduction to structure and func- 
tion of bacteria and viruses including benefi- 
cial and detrimental activities and interactions 
with other organisms. Laboratory provides 
experience with microscopic, cultural, physio- 
logical and genetic study of microbes. (2 hours 
lecture; 6 hours laboratory). 

305 Human Heredity and Development (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

Principles of human heredity and embryol- 
ogy relating to human development. 
Mendelian genetics, single gene effects, genet- 
ics, prenatal diagnosis, and human embryol- 
ogy. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture) 

306 Biology of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

Biological changes in cells, tissues, organs 
and the whole body associated with aging. 
Theories of aging will be discussed with 
primary emphasis on mammals. No credit 
toward biological science major. (3 hours 
lecture) 

307 Computer Appbcations in Biology (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 131. Introduces 

biology students to the efficient use and 
application of computers in data organiza- 
tion, management and assimilation with 
respect to the natural and health sciences. 

(1 hour discussion and 6 hours laboratory). 

310 Human Physiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Human physiological systems and their rela- 
tionship to human function for non-biology 
majors and students in physical education 
and health sciences. No credit for biological 
science major. (3 hours lecture) 


311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 311) 

312 Genetics and Molecular Biology (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Chem 301 A. 
Required of all Biology Majors. The general 
principles and molecular developments in the 
study of heredity. The course is comprehen- 
sive and includes transmission genetics, cyto- 
genetics, elements of eukaryotic, bacterial, 
fungal, and viral genetics, DNA structure and 
function, gene expression and protein synthesis, 
recombinant DNA. (3 hours lecture) 

313 Cell and Developmental Biology (3) 
Prerequisites: Biology 302 and Chemistry 

301 A or equivalents. Cell structure and function 
including an analysis of subcellular organelles 
and systems. An understanding of how 
research elucidates structure and function of 
cells. Study of cellular mechanisms operative 
during embryogenesis. (3 hours lecture) 

316 Principles of Ecology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 

Introduction to physiological, population, 
community and ecosystem ecology. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours lab; weekend field trips may 
be required.) 

317 Field Marine Biology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 or 

equivalents. Field biology and natural 
history of local marine plants and animals. 
Identi-fication of common species and factors 
determining these distributions and abun- 
dance in marine habitats. Effects of human 
activities on marine organisms. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours lab or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required.) 

318 Wildlife Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

Causes and consequences of extinctions of 
plant and animal species. Endangered 
species, threatened ecosystems, design and 
management of nature reserves, captive 
species propagation, species reintroductions, 
restoration ecology, organized conservation 
efforts. No credit toward biological science 
major. 

319 Marine Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

Survey of marine plants and animals in their 
habitats. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


320L Cell and Molecular Biology 
Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 312. Corequisite: 
Biology 315. Laboratory exercises in cell and 
modem molecular biology including recom- 
binant DNA technologies to give the students 
experience in the analysis and characteriza- 
tion of cellular components and processes. 

(6 hours laboratory). 

323 Biology of Sexually Transmitted 
Diseases (STD) (2) 

Prerequisite: one semester of college level 
biology. The symptoms, diagnosis, treatment 
and control of a number of sexually transmit- 
ted diseases including gonorrhea, syphillis, 
AIDS, herpes, chancroid and venereal warts. 
(2 hours lecture) 

330 Ecology of American Indians (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 
Interrelationships of native peoples of the 
Americas with the local flora and fauna and 
the natural environment. Roles of American 
Indians in predator-prey interactions, ecologi- 
cal hierarchy, nutrient cycling, successional 
change and resource management. No credit 
toward Biological Science major. (3 hours 
lecture) 

340 Field Botany (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 241 or equivalent. 
The native flora of Southern California. 
Identification, natural history and factors 
which determine the distribution of species. 

(1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips are required) 

344 Survey of the Land Plants (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 241 or equivalent. A 
survey of the anatomical and morphological 
characteristics of the land plants as they relate 
to the evolutionary development and ecologi- 
cal strategies of these plants. (2 hours lecture, 
6 hours laboratory) 

352 Plants and Life (3) 

Prerequisite: one semester of college 
biology. Humans’ dependence upon and eco- 
nomic interest in plants throughout the 
world. The domestication of plants and the 
origin of agriculture. (3 hours lecture) 


360 Biology of Human Sexuality (2) 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. 

The biology of the human reproductive 
system. Sexual differentiation, anatomy and 
physiology, sexual behaviors, procreation, 
contraception and sexually transmitted 
disease. No credit toward biological science 
major. (3 hours lecture per week for 10 weeks) 

361 Human Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. A systems 
approach to the structure and function of the 
human body. For biology majors and related 
health sciences; students with zoology emphasis 
should take Biology 463. (2 hours lecture, 6 
hours laboratory). 

362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 
Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 

one year of college chemistry; Biology 315 
recommended. The fundamental mechanisms 
of mammalian physiology. For biology majors 
and related health sciences. Students with 
zoology emphasis should take Biology 468. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

401 Biogeography (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Evolutionary patterns and mechanisms of dis- 
tribution of plants and animals in the major 
habitats of the world. Current concepts and 
theories. (3 hours lecture) 

402 Computer Lab in Molecular 
Systemaiics (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 241 and 261. To gain 
practical and theoretical experience with soft- 
ware-based methods in molecular systematics, 
with emphasis on Internet resources for molec- 
ular biologists, acquisition of gene protein 
sequences, multiple sequence alignment, PCR 
primer design, phylogenetic analysis, and 
controversies in the field. 

403 Biosystematics (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. A study 
of the principles and techniques of biological 
systematics, focusing on evolutionary mecha- 
nisms, phylogenetic relationships, organismic 
diversity and principles of classification. (3 hours 
lecture; weekend field trips may be required) 


404 Evolution (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
history of evolutionary thought; origin of 
universe, earth and life; geological and pale- 
ontological history of the earth; evidences 
derived from comparative anatomy, embry- 
ology, genetics, zoogeography; mechanisms 
of evolution. (3 hours lecture) 

405 Developmental Biology (3) 
Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, and 

320L. Molecular and cellular processes in 
the development of organisms such as ooge- 
nesis, fertilization, cytokinesis-morpho- 
genetic movements, and nucleocytoplasmic 
interactions. (3 hours lecture) 

406 Biometry (4) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 337 or equiv- 
alent; upper-division standing in biological 
sciences. Experimental design, interpreta- 
tion, and application of statistics to biologi- 
cal problems. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

407 Seminar in Human Sexuality (3) 
Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 

biological-physiological bases of human sex- 
uality as they relate to human sexual interac- 
tion and social change. (3 hours 
lecture/discussion) 

412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 
Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, 320L 

and Chemistry 301AB. Current approaches 
to and applications of recombinant DNA 
technology. Principles behind construction 
of recombinant molecules including vectors 
and enzymes, introduction into organisms, 
selection, expression of cloned genes, and 
impact of research on society. (3 hours 
lecture) 

413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 
Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315, 320L 

and Chemistry 301A,B. The function of 
genetic material and informational macro- 
molecules. Extensive analysis of recent sci- 
entific articles in molecular genetics 
illustrating mutagenesis, protein synthesis, 
protein structure and function, biogenesis of 
RNA molecules, regulation of gene expres- 
sion and their relationship to important bio- 
logical processes. (3 hours lecture) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


415 Introduction to Electron Microscopy (4) 
Prerequisites: Biology 315 and 320L. 
Standard and specialized techniques in EM 
study of biological tissues; operation of scan- 
ning and transmission electron microscope, 
EM darkroom procedures; and interpretation, 
analysis and presentation of electron micro- 
graphs. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 315. Current topics 
in the cell biology of cell motility, cell multi- 
plication and regulation, membranes and per- 
meability, cell signaling, cell-to-cell contact 
and extracellular matrix, and cell differentia- 
tion using current journal articles. Biology 
418L offers relevant laboratory experiments. 

418L Advances in Cell Biology Lab (2) 
Prerequisites: Biology 315, 320L. 
Corequisiies: Biology 417 or 470. Use of 
current techniques like fluorescence 
microscopy, immunolabeling, ion-sensitive dye 
ratiometry, image processing, 2-D and 3-D 
reconstruction, neuronal tracking, and patch 
clamping to study problems in cell biology, 
cellular developmental biology and cellular 
neurobiology. 

419 Marine Ecology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Ecology of planktonic, nektonic and benthic 
organisms; their communities and environ- 
ments. (3 hours lecture) 

419L Marine Ecology Laboratory (1) 
Corequisite: Biology 419. Field and labo- 
ratory studies of planktonic, nektonic and 
benthic communities. (3 hours laboratory or 
field work; weekend field trips may be 
required). 

424 Immunology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 315 and 320L; 
concurrent enrollment in bio-chemistry is 
strongly advised. The molecular, cellular and 
oiganismic nature of the immune process. 
Inflammation, phagocytosis, antigens, 
immuno-globulins and cell-mediated immune 
phenomena. Modem immunology techniques. 
(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory-discussion) 

426 Virology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 312 and 315. 
Viral structure and replication and host-virus 
interactions in the viral replication process, 
with emphasis on animal and bacterial vims 
systems. (3 hours lecture) 


428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 312, 315 and 
320L. Biology 424 is recommended. The 
cancer problem as a dilemma of biology. 
Clinical and epidemiological aspects. Current 
research. (3 hours lecture) 

432 Microbes and Food Production (2) 
Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 

The ancient and modem processes of making 
cheese from milk, wines from fmits, breads 
and beers from grains. The microbes involved 
in transforming the unstable raw materials 
into more desirable products. (1 hour lecture, 
3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required). 

433 Microbial Problems in Foods (2) 
Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. 

Food spoilage, food intoxication and food- 
borne diseases caused by microbes in food 
processing. The microbes involved, sources 
of contamination, and methods used in 
detection and prevention of problems. (1 
hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required). 
Instmctional fee rquired. 

434 Industrial Microbiology and Applied 
Biotechnology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, 312 and 315. 
Current and developing applications of 
microbiology within industry. Culture 
enhancement technology, contamination 
control methodology and government regula- 
tions in the production of pharmaceuticals, 
medical devices, energy, and in agricultural 
and environmental control. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

438 Public Health Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302. The control and 
epidemiology of infectious diseases of public 
health importance, water and sewage micro- 
biology. Control of current problems. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Classification and evolution of vascular 
plants; emphasis on the flowering plants. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips may be required). 


442 Pollination Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 316 or equivalent. 

Pollination in the plant kingdom. Floral cues, 
pollination syndromes, pollinator behavior, 
chemical and physical characteristics of polli- 
nation, energetics, gene flow, phenology, and 
ecological aspects of pollination. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory or fieldwork) 

443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent. 
Community and population ecology of ter- 
restrial plants. Environmental factors and 
plant distribution with emphasis on California 
vegetation. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be 
required). 

444 Plant Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 

one semester of oiggmic chemistry. Fundamental 
mechanisms of plant physiology with primary 
emphasis on whole plant physiology and 
physiological ecology. (2 hours lecture, 6 
hours laboratory; weekend field trips may be 
required) 

446 Marine Phycology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Biological aspects of marine algae; compara- 
tive development, morphology, taxonomy, 
physiology, and ecology. (2 hours lecture, 6 
hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field 
trips may be required). 

450 Conservation Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 316 or equivalent or 
consent of instructor. Current topics involv- 
ing theory, concepts and techniques in the 
conservation of biological diversity. (3 hours 
lecture) 

461 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 
Evolution, classification, phylogeny, morpho- 
logical and physiological adaptations of 
invertebrate animals. Dissection, identifica- 
tion and observation of extant animals. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips may be required) 

464 Human Embryology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 261. Human devel- 
opment from gametogenesis through organo- 
genesis. Frog, chick and pig serial sections; 
histogenesis and organogenesis. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


465 Animal Ecology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261, 

Biology 316 recommended. The factors that 
affect the distribution and abundance of 
animals. Field techniques, statistical applica- 
tions and theoretical approaches. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

466 Animal Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites; Biology 241 and 261. The 

current problems in animal behavior; sensory 
capacities, orientation, innate and learned 
patterns, and social behavior of invertebrates 
and vertebrates. (3 hours lecture) 

467 Entomology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 

Anatomy, physiology, evolution and biology 
of insects and other terrestrial arthropods. 
Dissection, collection, identification and 
observation of living arthropods. (2 Jjiours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required.) 

468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 
Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261 and 

Chemistry 120A, B; Biology 315, 316 and 
320L recommended. Comparative study of 
physiological and biochemical processes among 
representative animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory, weekend field trips may be 
required). 

470 Cellular Neurobiology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 315, 320L and 362. 
Processes of cell communication, particularly 
in nervous systems. Molecular biology of 
neuron, model sensory and motor systems, 
and cellular basis for behavior. Laboratory 
experience in electrophysical, anatomical, and 
pharmacological techniques of nerve cell 
study. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

472A Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 472A) 

472B Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology/Chemistry 472A. 
Explores biotechnology techniques for gene 
product analysis: DNA sequencing site- 
directed mutagenesis, predicting amino acid 
changes, protein overproduction, enzyme 
function assays, protein identification/prepa- 
ration by gel techniques, immunoblotting. (1 
hour discussion, 6 hours laboratory). (Same 
as Chemistry 42 7B) 


474 Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) 
Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. 

Natural history of the vertebrates. 
Observation, identification, behavior, ecology 
and distribution of the vertebrates. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

475 Ichthyology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
systematics, evolution, morphology, physiol- 
ogy, ecology and behavior of fishes. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required). 

476 Herpetology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241 and 261. The 
biology, structure, physiology, ecology, distri- 
bution, identification, collection, evolution 
and behavior of amphibians and reptiles. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips may be required) . 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 477) 

478 Mammology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241, 261, and 316 
or equivalent. The systematics, evolution, 
morphology, physiology, ecology and behav- 
ior of mammals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork, plus two weekend 
field trips) 

479 Ornithology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 241, 261 and 316. 
Anatomy, physiology, evolution, behavior, 
and ecology of birds. Laboratory and field- 
work in identification, anatomy, observational 
techniques and community comf)osition. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours lab or fieldwork per 
week; one or more weekend field trips) 

480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate 
Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division students 
majoring in biological science and consent of 
instructor. Current topics, updating of con- 
cepts, recent advances and unification of the 
principles of biology. May be repeated for 
credit. 


480M MARC Proseminar (1) 

Prerequisite: Selection as MARC Fellow. 
Intended to increase the contact of MARC 
Fellows with minority scientists of national 
repute. Five speakers will present seminars. 
Fellows will read and discuss relevant 
primary literature, attend the seminars, and 
meet with speakers before and after the semi- 
nars. May be repeated for credit. (Same as 
Chemistry 480M) 

495 Biological Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of 90 

units, including all core requirements, and 
consent of instructor. Biological, ecological, 
and health-related fields. Ninety (90) hours of 
practical experience in student’s chosen field 
of interest with public or private agencies or 
businesses. May not be repeated for credit. 

(1 hour lecture/ discussion, laboratory work 
experience) 

496 Biology Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing in 

biology and consent of instructor. Supervised 
experience in biological science teaching 
through tutoring or assisting in a laboratory 
or field class. No credit toward biological 
science major. 

498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Prerequisite: six units of Biology 499L, 
Independent Laboratory Research or 
Chemistry 495 Senior Research (two units of 
which may be taken concurrently) and estab- 
lishment of a three-member thesis committee 
at least one semester prior to enrollment of 
this course. To be taken during semester of 
expected graduation. Required of all MARC 
Fellows. Requires preparation, presentation, 
and defense of a formal thesis. Topic and 
general experimental design shall have all 
been approved by the thesis committee. 
Thesis shall be formatted in accordance with 
a journal in appropriate field and presented 
in a timely fashion. (Same as Chemistry 498) 

499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 
Junior or senior standing with consent of 
instructor with whom the student wishes to 
pursue independent laboratory study in 
biology. May be repeated for credit. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


500 A Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and con- 
current enrollment in Biology 500B. 
Discussions concerning research protocol, 
scientific methodology and communication 
techniques. Ethics and social responsibilities 
of professional biologists. (1 hour discussion) 

500B Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and con- 
current enrollment in Biology 500A. 
Individualized project work and experiences 
in scientific writing. Required of all students 
upon admission to the graduate program. (3 
hours project work) 

500C Professional Aspects of Biology: 
Teaching Effectiveness (2) 
Prerequisites/corequisites: Graduate 
standing; must have received a Graduate 
Teaching Associate appointment. This course 
is designed to assist graduate students in 
becoming effective classroom teachers and 
understanding the scholarship of teaching in 
higher education. Graduate Teaching 
Associates will learn pedagogy and a variety 
of teaching alternatives while concurrently 
teaching in a laboratory/discussion setting. 

505T Seminar in Molecular, Cellular, 
Immunological and Physiological 
Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 

517T Seminar in Ecological and 
Organismic Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 

520T Seminar in Microbiology (3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected 
advanced topics. May be repeated for credit. 

580 Advanced Topics in Graduate 
Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in biology 
and consent of instructor. Current research 
topics, experimental design and problem 
solving in biological systems. May be 
repeated for credit. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

May be repeated for a maximum of 6 
units of credit. 


599 Independent Graduate Research 
(1-3) 

Open to graduate students with consent 
of instructor with whom the student wishes 
to pursue independent study in biology. May 
be repeated for credit. 


business 


I * INTRODUi 

admins& 


fens in business and administration in both 


ICTION ; ^ 

ijor gffepa^s st^entsfor ^try^el 

an| pu\^ se^ors. opp^u^ies jknge from accounting, cost analysis, mar- 

ig?fesearcfti#fd jfeiti^l fJcca^log^o re^ estA:'pei^rinel, sales and information systems. 
This curriculum also provides a foundation for advanced study. 


ASSOCIATE DEAN (ACTING) 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Thomas Johnson 

ASSISTANT DEAN 
ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Robert Miyake 

ADVISING CENTER 

Langsdorf Hall 700 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 
Management 

Management Information Systems 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Professional Business 

Minor in Business Administration 

Minor in Management Information 
Systems 

Master of Business Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 

International Business 
Management 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Marketing 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Admission to the Business 
Administration Major 

Admission to the Business 
Administration major involves 
two steps. Students who apply to 
the major are initially classified as 
Pre-business. After completing the 
lower-division core requirements 
with grades of at least C, students 
may apply to the Business 
Administration major. Pre-busi- 
ness students may take lower-divi- 
sion business courses, but most 
upper-division courses are not 
open to Pre-business students. 

All of the following require- 
ments must be met for the degree. 
Students must earn a grade of at 
least C in each core course listed 
below and in courses in the 
Accounting, Management Science, and Management Information Systems Concentrations. A C 
average is acceptable in other concentrations. For assistance in interpreting these requirements 
contact the Business Advising Center. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 
Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math 130 Short Course in Calculus (4) 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 



Required Upper-Division Core Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

OR Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


OR Econ 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management 
and Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational 
Behavior (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative 
Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB Quantitative 
Business Analysis: Statistics and 
Management Science (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower- and upper- 
division core courses, take: 

Management 449 Seminar in Strategic 
Management (3) 

Required Concentration Courses 

Business administration majors must com- 
plete the requirements of one of the following 
concentrations: Accounting, Business 
Economics, Finance, Management, Manage- 
ment Information Systems, Management 
Science, Marketing, or Professional Business. 

A minimum of 18 units of course work is 
required in one concentration. See listing of 
concentration requirements below. 

Collateral Requirement 

3-unit introductory social science course 
other than Economics, chosen from General 
Education section III.C.l. 

Other Requirements, Grades and 
Residence 

Global Business Requirement. Complete one 
course, of at least 3 units, in the area of 
Global Business. The course must be selected 
from the list of Approved Global Business 
Courses, which is available from the Business 
Advising Center. 

Other subjects. Complete at least 50 
percent of the coursework for the degree in 
subjects other than business administration 
or economics. Complete all university 
requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Maintain at 
least a 2.0 GPA (C average) in all university 
courses. Earn at least a C grade in each core 
course and the concentration courses in 
Accounting, Management Science, and 
Management Information Systems. A 2.0 GPA 
is required for all other concentrations. 


Grade option. Take all required core 
courses and all required concentration courses 
in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics for a letter grade (A,B,C,D,F). The 
Credit/No Credit grading option may not be 
used for these courses, and a grade of CR 
(credit) will not satisfy the requirements for 
the degree. Exception: Courses in calculus 
may be taken under the Credit/No Credit 
grading option; however, if it is also taken to 
meet general education requirements then it 
must be taken for a letter grade. 

Residence. At least one-half of the units in 
the concentration (except accounting, which 
requires 15) and a minimum of 30 units 
must be taken in residence in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics; at 
least 15 of the last 24 units before graduation 
must be taken in residence in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 

ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION 
(21 UNITS) 

All students with an accounting concen- 
tration are required to take the courses 
shown below. Before taking these courses, 
students must first complete all of the 
required lower-division core courses with a 
grade of at least C in each course and must 
receive a passing score on the Accounting 
Qualifying Exam. Passing the test must occur 
no earlier than one year prior to enrollment 
in the first upper-division accounting course. 

Accounting 301A,B Inter. Accounting (3,3) 
Accounting 302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 308 Concepts of Federal 
Income Tax Accounting (3) 

Accounting 402 Auditing (3) 

Accounting 407 Accounting Information 
Systems (3) 

and one of the following courses: 

Accounting 401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting 403 Accounting for 

Governmental and Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Accounting 460 Seminar in Financial 
Statement Analysis (3) 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice 
and Procedures (3) 

BUSINESS ECONOMICS 
CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

All students with an economics concentra- 
tion are required to take Econ 310 Intermediate 


Microeconomic Analysis (3) or Econ 315 
Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) as 
part of their business administration core 
requirements. In addition, the concentration 
requires Econ 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomic Analysis (3) and Econ 410 
Government and Business (3) and 12 units of 
upper-division economics electives, 3 units of 
which must be at the 4(X)-level. 

Students interested in economics also may 
wish to consider the Bachelor of Arts in 
Economics. 

FINANCE CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 
Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money 
Markets (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

Students must complete 12 units of elec- 
tive courses in finance. Students are encour- 
aged to choose as many courses as possible 
from one of the following topical areas. 
Students are expected to consult with faculty 
advisers when selecting courses. 

Financial Institutions 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money 
Markets (3) 

Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 
Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 
Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 425 Commercial Bank and 
Financial Institution Management (3) 

Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Financial Management 

Finance 331 Working Capital Management 
and Computer Applications (3)* 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Finance 432 Financial Forecasting and 
Budgeting (3) 

Finance 433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 
Insurance 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors 
and Lenders (3) 

Finace 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of Personal 
Financial Planning (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Finance 411 Retirement and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Finance 461 Property and Liability Risk 
Management (3) 

Finance 462 Life and Health Insurance (3) 
International Finance 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money 
Markets (3) 

Finance 370 Inter’l Business Finance (3) 
Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 373 Asia-Pacific Financial & 
Security Markets (3) 

Finance 375 Global Financial Markets (3) 

Investments and Financial Planning 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for 
Investors and Lenders (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 355 Real Estate Investment 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of 
Personal Financial Planning (3) 

Finance 4 1 1 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 
Finance 442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Certified 
Financial Planner Examination, students 
must take all of the following: Finance 340, 
360, 410, 411, 455, and Accounting 358. 

Real Estate 

Finance 351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 
Finance 355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 
Finance 451 Real Estate Law (3) 

Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Finance 454 Real Estate and Market 
Analysis (3) 

Finance 456 Property Development and 
Management (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Real 
Estate Broker License Examination, students 
must have completed eight courses in addi- 
tion to the experience/educational require- 
ments. These eight courses include the 
following five: Finance 451, 452, 453, 454 
and Accounting 201A,B. Three courses are to 
be selected from the following: Finance 450, 
551, 454, 455, 456, Managment 246 or 


Accounting 201A,B if either was not used as 
a requirement. 

MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION 
(18 UNITS) 

Students in the management concentration 
must choose one of the following emphases: 

Entrepreneurial Management (18 units) 
Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
OR Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 345 Small Business 
Management (3) 

OR Management 448 Seminar in Small 
Business Consulting (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 
and 

6 units of elective course work from the fol- 
lowing to be chosen in consultation with a 
departmental adviser: 

Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations 
and Operations (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in 
Management (3) 

Management 441 Labor-Management 
Relations (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 
Management 444 Project Management (3) 

General Management (18 units) 
Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 

OR Management 443 Group Dynamics 
Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Management (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in 
Management (3) 

and 

6 units of elective course work from the fol- 
lowing to be chosen in consultation with a 
departmental adviser: 

Management 345 Small Business 
Management (3) 

OR Management 448 Seminar in Small 
Business Consulting (3) 

Management 348 Commercial Law (3) 
Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 421 Operations Systems 
Design (3) 


Management 431 Women in Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in 
Human Resource Management (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations 
and Operations (3) 

Management 441 Labor-Management 
Relations (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Human Resources Management/ 
Organization Behavior (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and 
Quality Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in 
Human Resource Management (3) 

Management 441 Labor Management 
Relations (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Operations Management (18 units) 
Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 

OR Management 443 Group Dynamics 
Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 421 Operations Systems 
Design (3) 

Management 422 Production and 
Inventory Control (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality 
Managment (3) 
and 

one elective from the following chosen in 
consultation with a departmental adviser: 

Management 345 Small Business 
Management (3) 

OR Management 448 Seminar in Small 
Business Consulting (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 410 Information 
Resources Management (3) 

Management 430 Integrated logistics 
Management (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations 
and Operations (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in 
Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS CONCENTRATION 
(21 UNITS) 

All students with a Management 
Information Systems concentration are 
required to take: 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of 
Information Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 310 System 
Development & Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 370 Advanced 
COBOL Programming (3) 

OR Manag Sci/Info Sys 371 C++ for 
Business Applications (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base 
Management Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 409 Business 

Telecommunications for Information 
System Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 411 Microcomputer 
Business Application Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 454 Seminar in Systems 
Analysis and Design (3) 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE CONCENTRARON 
(18 UNITS) 

Required Courses 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of 
Information Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 310 Systems Development 
and Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 440 Intermediate 
Management Science Models (3) 

Electives in Statistics (Students must take 
at least one course from this category) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 422 Surveys and 
Sampling Design and Applications (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory 
for Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 467 Statistical Quality 
Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of 
Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical 
Forecasting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 475 Multivariate 
Analysis (3) 

Other Electives 

Economics 440 Intro, to Econometrics (3) 
Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 
Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 


Management 422 Production and Inventory 
Control (3) 

Management 430 Integrated Logistics 
Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Business 

Telecommunications for Info Systems 
Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 415 Decision 
Simulation in Business and 
Economics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 448 Computer 

Simulation in Business and Economics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 465 Linear Programming 
in Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 490 Queuing and 
Stochastic Models in Management 
Science (3) 

MARKETING CONCENTRATION 
(18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Marketing 353 Marketing Analysis (3) 
Marketing 370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Marketing 379 Marketing Research 
Methods (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Choose two from the following: 

Marketing 401 Professional Selling (3) 
Marketing 405 Managing Advertising (3) 
Marketing 415 Managing the Sales Force (3) 
Marketing 425 Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Marketing 435 Business Marketing 
Management (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Marketing 465 Managing Services 
Marketing (3) 

Marketing 475 Export Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Marketing Concentration Capstone Course 
(3 units) 

Marketing 489 Developing Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS 
CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Student must complete three of the fol- 
lowing four courses: 


Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors 
and Lenders (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 352 Advanced Data and 
Info Analyses for Business (3) 

Marketing 401 Professional Selling (3) 

Emphasis Courses (9 units) 

Students complete one of the following 
emphases by taking three of the four courses 
listed under an emphasis: 

Real Estate/Marketing 
Finance 351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 
Finance 355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 
Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 
Marketing 353 Marketing Analysis (3) 

ImportlExport 

Economics 411 International Trade (3) 

Finance 370 International Business 
Finance (3) 

Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 
Marketing 475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 

Small Business Entrepreneurship 

Management 345 Small Business 
Management (3) 

Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 448 Small Business 
Consulting (3) 

Marketing 435 Business Marketing 
Management (3) 

Students who wish to pursue a personal- 
ized emphasis, may do so in consultation 
with the SBAE/MVC faculty advisor. 

MINOR IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

The minor provides a basic understanding 
of the role of business in society and the 
methods used by business. This curriculum 
also provides a basis for advanced study. A 
working knowledge of algebra is necessary 
for several of the required courses. 

Business administration minors shall not 
enroll in any required upper-division course 
(in the minor) until they have completed all 
of the required lower-division courses (in the 
minor) with a grade of at least C in each 
course. Students must earn a grade of at least 
C in each course required for the minor. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Required Lower-Division Courses 
Accounting 201A,B Financial and Managerial 
Accounting (3,3) 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal 
Environment (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to 

Computing and Programming Concepts (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 
Special Notice: Enrollment in these 
courses requires the completion of all lower- 
division minor requirements with a grade of 
C or better in each course. 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management 
and Operations (3) 

OR Management 340 Oig^nizational 
Behavior (3) 

Marketing 35 1 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Economics Majors Minoring in Business 
Administration: Economics Majors can com- 
plete a minor in business administration by 
taking Accounting 201 A and B, Management 
246, Finance 320, Management 339 or 340 
and Marketing 35 1 . All other required 
courses for the minor are required for the 
major in Economics. 

MINOR IN MANAGEMENT 
INFORMATION SYSTEMS* 

This minor surveys modem computer 
methods and the development of informa- 
tion-systems. Emphasis is placed on systems 
which aid management decision-making. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C in 
each course listed below. 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Programming Concepts (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 310 Systems Analysis 
and Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of 
Information Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base 
Management Systems (3) 

Upper-division elective approved by the 
adviser (3) 

* Students with a major in business 
administration may not minor in manage- 


ment information systems. Interested students 
may elect to complete a second concentration 
in management information systems. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

The M.B.A. degree program is accredited 
by the American Assembly of Collegiate 
Schools of Business. This assures a rigorous, 
in-depth program, covering the full spectrum 
of business administration. Accreditation also 
indicates a well-qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, access to computing and 
an extensive library system. 

Programs of Study 

The School of Business Administration 
and Economics offers two plans for the 
M.B.A. degree. 

The M.B.A. Generalist Plan is designed for 
students with little or no course work in busi- 
ness administration. The curriculum surveys 
the entire field of business administration, 
preparing students for general management 
responsibilities. 

The M.B.A. Specialist Plan is designed for 
students with recent course work (or an 
undergraduate degree) in business adminis- 
tration or for those who wish to include a 
specialized area of concentration in their cur- 
riculum. Some courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate course 
work. The areas of concentration are account- 
ing, business economics, finance, interna- 
tional business, management, management 
science/information systems and marketing. 

The M.B.A. program is scheduled espe- 
cially for students who are employed full- 
time. Courses are offered during the late 
afternoon and evening. Most students enroll 
on a part-time basis, taking two courses (6 
units) per semester. 

Most graduate courses in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status" and are open 
only to students with classified standing in 
the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in 
Management Science, M.S. in Taxation or 
M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an 

appropriately accredited institution, or 

equivalent. 


2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted and in 
good standing at last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students 
may enroll in undergraduate courses (100 thru 
4(X) level) but are generally ineligible for gradu- 
ate business courses (500 level). Such students 
may wish to take undergraduate courses which 
are necessary to meet the requirements for clas- 
sified standing (see below). Upon completing 
the requirements, the student may file an 
“Application for Change of Academic Objective- 
Graduate” requesting admission to the M.B.A. 
program. Admission to the university as a post- 
baccalaureate-unclassified student does not con- 
stitute admission to the M.B.A. program, does 
not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future 
admission. Students planning to apply for 
admission to the M.B.A. program should confer 
with the graduate adviser in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following school- 
specific requirements will be admitted to the 
M.B.A. program with conditionally classified 
standing: 

3. Admission into the M.B.A. program is 
based upon an analysis of the following 
quantitative and qualitative considerations: 

A. A combination of GPA and Graduate 
Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) score, sufficient to yield a 
minimum score of 1000 according to 
one of the following formulas. Due 
to limited space, a higher minimum 
score may be required of all appli- 
cants. 

1. If overall undergraduate GPA is at 
least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 
450, then score = (GPA x 200) + 
GMAT. 

2. If overall undergraduate GPA is 
below 2.7 or GMAT is below 
450, then score = (GPA x 200) + 
GMAT - 50. 

B. A score in the top 50 percent on the 
verbal, analytical and quantitative 
areas of the GMAT. Students who do 
not reach this level are required to 
complete a department approved 
course(s). 

C. For international students a TOEFL 
score of 570. A student scoring 
between 550 and 570 may be admit- 
ted conditionally depending upon an 
evaluation of the entire application 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


file. The student may be required to 
complete a department approved 
course(s). 

D. Review by the M.B.A. admissions 
committee of the following: 

1 . Academic preparation for graduate 
study. 

2. Any prior work experience. 

3. A “Statement of Purpose” in pur- 
suing the M.B.A. , to be submitted 
by applicant. 

Note: Conditionally classified students 
may take a limited number of graduate 
courses (500 level), subject to the approval of 
the graduate adviser of the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 
Students are expected to advance promptly 
to classified standing. In particular, any defi- 
ciencies in calculus or computer program- 
ming must be removed during the first 12 
months of study. Students who do not do so 
will not be allowed to continue in the program. 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing. Such students are eligible to take 
graduate courses for which they are qualified. 

4. Proficiency in calculus and computer 
programming equivalent to passing 
Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3 
units), and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 
Introduction to Computing and 
Programming Concepts (3 units), with 
grades of at least C. Students with work 
experience in these fields may demon- 
strate proficiency by passing a challenge 
examination and should consult the chair 
of the Management Science/Information 
Systems Department for details. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum - M.B.AyCeneralist Plan 
The M.B.A./Generalist curriculum 
includes 14-17 courses (42-51 units). 

Any deficiencies in calculus or computer 
programming must be removed within one 
year. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan 
courses and over all applicable course work. 
Any study plan course with a grade lower than 
C must be repeated with at least a C grade, 
regardless of the overall GPA of the student. 

Up to nine units of foundation courses 
may be waived on the basis of equivalent 
undergraduate course work providing the 
proposed courses are no more than seven 
years old and have at least a C grade with an 
overall 3.0 GPA (B). Courses waived beyond 


nine units must be replaced by an advanced 
course in the same discipline. 

Foundation Courses 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 
Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System and 
Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of 
Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory 
and Management of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of 
Business (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 
Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 
Advanced Courses 

All advanced courses must be at the grad- 
uate level. 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory 
and Policy (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate 
Financial Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational 
Behavior and Administration (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 Decision Models 
for Business and Economics (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing 
Problems (3) 

5()0-level elective chosen from any of the six 
SBAE departments 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive 
Business Management (3) 

Pass the individual written project in 
Business Admin 591 and complete the course 
with a grade of B or better. 

Curriculum M.B.A. /Specialist Plan 

The M.B.A./Specialist curriculum includes 
a concentration in a specialized area and 
requires from 33 to 60 units of graduate 
course work. Students with a bachelor’s 
degree in business administration may be 
able to complete the program with the 
minimum of 33 units. Students with little or 
no recent course work in business adminis- 
tration may require 60 units. Any deficiencies 
in calculus or computer programming must 


be removed within one year. Any study plan 
course with a grade lower than C must be 
repeated with at least a C grade, regardless of 
the overall GPA of the student. A 3.0 GPA (B) 
is required in study plan courses and over all 
applicable course work. 

Foundation Courses 

Foundation courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate course 
work, providing that the equivalent courses 
are no more than seven years old and have 
grades of at least C with a GPA of at least B. 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 
Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System & 

Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of 
Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory 
and Management of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of 
Business (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 Decision Models 
for Business and Economics (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

A list of equivalent undergraduate courses 
is available from the graduate adviser. In 
many cases, students with a recent bachelor’s 
degree in business administration from an 
accredited university will be able to waive all 
foundation courses. 

Advanced Courses 

All courses in this group must be taken at 
the graduate level. The Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 
seminar will be waived for students who have 
successfully completed both Manag Sci/lnfo 
Sys 513 and 514 (but not for students who 
have taken Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A and 
36 IB.) Students with a concentration in 
international business are required to take 
only five of the following courses; 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Note: Students who have satisfactorily 
completed a course in cost accounting 
must substitute Accounting 521 Seminar 
in Administrative Accounting (3) for 
Accounting 511. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory 
and Policy (3) 

Note: Economics 521 is not open to students 
with credit in intermediate macroeconomics. 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational 
Behavior and Administration (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 526 Forecasting, 

Decision Analysis and Experimental 
Design (3) 

OR Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 550 Special 
Topics on Information Systems Design 
and Data Communication (3) 

OR Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 560 Advanced 
Deterministic Models (3) 

OR Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 561 Advanced 
Probabilistic Models (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing 
Problems (3) 

Concentration Courses (except international 
business) 

12 units in one of the following areas of 
concentration or if no concentration is 
desired, 12 units in a combination of courses 
from the following: 

Accounting 

Management 

Business Economics 

Manag Sci/lnfo Systems 

Finance 

Marketing 

At least 6 units of the concentration courses 
must be taken at the 500-level. Concentration 
courses are to be approved by the department 
chair concerned, or designee within the depart- 
ment, and the Associate Dean, School of 
Business Administration and Economics. If no 
concentration is desired, the combination must 
be appix)ved by the Associate Dean. 

Note: The accounting concentration elec- 
tives must cover the following areas: Financial 
Accounting and Theory, Accounting Information 
Systems, Auditing, and Taxation. At least 
nine of these units must be at the graduate 
level. 

Concentration Courses International Business 
Five of the following courses (15 units) 
are required, including at least 9 units at the 
graduate (500) level. (Note: students with an 
international business concentration take 


only five of the courses listed above under 
Advanced Courses.) 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International 
Accounting (3) 

Economics 531 International Economics (3) 

Finance 570 Seminar in International 
Financial Management (3) 

Management 547 Comparative 
Management (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing 
Strategies (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Recommended electives include selected 
courses in history, political science, commu- 
nications, geography and Chicano studies 
and must be aproved by the international 
business adviser. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive 
Business Management (3) 

Pass the individual project in Business 
Admin 591 and complete the course with a 
grade of B or better. 

In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business 
Administration 598, Thesis) may also serve as 
an option. See the graduate adviser for details. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
COURSES 

201 Business Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent 
(with a grade of C or better). Principles of effec- 
tive writing in business. Extensive practice in 
various forms of business writing. Case studies. 

301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101, Business 
Admin 201, and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 (or 
equivalent) with a C or better. An advanced 
course in business communication covering 
business case analysis, reports, negotiations, 
and oral presentations. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing, major in 
Business Administration, consent of the 
instructor, 2.5 GPA and semester in residence 
at the university. Planned and supervised 
work experience. May be repeated to a total 
of six units of credit. Credit/No Credit 
grading only. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Open 
to qualified students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be 
repeated for credit. Not open to students on 
academic probation. 

501 Managerial Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status. 
Investigates the entire process of case analysis 
and case report. Analyzes management com- 
munication problems and formulates writing 
strategies. 

590 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified M.B.A. status, 

within nine units of completing study plan. 
Focuses on importance of monitoring 
changes in environment(s) facing business 
and incorporating social, economic, and 
technological change into corporate decision- 
making process. Emphasizes use of analysis 
tools from other M.B.A. classes with focus on 
data sources and methods for effective envi- 
ronmental scanning; emphasis on business 
ethics and social responsibility, international 
competitiveness, and changes in legal envi- 
ronment. 

591 Comprehensive Business 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, 
within six units of completion of study plan 
and in final semester of program. Studies 
complex business problems and solutions. 
Builds skills in integrating knowledge from 
functional areas and applying them in an 
original and organized form to a range of 
business problems arising from changing 
technology, competitive market conditions, 
social changes, government actions. Includes 
article analysis, case analysis, a research 
project, individual and group reports and 
oral and written presentations. The individ- 
ual project will fulfill the terminal degree 
requirement. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and 
consent of associate dean. Individual research 
under supervision. See “Theses and Projects” 
in this catalog for university requirements. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is on the approved list of the American ^ 
Chemical Society. i 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles and concepts of ^ 
chemistry and biochemistry for students who will (1) advance to graduate work in chemistry or bio- 
chemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek employment in industry or 
government; 

(4) advance to 
medical, 
dental, or phar- 
macy training; 
or (5) pursue a 
degree or 
minor in 
support of a 
career in other 
areas such as 
physics, 
biology, 
geology, busi- 
ness and com- 
puter science. 

The depart- 
ment offers 

three bache- 
lor’s degrees, the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) and the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Chemistry and the 
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Biochemistry. 

To qualify for any of these degrees, students must earn a C grade in all courses required for 
the major including prerequisites in related sciences or mathematics. 


ADVISERS 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

John Olmsted 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

McCarthy Hall 580 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry 
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry 
Master of Science in Chemistry 
Emphasis in Geochemistry 
Minor in Chemistry 
Minor in Biotechnology 
Emphasis in Biotechnology 
Emphasis in Environmental Chemistry 

SUBJECT MATTER PREPARATION 
PROGRAM 

Single Subject Teaching Credential in 
Science 


Undergraduate - Gene Hiegel (Chemistry), Bruce Weber (Biochemistry), Graduate - Gregory 
Williams 

INTERNSHIPS 

Internship in chemistry (Chemistry 490) provides practical work experience which integrates 
with the student’s classroom studies. 

RECOMMENDED PROGRAM IN GENERAL EDUCATION 

Because of high unit requirements for chemistry degree programs, a student majoring in 
chemistry is strongly urged to consult with a chemistry faculty adviser prior to designing his/her 
general education package. There is a six-unit exemption in general education for B.S. Chemistry 
degree majors for which the undergraduate Chemistry adviser must be consulted. 


FACULTY 

Robert Belloli, Richard Deming, Christina 
Goode, A. Scott Hewitt, Gene Hiegel, 
Katherine Kantardjieff, Maria Linder, 
Christopher Meyer, John Olmsted, Harold 
Rogers, Eric Streitberger, Fu-Ming Tao, 
Joseph Thomas, Jill Vickery, Bruce Weber, 
Patrick Wegner, Gregory Williams, W. Van 
Willis 


UPPER-DIVISION BACCALAUREATE WRITING REQUIREMENT 

Chemistry and biochemistry majors can meet the coursework portion of the University’s 
upper division writing requirement by passing either English 301 or English 360. 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
BIOCHEMISTRY 

The B.S. degree in Biochemistry is recom- 
mended for students planning to go directly 
into professional biochemistry and for stu- 
dents planning to attend graduate school in 
biochemistry or molecular biology. It is also 
excellent preparation for medical, dental and 
pharmacy school. Students who complete 
this program and include Chemistry 325 and 
Chemistry 41 1 (3 units) qualify for certifica- 
tion by the American Chemical Society. A 
total of 124 units, including general educa- 
tion, 42 units of Chemistry courses, 28-31 
units of support courses, and the upper-divi- 
sion writing requirement are required for the 
B.S. in Biochemistry 

Basic Requirements (37 units) 

These courses prerequisite to additional 
required courses. 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 
Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A,B) (6) 

Organic Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 
302) (2) 

Fundamental Physics (Physics 225, 226, 227) 
(1 unit) (7) 

Fundamental Physics Lab (Physics 22 5L, 
226L) (2) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (Math 
150A,B) (8) 

Principles of Biology (Biology 131) (3) 


Note: With adviser^ approval. Physics 211, 

21 IL, 212 and 212L or equivalent may be sub- 
stituted for Fundamental Physics. Chemistry 
305, 306A and B may be substituted for 301B 
and 302. 

Additional Required Courses (35-39 units) 

Theory of Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 
315) (3) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory 
(Chemistry 316) (1) 

Introduction to Physical Chemistry 
(Chemistry 361A,B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 
390) (1) 

General Biochemistry (Chemistry 423A,B) (6) 
Biochemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 422) (2) 
Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (3) 

Genetics and Molecular Biology 
(Biology 312) (3) 


Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2) 

OR Intermediate Calculus (Math 250A) (4) 

Advanced College Writing (English 301) 

OR Scientific and Technical Report 
Writing (English 360) (3) 

Two of the following, one of which must 
be in Biology (5-8 units) 

Biology 302, 315, 362, 405, 412, 413, 424 
Biology/Chemistry 472A, 472B, 477 

Chemistry 325, 335, 411 (3 units), 431, 438, 
445 

Note: Chemistry 371A,B may be substi- 
tuted for Chemistry 361A,B 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science degree in chem- 
istry is recommended for students planning 
to go directly into professional chemistry and 
for those who wish to do graduate work in 
chemistry. Students who complete this 
program and include an advanced course in 
instrumental analysis (such as 3 units of 
Chemistry 411) and advanced inorganic 
chemistry (425) qualify for certification by 
the American Chemical Society A total of 
124 units, including general education (less 
the six-unit exemption), 55 units of 
Chemistry courses, 25 units of support 
courses, 9 units of adviser-approved career- 
breadth courses and the upper-division 
writing requirement are required for the B.S. 
in Chemistry. 

Basic Requirements (40 units) 

These courses are prerequisite to the addi- 
tional required chemistry courses. 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 
Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 305 A,B) (10) 
Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Fundamental Physics (Physics 225, 226, 227 
[1 unit], 225L, 226L) (9) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (Math 
150A,B) (8) 

Note: For students planning to pursue a 
graduate degree, both Physics 227 (3 units) 
and 227L (1 unit) are highly recommended. 

Additional Required Chemistry Courses 
(22 units) 

Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory 
(Chemistry 316) (1) 


100 


Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 
Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 371A,B) (6) 
Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 
355) (3) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 
390) (1) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (3) 

Upper-division elective (3) 

The following upper-division chemistry 
courses do not apply toward the upper-divi- 
sion elective requirement: Chemistry 480A, 
490, 495, 496 and 499. 

Other Requirements (20 units) 

Calculus and Linear Algebra (Math 250A,B) (8) 

Advanced College Writing (English 301 
OR English 360) (3) 

Career breadth (9) 

Career Breadth Requirements 

The career breadth requirement is satisfied 
by taking nine units of upper-division course- 
work directly related to the student’s career 
plans and approved in advance by the under- 
graduate adviser. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry is 
offered for students who are planning careers 
which require a sound background in funda- 
mental chemistry, but not at the depth of the 
B.S. degree. The B.A. is particularly suited for 
those who plan to go into areas such as sec- 
ondary education, technical sales, food pro- 
cessing, chemical patent law and forensic 
sciences. A total of 124 units, including 
general education, 36 units of Chemistry 
courses, 16 units of support courses, and the 
upper-division writing requirement are 
required for the B.A. in Chemistry. 

Basic Requirements (37 units) 

These courses are prerequisite to the addi- 
tional required chemistry courses: 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 

Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A,B, 

302) (8) 

Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Elementary Physics (Physics 211, 212, 211 L, 
212L) (8) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (Math 
150A,B) (8) 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Additional Required Chemistry Courses 
(15 units) 

Introductory Chemical Computation 
(Chemistry 210) (2) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory 
(Chemistry 316) (1) 

Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 

Introduction to Physical Chemistry 
(Chemistry 361A,B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 
390) (1) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (2) 

Other Requirements (9 units) 

Advanced College Writing (English 301 
OR 360) (3) 

Adviser-approved career breadth electives (6) 

Chemistry/Pre MBA Program 

A student may combine a B.A. in chem- 
istry with a minor in Business Administration 
to qualify to enroll in and complete an MBA 
degree at CSUF in one additional year (33 
units), provided all entrance requirements for 
the MBA program have been met. See your 
department adviser for details. 

MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minor in Chemistry requires a 
minimum of 24 acceptable units of chem- 
istry, including general chemistry (Chemistry 
120A,B) plus 14 units of upper-division 
chemistry courses. These courses must be 
completed with an overall GPA of 2.0. (The 
following upper-division chemistry courses 
are not applicable toward a minor: Chemistry 
311, 321, 390, 480A, 490, 490B, 495, 496 
and 499). 

The chemistry minor is appropriate for 
students majoring in a number of areas. 

Some upper-division course combinations 
which constitute appropriate minors are: 
Medical Technology: Chemistry 301A,B, 302, 
422, 445. Molecular Biology: Chemistry 
301 A,B, 302, 421A,B. Geological Sciences: 
Chemistry 301A,B, 315, 325, 361A. Physics: 
Chemistry 301A,B, 315, 371A,B. Science 
Education: Chemistry 301A,B, 361A,B, 325. 
Environmental Science: Chemistry 301A,B, 
302, 315, 335. Other areas where a minor in 
chemistry is appropriate include Art 
Restoration, Forensic Science, Industrial 
Administration, Science Writing, and 

! Environmental or Patent Law. Students with 
interests in these or other areas should 
consult the chemistry undergraduate adviser 
I about courses appropriate for a minor. 



MINOR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

See description of this minor under the 
Department of Biological Science. 

EMPHASIS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

This emphasis is appropriate for students 
majoring in biochemistry and interested in 
gaining employment in nearly any area of the 
medical and agricultural biotechnology 
industries, working in academic research lab- 
oratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees 
in molecular biology or biochemistry. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Advances in Biotechnology Lab (Chem 
472A,B) (6) 

Advances in Biotechnology (Chem 477) (3) 

Principles of Gene Manipulation (Biol 412) (3) 
Note: Six of the twelve required units may 
also be applied to meet elective requirements 
for the B.S. Biochemistry degree. 

EMPHASIS IN ENVIRONMENTAL 
CHEMISTRY 

This emphasis provides a concentration in 
chemistry with respect to the environment. 
The coursework addresses issues of concern 
such as EPA analysis protocols and other ana- 
lytical methods, the interactions of chemicals 
with the air, water, and soil environments, 
how chemicals interact with living systems, 
chemical hazards, safe handling and disposal 
of chemicals, and an introduction to the regu- 
latory framework. Interested students should 
consult their academic adviser for specific 
course requirements. The emphasis provides 
training for individuals interested in becom- 
ing environmental scientists and for those 
interested in graduate programs in this area. 

Requirements (17-19 units) 

Introduction to Environmental Chemistry 
(Chem 335) (3) 

Three of the following: 

Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (Chem 
435) (2) 

Atmospheric Chemistry (Chem 436) (2) 
Environmental Water Chemistry (Chem 
437) (2) 

Environmental Biochemistry (Chem 438) (2) 
Three of the following: 

Optical Spectroscopy (Chem 41 lA) (1) 
Separations (Chem 41 1C) (1) 

Radiochemistry (Chem 41 IE) (1) 

Mass Spectrometry (Chem 411G) (1) 


Statistics Applied to the Natural Sciences 
(Math 338) (3) 

(This course can be substituted for 
Chemistry 210 in meeting requirements 
for the major.) 

Senior Research (Chem 495) (2-4) 

(Topic must be environmentally related 
and meet the major requirement.) 

Note: The Environmental Chemistry 
Emphasis may be integrated with the B.S. 
Chemistry with no additional required units 
by using the above courses to meet career 
breadth and elective requirements. Chem 
335 may also be used as an elective for the 
B.S. Biochemistry degree. Six units of the 
emphasis may also be applied to the elec- 
tives for the B.S. Chemistry degree. The 
environmental chemistry courses also can be 
used to satisfy requirements for the minor in 
chemistry. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY 
MAJORS SEEKING A TEACHING 
CREDENTIAL 

To qualify for the Subject Matter 
Preparation Program for the Single Subject 
Teaching Credential in Science with a con- 
centration in Chemistry, students should 
elect the B.A. with the following changes: 

1 . Students substitute Science Education 
412 for Chemistry 495. 

2. Students must take Biology 131, and 
either 241 or 261. 

3. Students must also take Geological 
Science 101, lOlLand 420. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The degree is designed to qualify stu- 
dents for more advanced work in chemistry, 
to provide preparation which will lead to 
responsible positions in industrial or govern- 
ment research and development laboratories, 
and to provide preparation for the effective 
teaching of chemistry in high schools and 
community colleges. 

The program provides fundamental 
courses at a level and depth commensurate 
with those taken during the first year of a 
doctoral program and provides an introduc- 
tion to research and research methods. 

Admission 

Students must meet the university 
requirements for admittance to the univer- 
sity. This normally requires a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited institution and a 


101 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. (See the section 
of this catalog on Graduate Admissions for a 
complete statement and procedures.) In addi- 
tion to university requirements, in order to 
achieve conditionally classified standing in 
the chemistry program, a student must meet 
the following requirements: 

1 . An undergraduate degree in chemistry or 
a selection of science courses deemed as 
adequate preparation for further study in 
chemistry by the Department Graduate 
Committee; and 

2. At least a 2.5 GPA in upper-division 
chemistry courses. 

Classified Standing 

Each student is required to take examina- 
tions in the areas of physical and organic 
chemistry plus two from the areas of analytical, 
inorgsnic or biochemistry. The results of these 
examinations are used in advising the student 
and as criteria for advancement to classified 
standing. In order to proceed from condition- 
ally classified to classified standing, the student 
must meet the following requirements: 

1 . Satisfactory grades on three of the four 
qualifying examinations or passing 
department approved courses in these 
areas with grades of A or B. 

2. Approved selection of a research director. 

3. An approved study plan. 

4. The University graduate level-writing 
requirement. 

Study Plan 

Two alternatives are available for the study 
plan. The student can complete either a labo- 
ratory thesis (preferred) or a library thesis. 

The degree program consists of 30 units 
of graduate committee-approved course work 
completed with a minimum grade-point 
average of 3.0 in all course work exclusive of 
Chemistry 505A,B and 599. Each student 
prepares a study plan in consultation with 
the graduate program adviser which must be 
approved by the student’s research director, 
the department, and the Office of Graduate 
Studies. All chemistry courses on the study 
plan must be 4(X) level or above. 

Study plans may contain no more than 2 
units of Chemistry 505, and no more than 6 
units of Chemistry 599 (3 units for students 
electing the library thesis alternative). 


J. Basic requirements 
Courses required of all students: 

Chemistry 505A,B Seminar (2) 

Chemistry 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (3) 

Chemistry 598 Thesis (1-6) 

2. 500-level Requirements 

A minimum total of 15 units of 500-level 
courses is required. 

3. Specialization Requirements 

The courses in the study plan must 
include a minimum of nine units (not includ- 
ing Chemistry 505A,B, 598, 599) in one of 
the following areas of specialization, includ- 
ing related areas: (1) analytical chemistry; (2) 
biochemistry; (3) inorganic chemistry; (4) 
organic chemistry; (5) physical chemistry. An 
emphasis in geochemistry is also available. 
Consult the chemistry graduate adviser for 
more information. 

4. Breadth Requirements 

In order to insure sufficient breadth and 
background, one course is required from 
each of the following groups if the student 
has not passed (with a B or better) an equiva- 
lent course as an undergraduate. However, 
courses taken as an undergraduate cannot be 
applied to the 30 units required for gradua- 
tion, unless they are in excess of the under- 
graduate degree requirement. 

Group I 

Chemistry 411 Instrumental Analysis (3) 

Chemistry 425 Advanced Inorganic 
Chemistry (3) 

Group II 

Chemistry 423A General Biochemistry (3) 

Chemistry 431 Advanced Organic 
Chemistry (3) 

Group III 

Chemistry 550 Advanced Thermodynamics (3) 
Chemistry 551 Quantum Chemistry (3) 

Chemistry 543 Physical Biochemistry (for 
Biochemistry students only) (3) 

For further details or advisement concern- 
ing the M.S. program, contact the graduate 
adviser. 


102 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 
COURSES 

100 Survey of Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school 
algebra. The fundamental principles of 
chemistry; atomic and molecular structure 
and the application of these principles to 
contemporary problems. For the nonscience 
major. (3 hours lecture) 

lOOL Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisite: concurrent or prior enrollment 
in Chemistry 100. Experiments chosen to 
develop laboratory techniques; chemical prin- 
ciples and their application to environmental 
and societal problems. (3 hours laboratory). 

Ill Nutrition and Drugs (3) 

The basics of nutrition; diet, food addi- 
tives, vitamins, hormones, drugs, disease and 
related biochemical topics. Current controver- 
sies, popular practices, fads and fallacies. For 
the non-science major. (3 hours lecture) 

115 Introductory General Chemistry (4) 

Chemistry at the basic level. For students 
with limited background in chemistry who 
plan to take additional chemistry or other 
science courses. Does not fulfill chemistry 
requirements for majors or minors in the 
physical or biological sciences. (3 hours 
lecture, 2 hours activity) 

120A,B General Chemistry (5,5) 
Prerequisites: Passage of the chemistry 
placement examination and exemption from 
or passage of the ELM examination or com- 
pletion of Chemistry 1 1 5 with a grade of C 
or better. For majors and minors in the phys- 
ical and biological sciences. (CAN CHEM 
SEQ A = Chemistry 120A and B) 

A. The principles of chemistry: stoichiometry, 
acids, bases, redox reactions, gas laws, 
solid and liquid states, changes of state, 
modem atomic concepts, periodicity and 
chemical bonding. Laboratory: elementary 
physical chemistry and volumetric quanti- 
tative analysis. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) (CAN CHEM 2) 

B. Chemical thermodynamics, chemical 
equilibrium (gaseous, aqueous, acid-base, 
solubility and complexion), elementary 
electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. 
Laboratory: quantitative analysis and ele- 
mentary physical chemistry; some quali- 
tative analysis. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory). (CAN CHEM 4) 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


125 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A. The topics 
are the same as Chemistry 120B but without 
laboratory. Not open to students with credit 
in Chemistry 120B. (3 hours lecture) 

196 Studeni-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 
Supervised experience in chemistry teaching 
through tutoring or assisting in lower-division 
laboratory or field classes. Consult “Student-to- 
Student Tutorials” in this catalog for prerequi- 
sites and a more complete course description. 

210 Introductory Chemical 
Computation (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B and a 
major in chemistry or biochemistry. 
Introduction to the use of spreadsheets and C 
language programming for chemical problem 
solving and data management. Chemical 
algorithms; data analysis and interpretation; 
graph selection and preparation; database 
creation and management; file transfers 
between programs and operating systems. 

295 Directed Study (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research 
in chemistry under the supervision of a chem- 
istry department faculty member. Credit/no 
credit only. May be repeated for credit. Does 
not count towards major. All undergraduate 
students engaged in a chemistry research 
project must be enrolled in either Chemistry 
295 or 495. (3 hours laboratory per unit) 

301A,B Organic Chemistry (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B. 
Properties and reactions of aliphatic and aro- 
matic compounds, theories of structure, and 
reaction mechanisms. For the nonchemistry 
major or for a B.A. in Chemistry or B.S. in 
Biochemistry. (3 hours lecture) 

302 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A. 

Corequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. Techniques for 
the synthesis, characterization and isolation 
of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 
(6 hours laboratory) 

302 A, B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 
Chemistry 302A must be taken concur- 
rently with Chemistry 301 A. Techniques for 
the synthesis, isolation and characterization 
of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 
Students wishing to fulfill all of their organic 
chemistry laboratory requirements in a single 
semester should enroll in Chemistry 302. 


305 Organic Chemistry (3) 

(Formerly 305A, B) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 A. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 306B. Continuation 
of Chemistry 301 A for B.S. in Chemistry or 
B.S. in Biochemistry. 

306A Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 120 A,B. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Techniques for 
synthesis, isolation and characterization of 
typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds, 
with applications of instrumental and spectro- 
scopic methods. For the B.S. in Chemistry or 
B.S. in Biochemistry. 

306B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A, 306A. 
Corequisite: 305 A. Continuation of Chemistry 
306A. For the B.S. in Chemistry or B.S. in 
Biochemistry. 

311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 111 and Biology 
101. Relationship between nutrients and 
disease, with an emphasis on cancer, athero- 
sclerosis and infectious illness. Dietary factors 
that modify and/or contribute to the disease 
process from the viewpoints of physiology, 
biochemistry and immunology. Not applica- 
ble to the major or minor. (3 hours lecture) 


331 Environmental Pollution Problems 
and Solutions (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of general edu- 
cation requirements in physical science and 
mathematics. Air, water, and soil problems 
and solutions put into perspective using fun- 
damental chemistry and civil engineering 
principles. Focus in local environmental 
issues. (3 hours lecture, 3 field trips during 
class time required.) (Same as EG-CE 331) 

335 Introduction to Environmental 
Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB and 
Chemistry 315 or equivalent. An overview of 
current terminology, regulations, types of 
hazards, analytical methods, EPA protocols, 
chemical compatibility and storage, interac- 
tion between chemicals and the environ- 
ment, introduction to water, air, and soil 
chemistry, assessment of pollution effects, 
and selected case histories. 

355 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 316. Corequisites: 

Chemistry 361B or 371B and Chemistry 210 
or the equivalent. Experiments in chemical 
synthesis, instrumental analysis and physical 

chemistry. Laboratory training and written pre- ( 

sentation of theory, data and results are empha- 
sized. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


315 Theory of Quantitative Chemistry (3) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 120B. Physics 

21 1, 212 or Physics 225, 226 strongly recom- 
mended. Modem analytical chemistry; 
aqueous and nonaqueous equilibrium calcula- 
tions, electrochemistry, spectrometry, and con- 
temporary separation methods with emphasis 
on chromatography. (3 hours lecture) 

316 Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Corequisite: 

Chemistry 210. Modem analytical chemistry 
laboratory: polyprotic acids, liquid chro- 
matography, electrochemistry, absorption 
spectroscopy (ultraviolet/visible, infrared, 
atomic). (3 hours laboratory) 

325 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB or 305. 

The chemistry of the main group elements 
and an introduction to transition metal 
chemistry. (3 hours lecture) 


361A,B Introduction to Physical 
Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 150A,B; Physics 
211, 212 or 225, 226, Chemistry 301 A,B or 
305. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. 
Thermodynamics and kinetics; properties of 
gases and solutions; molecular structure and 
energies and application to spectroscopic tech- 
niques; liquids, phase equilibria, thermody- 
namics of multicomponent systems with 
application to the life sciences. (3 hours lecture) 

371A,B Physical Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 250A, Physics 
225, 226 and Chemistry 301 A. Corequisite: 
Mathematics 250B and Chemistry 315. 
Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical and 
phase equilibria, electrochemistry, transport 
phenomena, introduction to atomic and mol- 
ecular structure, rotation and vibration spec- 
troscopy, statistical mechanics, kinetics. The 
use of fundamental principles to solve prob- 
lems. (3 hours lecture) 


103 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


390 Careers in Chemistry and 

Biochemistry (1) (Formerly 490A) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 120B. Career 
options in chemistry. Credit/no credit only. 

(1 hour lecture) 

411A-G Instrumental Analysis (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 355 or 
422. Corequisite: Chemistry 36 IB or 37 IB or 
consent of instructor (for Chemistry 41 lA 
only). Students wishing an ACS certified 
degree must take three units. (1 hour lecture, 
3 hours laboratory for 5 weeks) 

A. Optical Spectroscopy (UV/visible, infrared, 
atomic absorption, flame emission) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

B. Magnetic Resonance (nuclear magnetic 
resonance, electron spin resonance) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

C. Separations (high performance liquid 
chromatography, gas chromatography) 
Instructional fee required (refundable). 

D. Electrochemistry (polarography Id, pulse, 
al, cyclic voltammetry, coulometry). 

E. Radiochemistry 

E Computers and Interfacing. Instructional 
fee required (refundable). 

G. Mass spectrometry (conventional mag- 
netic sector, quadrupole, Fourier trans- 
form, tandem, and time-of-flight; 
combined techniques including gas chro- 
matography (GC-MS), liquid chromatog- 
raphy (LC-MS). Instructional fee required 
(refundable). 

421A,B Biological Chemistry (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 301A,B. 
Corequisite: Biology 312. Major areas of bio- 
chemistry, including chemistry and functions 
of compounds of biochemical interest. 
Mechanisms and thermo- dynamics of inter- 
mediary metabolism. Biochemical founda- 
tions of the health sciences. Designed for 
biology majors. (3 hours lecture) 

422 General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 302A or 306A 
and 316. Corequisite: Chemistry 421 A and 
423A. The chemistry and metabolism of car- 
bohydrates, nucleic acids, lipids and proteins; 
techniques of enzyme chemistry and isola- 
tion; research methods. (6 hours laboratory) 


423A,B General Biochemistry (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB or 
Chemistry 305. Corequisite: Chemistry 215 
and Biology 312. Survey of biochemistry; 
structural chemistry and function of biomole- 
cules, bioenergetics and intermediary metabo- 
lism; replication and expression of the genetic 
material. Designed for biochemistry majors. 

(3 hours lecture) 

425 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 325 and 361A,B 
or 371A,B. The bonding, structure and reac- 
tivity of transition and lanthanide elements. 
Molecular orbital and ligand field theory, clas- 
sical metal complexes and organometallic 
chemistry of the transition elements. (3 hours 
lecture) 

431 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB and 305 and 
361A,B or 371A,B or consent of instructor. 
Theoretical and physical aspects of organic 
chemistry. The modem concepts of stmeture, 
and reaction mechanisms. (3 hours leaure) 

435 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (2) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB and 305. An 

in-depth examination of hazardous chemicals; 
organic and inorg^inic air-and-moisture-sensi- 
tive compounds, reactive metals; chemical 
reactivity patterns; cherrucal compatibilities; 
storage and handling; methods of disposal and 
waste containment; Federal and local regula- 
tions; case histories. (2 hours lecture) 

436 Atmospheric Chemistry (2) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 315 or consent of 

instructor. Chemistry and photochemistry of 
the troposphere and stratosphere, both 
natural and polluted. Includes fundamental 
reaction kinetics and mechanisms, monitoring 
techniques, smog chamber, field and model- 
ling studies. (2 hours lecture) 

437 Environmental Water Chemistry (2) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Chemical 

characteristics of fresh and oceanic water; 
major water pollutant classes, origins, envi- 
ronmental chemical transformations, effects, 
abatement, and fates; chemical methods for 
determining water quality, large scale 
processes for water treatment. (2 hours 
lecture) 


104 


438 Environmental Biochemistry (2) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB plus 
Chemistry 305. Effects of current agricul- 
tural, industrial and mechanical practices on 
the composition, metabolism and health of 
soil, plants, animals and man, from a bio- 
chemical perspective; mechanism of action 
and degradation of common agricultural 
chemicals and industrial pollutants. (2 hours 
lecture) 

445 Nutritional Biochemistry (3) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 42 3 A or 
Chemistry 421 A, or one semester biochem- 
istry. Nutrition, metabolism and excretion of 
carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, major 
minerals and trace elements from a biochemi- 
cal perspective. Relevant variations in dietary 
practices related to life stages and specific ill- 
nesses. (3 hours lecture) 

472A Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 320 or Chemistry 
422. Corequisite: Biology 412. Explores 
biotechnology techniques for DNA cloning 
and analysis: restriction enzyme action, DNA 
sequencing, sequence analysis by computer, 
plasmid cloning, genomic library production 
and screening, DNA probe hybridization. (6 
hours of laboratory, 1 hour of lecture/discus- 
sion) (Same as Biology 472A) 

472B Advances in Biotechnology 
Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Biology 472B) 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 312. Corequisite: 
Biology 412 or Chemistry 42 IB or 423B. 
Current topics in biotechnology centering on 
techniques for molecular cloning and DNA 
sequencing of genes. Medical breakthroughs 
for diagnosis of mutations and gene therapy. 
Role of biotechnology in agriculture, energy 
and environment. Bioethical issues. (Same as 
Biology 477) (3 hours lecture) 

480A Topics in Contemporary 
Chemistry (1) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
chemistry. Research seminar dealing with 
topics of current interest in chemistry such as 
photochemistry, biochemistry, analytical 
chemistry and organometallic chemistry. 
CreditAio credit only. Not applicable toward 
master’s degree. May be repeated for credit. 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


480T Topics in Contemporary 
Chemistry (2-3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
chemistry. Special lecture topics of current 
interest in chemistry. May be repeated for 
credit. (1 hour lecture per unit) 

490 Internship in Chemistry (1-2) 
(Formerly 490B) 

Prerequisites; upper-division standing in 
chemistry; Chemistry 355 or 422; and 
consent of instructor. Internship in chemistry. 
Work in projects in industrial, governmental 
or medical laboratories. May count as career 
breadth requirement units for chemistry 
majors. May be repeated once. Does not 
count toward M.S. degree. 

495 Senior Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: three one-year courses in 

chemistry, Chemistry 390 and consent of 
instructor. Corequisite: English 301 or 360. 
The methods of chemical research through a 
research project under the supervision of one 
of the Department faculty. May be repeated 
for credit. Only 6 units may apply toward 
B.A. or B.S. degree (3 hours per week per 
unit) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 
Supervised experience in chemistry teach- 
ing through tutoring or assisting in laboratory 
or field classes. Consult “Student-to- Student 
Tutorials” in this catalog for prerequisites and a 
more complete course description. 

498 Senior Thesis (2) 

(Same as Biology 498) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 

completion of two one-year courses in chem- 
istry. Special topics in chemistry selected in 
consultation with the instructor and approval 
of department chair. May be repeated for 
credit. Only six units may apply toward B.A. 
or B.S. degree. 

505A Seminar (Participation) (1) 
Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of department. Student attendance at 
presentations by invited scientists on topics 
of current interest in chemistry. May not be 
repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 


505B Seminar (Presentation) (1) 

Prerequisites; Chemistry 505A, graduate 
standing and consent of the department. 
Student presentation of recent contributions 
to the chemical literature. May not be 
repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

511 Theory of Separations (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 355 and 361A,B 
or 371A,B. The theory, application and limi- 
tations of physical and chemical separation 
techniques; chromatography. (3 hours 
lecture) 

517 Computational Chemistry (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 355 or 422; 
361A,B, or 371A,B; and Chemistry 210 or 
Engineering 205. Computational methods 
applied to the solution of chemical problems. 
(3 hours lecture) 

535 Organic Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisites; Chemistry 361A,B or 
371A,B. Methods of synthetic organic chem- 
istry and their application to construction of 
organic molecules. (3 hours lecture) 

539 Chemistry of Natural Products (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 301A,B or 
305A,B. The biosynthesis of the alkaloids, 
terpenes, steroids and other natural products 
of plant and animal origin. (3 hours lecture) 

543 Physical Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 361A,B or 
371A,B, 421A,B or 423A,B or consent of 
instructor. Methods for measuring physical 
properties of proteins and nucleic acids. 
Thermodynamic and hydrodynamic aspects. 
(3 hours lecture) 

546 Metabolism and Catalysis (3) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 421A,B or 
423A,B or consent of instructor. Regulation 
of biosynthetic and degradative reactions in 
living systems. The control of enzyme activity 
and concentration. Mechanisms of hormone 
action. (3 hours lecture) 

551 Quantum Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites; Chemistry 371A,B. 

Postulates and theories of approximation 
methods in quantum chemistry, the elec- 
tronic structure of atoms and molecules, 
chemical bonds, group theory and applica- 
tions. (3 hours lecture) 


580T Topics in Advanced Chemistry (1-6) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing in chem- 
istry. Current research topics in chemistry in 
the areas of analytical, organic, inorganic, 
physical chemistry and biochemistry. May be 
repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar per unit) 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: an officially appointed thesis 
committee. Guidance in the preparation of a 
thesis for the master’s degree. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-6) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing in chem- 
istry. May be repeated for credit. 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 









DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Isaac Cardenas 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Education Classroom 475 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Chicano Studies 
Minor in Chicano Studies 

FACULTY 

Isaac Cardenas, Dagoberto Puentes, 
Naomi Quinonez 

ADVISERS 

Consult the department chair. 


The Chicano 

studies option consists of 36 units, of which a minimum of 24 units must be upper-division. 
Students must consult with their advisers for an approved study plan. In addition, Chicano 
studies offers a minor consisting of 24 units. 

CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

The Department of Chicano Studies offers course work leading to a CSUF Single Subject 
Waiver Program in Social Science. See the listing of required courses under the Department of 
Secondary Education. 

The department also participates in the CSUF Generic Multiple Subjects Waiver. Information 
on requirements is available from departmental advisers and the Admission to Teacher Education 
ofTice. 

All students interested in exploring careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school 
levels should contact the Admission to Teacher Education Office and their academic adviser for 
assistance in planning their academic and professional preparation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN CHICANO STUDIES 

A total of 36 units from the following courses are required: 

Lower-Division (6 units minimum) 

Chicano 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 

Chicano 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 



INTRODUCTION 

Chicano studies examines the culture, language, education, history, politics, and socioeconom- 
ics of Americans of Mexican heritage. The major in Chicano studies emphasizes preparation for: 
(1) those interested in teaching either at the elementary or secondary level; (2) specialists in bilin- 
gual cross-cultural education; (3) majors in other academic fields such as liberal studies, history, 
sociology, psychology, literature, or anthropology, who wish to include additional scope to their 

field; (4) stu- 
dents pursuing 
advanced 
degrees (M.A. 
and Ph.D.); and 
(5) those enter- 
ing a variety of 
occupations in 
urban affairs, 
government, 
social work, 
school adminis- 
tration, counsel- 
ing, business, 
criminology, law, 
foreign service 
and other 
related areas. 


106 


CHICANO STUDIES 


Upper-Division (24 units minimum) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

(to be selected from the following courses) 

Chicano 430 Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicano 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Chicano 445 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicano 453 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Electives (12 units minimum) 

Chicano 101 Introduction to Ethnic 
Studies (3) 

Chicano 102 Communication Skills (3) 

Chicano 190 Survey of American History 
with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Chicano 302 Ancient Mexican Culture (3) 

Chicano 304 Music of Mexico (3) (same as 
Music 304) 

Chicano 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicano 306 Barrio Studies (3) 

Chicano 315 Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 

Chicano 316 The Chicano Music 
Experience (3) 

Chicano 336 Main Trends in Spanish- 
American Literature (3) 

Chicano 337 Contemporary Chicano 
Literature (3) 

Chicano 360 Chicanos and the Law (3) 

Chicano 403 Cultural Differences in Mexico 
and the Southwest (3) 

Chicano 406 La Chicana (3) 

Chicano 430 Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicano 432 The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

Chicano 433 Mexican Literature Since 
1940 (3) 

Chicano 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Chicano 445 History of the Chicano (3) 

Chicano 450 The Chicano and 
Contemporary Issues (3) 

Chicano 453 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Chicano 460 The Chicano and Politics (3) 


Chicano 480 The Immigrant and the 
Chicano (3) 

Chicano 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

MINOR IN CHICANO STUDIES 

The minor in Chicano Studies consists of 
24 units in the following areas: 

Required lower-division courses (6 units) 
Chicano 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 
Chicano 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

Required upper-division courses (9 units) 
(to be selected from the following) 

Chicano 430 The Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicano 440 Mexican Intellectual 
Thought (3) 

Chicano 445 History of the Chicano (3) 
Chicano 453 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Approved electives 

Nine units of approved course work in 
lower- and upper-division classes that are 
selected by the adviser. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Chicano Studies offers courses for 
advanced study in the following graduate 
degree programs: 

Master of Arts in Social Sciences 

Master of Science in Education: 

Bilingual/Bicultural Concentration 

Master of Arts in Spanish: Bilingual Studies 
Concentration 

CHICANO STUDIES COURSES 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 
(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

102 Communication Skills (3) 

The basic communication skills including 
oral and written expression. A unit on the 
mechanics of writing and reporting on a term 
paper. 

106 Introduction to Chicano Studies (3) 
The role of the Chicano in the United 
States. The Chicano’s cultural values, social 
organization, urbanization patterns, and the 
problems in the area of education, politics 
and legislation. 


108 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 
(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 
(Same as History 190 and Afro-Ethnic 
Studies 190. This course fulfills Title V, 
Statutory Requirements.) 

220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

The basic characteristics of the Mexican, 
especially the Chicano society and culture. 
From 1519 to the present. Emphasis on the 
arts, literature and history of Mexico and the 
Chicano in the United States. 

302 Ancient Mexican Culture (3) 

An historical and cultural survey of the 
principal pre-Columbian cultures of Mexico 
and their significance for Mexican society. 

304 Music of Mexico (3) 

(Same as Music 304) 

305 The Chicano Family (3) 

The Chicano family development as an 
American social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives. The socio-, and 
psychodynamics of the Chicano family. 

306 Barrio Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Chicano Studies 220 or 

consent of instructor. The major characteris- 
tics of the barrio. Supervised fieldwork in the 
barrio is required. Analysis of the barrio or 
agency will be made after fieldwork is com- 
pleted. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours fieldwork) 

315 Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 
Prerequisites: Either upper-division stand- 
ing, consent of instructor, or Theatre 100. 
Analysis of contemporary Chicano/Latino 
theater in relation to its historical evolution. 
Emphasis on plays, playwrights and theater 
groups expressing the Chicano/Latino experi- 
ence. Extensive play reading. (Same as 
Theater 315) 

316 The Chicano Music Experience (3) 
Mexican folk and popular music and its 

relationship to the culture which produced it. 
The pre-Cortesian period to the present in 
Mexico and in the Southwestern United 
States. 


CHICANO STUDIES 


336 Main Trends in Spanish-American 
Literature (3) 

The main currents of Spanish-American 
literature emphasizing contemporary works. 
The relation between the artistic expression 
and the ideological values of the period. 

337 Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: Chicano Studies 106, or 220, 

or consent of instructor. The modem 
Chicano writers in the United States: 

Allurista, Corky Gonzales, Octavio Romano, 
el treatro campesino and the major Chicano 
magazines and newspapers. 

360 Chicanos and the Law (3) 

The relationship between Chicanos and 
the legal and judicial system, including the 
administration of justice, Chicano-police rela- 
tions, and Chicanos and the prison system. 
Guest speakers will be a regular feature. 

403 Cultural Differences in Mexico & the 
Southwest (3) 

The cultural conflicts in Mexico as seen 
by the contemporary thinkers of Mexico and 
the United States. Urban and rural problems. 

406 La Chicana (3) 

The cultural influences that the family, 
religion, economic status and community 
play upon the lifestyles, the values and the 
roles held by Chicanas. (Same as Women’s 
Studies 406) 

430 The Evolution of Mexican 
Literature (3) 

Survey and analysis of the Nahautl, 
Mexican and Chicano literature from the pre- 
Columbian period to the present. 

431 The Chicano Child (3) 

The Chicano child from preschool 
through grade six. Motor, physical, social, 
intellectual and emotional growth and devel- 
opment and their effect on school adjustment 
and achievement. Observation of preschool 
and grade school children. 

432 The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

The Chicano adolescent’s social, intellec- 
tual and emotional growth and development. 
The bicultural pressures from the barrio, 
family stmcture, school and achievement 
values. 


433 Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 

The literature of Mexico since 1940: 

Carlos Puentes, Luis Spota, Rodolfo Usigli, 
Xavier Villamitia, Juan Jose Arreola, Octavio 
Paz, Roberto Blanco Moheno and Luis G. 
Basurto. 

440 Mexican Intellectual Thought (3) 
Prerequisite: reading knowledge of 
Spanish and Chicano Studies 302 recom- 
mended. The emergence of the Chicano 
movement dealing with political, economic 
and sociological facets. The writings of the 
Nahautl, Spanish, Spanish-American, 

Chicano and contemporary writers. 

445 History of the Chicano (3) 

History of the Chicano from the pre- 
Columbian period to the present. The 
Chicanos’ changing role in the United States, 
their cultural identity crisis and their achieve- 
ments. 

450 The Chicano and Contemporary 
Issues (3) 

The socioeconomic and political problems 
confronting the Chicano including proposed 
solutions. The effect that social institutions 
have had on the Chicano community. 

453 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division class standing. 
The Mexican Revolution of 1910 stressing the 
political, economic and social aspects as well 
as its contributions in the fields of art, litera- 
ture and social reforms. 

460 The Chicano and Politics (3) 

Theory of urban politics and evaluation of 
issues that affect the Chicanos and American 
society. Evaluations and surveys will be made 
on political organizations in Hispanic-sur- 
named communities. (Same as Political 
Science 460) 

480 The Immigrant and the Chicano (3) 
Mexican immigration to the United States 
and its social, economic and political impacts 
on the Chicano and non-Chicano communi- 
ties and other immigrant groups. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior level and approval by 
the department chair and instructor(s) in 
charge of directing the study. An opportunity 
to do independent study, under the guidance 
of the faculty, on a subject of special interest 
to the student. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: consent of instructor and 
classified status. Individual research for 
Chicano studies components in Master of 
Arts in Bilingual Studies (Spanish), Master of 
Science in Bilingual Education (Education) 
and related programs. Maximum of 3 hours 
credit. 


CHICANO STUDIES 




INTRODUCTION 

The child and zj^iolescent development naajor lakes an mtWiscipTlTiary apiproacft lo the sttiSly 
of development frdm conception ihrou^ adolescence that cmphlieizes inleifelatioiiships betveieen 
the develop^ci^ ihe pcrsoji, the family, atjd the comrauni^. The edudaiionsl objectiites ojlthe 
program are: (1) to expand students’ knowledge of developmental changes and processes influ- 
encing development; (2) advance students understanding of scientific approaches to the study of 
develop- 


ment; and 
(3) develop 
students’ 


compe- 
tence in 
oral and 


written 


expression, 
quantitative 
reasoning, 
and critical 
thinking so 
that gradu- 
ates will be 
prepared to 
work effec- 
tively with 

and/or on behalf of children and adolescents. 

The Bachelor of Science in Child and Adolescent Development prepares candidates to interact 
with culturally diverse youth and families and is designed for students interested in child and 
adolescent related professions. These include work in early childhood and elementary educa- 
tion, special education, child guidance and a variety of youth-related social service professions. 

In addition, the program provides appropriate preparation for graduate study in a variety of dis- 
ciplines such as child development, counseling, developmental psychology, and social work. 


ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is provided through regularly-scheduled overview sessions, individual 
student advising appointments, and group advisement sessions prior to registration periods. 
Students should attend an overview session and see an academic advisor to develop a study plan 
the first semester in the major. Appointments are scheduled in Education Classroom 130? for 
overview sessions and individual advisement. 



DEPARTMENT OF CHILD AND 
ADOLESCENT STUDIES 

DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICES 

DIVISION CHAIR 

Judith Ramirez 

DEPARTMENT HEAD 

Sylvia Alva 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Child and 
Adolescent Development 
Minor in Child Development 

FACULTY 

Sylvia Alva, Jacqueline Coffman, Leslie 
Grier, Diana Guerin, Ellen Junn, Robert 
McLaren, Sharon Milburn, Judith Ramirez, 
Mark Runco, Patricia Szeszulski, Robert 
Weisskirch 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

The Bachelor of Science in Child Development requires the successful completion of a 
minimum of 51 umts in the major consisting of required core classes, practicum, required classes 
from other departments, and advisement track courses. Transfer students may apply a maximum 
of 12 units of lower-division coursework taken at other institutions toward the total of 51 units 
for the major. Application of transfer units to major requirements must be approved by the aca- 
demic advisor or the department head. A grade of C or better is required in all courses applied 
to the major. 


CHILD & ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


Required Core Classes (18 units) 

Students should take required core classes 
in the following sequence: (1) preparatory 
courses; (2) core developmental courses, and 
(3) the capstone course. 

Preparatory Courses 

Child/Adolescent Studies 300 Writing for 
Child Development Professionals (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College 
Writing (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 301 Inquiry and 
Methodology in Child Development (3) 

Core Developmental Courses 

Child/Adolescent Studies 320 Infancy and 
Early Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 325 Middle 
Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 330 Adolescence 
and Early Adulthood (3) 

Capstone Course 

Child/Adolescent Studies 490T Senior 
Seminar (3) 

Practicum, required classes from other 
departments, and advisement track courses 
may be taken in any sequence. 

Practicum (3 units) 

Take one of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394 Practicum 
Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394L Practicum 
in Child Development (1) 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 494 
Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum 
in Child, Family, and Community 
involvement <1) 

OR Ed Elm 315A Introduction to 
Elementary Teaching Lecture (2) and 

Ed Elm 315B Introduction to Elementary 
Teaching Fieldwork (1) 

Required Classes From Other 
Departments (12 Units) 

Biology 

Biology 305 Human Heredity and 
Development (3) 

Cultural Diversity Class - Take one of the fol- 
lowing: 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 


Afro/Human Services 311 Intracultural 
Socialization Patterns (3) 

American Studies 301 The American 
Character (3) 

American Studies 450 Women in American 
Society (3) 

Anthro 450 Culture and Education (3) 
Chicano 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Sociology 431 Minority Group Relations (3) 

Speech Comm 320 Intercultural 
Communication (3) 

Sociology - Take one of the following: 

Sociology 451 Sociology of the Family (3) 
Sociology 453 Child in American Society (3) 
Special Education - Take one of the following: 
Special Ed 371 Exceptional Individual (3) 

Special Ed 400 Early Childhood Special 
Education (3) 

Required Advisement Track (18 units) 

In addition to the 33-unit core, the child 
and adolescent development major requires 
each student to select, in consultation with 
an advisor, an 18 unit advisement track in 
the area of specialization. Examples of 
advisement tracks include child care/pre- 
kindergarten education, elementary educa- 
tion, special education and preparation for 
master’s or doctoral degree work in fields 
other than education. 

Multiple Subject (Elementary School) 
Teaching Credential Preparation 

Completion of either the Multiple Subject 
Matter Preparation Program or passing scores 
on the Multiple Subjea Assessment for Teachers 
(MSAT) test is a requirement for the Multiple 
Subject (Elementary) Teaching Credential. 
Visit or call the Center for Careers in Teaching 
(University Hall 178) for further information. 

THE MINOR IN CHILD AND 
ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

For a minor in Child and Adolescent 
Development, 21 units are required: 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 301 Inquiry and 
Methodology in Child Development (3) 

or approved alternate 
Two of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 320 Infancy and 
Early Childhood (3) 


110 


Child/Adolescent Studies 325 Middle 
Childhood (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 330 Adolescence 
and Early Adulthood (3) 

Practicum (3 units) 

Take one of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394 Practicum 
Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394L Practicum 
in Child Development (1) 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 494 
Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum 
in Child, Family, and Community 
Involvement (1) 

OR Ed Elem 315A Introduction to 
Elementary School Teaching: Lecture (2) and 

Ed Elem 315B Introduction to Elementary 
School Teaching: Fieldwork (1) 

Three of the following (9 units required) 

Afro 309 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization 
Patterns (3) 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Biology 305 Human Heredity and 
Development (3) 

Chicano 305 The Chicano Family (3) 
Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 312 Human 
Growth and Development (3) 

OR Psychology 361 Developmental 
Psychology (3) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 490T Senior 
Seminar in Child Development (3) 

Criminal Justice 425 Juvenile Justice 
Administration (3) 

Dance 471 Creative Dance for Children (3) 
English 433 Children’s Literature (3) 
Kinesiology 386 Movement and the Child (3) 
Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 
Music 433 Music in Early Childhood (3) 
Psychology 311 Educational Psychology (3) 

Psychology 464 Advanced Developmental 
Psychology (3) 

Sociology 413 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 
Sociology 451 Sociology of the Family (3) 
Sociology 453 Child in American Society (3) 
Special Ed 371 Exceptional Individual (3) 


CHILD & ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


Special Ed 400 Early Childhood Special 
Education (3) 

Special Ed 421 Working with Parents of 
Children with Exceptional Needs (3) 

Speech Comm 307 Speech and Language 
Development (3) 

Theatre 402A Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3) 

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 
COURSES 

210 Introduction to Child Development (3) 
Introduction to the field of child develop- 
ment, including: historical and theoretical 
overviews; survey of programs and services 
for children, adolescents, and young adults; 
introduction to observational techniques; and 
exploration of professional opportunities, 
organizations, and publications. 

300 Writing for Child Development 
Professionals (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or equivalent. 
Styles of written communication common to 
child development programs and services. 
Reporting on theories and research to multi- 
ple audiences (e.g. other professionals, 
parents, community groups, etc.). Meets 
upper-division baccalaureate writing course 
requirement for child development majors. 

301 Inquiry and Methodology in Child 
Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Provides 
framework and methods necessary for inter- 
disciplinary study of child development. 
Includes conducting library research, reading 
and writing scientific reports, using descrip- 
tive and inferential statistics, developing com- 
puter literacy, and exploring developmental 
methodology and theory. (3 hours lecture, 2 
hours laboratory) 

312 Human Growth and Development (3) 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or consent of 
instructor. Human growth and development, 
childhood, adolescence and middle and old 
age. Mental, social, emotional andphysical 
development. 

320 Infancy and Early Childhood (3) 
Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 301 
or equivalent. Research, theories and their 
application to physical, cognitive, social, 
emotional, and personality development 
during prenatal, neonatal, infant, and early 
childhood periods, through six years. 


325 Middle Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
301 or equivalent. Physical growth, person- 
ality development and social participation 
during middle childhood. Patterns of cogni- 
tive growth and emotional adjustment. 

330 Adolescence and Early Adulthood (3) 
Examination of influences on human 
development before, during and following 
adolescence. Community resources and ser- 
vices for adolescents and their families. 
Consequences of adolescent experiences for- 
later development. 

394 Practicum Seminar (2) 

Prerequisite: one of the following: 
Child/Adolescent Studies 320, 325, or 330. 
Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
394L. Classroom analysis of field experience 
focusing on linkages between theory and 
practice and skills and techniques of child 
development professionals. May be repeated 
for credit for a total of six units. 

394L Practicum in Child Development (1) 
Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
394. Supervised field experience in agencies, 
institutions and organizations serving chil- 
dren and families. Minimum of four hours 
per week; total of 120 hours required for the 
major. May be repeated for a total of three 
units of credit. Credii/No Credit grade 
option only. 

449 Seminar on Child Abuse (3) 

(Same as Counseling 449) 

490T Senior Seminar in Child 
Development (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing 
Child/Adolescent Studies 301 and two of the 
following: Child/Adolescent Studies 320, 
325 and 330. Systematic study of theory, 
methods, and findings concerning a specific 
developmental topic. May be repeated for 
credit under different topic. 


494 Practicum Seminar: Child, Family, 
and Community Involvement (2) 
Prerequisite: one of the following courses: 
Child/Adolescent Studies 312, 325, 330, or 
Psychology 361. Co-requisite: 
Child/Adolescent Studies 494L. Analysis of 
field experiences focusing on linkages between 
theory and practice. Knowledge, skills, and 
dispositions important to professionals 
working with parents and families in school 
and community settings. Emphasis on 
addressing needs of culturally diverse families. 

494L Practicum in Child, Family, and 
Community Involvement (1) 
Co-requisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 
494. Supervised field experience in organiza- 
tions or agencies serving parents and families. 
Minimum of four hours per week: total of 
120 hours required for the major. Credit/No 
credit grade option only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 
Prerequisites: a 3.0 or higher grade-point 
average and simultaneous enrollment in the 
course being tutored or previous enrollment 
in a similar course or its equivalent. Consult 
“University Curricula” section of this catalog 
for more complete course description. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Individual research project, either library 
or field, under the direction of a Child 
Development faculty member. May be 
repeated for a maximum of six total units of 
credit. Only three units may be taken in a 
single semester. 


CHILD & ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


civil and 
environ 
engine 


I 


DEPARTMENT HEAD: 

Chandra S. Putcha 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Engineering 100 

PROGRAMS OFFERED: 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 
Emphasis in Architectural Engineering 
Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Concentration in Envrionmental 
Engineering ^ 

FACULTY 

Richard Brock, Pinaki Chakrabarti, Jeff 
Kuo, George Lin, Chandrasekhar Putcha, 
Dindial Ramsamooj, Mahadeva Venkatesan 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate adviser: Pinaki R. Chakrabarti 
Graduate adviser: Chandra S. Putcha 


INTRODUCTION 

The ci\ il engineering program'at CSUF ifldudei theiifilds of engineering mechanics and 
structural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environmental, construction, transportation, and architectural 
engineering.^odem civil engineering practices rely heavily upon computer-aided analysis and 
design, and students at CSUE use both microcomputers and the mainframe computer. 

•Structural” engineers are designers of buildings, bridges, dams, power plants, offshore struc- 
tures and rhany other kinds of systems. These engineers determine, usually by computer analy- 
sis, the forces that a structure must resist, the appropriate materials, and the possible structural 

types. Structural engineers 
usually work with a team that 
includes architects, mechanical 
and electrical engineers, contrac- 
tors, and the owner of the 
project. 

“Engineering Mechanics” 
courses offered in this department 
provide strong support for 
research, consulting and teaching 
in many fields of civil engineering. 

“Geotechnical” engineers 
analyze the properties of soils and 
rocks that affect the behavior of 
structures. They evaluate the 
potential settlements of buildings, 
the stability of slopes and fills, 
and the effects of earthquakes. 
They take part in the design and 
construction of foundations, 
including those of offshore plat- 
forms, tunnels and dams. 

“Hydraulic” engineers deal 

with all aspects of the physical control of water. They work to prevent floods, develop irrigation 
projects, design hydroelectric power systems, manage and train rivers, and predict water runoff. 

“Architectural” engineering is a subtle combination of the art of architecture and the science of 
engineering. The architect conceives of structures as an art form, and relies upon the structural 
engineer to translate his concepts of beauty into structural reality. The architectural engineer has the 
training to interact with both architects and engineers or to work on his own in designing struc- 
tures that combine both strength and beauty. 

“Construction engineering and management” is a wide ranging specialization that uses both 
technical and management skills to plan and build public and private projects and commercial 
developments. 

“Environmental” engineers are concerned with the design and control of projects related to 
environmentally-sensitive areas (primarily air pollution and hazardous waste management). 

They also regulate and enforce many federal and state laws to control damage to the envi- 
ronment. 

“Transportation” engineers are concerned with the planning, design, and control of projects 
related to transportation of people and goods. They also regulate and enforce many federal and 
state laws related to transportation. 

The undergraduate engineering program is designed to impart knowledge of mathematics and 
natural sciences to students so that they learn to use the forces of nature and materials economi- 
cally while maintaining engineering ethics and high professional standards. 



112 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


One of the major objectives of this 
program is to provide design experience to 
the students gradually from the very begin- 
ning years until they graduate, through a 
variety of courses. During this time, they also 
learn about safety, reliability, ethics and 
socially sensitive problems. 

The graduate engineering program is 
designed for specialization in the areas of 
structures, engineering mechanics, geotech- 
nology, hydraulics, construction and manage- 
ment and environmental engineering. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

Mathematics and Science Foundation 
Courses (32 units) 

See information under “Departments of 
Engineering” section. 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

See information under “Departments of 
Engineering” section. 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
In addition to the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency which is to be taken as soon as 60 
units are completed, six units from the fol- 
lowing courses are required and must be 
passed with a grade of C or better. The labo- 
ratory reports are graded on English compo- 
sition as well as content. 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 32 5L Structural Analysis 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Lab(l) 

EG-CE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 
EG-CE 43 IL Advanced Structural Lab (1) 

EG-CE 463L Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 465 Planning & Control of 

Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

Required Courses in Civil Engineering 
(37 units) 

EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 
OR EG-CE 206 Computer Aided 
Architectural and Civil Engineering 
Drafting (1) 

EG-CE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 


EG-CE214L Engineering Surveying 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 
EG-CE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 
EG-CE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EG-CE 32 5L Structural Analysis 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 330 Computer Applications in Civil 
Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Lab (1) 

EG-CE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 
EG-CE 418 Foundation Design (3) 

EG-CE 428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 
EG-CE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 
EG-CE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

EG-CE 494L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1)* 

EG-CE 494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3)* 

EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

* EG-CE 494 and 494L must be taken together. 

Technical Electives in Civil Engineering 
(9 units minimum) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. 
Technical electives must include EG-CE 441 
or 465 or 466 or 468. 

EG-CE 411 Structural Dynamics (3) 

EG-CE 43 IL Advanced Structural 
Laboratory (1) 

OR EG-CE 463L Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 432 Computer-Aided Design in 
Structural Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 435 Design of Hydraulic 
Structures (3) 

EG-CE 436 Engineering Hydrology (3) 
EG-CE 441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete 
Design (3) 

EG-CE 465 Planning and Control of 
Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 466 Public Transit Systems Planning 
and Operations (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

EG-CE 493 Structural Systems for 
Buildings (3) 


EG-CE 497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

EG-CE 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING 
EMPHASIS 

Mathematics and Science Courses 
(32 units) 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

Required Civil Engineering Core (30 units) 

EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 
OR EG-CE 206 Computer-Aided 
Architectural and Civil Engineering 
Drafting (1) 

EG-CE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

EG-CE 214L Engineering Surveying 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 
EG-CE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

EG-CE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 
EG-CE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EG-CE 325L Structural Analysis Lab (1) 

EG-CE 377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Laboratory (1) 

EG-CE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 
EG-CE 418 Foundation Design (3) 

EG-CE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

EG-CE 494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3)* 

EG-CE 494L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1)* 

EG-CE 495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

* EG-CE 494 and 494L must be taken together. 

Core Courses for the Emphasis in 
Architectural Engineering (13 units) 

EG-CE 43 IL Advanced Structural 
Laboratory (1) 

OR EG-CE 463L Precast and Prestressed 
Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EG-CE 432 Computer-Aided Design in 
Structural Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

EG-CE 493 Structural Systems for 
Buildings (3) 

OR EG-CE 463 Precast and 
Prestressed Concrete Design (3) 

EG-CE 496 Architectural Design (3) 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


Technical Electives for the Emphasis in 
Architectural Engineering (3 units) 

EG-CE 465 Planning and Control of 
Engineering Construction Projects (3) 

EG-CE 466 Public Transit Systems Planning 
and Operations (3) 

EG-CE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

The Master of Science degree in Civil 
Engineering is intended to meet the needs of 
students who wish to prepare for careers in 
areas such as construction and project man- 
agement, design and analysis of complex 
systems (including structures such as tall 
buildings and bridges), environmental engi- 
neering, consulting, and research. This 
program also provides excellent preparation 
for doctoral studies. 

The program provides advanced study 
within the area of civil engineering and 
allows students to elect coursework, with 
adviser approval, in the areas of structural 
engineering, hydraulics/hydrology, geotechni- 
cal engineering, engineering mechanics, con- 
struction engineering and management or 
environmental engineering. 

Graduates from the M.S. program have 
obtained employment in various fields 
including manufacturing, construction, busi- 
ness, education and government. 

Admission Requirements 

To qualify for admission in conditionally 
classified standing, applicants must meet the 
following University and departmental 
requirements: 

1 . Bachelor’s degree from a regionally 
accredited institution. 

2. Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering 
from an institution accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). 

3. Minimum grade-point average of 2.5 in 
the last 60 semester units. 

4. Good standing at the last institution 
attended. 

Students meeting the above requirements 
will be admitted to the graduate program in 
Civil Engineering and will be advanced to 
classified standing immediately after filing an 
adviser-approved study plan in the Civil and 
Environmental Engineering Department office. 
Students not meeting the above require- 


ments may be admitted at the discretion of 
the department head and will be required to 
take an additional six or more units of 
adviser-approved prerequisite coursework. 
The student must demonstrate potential for 
graduate study by earning a GPA of 3.0 or 
higher in these prerequisite courses. 

Any student entering the Master of 
Science degree program without a B.S. in 
Civil Engineering will also be required to 
complete deficiency courses prior to begin- 
ning coursework for the master’s degree. 

Graduate and postbaccalaureate students 
who do not possess a bachelor’s degree from 
a postsecondary institution where English is 
the principal language of instruction must 
receive a minimum score of 550 on the Test 
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

The Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Department does not require the Graduate 
Record Exam (GRE). 

Classified Standing 

Students meeting the following additional 
requirements will be advanced to classified 
standing and are eligible to take graduate 
courses for which they are qualified. 

1 . Completion of all deficiency work speci- 
fied by the graduate adviser with a grade 
of B or better. 

2. Development of an approved study plan. 
Before completing nine units at CSUF 
toward the M.S. degree, the student must 
meet with an adviser for preparation of a 
study plan which must be approved by 
the department head and Office of 
Graduate Studies. 

3. Fulfillment of the University writing 
requirement prior to completing nine 
units at CSUF toward the M.S. degree. 
Students must demonstrate writing ability 
commensurate with the baccalaureate 
degree by successfully completing one of 
the following: 

A. An upper-division writing require- 
ment at any CSU campus 

B. An upper-division writing course 
from another university which is 
equivalent to a course satisfying the 
CSUF Upper-Division Writing 
Requirement. Equivalency must be 
certified by the department head 

C. Cal State Fullerton Examination in 
Writing Proficiency (EWP) 


114 


D. A CSUF upper-division or graduate- 
level course or courses certified as 
meeting the writing requirement 
and is approved by the department 
head. The grade received must be a 
C or better. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 
30 units of adviser-approved upper-division 
or graduate-level coursework which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point 
average of at least 3.0. At least half the units 
required for the degree must be in approved 
graduate (500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) and an additional 
adviser-approved math-oriented course (3) or 
six units adviser approved electives. 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum 
of 15 units in Civil Engineering. These units 
may be 400-level (subject to approval by the 
department head) and 500-level courses and 
are selected according to the student’s areas of 
interest. Coursework may focus on the follow- 
ing areas: Engineering Mechanics, Geotechnical 
Engineering, Hydraulics/ Hydrology, Structural 
Engineering, and Construction Engineering 
and Management. Students interested in 
Environmental Engineering should refer to the 
study plan for this concentration (see text fol- 
lowing this section). 

Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in Civil 
Engineering or a related engineering field and 
are subject to adviser approval. 

Exam/Thesis/Project Option 

Subject to approval by the department 
head, students may select one of the follow- 
ing options for final review by a department 
committee: 

Oral comprehensive examination 
OR EG-CE 598 Thesis 
OR EG-CE 597 Project 

Students enrolling in less than six units of 
Independent Study/Thesis/Project will be 
required to take an oral comprehensive exam. 
Students enrolling in six units of thesis or 
project may defend their thesis or project 
instead of taking an oral comprehensive exam. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy and comple- 
tion of requirements for the degree include: 

1 . Filing a graduation check prior to the 
beginning of the final semester (deadlines 
are listed in the class schedule). 

2. Completion of study plan coursework 
with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0. 

3. Successful completion of a comprehensive 
examination or oral defense of a thesis 

or project. 

4. Recommendation by the Civil and 
Environmental Engineering Department 
faculty and Office of Graduate Studies. 

CONCENTRATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL 
ENGINEERING 

Study Plan 

Required Concentration Courses (15 units) 

EG-CE 481 Solid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

EG-CE 482 Liquid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

Adviser-approved Environmental Engineering 
courses which may include Thesis, Project or 
Independent Study (9) 

Electives (15 units) 

Adviser-approved electives must include a 
minimum of six units in non-Environmental 
Engineering courses. 

Students enrolling in less than six units of 
Independent Study/Thesis/Project will be 
required to take an oral comprehensive exam. 
Students enrolling in six units of thesis or 
project may defend their thesis or project 
instead of taking an oral comprehensive 
exam. 

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
ENGINEERING COURSES 

201 Statics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150B and Physics 225. 
Vectorial treatment of statics of panicles and 
rigid bodies; freebody diagrams; applications 
to problems of equilibrium (two and three 
dimensions) of structural and mechanical 
force systems; trusses, frames and machines. 
Friction problems; centroids and moments of 
inertia. (CAN ENGR 8) 


206 Computer-Aided Architectural and 
Civil Engineering Drafting (1) 
Prerequsite: EG-ME 102. Architectural 
and civil engineering drawing with the aid of 
computer-aided drafting techniques; grading 
plans, engineering drawings (including stan- 
dard structural, electrical and hydraulic 
details) of buildings, bridges, dams and civil 
engineering structures; Bill of Materials. 

(3 hours laboratory) 

214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

Corequisite: EG-CE 214L. Basis of plane 
surveying; distance measurement using tapes 
and EDM; levelling, measurement of angles 
and directions; traverse and topographic 
survey and computations; applications in 
highway curves, construction surveys and 
land surveys; principles of stadia. 

214L Engineering Surveying 
Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: EG-CE 214. Field practice of 
measurement of distance, difference of eleva- 
tion, and horizontal and vertical angles using 
tapes, EDM, automatic levels, theodolites and 
total stations. (3 hours laboratory) 

301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 
Prerequisites: Math 250A and EG-CE 201. 

Stress and deformation analysis for axial load, 
torsion, flexure, and combined forces; analysis 
of simple statically indeterminate structures; 
deflection and stress analysis of beams; stabil- 
ity of columns; strain energy and ultimate 
resistance; interactive relationships between 
analysis and design. 

302 Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250A and EG-CE 201. 
Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid 
bodies, kinetics of rigid bodies in three 
dimension, Newton’s laws, work and energy, 
impulse and momentum. Solution of prob- 
lems using vector approach. 

324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 301. Soil properties 
and soil action as related to problems encoun- 
tered in engineering structures; consolidation, 
shear strength, stability and lateral earth pres- 
sures. 

324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisites: English 101 and EG-CE 
324. Behavior and properties of soils; applica- 
tion to foundation design, liquefaction and 
seepage. 


325 Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 301. Analysis of 
forces and displacements in statically deter- 
minate and indeterminate elastic structures 
by force and displacement methods; approxi- 
mate methods of analysis. Influence lines and 
applications; matrix formulation of structural 
analysis and computer applications; introduc- 
tion to structural design. 

325L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisites: English 101 and EG-CE 
325. Principles of model analysis and simili- 
tude; influence lines for reactive and internal 
forces; generalized displacements of statically 
indeterminate structures; nonprismatic 
members. (3 hours laboratory) 

330 Computer Applications in Civil 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-CE 214, 
324 and 325. Application of computer pro- 
gramming to the solution of analytical and 
design problems in various branches of Civil 
Engineering. 

331 Environmental Pollution Problems 
and Solutions (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 331) 

377 Civil Engineering Materials 
Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 324 and 325. 
Behavior and properties of most common 
materials, e.g. steel, concrete, wood, masonry 
and asphalt; mix design of asphalt and con- 
crete; determination of strain and stress using 
strain gages; specimen testing according to 
ASTM; material properties determination; 
safety, reliability, and design considerations. 

(3 hours laboratory) 

408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 325. Corequisite: EG- 
CE 377 or equivalent. Design for bending, 
shear, axial force, torsion and combined 
loading. Beam, columns, slab and foundation 
design for ultimate strength and serviceability 
requirements. Prestressed concrete design. 
Safety, reliability and cost considerations. 
Design project conforming to latest ACl code. 
Professional computer program. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


411 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 325 and EG-GN 
308. Free and forced vibrations of discrete 
and continuous systems; matrix formulation 
and normal coordinates analysis; response of 
structures to impulse and earthquake loads; 
application to structural design problems and 
comparison with code prescribed forces. 

418 Foundation Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 324 and 408. Design 
of footings and retaining walls; mat and piled 
foundations for structures; design project to 
standards of professional practice using latest 
codes and standards. Consideration for safety, 
reliability and cost. 

428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 302. Incompressible 
fluid flow in closed conduits and open chan- 
nels; hydrostatics, energy, and hydraulic 
grade lines; momentum, friction formulas, 
pipelines, uniform flow, and water surface 
profiles; design of pipes and open channels; 
computer solutions. 

428L Engineering Hydraulics 
Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: English 101 and EG-CE 
428. Introduction to experimental hydraulics 
in open channel and pipe flows including 
measurements of discharge, depth, velocity, 
force and friction coefficients; hydraulic 
model laws and report writing. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 325. Corequisite: 
EG-CE 377 or equivalent. Design for 
bending, torsion, shear, axial forces, com- 
bined loadings; design of built-up girders, 
composite construction; design of shear and 
moment connections; design project using 
professional practice standards; LRFD 
method; safety, reliability and cost considera- 
tions; professional computer program. 

43 IL Advanced Structural Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisites: EG-CE 325L and either EG- 
CE 408 or EG-CE 430. Fundamentals of 
earthquake engineering and soil structure 
interaction; design of lateral bracing for 
model buildings. (3 hours laboratory) 


432 Computer-Aided Design in Structural 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205, EG-CE 325 
and 408. Application of computer-aided 
design techniques with automated graphics 
to the design of civil engineering structures; 
design project to the standards of profes- 
sional practice. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

435 Design of Hydraulic Structures (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 428. Applications of 

hydraulic principles to design of various 
structures including spillways, energy dissi- 
pators, outlet works, storm drains, culverts 
and water distribution systems; use of com- 
puters in design process. 

436 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

Corequisite: EG-CE 428. Hydrologic cycle 

with applications to hydrologic design of 
engineering structures; rainfall, stream flow, 
ground water, surface runoff, hydrographs, 
flood routing, frequency distributions and 
design hydrographs. 

441 Environmental Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: Biology 101, EG-CE 324, 
EG-CE 428 and senior standing in 
Engineering. Planning and control of the 
environment, wastewater treatment and dis- 
posal, solid waste management, air pollution; 
radiation protection; housing and residential 
environment. 

463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408. Prestressed con- 
crete design and analysis for conventional 
and lateral loading; design of reinforced and 
prestressed structural and architectural ele- 
ments; safety and economy. Connection 
design for earthquake and wind loadings; 
design projects using professional practice 
standards including latest codes. 

463L Precast and Prestressed Concrete 
Design Lab (1) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 463; EG-CE 408 or 
equivalent . Behavior of prestressed and rein- 
forced concrete beams subjected to the differ- 
ent types of loadings; observation of elastic 
and ultimate strength behavior, deflection 
crack propagation and collapse; observation 
of prestressing operation and camber. (3 
hours laboratory) 


116 


465 Planning and Control of Engineering 
Construction Projects (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing. Overview 
of construction project management; con- 
struction scheduling fundamentals: bar 
charts, CPM, PERT; schedule control: manual 
vs. computer systems, reports, schedule 
maintenance; cost control: code of accounts, 
control base, budgets, forecasting, reports, 
computer systems; applications in construc- 
tion projects. 

466 Public Transit Systems Planning and 
Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in Civil 
Engineering. Urban passenger transportation 
modes, paratransit, special modes, vehicles 
characteristics and motion, highway transit 
mode, rail transit mode new concepts, transit 
system performance (capacity, productivity, 
efficiency and utilization, organization and 
financing). 

468 Engineering Construction (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or equivalent. 
Corequisite: EG-CE 418. Engineering con- 
struction planning equipment and methods; 
construction management; critical path 
method; construction of buildings, bridges, 
highways, foundations and dams; considera- 
tion for safety and reliability. 

481 Solid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Process dynamics and kinetics; thermal, 
physical, chemical and biological treatment 
operations; immobilization process; residual 
management and treatment process train 
selection. 

482 Liquid Waste Technology and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Process dynamics; reactions and kinetics; 
reactor engineering and process design; pre- 
treatment operations and physical, chemical 
and biological treatment operations; residual 
management and treatment process train 
selection. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


493 Structural Systems for Buildings (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 or 430. 

Corequisite: EG-CE 418. Building structural 
concepts and systems and their behavior 
under loads. Foundation systems; roof, floor, 
wall systems; construction safety and cost 
considerations; design project to standards of 
professional practice; use of latest building 
codes and standards and computer applica- 
tion. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

494 Design of Civil Engineering 
Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 430. 
Corequisites: EG-CE 418 and 494L. Timber, 
reinforced masonry, reinforced concrete and 
steel design; use of Uniform Building Code 
and standards; design of buildings and 
bridges; design projects to standards of pro- 
fessional practice; reliability, safety and cost 
consideration; computer application. (2 hours 
lecture; 3 hours laboratory) 

494L Civil Engineering Structural 
Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: EG-CE 494. Design of bridges 
according to AASHTO code; design project to 
the standards of professional practice. (3 
hours laboratory) 

495 Civil Engineering Professional 
Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Discussion of 
civil engineering as a profession and the civil 
engineer as a professional, career opportuni- 
ties in private sectors and government, office 
and field practice, professional growth and 
development, project management, business 
management and opportunities, ethics and 
aesthetics, case studies. 

496 Architectural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 or 430 or senior 

standing or consent of instructor and depart- 
ment head. History of architectural design. 
Systems based design process: aesthetic, func- 
tional, environmental, and behavioral aspects. 
Urban planning and design. Case studies. 
Architectural design project to the standards 
of professional practice. 

497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in engineer- 
ing and formal approval by adviser and 
department head; independent design pro- 
jects; formal report to be submitted after com- 
pletion of project work. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in engineer- 
ing and formal approval by adviser and 
department head. Special topics in civil engi- 
neering; formal report to be submitted after 
completion of independent study. 

501 Analytical Methods for the Design of 
Civil Engineering Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing or equiva- 
lent. Application of linear and dynamic pro- 
gramming principles to the design of 
pipelines, irrigation systems, water-resources 
and traffic-flow control problems; probabilis- 
tic network analysis; first order and 
advanced first order second moment reliabil- 
ity methods; probabilistic design. 

509 Theory of Plates and Shells (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-ME 438 or equivalent. 

Theory of thin plates subjected to transverse 
loads; analysis of plates of circular, rectangu- 
lar and other shapes; theory of thin shells. 
Shells of revolution; shells of translation. 

510 The Finite Element Method (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-CE 517 and 533 or 

equivalent. Formulation of finite elements for 
analysis of plane stress and strain problems, 
axisymmetric bodies, plates and shells; con- 
forming and non-conforming shape functions; 
computer applications to complex structural 
systems under static and dynamic loads. 

515 Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 436 or equivalent. 
Geo-environmental properties and soil action 
related to problems encountered in waste 
management engineering; physico-chemical 
soil properties, shear strength as applied to 
landfill design and lateral earth pressures on 
braced excavation; contaminant migration 
and partitioning in unsaturated soils. 

517 Theory of Elasticity (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-ME 438 or equivalent. 
Analysis of stress and strain; Equations of 
elasticity; extension, torsion and flexure of 
beams; two-dimensional elastostatic prob- 
lems; variational methods and energy theo- 
rems. Elementary three-dimensional 
elastostatic problems; introduction to ther- 
moelasticity and wave propagation. 


532 Earthquake Engineering (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-CE 411 and 533 or 

equivalent. Earthquake motions, response 
spectra, computational methods and com- 
puter applications for response of structural 
systems, energy absorption capacity of mate- 
rials and structural components, soil struc- 
ture interaction, seismic design and 
evaluation of current building codes. 

533 Matrix Methods of Structural 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 325 and EG-GN 
403. Matrix formulation of structural analysis 
using the direct stiffness approach, compari- 
son of flexibility and stiffness approaches; 
computer aided analysis of complex struc- 
tural systems under static and dynamic loads; 
stability analysis; introduction to the finite 
element method. 

534 Construction Methods and 
Equipment for Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 430. 
Methods and equipment for construction of 
high-rise buildings, space structures, folded 
plates, shells, and suspension systems; mod- 
ularization; quality control and construction 
failures. 

537 Groundwater and Seepage (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 436 or equivalent. 

Equations governing flow of liquid in porous 
media; seepage through dams and under 
structures, flow in confined and unconfined 
aquifers, steady and unsteady flow, well 
fields, flow nets, computer solutions, sea 
water intrusion, recharge, groundwater pollu- 
tion. 

538 Construction Methods and 
Equipment for Heavy 
Construction Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 408 and 418. 
Methods and equipment for construction of 
foundations, highways, airfields, bridges, 
ports, harbors, dams, nuclear power plants 
and industrial facilities; quality control and 
construction failures. 

539 Preconstruction Design Evaluation 
(3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 534 or equivalent. 
Cost benefit, preconstruction scheduling, and 
constructibility modifications in design, spec- 
ifications and construction methods; Value 
Engineering. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


540 New Technology and Innovations in 
Construction Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 534 or 538 or equiva- 
lent. Automation and robotics in construc- 
tion; new materials, construction equipment 
and methods for construction of dams, high- 
ways, and buildings; latest computer applica- 
tions in construction. 

546 Coastal Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-CE 418 and EG-CE 436 
or equivalent. To introduce theories and 
applications in coastal engineering, coastal 
hydrodynamics, coastal development, plan- 
ning of ports, and conceptual engineering 
design, tide, wave, wind, currents, littoral 
drift, beach erosion and sedimentation, 
coastal geomorphology; port planning, loca- 
tion, design factors and engineering features; 
preparation of construction, dredging, 
anchoring and dewatering; effect of coastal 
engineering on environment. 

549 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 509, 517 or equiva- 
lent. Critical buckling loads of columns, 
beam-columns, frames, plates, and shells; 
lateral stability of beams; torsional buckling 
of open wall sections. 

550 Major Commercial Project 
Development and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Any 400-level Management 
course approved by the Civil and 
Environmental Engineering Department 
Head. Process of major commercial project 
development; macroeconomics aspects; 
project initiation and implementation, con- 
struction management systems, schedule, cost 
and quality control, control of long-lead 
equipment and materials; construction dis- 
putes and claims; case studies. 

556 Construction Cost Control, 
Scheduling and Planning (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 465 or 468 or equiva- 
lent. Systems approach for estimating, sched- 
uling, cost comparison, risk analysis and cost 
control; project feasibility studies and alterna- 
tive approaches; project control, baseline 
establishment, cost and claim management. 


557 Total Cost Management of Capital 
Projects (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 465 or equivalent. 
Management and cost control of large capital 
projects; capital cost estimation, value predic- 
tion and control, cost and schedule control 
and management of mega projects. 

559 Environmental and Public 

Transportation Regulation (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-CE 441 or equivalent. 
Environmental regulations, clean air act, 
intermodal surface transportation efficiency 
act of 1991, Federal Transit Administration 
project planning guidelines, planning for 
public transit and environmental require- 
ment, development of required environmen- 
tal documents; procedure for major 
investment studies; future of public trans- 
portation. Project. 

563 Advanced Prestressed and Reinforced 
Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or 463. 
Prestressed concrete theory; continuous pre- 
stressed concrete members, flat plate systems, 
virendeel systems, application of unbonded 
postensioning-theory and design; yield line 
theory, limit analysis and cracking of con- 
crete; design of prestressed dome roof, barrel 
shell and hyperbolic paraboloid shell; design 
project to standards of professional practice. 
Computer application. 

566 Design of Tall Buildings (4) 

Prerequisite: EG-CE 408 or 430; EG-CE 
533 or equivalent. Characteristics, design 
criteria and safety provisions of tall buildings; 
selection, optimization and analysis of 
framing systems; design standards, con- 
structability, wind and seismic considerations; 
design project to the standards of professional 
practice. Computer application. 

575 Expert Systems in Construction 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Any 400-level Management 
course approved by the Civil and 
Environmental Engineering Department 
Head. Expert systems and artificial intelli- 
gence techniques in construction engineering; 
expert systems for: safety evaluation of struc- 
tures during construction, site selection, con- 
struction decision making, and construction 
schedule analysis; project monitoring; claims 
and disputes. 


118 


597 Project (1-6) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser and 
department head. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and 
department head. (Maximum of 3 units per 
semester) 

599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status 
and formal approval of Civil Engineering 
Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and 
department head. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


J 


INTRODUCTION 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All faculty 
serve as undergraduate advisers. 
Students may find their assigned 
concentration adviser posted on 
the bulletin board outside 
Humanities 230. 

Graduate: Hazel Warlaumont, 
Humanities 330 

Additional advising services 
are available in the School of 
Communications Advising 
Center, Humanities 225A. 



Effective ethical communications are essential for the well-being of a democratic society. 
Thus, there is a need for persons trained in the theory and practice of informing, instructing, 
and persuading through communications media. The educational objectives of the programs 
leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Communications are: (1) to ensure that all majors receive a 
broad liberal education; (2) to provide majors with a clear understanding of the role of commu- 
nications media in society; and 
(3) to prepare majors desiring 
communications-related careers 
in the mass media, business, gov- 
ernment and education by edu- 
cating them in-depth in one of 
the specialized sequences within 
the department. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

A communications major is required to take 12 units of core requirements in addition to 24 
units in a chosen concentration. The department offers five concentrations (referred to as 
“sequences” within the department): advertising, journalism, photocommunications, public rela- 
tions, and television-film. The major totals 36 units. All prerequisite courses must be completed 
with a grade of C or better. 

Collateral requirements: Twelve units of upper-division course work in other departments 
approved by the student’s concentration adviser are also required. Collateral courses are listed on 
advising materials available in Humanities 230. 

Every major must take a minimum of 84 units outside Communications, out of the 124 units 
required for graduation. Of this 84 units, 65 must be in the traditional liberal arts, humanities and 
sciences. Students should consult their concentration adviser and the School of Communications 
Advisement Center early in their course work to be sure they meet these requirements. 

Grade-Point Average Requirements 

Three grade-point averages, each 2.0 or higher, are required for graduation: 

A. An average based on all units attempted, including those attempted at other institutions. 

B. An average based on all units attempted at CSUE 

C. An average based on all units attempted in the major. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Wendell C. Crow 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Humanities 230 

DAILY TITAN NEWSROOM: 

Humanities 213 

DAILY TITAN BUSINESS MANAGER: 

Humanities 211 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Communications 
Concentrations: 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Master of Arts in Communications 
Concentrations: 

Advertising 
journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 
FACULTY 

Jeff Brody, Thomas Clanin, Wendell Crow, 
Robert Davis, David DeVhes, Ronald Dyas, 
Tony Fellow, Edward Fink, Lynne Gross, 
Carolyn Johnson, Kuen-Hee Ju-Pak, Cynthia 
King, Paul Lester, Norman Nager, Arlene 
Nichols, Coral Ohl, Wayne Overbeck, Rick 
Pullen, Tony Rimmer, Shay Sayre, Edgar 
Trotter, Larry Ward, Hazel Warlaumont, Diane 
Witmer, Fred Zandpour 


COMMUNICATIONS 


Communications Core 

The communications core provides back- 
ground and perspective appropriate to all the 
departmental concentrations and an under- 
standing of the role of communicators and 
their contributions to the development of 
high standards of professionalism. 

Nine units of required course work; 

Comm 233 Mass Communication in 
Modem Society (3) 

Comm 407 Communications Law (3) 

Comm 425 History and Philosophy of 
American Mass Communication (3) 

Plus three units selected from the following: 
Comm 300 Visual Communication (3) 

Comm 410 Principles of Communcation 
Research (3) 

Comm 422 Communication Technologies (3) 
Comm 426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Comm 428 Communications and Social 
Change (3) 

Comm 480 Persuasive Communications (3) 
Comm 482 Media Economics and Policy (3) 

Minor or Collateral Requirement 

All Communications majors must com- 
plete EITHER a minor (double major also 
counts) OR 12 collateral units (4 classes) of 
upper-division (UD) coursework outside of 
Communications. For minors or double 
major requirements, consult the “Academic 
Programs” section of this catalog. For collat- 
erals, consult a sequence checklist for a list of 
approved courses. The following classes are 
approved for ALL sequences: Afro 335, 
American Studies 300, American Studies 
301, Philosophy 312, Poll Sci 300, Poll Sci 
448, Psychology 351, Comparative Religions 
4(X), Sociology 345, Speech Comm 320, 
Speech Comm 325, Speech Comm 333. 

Communications Concentrations 

Every communications major must select 
and complete 24 units of course work in a 
major concentration. 

Advertising 

The objective of the advertising concen- 
tration is to prepare students for entry-level 
positions in one or more of the four basic 
advertising activities: creative (copy, layout 
design), media planning and buying, 
research, and management. Students are pro- 
vided with knowledge and skills needed for 
work with an advertiser, advertising agency. 


the print and broadcast media, or suppon 
service industry. 

Comm 350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Comm 351 Writing for the Advertising 
Industry (3) 

Comm 352 Advertising Media (3) 

Comm 353 Advertising Creative Strategy and 
Execution I (3) 

Comm 451 Advertising Campaigns (3) 
Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Electives in Communications (6) 


Journalism 

The principal objective of the journalism 
concentration is to provide the skills and 
practice necessary for careers in the print and 
electronic news media. Specifically, the con- 
centration objectives are: (1) to provide expe- 
rience in writing various types of news 
stories, and to develop skills in reporting and 
news gathering techniques; (2) to develop 
critical acumen necessary to check news 
stories for accuracy and correctness; (3) to 
develop skills in graphics or photography that 
complement the journalistic writing skills; (4) 
to provide actual on-the-job experience by 
working on the campus newspaper and 
through an internship; and (5) to add breadth 
and depth to the professional’s specialized 
skills through collateral courses. 


Comm 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Comm 332 Editing Design (3) 

Comm 335 Public Affairs Reponing (3) 
Comm 338 News Media Production (3) 
Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus three units from: Comm 217 or 358 
(with adviser’s consent). 


and three units from: Comm 334, 430 or 435. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast 
journalism may substitute the above concen- 
tration requirements with the following 
courses: Communications 101, 202, 279, 
335, 371,372, 382, and 495. 


Photocommunications 

The photocommunications concentration 
provides a comprehensive study of the aes- 
thetics, theories, and practices of contempo- 
rary photography for professional careers in 
magazine and newspaper photojournalism, 
and advertising/commercial photography. 

Comm 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 


120 


Comm 217 Introduction to Photography (3) j 

Comm 319 Photojournalism (3) I 

Comm 321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

i 

Plus six units selected from the following: 

Comm 311, 326, 338, 340, 358, 409. 

Plus one of the following classes: 

Comm 301, 334 or 362. 

Public Relations 

This concentration provides preparation 
in both theory and practice of two-way com- 
munication and management counsel for 
prospective professional public relations 
careers in business, industry, agency, govern- 
ment, and nonprofit sectors of society. 

Comm 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Comm 361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 

Comm 362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Comm 464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus one writing course from among the 
following: 

Comm 301, 334, or 338. 

Plus six units selected from the following: 

Comm 350, 358, 363, 410, 467, 468 or 497. 

Television-Film 

Courses in this concentration are designed 
for an understanding of the history, theory 
and practice of television and film. Students 
are prepared for entry level positions in busi- 
ness, education, and the broadcasting, cable 
and film industries. 

Comm 279 Introduction to Video 
Production (3) 

Comm 301 Writing for Broadcasting and 
Film (3) 

Comm 382 Introduction to Television and 
Film (3) 

Comm 402 Advanced Writing for Television 
and Film (3) 

Comm 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus nine units selected from the following: 

Comm 278, 311, 345, 375, 379, 383, 411, 

476, 477, 478 or 488. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast 
journalism may substitute the above concen- 
tration requirements with the following 
courses: Communications 101, 202, 279, 

335, 371, 372, 382, and 495 as well as the 
collateral course requirements listed under 
the journalism concentration. 


COMMUNICATIONS 


J 


Writing Requirements 

All communications majors must satisfy 
both departmental and university writing 
requirements. A grade of C or better in 
English 101 or an equivalent course is a pre- 
requisite for all Communications writing 
courses. Students who complete an equivalent 
to CSUF’s English 101 at a community college 
or another four-year college/university must 
bring a copy of the relevant transcript to the 
department office, Humanities 230. 

University Writing Requirement: The 
coursework portion of the university’s upper- 
division baccalaureate writing requirement for 
communications majors may be met by satis- 
factory completion of any one of 
Communications 301, 334, 335, 338, 351, 
362, 371, 402, and 435. Students must earn a 
C or better in the course which is used to 
fulfill the university’s upper-division writing 
requirement. 

Internship Requirements 

The beneficial attributes of an internship 
have always been recognized by the 
Department of Communications. Students 
usually intern at sites in Orange and Los 
Angeles Counties. Examples of internship sites 
include newspapers, magazines, television and 
radio stations, public relations and advertising 
agencies, health-related institutions, nonprofit 
organizations, film production companies, 
publishers, education offices, cities and busi- 
nesses with communications needs. 

In order to take the required Mass Media 
Internship course. Communications 495, stu- 
dents must file an application and attend an 
orientation session in the semester prior to 
the semester in which they wish to register for 
the class. Students must be communications 
majors with senior standing and have com- 
pleted the prerequisites set for the major 
sequence. These are as follows: 

Advertising 

Required: Communications 350, 351, 352, 
and 353. 

Recommended: Communications 358 and 450. 
Journalism 

Required: Communications 101, 201, 332, 
and 335. 

Recommended: Communications 334 and 
338. 

Photography 

Required: Communications 101, 217, 319, 
and 321. 


Recommended: Communications 326. 

Public Relations 

Required: Communications 101, 361, and 362. 

Recommended: Communications 358, 363, 
and 464. 

TV/Film 

Required: Communications 279, 301, and 
382. 

Recommended: Communications 311, 379, 
and 402. 

Broadcast Journalism 

Required: Communications 101, 202, 279, 
and 371. 

Recommended: Communications 335. 

Students with one or more years of full- 
time employment in a communications posi- 
tion may petition to take an alternative course 
instead of Communications 495. 

Students must have a major and overall 
grade-point average of 2.25. Students not 
meeting that requirement may be required to 
take a course in place of Communications 495. 

Applications and information can be 
obtained at the Department of 
Communications Internship Office in 
Humanities 225A. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
COMMUNICATIONS 

The degree is designed to provide 
advanced study in communications theory 
and research plus some concentration in one 
of the department’s sequences: advertising, 
journalism, public relations, or television- 
film. 

The program prepares the graduate to 
apply advanced communications concepts, 
research and development skills, and theories 
relevant to the use of communications media 
for a wide variety of purposes. Such study 
may serve those whose careers involve the 
use of print, broadcast and film media of 
communications to inform, instruct and per- 
suade. Communications skills are highly 
applicable to a wide range of careers in busi- 
ness, industry, government, education and the 
mass media. 

Students completing the Master of Arts in 
Communications are eligible for journalism 
teaching positions in community colleges. 


Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

Normally, an applicant must meet grade- 
point average requirements of 3.0 in the 
undergraduate major and 2.75 in the last 60 
semester units of undergraduate course work, 
meet the university requirements, and satis- 
factorily complete the Graduate Record 
Examination General Test prior to admission. 
Students must also submit three letters of rec- 
ommendation and an essay (approximately 
1000 words) outlining reasons for pursuing 
the master’s degree. Consult the department 
graduate program adviser for details regard- 
ing additional admission requirements. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student admitted in conditionally classi- 
fied standing may be granted classified stand- 
ing upon the development of an approved 
study plan and satisfactory completion of 
prerequisite course work. Satisfactory course- 
work or its equivalent in the following may 
be taken concurrently with degree require- 
ments if not completed prior to classification: 

(a) communications writing (Comm 201, 
301, 351, or 362) 

(b) an introductory course in the area of spe- 
cialization (Comm 332, 350, 361, or 
382) 

(c) Comm 410 Principles of Communication 
Research 

Study Plan 

The student is required to complete 30 
units of approved studies with a minimum 
grade-point average of 3.0 including 15 units 
in 500-level communications courses. Sue of 
the 15 units of 500-level courses may be in 
thesis, three units may be in a project. The 
remaining units will be comprised of upper 
division or 500-level courses appropriate to 
the communications sequence. 

The candidate must develop a program of 
study in consultation with a concentration 
adviser and the graduate adviser of the 
Department of Communications. The candi- 
date must plan the thesis or project topic 
with a committee. The committee will 
include at least two faculty members from the 
Department of Communications. 

Study plan requirements include the fol- 
lowing: 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Comm 500 Theory and Literature of 
Communications (3) 


COMMUNICATIONS 


Comm 508 Humanistic Research in 
Communications (3) 

OR Comm 509 Social Science 
Research in Communications (3) 

Sequence- Related Courses (18 units) 

Comm 515T Professional Problems in 
Specialized Fields (3) 

OR approved 500-level alternate 

Comm 520A or C Communications 
Practicum (3) 

OR approved alternate 

Consult the Communications 
Department Master’s Program bulletin for 
additional sequence requirements. 

Electives (0-6 units) 

Project/Thesis/Exam (0-6 units) 

Comm 597 Project (3) 

OR Comm 598 Thesis (6) 

OR Comprehensive Exam 

For funher information and advisement, 
please consult the graduate program adviser. 

COMMUNICATIONS COURSES 

101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Prerequisite; English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; typing ability. 
Principles and practices of writing for major 
types of mass communications media. 
Content, organization, conciseness and 
clarity. 

201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
equivalent; typing ability. Development of 
expertise in the use of news reporting tech- 
niques combined with development of ability 
to compose complex journalistic writing 
forms for possible publication. Students will 
be introduced to computer-assisted reporting. 
They also will write stories for the Daily 
Titan. 

202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
equivalent; typing ability. Intensive journalis- 
tic writing and reporting for radio and televi- 
sion. Emphasis on writing assignments for 
both audio and video media. Lecture/discus- 
sion of issues and responsibilities facing 
broadcast journalists. 


217 Introduction to Photography (3) 
Cameras, accessories, materials, exposure, 
image processing, printing, finishing, compo- 
sition, filters, flash, studio techniques, and 
special subject treatments and applications. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

233 Mass Communication in Modem 
Society (3) 

Newspapers, magazines, films, radio and 
television; their significance as social instru- 
ments and economic entities in modem 
society. (CAN JOUR 4) 

278 Introduction to Audio Production (3) 
Prerequisite: Communications majors 

only. Audio production as it pertains to radio 
broadcasting, commercial production, and 
recording, television and film audio. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

279 Introduction to Video Production (3) 
Production of programs for broadcast sta- 
tions and other video materials for cable, 
business, industrial, and instmctional appli- 
cations. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

300 Visual Communication (3) 

A social and cultural analysis of the 
meaning, production and consumption of 
visual information in a modem media society. 
Still, moving, television, graphic design, 
cartoon, and computer images will be ana- 
lyzed in terms of technical, commercial, and 
cultural considerations. 

301 Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 
Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; typing ability. 
Theory and principles of writing in the 
broadcast and film media. 

311 Introduction to Motion Picture 
Production (3) 

Theory and practice of motion picture 
photography and film production. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

319 Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 217 or equivalent. 
Photography for publication in print media. 
News, advertising, feature, sports, lifestyle, 
photo essay and documentary applications. 

(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 


122 


321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 
Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
319 or consent of instmctor. Positive and 
negative color film processing, sensitometry, 
and color printing. Creative and effective use 
of color in publications photography. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

326 Communications Photography (3) 
Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
321, or consent of instructor. Photographs 
and photographic communications produced 
with the large format camera for the mass 
media, business, education, government, 
industry and science. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory) 

332 Editing Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 and Comm 201 
or equivalent. Principles and practice of 
newspaper editing: copy improvement, head- 
line writing, news photos and cutlines, wire 
services, typography, copy schedules and 
control, page design and layout, law and 
ethics. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; and Comm 101 
or equivalent. Nonfiction writing for newspa- 
pers and magazines; sources, methods and 
markets. 

335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 and 
either 20 lor 202, or consent of instructor; 
and junior standing. Comm 407 recom- 
mended. Reporting public interest news such 
as courts, education, finance, government, 
police and urban problems. 

338 News Media Production (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 201 or 
equivalent or consent of instructor. Members 
of the class constitute the editorial staff of the 
university newspaper and receive training in 
print, on-line and magazine-style journalism. 
Meets four hours per week for critiques in 
news reporting, writing, editing and makeup, 
followed by production. May be repeated for 
a maximum of six units of credit. (More than 
9 hours laboratory) 


COMMUNICATIONS 


340 Photography in Advertising and 
Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
326 or consent of instructor. Advertising and 
public relations photography. Materials and 
techniques for producing photographs with 
visual impact suitable for photo reproduction. 
Students will prepare a portfolio of pho- 
tographs. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours activity) 

345 The Language of Film and 
Television (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233 or consent of 
instructor. Critical and theoretical analysis of 
film and television as communication. 
Examines the manner in which an organized 
sequence of images and sounds communi- 
cates meaning using literature in semiology 
and visual communications. (2 hours lecture, 
3 hours laboratory) 

350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

This course explores the functions, strate- 
gies, ethics, technology, and media relevant to 
the advertising industry, as well as concepts 
in international, intercultural and integrated 
marketing communication. 

351 Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101. This course 

develops written communications and critical 
thinking skills essential for success in all 
advertising related careers. Students learn to 
compose persuasive letters, reports, proposals 
and news releases. Emphasis is placed on 
grammar and language skills. Students must 
achieve a C or better to continue taking 
advertising courses. 

352 Advertising Media (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350 and junior 

standing. Planning, execution and control of 
advertising media programs. Basic data and 
characteristics of the media. Buying and 
selling process, techniques, and methods in 
media planning process. Audience measure- 
ment and media analysis. 

353 Advenising Creative Strategy and 
Execution 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 350, 351 
or consent of instructor; and junior standing. 
Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, 
based on study of sales appeals, attention 
factors and illustrations. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours activity) 


358 Graphics Communications (3) 
Prerequisite: junior standing. Printing 
processes, publication formats, copy prepara- 
tion, copy-fitting techniques, layout princi- 
ples, paper selection and distribution 
methods. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 
Prerequisite: junior standing. The social, 

behavioral, psychological, ethical, economic 
and political foundations of public relations, 
and the theories of public relations as a com- 
munications discipline. 

362 Public Relations Writing (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 

with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 or 
consent of instructor; typing ability; junior 
standing. Communications analysis, writing 
for business, industry and nonprofit organi- 
zations. Creating effective forms of public 
relations communication. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours activity) 

363 Desktop Publishing (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361 and six units of 

communications writing or consent of 
instructor; and junior standing. Editing func- 
tions and techniques involved in creative 
development of publications for business, 
industry and nonprofit organizations and 
institutions. Magazines, newspapers, newslet- 
ters and brochures. 

371 Radio-Television News and Public 
Affairs (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 101, 202, 
279, and 382; typing ability required. Covering 
news events and public affairs for radio and 
television. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

372 Advanced TV News Production (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 371 or consent of 

instructor. Writing, production and evalua- 
tion of television news. Lecture-discussion 
sessions on advanced reporting techniques 
and special problems in broadcast journal- 
ism. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

375 Documentary Film and Television (3) 
A study of documentary form in film and 
television, its development, purpose, and 
current trends. The class will also survey the 
requirements necessary to write and produce 
non-fiction films for television, business, 
education and government. 


379 Electronic Field Production (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 279. Production of 

programs for broadcast, cable, business, 
industrial and instructional use. Emphasis on 
location shooting and post production 
including electronic editing. (2 hours lecture, 
3 hours laboratory) 

380 Interactive Multimedia Productions (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 101, junior standing, 

or consent of the instructor and fundamental 
familiarity with hardware and software used 
in the communications profession, underly- 
ing concepts and production techniques for 
creating interactive multimedia for presenta- 
tions, specialized communications, and pub- 
lications with stand-alone and network 
applications. 

382 Introduction to Television and Film (3) 
Prerequisite: Communications major or 

consent of instructor. The foundation course 
of the television-film sequence. An analysis of 
the radio, television, cable and film industries 
from a professional perspective. Economic, 
historical, regulatory and social effects of 
these media. 

383 World Cinema (3) 

The study of the motion picture as a 
global influence in mass communications and 
entertainment. An examination of various 
directors, film movements, national cinemas, 
and of the increasing internationalization of 
the world film industry. Film screenings on 
and off campus. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

402 Advanced Writing for Television and 
Film (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 301, and 
junior standing. An advanced writing class 
concentrating on the long form of broadcast 
and film writing, including documentaries, 
features, special news, commentaries, and 
analysis. 

407 Communications Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. The Anglo-American concept of 
freedom of speech and press; statutes and 
administrative regulations affecting freedom 
of information and publishing, advertising, 
and telecommunication. Libel and slander, 
rights in news and advertising, contempt, 
copyright, and invasion of privacy. 


123 


COMMUNICATIONS 


409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 
Prerequisites: Comm 32 1 and junior 

standing or instructor’s consent. Advanced 
press photography. Extensive use of cameras 
for photographic reporting; evaluation and 
preparation of pictures for publication. 
Field/laboratory experience in black and 
white and color. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

410 Principles of Communication 
Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. Research methods used to assess 
the effects of print, broadcast, and film com- 
munications on audience attitudes, opinions, 
knowledge, and behavior. Research design 
and data analysis in communications 
research. 

411 Advanced Motion Picture 
Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 301, 311, or consent 
of instructor. Theory, procedures and practice 
in film production: motion picture (silent and 
sound), scriptwriting, transfer and mixes, 
production, distribution and financing. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

422 Communications Technologies (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 233. Issues surround- 
ing communications technologies. Covered 
are recent developments in technology, 
impact of government, industry and eco- 
nomic factors, historical overview, and impli- 
cations for social change. Exposure to 
technological developments. Applications to 
all areas of mass communications. 

425 History and Philosophy of American 
Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. American mass communication; 
newspapers and periodicals through radio 
and television; ideological, political, social 
and economic aspects. 

426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 

standing. Major mass communication 
systems, both democratic and totalitarian, 
and the means by which news and propa- 
ganda are conveyed internationally 


428 Communications and Social Change (3) 
Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior stand- 
ing. How innovations, ideas, products, and 
practices perceived as new are communicated 
to members of a social system. The roles of 
adopters, opinion leaders, change agents and 
communications in the diffusion of innovations 
and consequent changes in social systems. 

430 Newspaper Management (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor and 
junior standing. Organization, operation and 
administration of a newspaper’s departmental 
activities: advertising, business, circulation, 
mechanical, news-editorial and promotion. (3 
hours lecture, field trips, detailed study of 
one selected newspaper department) 

435 Editorial and Critical Writing (3) 
Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; upper-division 
writing course; and junior standing. Editorial 
and critical writer and opinion columnist 
roles. Techniques of editorial writing and 
aspects of critical thinking. (2 hours lecture; 

2 hours lab and fieldwork) 

438T Specialized Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 201 and 332 or 
consent of instructor. This varied topic course 
is designed to teach advanced reporting and 
writing skills in specialized areas. It will 
combine an awareness of techniques and 
resources with an abundance of writing 
models and field experiences. Topics will 
include politics, minorities, and environment. 

450 Advertising Communications 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350, 352 and junior 
standing. Theory and techniques for plan- 
ning, directing and evaluating advenising 
programs with emphasis on media-message 
strategies. Managerial approach with case 
studies to the solution of advertising commu- 
nications problems. 

451 Advertising Campaigns (3) 
Prerequisites: Comm 350, 352 and 353 

and junior standing. Advertising campaigns 
and utilization of mass media, such as televi- 
sion, newspapers and magazines, in national 
advertising programs. Design of complete 
campaigns from idea to production readiness. 

Students have three options: AAF national 
competition, local focus, or TitanCom 
student-run advertising company. 


124 

COMMUNICATIONS 


453 Advertising Creative Strategy and 
Execution II (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better; Comm 350, 353, 
358; and junior standing. Advanced advertis- 
ing projects involving application and execu- 
tion of creative advertising strategies for mass 
media, including theory and practice of 
writing copy, and preparing comprehensive 
layouts and completed scripts. Group discus- 
sions, labs, and individual conferences. 

464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361, 362 and junior 
standing. Analysis of systems and strategies 
for planning public relations campaigns and 
solving/preventing problems. Individual and 
team case studies in corporate development 
of proposals; actual use of tools in addition to 
role playing presentations to management. 

467 Public Relations Agency Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 361 and junior 

standing. Seminar focuses on psychology and 
functions of client counseling, proposal 
writing, new business development, agency 
management, servicing clients, evaluation of 
methods, reporting results, and legal and 
ethical concerns. 

468 Corporate and Nonprofit Public 
Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 and 361. This 
seminar focuses on the public relations strate- 
gies and tactics used in today’s increasingly 
sophisticated and maturing corporate and 
nonprofit marketplaces. This advanced 
course, which relies heavily on professional 
guest speakers and in-class simulations/exer- 
cises, encompasses a host of specific topics, 
such as fund raising, corporate and social 
responsibility, media relations, and technology 
and ethical issues. 

476 Children’s Television (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 382 or consent of 
instructor. Overview of literature on effects of 
television on children, taking into account 
the various stages of child development. 
Examination of historical actions taken in 
relations to children’s TV on such issues as 
advertising, violence, stereotyping, and educ- 
tion. Analysis of how TV producers and pro- 
grammers use concepts related to children 
and TV when they design material for chil- 
dren. 


477 Radio and TV Programming (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 382. The study of the 

purposes, philosophies, and methods of 
obtaining, developing, launching, scheduling, 
and evaluating programming for the various 
electronic media including commercial radio 
and television networks, commercial radio 
and television stations, cable television, and 
public radio and television. 

478 Management in the Broadcasting and 
Film Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing. Comm 
382 or consent of instructor. The study of 
management of the broadcasting, cable-TV 
and film industries with attention to financial 
structures, programming and government 
regulation. 

480 Persuasive Communications (3) 
Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior 
standing. Persuasive communications applied 
to mass communication. The communicator, 
audience, message content and structure, and 
social context in influencing attitudes, beliefs 
and opinions. 

482 Media Economics and Policy (3) 
Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 
233 and one of the following: Comm 350, 
361, 382, or 430. Explores structure, behav- 
ior and performance of media industries and 
public policy forces that define and direct 
media. Provides basis for analyzing media 
industries and for managerial decision 
making within industries. Covers all mass 
media industries. 

488 Production Workshop for Cable 
Television (3) 

Prerequisites: B average in Comm 279 
and 379 or consent of instructor. Students 
produce informational and sport programs 
for cable TV systems and radio stations. May 
be repeated once for credit; only three units 
may apply to major. (9 hours laboratory) 

495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing, communi- 
cations major and consent of instructor. 
Supervised internship, according to 
sequence, with newspaper, magazine, radio 
or television station, press association, public 
relations firm or advertising agency. 
Applications must be made through depart- 
ment coordinator one semester prior to 
entering program. (Credit/No Credit only) 


496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 
Prerequisites: consent of instructor and 

, previous superior performance in a similar or 
equivalent course. Under faculty supervision, 
student provides tutorial assistance in a com- 
munications course. May involve small group 
demonstrations and discussions, individual 
tutoring and evaluation of student perfor- 
mance as appropriate. May be repeated to a 
maximum of four units either separately or in 
combination with Comm 499. 

497 Seminar in Public Communications 
Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 464, junior standing 
and consent of instructor. Operationalizing 
public relations management principles. Role 
of public relations in contemporary society. 
Ethics, social responsibilities and trends in 
the emerging profession. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. 

Individually supervised mass media projects 
and research on campus and in the commu- 
nity. May involve newspaper and magazine 
publishers, radio and television stations and 
public relations agencies. May be repeated up 
to a maximum of four units either separately 
or in combination with Comm 496. 

500 Theory and Literature of 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: conditional classified status. 
Theories and research on communication 
processes and effects; source, media, message, 
audience and content variables. Types, 
sources and uses of communication literature. 
Graduate seminar. 

508 Humanistic Research in 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 or concur- 
rent enrollment and classified status. 
Humanistic methods of study in communica- 
tions: historical research and critical analysis 
applied to problems, issues and creative 
works in communication. Graduate seminar. 

509 Social Science Research in 
Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 and classi- 
fied status. Social-scientific research design 
and analysis and the study of communication 
processes and effects. Graduate seminar. 


515T Professional Problems in 
Specialized Fields (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Selected topics 
and issues in the field of mass communica- 
tions. Subjects vary each semester. May be 
repeated for a maximum of six units. 

517 Ethical Problems of the Mass Media (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 500. This course will 

study criticisms of specific functions of the 
mass media and public relations. The course 
will consist of three sections: the history of 
criticism; problem areas of the media; and 
practitioner response to criticism. 

518 Seminar in Public Relations Theories 
and Issues (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 361, 362, 410 and 
500 or equivalents. This graduate seminar 
explores cutting edge communication and 
organizational theories and vital emerging 
issues influencing the field of public rela- 
tions. Special focus will be on contemporary 
public relations models and practitioner 
roles. 

519 Communications and Governance in 
America (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 or consent of 
instructor. The course will study relation- 
ships between systems of communications, 
particularly new communication technolo- 
gies, and governmental institutions and 
processes within the American setting. It will 
explore how technological change relates to 
patterns of decision-making, management, 
and the content and flow of information 
among public officials. 

520A,C Communications Practicum (3,3) 
Prerequisites: Comm 500 and six units of 
study-plan courses in area of specialization; 
Comm 518 is an additional prerequisite for 
C. Under supervision of a faculty member, 
students plan, design, conduct and evaluate a 
team project in their field of specialization: A 
- News-Editorial, C - Public Relations. 

525 Advanced Communications 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. The course is 
designed to provide the student with an up- 
to-date assessment of general management 
and communications management tech- 
niques, and to help equip the student for 
management positions in advertising, jour- 
nalism, public relations and broadcasting. 


125 


COMMUNICATIONS 


550 Advertising in Modem Society (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 500. Assessing the 
impact of advertising on society, the culture 
and economy. Philosophical rather than tech- 
nical examinations of critical issues and prob- 
lems such as economic and social effects of 
advertising, effects of value and life styles, 
ethics and regulation. 

595 Graduate Mass Media Internship (3) 
Prerequisite: Comm 500 and Comm 508 
or 509, and consent of instructor. Supervised 
practical work experience with media outlets, 
advertising and promotion agencies, public 
relations firms, film companies, etc. Involves 
cooperative efforts of both the departmental 
faculty and employers. Exposure to current 
and innovative techniques in research, man- 
agement and creative activities while offering 
practical experience. 

597 Project (3) 

Completion of creative project in a 
sequence beyond regularly offered course 
work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Completion of a thesis in a sequence 
beyond regularly offered course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of department chair. 

Individually supervised mass media projects 
or research for graduate students. May be 
repeated. 


126 


COMMUNICATIONS 


INTRODUCTION 

Comparative Religion (formerly Religious Studies) examines the spiritual quest of 
humankind, especially as it has manifested itself in the worldis living religions. These include 
Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and other less familiar traditions. No other 
academic field looks at the origins, sacred writings, rituals, beliefs and world view of the various 
religions for their own sake rather than as an aspect of another field of study. 

Within a 
public univer- 
sity, religion 
must be 

approached with 
academic objec- 
tivity and 
without 
favoritism for 
any one tradi- 
tion. Yet, reli- 
gion must also 
be studied with 
sensitivity and 
empathy for the 
millions of 
believers whose 
lives are shaped 
by their faith. 

Comparative Religion is also an interdisciplinary field which draws on the work of social scien- 
tists, historians, philosophers, and literary scholars in attempting to understand the religious 
quest. Hence, studying religious traditions develops habits of mind that are very important for life 
in our multicultural society. Furthermore, a familiarity with the world’s religions is necessary for an 
understanding of church-state issues in America and of political and economic conflicts in, the 
Mideast, India, Eastern Europe and elsewhere. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies is designed for those who (1) want a humanities 
undergraduate background focusing on religion as a preparation for further study in such fields 
as education, law, social work, counseling and government service; (2) wish to pursue graduate 
studies in religion with the aim of teaching and/or doing research in the subject; (3) are consider- 
ing a career in various religious ministries or in religious education. 

Because the major consists of 36 units of course work (less than some other fields), it may be 
possible to add a second major in, for example. Communications, History, Human Services or 
Philosophy. Such double majors may strengthen a studentis job preparation or background for 
graduate studies. 

Minors in religion are offered in four areas depending on a studentis particular interest: 
Religious Studies (comparative emphasis), Christian Studies (an emphasis on Christianity in its 
irtany forms), Jewish Studies (an emphasis on the Judaic tradition) and Peace Studies (an empha- 
sis on the causes of societal conflict and on its resolution, especially by pivotal religious figures). 




DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Benjamin Hubbard 

DEPARTMENT OFRCE: 

Education Classroom 622 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 
Minor in Religious Studies 
Minor in Christian Studies 
Minor in Jewish Studies 
Minor in Peace Studies 

FACULTY 

Daniel Brown, Benjamin Hubbard, George 
Saint-Laurent, James Santucci, Bradley Starr 

ADVISER 

All programs: James Santucci 


Awards in Comparative Religion 

Two graduating seniors are recognized each year with the James O’Shea^oseph Kalir Award 
for Outstanding Scholarship and the James Parkes/Morton Fierman Award for Student 
Achievement (for service to the department and university and/or for interfaith work within and 
outside the university). In addition, the Donald Card Award is given annually to a non-graduat- 
ing Religious Studies major for academic achievement. 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


Graduate Study 

The department works cooperatively with 
the Department of Religion in the Claremont 
Graduate School. Please contact the chair or 
undergraduate adviser about specific coopera- 
tive arrangements. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN REUGIOUS 
STUDIES 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 
consists of 36 units. Courses in other schools 
and departments may be acceptable for the 
major upon consultation with the depanmen- 
tal adviser. Each course counted toward the 
major must be completed with a grade of C 
or higher. 

Lower Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the 
Quest for Meaning (3) 

Comparative Religion 110 Religions of the 
World (3) 


Introduction to Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 


Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 


Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion of 
Islam (3) 


Introduction to Non-Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to 
the Asian Religions (3) 

Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to 
Buddhism (3) 


Upper Division Requirements (24 units) 

Core Requirements (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 300 Methods of 
Studying Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

*May be taken only after completion of 
15 units in Comparative religion, includ- 
ing Comparative Religion 110 and 300 
and junior standing. 


The Development of Western Religious Thought 

(6 units) 

Comparative Religion 345A History and 
Development of Christian Thought: The 
Beginning to 1274 (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History and 
Development of Christian Thought: 

1275 to the Present (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History and 
Development of Jewish Thought: Biblical 
Origins to Maimonides (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B History and 
Development of Jewish Thought: 1204 
to the Present (3) 

Comparative Religion 349A History and 
Development of Islamic Thought: The 
Beginning to 1258 (3) 

Comparative Religion 349B History and 
Development of Islamic Thought: 1259 
to Modem Times (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian 
Traditions (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 405 History of 
the Jews (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 406 The 
Holocaust (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman 
Empire (3) 

History/420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History 
of the Christian Church to 1025 (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History 
of the Christian Church from 1025 to 
the Present (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 425B The 
Reformation (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 466A Islamic 
Civilization: Arab Era (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 466B Islamic 
Civilization: Imperial Age (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 483 American 
Religious History (3) 

The Development of Non- Western Religious 

Thought (6 units) 

Afro/Comparative Religion 325 African- 
American Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 347A Hindu Tradition 
to 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Comparative Religion 347B Hindu Tradition 
from 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 


Comparative Religion 370 New Religious 
Movements in the U.S.A. (3) 

Comparative Religion 353 Buddhism in 
India (3) 

Comparative Religion 354T Buddhism 
Outside India (3) 

Afro/Comparative Religion 437 American 
Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 465A History 
of India (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 465B History 
of India (3) 

The Experience of Religion (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 305 Contemporary 
Practices of the Worldis Religions (3) 

Comparative Religion 310 Introduction to 
Peace Studies (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Philosophy/Comparative Religion 348 
Philosophy of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Geography/Comparative Religion 366 
Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

Comparative Religion 476 Understanding 
the Holocaust (3) 

Comparative Religion 481 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

Textual Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 


128 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


Writing Requirement 

The course requirement of the university 
upper-division baccalaureate writing course is 
met through Comparative Religion 485T or 
Comparative Religion 486. 

It is highly recommended that students 
majoring in Religious Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Arabic, 
Greek, Hebrew, Latin, and Sanskrit when 
such languages are offered. 


MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

Students minoring in Religious Studies are 
required to take 21 units in Comparative 
Religion, distributed as follows: 

Lower Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the 
Quest for Meaning (3) 

Comparative Religion 110 Religions of the 
World (3) 


Introduction to Western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 


Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 


Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion of 
Islam (3) 


Introduction to Non-western Religious Traditions 
(3 units) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to 
the Asian Religions (3) 

Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to 
Buddhism (3) 

Upper Division (12 units) 

Core Requirements (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major 
Religious Thinkers and Concepts (3) 
Comparative Religion 486 History and 
Methods of Comparative Religion (3) 

Bective Courses (9 units) 

Any nine units of upper division courses 
in Comparative Religion. 

It is highly recommended that students 
minoring in Religious Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Arabic, 
Greek, Hebrew, Latin, and Sanskrit when 
such courses are offered. 


MINOR IN CHRISTIAN STUDIES 

Students minoring in Christian Studies 
are required to take 2 1 units, distributed as 
follows: 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to 
Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 345A History and 
Development of Christian Thought: The 
Beginning to 1274 (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History and 
Development of Christian Thought: 

1275 to the Present (3) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

At least six units must be taken in courses 
cross-listed with other departments. 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the 
New Testament (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Afro/Comparative Religion 325 African- 
American Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament 
Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian 
Traditions (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Geography/Comparative Religion 366 
Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman 
Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 420 The 
Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History 
of the Christian Church to 1025 (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History 
of the Christian Church from 1025 to 
the Present (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 5B The 
Reformation (3) 


Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

Comparative Religion 481 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 483 American 
Religious History (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

Comparative Religion 499 Independent 
Study (3)* 

It is highly recommended that students 
minoring in Christian Studies pursue the 
study of classical languages such as Greek, 
Hebrew, and Latin when such courses are 
offered. 

♦When content pertains to the Christian 
tradition. 

MINOR IN JEWISH STUDIES 

Students minoring in Jewish Studies are 
required to take 2 1 units, distributed as 
follows: 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to 
Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History and 
Development of Jewish Thought: Biblical 
Origins to Maimonides (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B History and 
Development of Jewish Thought: 1204 
to the Present (3) 

Elective Courses (12 units) 

At least six units must be taken in courses 
cross-listed with other departments. 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The 
Bible as Literature (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew 
Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, 
Christianity, and Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative 
Mysticism (3) 

Geography/Comparative Religion 366 
Geography of Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 376 Dimensions of 
Religious Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the 
Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 


129 


COMPARATIVE REUQION 


History/Comparative Religion 405 History of 
the Jews (3) 

History 41 5B Hellenistic Civilization (3) 
History 406 The Holocaust (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 
Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

History 467 The Middle East in the 19th 
Century (3) 

History 468 The Middle East in the 20th 
Century (3) 

Comparative Religion 476 Understanding 
the Holocaust (3) 

Comparative Religion 481 Religion and 
Politics in the American Experience (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 

Comparative Religion 499 Independent 
Study (1-3)* 

* When content pertains to the Jewish tradition. 

MINOR IN PEACE STUDIES 

Students minoring in Peace Studies are 
required to take 21 units, distributed as 
follows: 

Core Requirement (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 310 Introduction to 
Peace Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious 
Thinkers and Concepts (3)** 

**When content involves Peace Studies. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

American Studies 405 Images of Crime and 
Violence in American Culture (3) 

Comparative Religion 380 The Religious 
Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Sociology 385 Family Violence (3) 

Speech Comm 220 Interpersonal Conflict 
Management (3) 

Elective Courses (6 units) 

Courses must be selected from at least 
two of the departments included below: 

Philosophy 310 Ethics (3) 

Biology 330 Ecology of American Indians (3) 
Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Comparative Religion 343 Religion and 
Current Ethical Issues (3) 

Psychology 351 Social Psychology (3) 

American Studies 460 Bohemians and Beats: 
Cultural Radicalism in America (3) 


Philosophy 345 Social and Political 
Philosophy (3) 

Sociology 372 Social Futures (3) 
Management 441 Labor-Management 
Relations (3) 

Chicano Studies 450 The Chicano and 
Contemporary Issues (3) 

Poli Sci 456 The National Security 
Establishment (3) 

Poli Sci 461 The United Nations and Other 
Public International Organizations (3) 

Any 499 Independent Study** (1-3) 

** Directed by instructor of student’s choice. 

COMPARATIVE RELIGION COURSES 

105 Religion and the Quest for 
Meaning (3) 

Inquiry into the nature of religious expe- 
rience as the human pursuit of meaning and 
transcendence, exploring its central themes, 
phenomena, and questions; its principal 
types of figures and communities; and its 
major categories of sacred rituals, objects, 
seasons, and places. 

110 Religions of the World (3) 

An introduction to at least five religious 
world views from an historical and compara- 
tive perspective, with descriptive analysis of 
their belief system, moral code, and symbolic 
rituals: Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, 
and Buddhism. (Same as Philosophy 1 10) 

200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 

The Christian scriptures and their back- 
ground in the light of modem exegesis; the 
Synoptic Gospels, written creeds and liturgi- 
cal formulae associated with the Orthodox, 
Roman and Protestant communions. 

201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 

The sources and content of the New 

Testament writings which reflect the life and 
beliefs of the Christians in the first century of 
the Common Era, including literary and his- 
torical criticism. 

210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

The Jewish tradition — its scriptures, laws, 
customs, holidays and world view in their 
historical setting. 

246A Basic Hatha Yoga (2) 

(Same as Kinesiology 246A) 


130 


250 The Religion of Islam (3) 

The religion of Islam, its background and 
main teachings: the rise of Islam; the 
caliphate; Islamic theology, teachings, mysti- 
cism and philosophy. 

270T Introduction to the Asian 
Religions (3) 

The main teachings of a major South 
Asian, Far Eastern, or “Oriental” religion per 
semester. Such religions as Jainism, 

Hinduism, Taoism, Shintoism, and 
Zoroastrianism will be discussed. May be 
repeated for credit with different subject 
matter. 

280 Introduction to Buddhism (3) 
Introduction to the origins and develop- 
ment of Buddhism. Included in the course 
will be a discussion of the major teachings 
found in all traditions of Buddhism, the three 
major traditions of Buddhism, and the posi- 
tion of Buddhism in the U.S. 

300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 
Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 

consent of instructor. The academic study of 
religion to include the definition, functions 
and varieties of religion; the methods used to 
study it; and key figures who have shaped 
the development of this discipline. 

301 Sanskrit (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 301) 

305 Contemporary Practices of the 
World’s Religions (3) 

Prerequisite: any one of the followinig: 
Anthro 100, History IlOA, Comparative 
Religion 105, or Comparative Religion 1 10. A 
comparative study of how the beliefs, prac- 
tices and moral codes of the world’s major 
religions influence the way nations and indi- 
viduals behave in the spheres of daily life, 
culture, ethics, business and politics. 

310 Introduction to Peace Studies (3) 

A fundamental orientation towards the 
academic study of the peaceful resolution of 
conflict on the personal, inter-personal, and 
societal levels, with special attention to 
peacemaking as an ethical and religious 
value. 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

(Same as Comp Lit 312) 

325 African-American Religion (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 325) 

330T Hebrew Scriptural Studies (3) 
Specific areas of Hebrew Scriptures such 
as major and minor prophets, Psalms, values 
of wisdom writers, books of the Old 
Testament. May be repeated for credit with 
different subject content. 

33 IT New Testament Studies (3) 

Specific areas of the New Testament such 
as the Synoptic Gospels, the Pauline Corpus, 
the Johannine Corpus, etc. May be repeated 
for credit with different subject matter. 

335 Judaism, Christianity and Islam 
Compared (3) 

A comparative study of the three great 
monotheistic traditions, Judaism, Christianity, 
and Islam; their beliefs, practices, and structures. 

343 Religion and Current Ethical 
Issues (3) 

An examination of contemporary ethical 
issues as they relate to the teachings of selected 
religious traditions on questions such as abor- 
tion, euthanasia, environmental pollution, 
global hunger, homelessness, pornography and 
censorship, racism, sexism, and violence. 

345A History and Development of 

Christian Thought: The Beginning 
to 1274 (3) 

Christian thought from apostolic times to 
the death of Thomas Aquinas; Old and New 
Rome, the Great Councils, the Middle Ages, 
and the marriage of faith and reason. 

345B History and Development of 
Christian Thought: 1275 to the 
Present (3) 

Christian thought from the death of Thomas 
Aquinas to the present; the cultural and philo- 
sophical backgrounds of the successive ages of 
scholasticism, the Renaissance, Baroque, reason 
and revolution, and the modem world. 

346 A History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical Origins to 
Maimonides (3) 

Jewish thought from biblical times to the 
death of Moses Maimonides (1204); Hebrew 
scriptures, Roman era, Talmud, and Spanish 
Jewry. 


346B History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: 1204 to the Present (3) 
Jewish thought from the death of 
Maimonides to the present; expulsions and 
persecutions, mysticism, emancipation, 
modem anti-Semitism, and Zionism. 

347A Hindu Tradition to 400 B.C.E. (3) 
Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 
270T or consent of instructor. 

Hindu thought in its earliest period. 
Subjects will include an overview of Vedic lit- 
erature, especially its religious content and 
the major rituals of the early Veda; philosoph- 
ical developments in the Upanisads or later 
Veda; and related sacred writings. 

347B Hindu Tradition from 400 B.C.E. (3) 
Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 
270T or consent of instmctor. Hindu thought 
after the Vedic period. Subjects will include 
the beginnings of Hindu philosophies, classi- 
cal Hindu practice, devotionalism, modem or 
neo-Hindu groups appearing in the nine- 
teenth century, and the contributions of 
thinkers such as Ramakrishna and Gandhi. 

348 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 348) 

349A History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: The Beginning to 1258 (3) 
Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 
250 or equivalent. Islamic theology, law, 
culture, and spirituality up to the close of the 
classical period in 1258. Interpretation of the 
Qur’an, formation of Hadith literature, devel- 
opment of Islamic law, divisions within Islam, 
rise of mysticism, contributions to science 
and art. 

349B History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: 1259 to Modem Times (3) 
Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 1 10 or 
250 or equivalent. Islamic thought from the 
close of the classical period to the present, with 
emphasis on twentieth century developments. 
Emergence of modem Middle East, reform 
movements, Islamic response to nationalism 
and modernity recent Islamic resurgence. 

350T Major Christian Traditions (3) 
Catholicism, Protestantism, Eastern 
Christianity, or Post-Reformation Communities; 
historical development and self-understanding, 
liturgy, creeds, moral norms, canon laws and 
outstanding figures. May be repeated for credit 
with different content. 


353 Buddhism in India (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 1 10 or 
280. A historical survey of Buddhist doc- 
trines, schools, and practices gained through 
translations of primary texts and discussions 
derived from secondary material. Analysis of 
the historical, philosophical, and sociological 
aspects of Buddhism in India. (Same as 
Philosophy 353) 

354T Buddhism Outside India (3) 
Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 110 
or 280. A historical survey of Buddhist doc- 
trines, schools, and practices in a particular 
region or regions which are : China, Japan, 
Korea, Southeast Asia, and Central Asia. May 
be repeated for credit with different content. 
(Same as Philosophy 354T) 

358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or 
equivalent. A comparative survey of mysticism 
as a recurring phenomenon within major reli- 
gious traditions. Included are selected writ- 
ings and representative male and female 
figures, analyzed from philosophical and psy- 
chological viewpoints. Definitions, terms, 
metaphors, techniques, and stages of the 
mystical experience. 

370 New Religious Movements in the 
U.S.A. (3) 

Beliefs, history, ritual and organizational 
make-up of non-traditional modem religions 
in America, such as Scientology, the 
Unification Church, Hare Krishna (ISKCON) 
and Rajneeshism as presented by guest speak- 
ers. Discussion of “cult,” “sect” and the occult 
will comprise portion of course. 

376 Dimensions of Religious 
Experience (3) 

The great themes of religious thought 
viewed objectively and subjectively in history 
and in the present day. Seminar and discus- 
sion presentation. 

380 The Religious Roots of 
Nonviolence (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 1 10, 
310 or consent of instructor. An investigation 
of the foundations of nonviolence as taught 
within the major religious traditions: Judaism, 
Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism. 


131 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


400 Religion, the Media, and 
Contemporary Culture (3) 

(Formerly 390) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or 
Communication 233 or History 180 or 
Comparative Religion 1 10 or consent of 
instructor. Religion reporting in the secular 
media; the religious press in America; the 
influence of the media, both secular and reli- 
gious, on the shaping of society’s values; 
ethical dilemmas faced by reporters. 

405 History of the Jews (3) 

(Same as History 405) 

406 The Holocaust (3) 

(Same as History 406) 

41 7B Roman Empire (3) 

(Same as History 417B) 

421 A History of the Christian Church to 
1025 (3) 

(Same as History 421 A) 

42 IB History of the Christian Church 
From 1025 to the Present (3) 

(Same as History 42 IB) 

42 5B The Reformation (3) 

(Same as History 42 5B) 

437 American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 437) 

458 Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 
(Same as Sociology 458) 

465A History of India (3) 

(Same as History 465A) 

465B History of India (3) 

(Same as History 465B) 

466A Islamic Civilization: Arab Era (3) 
(Same as History 466A) 

466B Islamic Civilization: Imperial 
Age (3) 

(Same as History 466B) 

476 Understanding the Holocaust (3) 

The ordeal of European Jewry; the begin- 
ning? and the end of an organized policy of 
genocide; impressions of eye witnesses; 
thoughts about the holocaust after a generation. 


481 Religion and Politics in the American 
Experience (3) 

Prerequisites: Poli Sci 100. An examina- 
tion of the relationship of politics and reli- 
gion, especially in the U.S. The colonial and 
constitutional experience. Supreme Court 
decisions on religious issues, the principal 
theorists of moral discourse in the public 
forum. Contemporary issues of concern. 
(Same as Poli Sci 481) 

483 American Religious History (3) 

(Same as History 483) 

485T Major Religious Thinkers and 
Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: approval of undergraduate 
adviser. Religious thinkers and concepts 
dealing with Western, Eastern and non-tradi- 
tional religious ideas from ancient to modem 
times. Fulfills university upper-division bac- 
calaureate writing requirement. May be 
repeated with different content. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in 
Comparative Religion to be taken with 
consent of instructor and the department 
chair. May be repeated for credit. 


132 


COMPARATIVE REUGION 


computer 

INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate program in computer science prepares students for careers in applications 
programming, systems programming, and software engineering, as well as entrance into graduate 
and professional schools. The curriculum emphasizes fundamental concepts exemplified by various 
types of programming languages, computer architectures, operating systems, and data structures. 

The bachelor’s program is accredited by the Computing Sciences Accreditation Board. 

The com- 
puter science 
program is 
designed to 
provide the 
student with 
the founda- 
tions of the 
discipline as 
well as the 
opportunity 
for specializa- 
tion. Six 
objectives are 
addressed: 

(1) develop- 
ment of the 
ability to 
work effec- 
tively as an individual or as a team member to produce correct, efficient, well-organized and 
documented programs in a reasonable time; (2) development of the ability to recognize problems 
that are amenable to computer solutions, and knowledge of the tools necessary for solving such 
problems; (3) development of the ability to assess the implications of work performed; (4) devel- 
opment of an understanding of basic computer architecture and operations; (5) preparation to 
pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas, or further education in computer 
science, and (6) development of the ability to write and speak effectively. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Each Computer Science major is required to complete a minimum of 131 units including 
general education. The degree program assumes that the student has already obtained a working 
knowledge of at least one high-level programming language such as Pascal and a working knowl- 
edge of personal computing fundamentals and applications, including word processing, spread- 
sheets, database systems, e-mail systems, and presentation graphics. Students without this 
knowledge may be required to take up to seven additional units of course work beyond those 
normally required by the major. 

Courses taken toward the major or toward the requirements in related fields must be taken 
on a traditional (letter grade) basis, unless the course is offered only on a non-traditional 
(credit/no credit) basis, or if the course is passed by a challenge examination. Further, no class 
with a grade of D or lower will be counted toward the major, as a prerequisite to a course in the 
department, or toward the requirements in related fields. Each student is required to complete 
the following set of requirements. 

Computer Science Placement Examination 

Before entry into the first course required by the major (Computer Science 131), the student 
is required to take a placement examination or complete the required prerequisite courses 
offered by the department. 



science 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Nick Mousouris 

VICE CHAIR: 

Dorota Huizinga 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Computer Science 522 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Computer 
Science 

Master of Science in Computer Science 
Minor in Computer Science 

FACULTY 

Susamma Barua, Ning Chen, James Choi, 
Hwang Chung, Bin Cong, Floyd Holliday, 
Dorota Huizinga, Barbara Laguna, Demetrios 
Michalopoulos, Mariko Molodowitch, Nick 
Mousouris, Edward Sowell 


133 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


Computer Science Core (49 units) 

Lower- Division Core (16 units) 

Computer Sci 131 Data Structures 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 223V C++ Programming (3) 
Computer Sci 23 1 File System Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 240 Computer System 
Architecture I (3) 

Computer Sci 241 Low-level Language 
Systems (3) 

Computer Sci 253U Workshop in UNIX (1) 

Upper-Division Core (21 units) 

Computer Sci 32 1 High-Level Language 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 33 1 Data Structures and 
Algorithm Analysis (3) 

Computer Sci 351 Operating Systems 
Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 375 Problem Solving 
Strategies (3) 

Computer Sci 423 Language Processor 
Techniques (3) 

Computer Sci 440 Computer System 
Architecture II (3) 

Computer Sci 461 Software Engineering 
Techniques (3) 

Technical Electives (12 units) 

Each Computer Science major must take 
12 units of technical electives which must be 
approved in advance by a departmental 
adviser. These electives must be selected from 
upper-division courses offered by the depart- 
ment or upper-division courses in numerical 
analysis. The electives shall constitute a 
coherent body of study consistent with the 
student’s professional and educational objec- 
tives. No more than three (3) units of course 
work may be selected from Computer Science 
courses numbered 490 through 499. 

Requirements in Related Fields (40 units) 
Mathematics Requirement (1 7 units) 

Mathematics 1 50A,B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4,4) 

Mathematics 270A,B Mathematical 
Structures (3,3) 

Mathematics 338 Statistics Applied to 
Natural Sciences (3) 

Science/Quantitative Studies Requirement 
(J4 units) 


Physical Science (8 units) 

One of the following combinations; 

Physics 225 Fundamental Physics: 

Mechanics (3) 

AND Physics 225L Fundamental Physics: 
Laboratory (1) 

AND Physics 226 Fundamental Physics: 
Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

AND Physics 226L Fundamental Physics: 
Laboratory (1) 

OR 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

AND Chemistry 125 General Chemistry 
for Engineers (3) 

OR 

Geological Sci 101 Physical Geology (3) 

AND Geological Sci 10 IL Physical 
Geology Laboratory (1) 

Geological Sci 201 Earth History (4) 

Biological Science (3 units) 

Biology 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

(Biology 101 Elements of Biology (3) or the 
equivalent may be substituted for 131) 

Science/Quantitative Studies (3 units) 

A one-semester course selected with 
approval of adviser from the following 
courses; 

Biology 241 Principles of Botany (4) 

Biology 261 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Biology 305 Human Heredity and 
Development (3) 

Biology 306 Biology of Aging (3) 

Biology 310 Human Physiology (3) 

Biology 319 Marine Biology (3) 

EG-EE 425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

EG-GN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Geography 110 Principles of Physical 
Geography (3) 

Geography 385 Quantitative Geography (3) 

Geological Science 120 Introduction to Earth 
Science (3) 

Geological Science 120L Eanh Science Lab (1) 
Geological Science 140 Earth’s Atmosphere (3) 
Geological Science 335 General Hydrology (3) 
Geological Science 376 Applied Geology (3) 

Kinesiology 349 Measurement and 
Evaluation in Kinesiology (3) 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for 
Management Science (3) 

Mathematics 370 Mathematical Model 
Building (3) 

Physics 200 Introduction to Astronomy (4) 

Physics 227 Fundamental Physics: Waves, 
Optic, and Modem Physics (3) 

Physics 227L Fundamental Physics Lab (1) 

Physics 380 Methods of Experimental 
Physics (3) 

Psychology 202 Research Methods in 
Psychology (3) 

Sociology 302 Social Research Methods (3) 

Speech Comm 308 Quantitative Research 
Methods (3) 

Undesignated Units (9 units) 

These are to be taken in related fields 
and/or career support fields, with prior 
adviser approval. 

Upper Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

Computer Science 311, which meets the 
University requirements for an upper-division 
writing course, must be completed before the 
senior year. 

General Education (39 units) 

Computer Science students must com- 
plete the university’s 51 -unit general educa- 
tion requirements. Twelve of these 51 units 
will be completed in the major’s 
“Requirements in Related Fields.” For the 
remaining 39 units, see the “General 
Education” section of this catalog. 

MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

A Computer Science minor shall consist of 
20 units of adviser-approved courses including 
Computer Science 121, 131, 253U, and 313. 

It shall include at least six units of upper-divi- 
sion courses (which may include 313) taken 
in residence. At least twelve units must be dis- 
tinct and different from the units used to com- 
plete the requirements for the major; at least 
six of these twelve units must be upper-divi- 
sion. All prerequisites must be observed. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

A bachelor’s degree from an accredited 
institution with a grade-point average of at 
least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


attempted is required. Any deficiencies must 
be made up and will require six or more 
units of adviser-approved course work with 
at least a 3.0 average in addition to those 
required for the degree. 

Classified Graduate Standing 

Achievement of this status requires the 
following: 

1 . Approval of a formal study plan (see 
description below) by the Computer 
Science Graduate Committee and the 
dean of graduate studies. 

2. Satisfactory completion of no more than 
nine units on the study plan. 

3. Satisfactory completion of the following 
courses or equivalents including prerequi- 
sites: Computer Science 231, 240, 241, 
321, 331, 351, 375, 423, 431, and 
Mathematics 270A,B. 

4. Competency in written communication in 
English must be demonstrated by a 
passing score on the California State 
University Examination in Writing 
Proficiency. The requirement must be sat- 
isfied before the student can be classified 
and before 500-level courses may be 
attempted. Students who do not possess a 
bachelor’s degree from a postsecondary 
institution where English is the principal 
language of instruction should take 
English 201 and Computer Science 311 
to prepare for the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency. 

Talented professional computer scientists 
have traditionally come from a diversity of 
undergraduate preparations. The listed 
courses have been carefully selected to 
provide an adequate basis for graduate work 
while not unfairly precluding admission of 
persons without a bachelor’s degree in com- 
puter science. It should be noted, however, 
that each of these courses has prerequisites 
and the student without preparation in a 
closely related degree may have considerable 
work to complete beyond the courses listed 
here. Reference should be made to the 
catalog descriptions for prerequisites of each 
course deficiency. 

These courses and their prerequisites con- 
stitute program prerequisites. Students are 
not allowed to enroll in courses for which 
they have prerequisite deficiencies. Students 
with knowledge equivalent to any or all of 
these prerequisite courses are encouraged to 
satisfy such prerequisites by advanced place- 


ment examination. Consult a Computer 
Science graduate adviser for further informa- 
tion. 

Study Plan 

Prior to admission to classified graduate 
standing in Computer Science, the student 
with the aid of a Computer Science graduate 
adviser shall prepare and submit for approval 
by the Computer Science Department gradu- 
ate committee a formal study plan consisting 
of a minimum of 30 units of 400 level and 
graduate course work. 

This shall include Computer Science 440, 
461, 589, 597 or 598; one of 541, 542, 543, 
544, 545 or 546; and 15 units of electives (9 
units must be at the 500-level). At least 15 
units shall represent courses offered by the 
Department of Computer Science. Courses 
offered by other disciplines, not listed here, 
and related to the students’ objectives in 
computer science may be approved by peti- 
tion to the Department of Computer Science. 

All course work in the study plan must be 
completed with a GPA of at least 3.0. 

Graduate Student Advisement 

The graduate program adviser provides 
overall supervision of the graduate program. 
The individual student chooses an adviser 
from the full-time faculty of the Computer 
Science Department on the basis of the 
student’s particular interests and objectives. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES 

Prerequisites for computer science courses 
may be waived only by department petition. 
Prerequisite courses must be passed with a 
grade of C or better. 

103 Introduction to Personal Computer 
Applications (3) 

Introduction to use and application of 
personal computers: word processing, 
spreadsheets, database systems, e-mail 
systems and World Wide Web. Evaluation of 
personal computers and software. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

121 Programming Concepts (4) 

Prerequisite: three years high school 
mathematics including trigonometry. 
Introduction to programming of digital com- 
puters; subroutines, functions, and structure 
of algorithms; elementary input/output; 
arrays; strings, and data types; documenta- 
tion. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


123 Programming Concepts Review (2) 
Prerequisites: Three years of high school 
mathematics including trigonometry and suf- 
ficient score on the Computer Science 
Placement Exam. Accelerated coverage of 
materials in Computer Science 121 for those 
who lack sufficient knowledge of Pascal to 
take Computer Science 131. 

131 Data Structures Concepts (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 121 or 
sufficient score on the Computer Science 
Placement Exam, high school computer 
applications, and three years high school 
mathematics including trigonometry. Data 
structures: linked lists, stacks, queues, arrays, 
sequential text files, text formatting. 

135 C++ Application Programming (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 103 or 
equivalent. A survey course in programming 
using the C++ language. Designed for 
persons seeking basic programming skills. 
Topics include language organization, data 
types, control structures, functions, I.O. tech- 
niques, classes, and operators. Credit earned 
not applicable toward B.S. degree in 
Computer Science. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
laboratory) 

203 Advanced Personal Computing (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 103. 
Computer networks. Work-group computing: 
electronic mail, scheduling, work-flow 
automation, central repositories. Desktop 
publishing. Vertical and horizontal software 
suites. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223A Ada Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. Ada 
control statements, types, subprograms, array 
and record types, packages, exceptions, 
access variables, dynamic objects, files, gener- 
ics, compilation units, tasking, and low-level 
programming. Laboratory programming 
assignments. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours labo- 
ratory) 

223C COBOL Programming (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. 
COBOL identification, environment, data and 
procedure divisions; moving data; printing 
information; arithmetic verbs; control state- 
ments; arrays and tables; sequential, relative, 
and indexed files; subprograms; report writer 
module. Laboratory programming assign- 
ments. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


223H Visual BASIC Programming (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. 
Elements of Visual BASIC, forms and con- 
trols, properties, mouse events, multiple-doc- 
ument interface, processing files, accessing 
databases, dynamic data exchange, object 
linking and embedding. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours laboratory) 

223S Smalltalk Programming (1) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
other high-level programming course. 
Smalltalk programming language including 
syntax, classes, objects, methods, polymor- 
phism, inheritance, programming tools, class 
library. Laboratory programming assign- 
ments. (2 hours laboratory) 

22 3U C Programming (1) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. Structure of C 
programs, functions, statements, macros, 
data types and expressions. Header files and 
control facilities for separate compilation. 
Standard system library functions for 1/0, 
math, dynamic memory, process control, and 
interfacing with the operating system and 
environment. Laboratory programming 
assignments. (2 hours laboratory) 

223V C++ Programming (3) 

Corequisite: Computer Science 131. C++ 
types, arithmetic, operators, control struc- 
tures, assignment operators, functions, scope, 
recursion, logical operators, arrays, pointers, 
characters, strings, structures, unions, enu- 
merations, classes, operator overloading, 
inheritance, virtual functions, polymorphism, 
stream input/output, templates, exception 
handling, file processing. Laboratory pro- 
gramming assignments. 

231 File System Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and 
223V Characteristics and utilization of bulk 
storage devices. B-trees, sequential and 
random access methods. Introduction to 
relational data model. 

240 Computer System Architecture I (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and 
either Mathematics 270A or Mathematics 
280. Digital logic and architecture of a com- 
puter system, machine level representation of 
data, memory system organization, and tech- 
niques for interrupt handling. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


243 Low-Level Language Workshops (2) 
Preprequisite: Computer Science 241. 
Workshops in the use of specific low-level 
programming. See list following. Offered 
Credit/No Credit only. 

243Y Workshop in 80X86 Assembly 
Language. 

241 Low-level Language Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 131. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 240. The 
structure of low-level computer languages. 
Machine, assembly, and macro language pro- 
gramming. Principles of assembler operation. 
Laboratory programming assignments. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) (Same as 
Electrical Engineering 241) 

253 Operating System Workshops (1) 
Workshops in the use of specific operat- 
ing systems. See list following. Offered 
Credit/No Credit only. Prerequisites vary. 

(2 hours activity) 

253U Workshop in UNIX 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. 

253V Workshop in VMS 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or 
General Engineering 205. 

303 Multimedia Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 103, 121 
and completion of the General Education 
critical thinking requirements. Components 
and issues associated with multimedia tech- 
nology, applications of multimedia and its 
evolution. Laboratory activities will include 
developing a multimedia application using a 
PC-based authoring tool. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours laboratory) 

311 Technical Writing for Computer 
Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231, 241 
and English 101. Practice in developing doc- 
umentation skills as used in the computer 
field. Topics include proposals, feasibility 
studies, user guides and manuals, business 
communication and technical presentation. 
Case studies in professional ethics. Both 
written and oral reports are required. 


136 


313 The Computer Impact (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. 
Effect of computer use on individuals and 
organizations. Side effects of innovative tech- 
nology and the resulting changes to organiza- 
tions, social institutions, and human 
perceptions of events. Emphasis on personal 
responsibility, legal ramifications, and educa- 
tional implications. Hands-on use of e-mail 
and the World Wide Web. 

321 High-Level Language Concepts (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 231 and 
241. Language definition concepts. Data 
types and structures. Control structures and 
data flow. Run-time considerations. 
Interpretive languages. Introduction to lexical 
analysis and parsing. 

322L Introduction to Computer Aided 
Design (3) 

(Same as Mechanical Engineering 322L) 

331 Data Structures and Algorithm 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231, 241, 
and 253U; Mathematics 150B and 270B. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 338. Advanced data 
structures, sorting, searching, graph algo- 
rithms. Introduction to efficiency analysis. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

341 Client Server Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231. A 
study of the client/server environment includ- 
ing platforms, operating systems, networks, 
middleware, distributed processing, data com- 
munication, optimization, client/server model, 
and trends. Programming exercises in a lan- 
guage suitable for the client/server environ- 
ment. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

351 Operating Systems Concepts (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 240 and 
331. Resource management, memory organi- 
zation, input/output, control process syn- 
chronization and other concepts as related to 
the objectives of multi-user operating 
systems. 

361 Software Design Concepts (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 223A 
and 241. Concepts and methodologies of 
the object-oriented paradigm. Object-ori- 
ented analysis and object-oriented design. 
Implementation of moderate size object-ori- 
ented systems. Topics in embedded systems. 
(2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


375 Problem Solving Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 321, 331 
and Mathematics 338. Complexity classes, 
including undecidable and NP-complete prob- 
lems. Problem solving strategies applied to par- 
allel and distributed processing, numerical 
compulation, and artificial intelligence. Greedy 
methods, divide-and-conquer, dynamic pro- 
gramming, approximation, and search methods. 

423 Language Processor Techniques (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 321 and 
331. Concepts behind the design and imple- 
mentation of programming language proces- 
sors such as compilers and interpreters. The 
design of a small compiler from a software 
engineering perspective. 

431 Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 311 and 
351. Database models: hierarchical, network, 
relational, functional, E-R and object-based. 
Distributed DBMS and concurrency control. 
Query optimization. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours laboratory) 

433 Data Security and Encryption 
Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 311, 351 
and Mathematics 270B. System security and 
encryption. Current issues in security, encryp- 
tion and privacy of computer based systems. 

435 Algorithms for Parallel Processing (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 375. Brief 
survey of parallel processing architectures; 
concurrent decomposition strategies for par- 
allelizing; selected parallel algorithms from 
sorting, dictionary operations, matrix opera- 
tions, graph algorithms, combinatorial 
search, and logic programming. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

440 Computer System Architecture II (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 240 and 
241. Computer performance, price/perfor- 
mance, instruction set design and examples. 
Processor design, pipelining, memory hierar- 
chy design, and input/output subsystems. 

451 Advanced Operating Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The 
course covers internal structures of a modem 
operating system. The specific topics include 
processes, process communication, file 
systems, networking, and the I/O system. 
There will be several programming assign- 
ments which would utilize calls and other 
low level interfaces. 


457 Computer Communications (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. An 
introduction to digital data communications. 
Terminology, networks and their compo- 
nents, common-carrier services, telecommu- 
nication facilities, terminals, error control, 
multiplexing and concentration techniques. 

459 Micro-Computer Software 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The 
design and implementation of software. 
Analysis of a micro-computer operating 
system and work on a team to implement a 
significant programming assignment. 

461 Software Engineering Techniques (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 311, 321, 
331 and passing score on the Examination in 
Writing Proficiency. The design and develop- 
ment of large software systems. Organization 
and control of the system development 
process. Students will implement and discuss 
large scale team projects. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours laboratory) 

465 Principles of Computer Graphics (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 331. 
Examination and analysis of computer graph- 
ics; software structures, display processor 
organization, graphical input/output devices, 
display files. Algorithmic techniques for clip- 
ping, windowing, character generation and 
viewpoint transformation. 

477 Cybernetics and Information 
Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 331. 
Formal theories underlying artificial intelli- 
gence. Cybernetics, information theory, deci- 
sion models. Shannon’s theorem, adaptive 
machines, search techniques, stochastic 
automata, time series analysis and reliability 
theory. 

481 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 375. Use 
of computers to simulate human intelligence. 
Topics include production systems, pattern 
recognition, problem solving, searching game 
trees, knowledge representation, and logical 
reasoning. Programming in AI environments. 


483 Pattern Recognition Techniques (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 331. 
Classification techniques, discriminant func- 
tions, training algorithms, potential function 
theory, supervised and unsupervised learning, 
feature selection, clustering techniques, mul- 
tidimensional rotations and rank ordering 
relations. 

495 Internship in Computer Science (1-3) 
Prerequisite: computer science or related 
major and consent of instructor. Practical 
experience relevant to computer science in 
government or private agencies. Written and 
oral reports are required. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval by the computer 
science chair. Special topic in Computer 
Science, selected in consultation with and 
completed under the supervision of instructor. 

521 Compiler Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 423. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Techniques for the design of compilers and 
their relations to formal automata and formal 
grammars. 

523 Theory of Programming 
Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 423. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Techniques and metalanguages for the formal 
specification of the syntax and semantics of 
programming languages, and related topics. 
Attribute grammars, two-level grammars, 
grammar-based semantic specification, opera- 
tional semantics, denotational semantics, con- 
tinuation semantics, axiomatic semantics. 

531 Design of Database Management 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Implementation techniques for query analy- 
sis, data allocation, concurrency control, data 
structures, and distributed databases. New 
database models and recent developments in 
database technology. Student projects 
directed to specific design problems. 

541 Specification of Software Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Models 
and languages for software system specifica- 
tion, documents, standards, and traceability. 
Documentation of specification process. 


137 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


542 Software Verification and 
Validation (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Theory 
and practice needed to ensure that a high 
quality software product is developed. Topics 
covered include a quality assessment, proof of 
correctness, testing, and limitations of current 
verification and validation methods. 

543 Software Generation and 
Maintenance (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Software 
creation, reuse, enhancement, adaptation and 
correction. Alternatives to coding, language 
concepts, role of standards, style, manage- 
ment, tools, performance analysis, regression 
analysis, and productivity issues. 

544 Principles and Application of 
Software Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Exploration and application of different 
methods and languages for expressing soft- 
ware design. Evaluation of designs. 

545 Software Systems Design (3) 
Prerequisites: Computer Science 351 and 

461. Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Development of software systems at the 
highest level. Systems view of software devel- 
opment, trade-offs between software and 
hardware. User interfaces, requirements analy- 
sis, techniques for development from require- 
ments, system integration, and transition into 
use. Includes case studies and project. 

546 Software Project Management (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 461. 

Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Process 
considerations in software systems develop- 
ment. Materials and tools in software project 
planning. Mechanisms for monitoring and 
controlling software projects. 

551 Operating Systems Design (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Design 
and evaluation techniques for controlling 
automatic resource allocation, providing effi- 
cient programming environments and appro- 
priate user access to the system, and sharing 
the problem solving facilities. 


558 Advanced Computer Networking (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 457 and 
Corequisite Computer Science 589. System- 
oriented view of computer network design, 
protocol implementation, networking, high- 
speed networking, network management, 
computer network performance issues. 

566 Advanced Computer Graphics (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 465. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Three 
dimensional: reflection models, shading tech- 
niques, rendering process, parametic repre- 
sentation, ray tracing, radiosity, texture, 
anti-aliasing, animation, color science. 

578 Applied Pattern Recognition (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 483. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. An 
applied approach to classification techniques, 
discriminant functions, training, algorithms, 
feature selection, clustering techniques, multi- 
dimensional rotations and rank ordering rela- 
tions as they apply to statistical data, images, 
voice and sound analysis. 

583 Expert Systems Design Theory (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 
Knowledge representation and search strate- 
gies for expert systems, logic programming; 
expert system tools. Project. 

585 Artificial Neural Networks (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. 

Principles of neural networks; neural network 
paradigms, software implementations, appli- 
cations, comparison with statistical methods, 
use of fuzzy logic; project. 

587 Natural Language Processing (3) 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. 
Corequisite: Computer Science 589. Syntactic 
and semantic representations for natural lan- 
guages. Topics include parsing techniques, 
grammars, transition networks, and contex- 
tual analysis. 


589 Seminar in Computer Science (3) 
Prerequisites: one 400-level course in 
Computer Science and passing score on the 
Examination in Writing Proficiency. Research 
methods in computer science. Student pre- 
sentations covering current topics, research 
advances, updating of concepts and verifica- 
tions of principles of computer science. 
(Examples: large-scale parallelism, internet 
security, design for user interfaces, computers 
in instruction). 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 
approval of the computer science graduate 
adviser and Computer Science 589. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 
approval of the computer science graduate 
adviser and Computer Science 589. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, 

approval by the computer science department 
chair and Computer Science 589. Special 
topic in computer science, selected in consul- 
tation with and completed under supervision 
of instructor. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


counseling 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Counseling offers a program leading to the Master of Science in 
Counseling, with a concentration in Marriage, Family and Child Counseling. This program is 
holistic in orientation and delivery. The development of the intellect, self-awareness, and reflec- 
tive practitioner skills are considered to be integral to professional growth. 

The following principles are emphasized with respect to therapeutic intervention: a) preven- 
tion is primary; 
b) the individual 
is regarded as an 
individual-in- 
community, 
rather than in 
isolation; and c) 
human develop- 
ment is viewed 
within the 
context of the 
individual, as 
well as the self in 
relation to others, 
to society and to 
humanity. 

Students are 
prepared to work 

with individuals, couples, families, groups, and communities. Our graduates are employed in a 
wide range of organizational settings, including education, social service, law enforcement, and 
private industry. 

The curriculum (or study plan) is comprised of 48 units, delivered in four phases. Phase I is 
introductory. Phases ll and 111 form the body of core training in counseling. Phase IV comprises 
the concentration in Marriage, Family and Child Counseling and the final project. 

Conditionally Classified Standing 

Phase 1 12 units: Counseling 500, 505, 511, 518 

Classified Standing 

Phase 11 12 units: Counseling 520, 522, 523, 526 

Phase 111 12 units: Counseling 521, 527, 528, 529 or 530 

Phase IV 12 units: Counseling 561, 562, 584, 597 



DEPARTMENT OF COUNSELING 

DIVISION OF CHILD, FAMILY, AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICES 

DIVISION CHAIR 

Judith Ramirez 

DEPARTMENT HEAD 

Vacant 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Counseling 
Marriage, Family and Child Counselor 
MFCC Licensure Preparation 

FACULTY 

Debra P Behrens, Joseph M. Cerrantes, 
Gerald F Corey, Pamela Downie, Kathy R. 
O’Byme, Michael C. Parker, and David S. 
Shepard 

ADVISERS 

Counseling, Master of Science: Judith 
Ramirez 

Marriage, Family and Child Counselor 
(MFCC) Licensure: Kathy O’Byme 


master of science in COUNSELING 

Admission 

The Depanment welcomes applicants from diverse academic, social, and cultural back- 
grounds. International and minority students are especially encouraged to apply. Preparation for 
the counseling profession is rigorous and multifaceted, necessitating the student’s development 
in intrapersonal, interpersonal, and academic realms. Admission is therefore based upon indica- 
tors of the applicant’s potential for becoming an effective counseling practitioner, including but 
not limited to grade point average (GPA), letters of reference, personal statement and depart- 
niental interview. Admission is not based on any single factor considered, but on a composite 
assessment of all factors. The following are required for consideration for admission to the 
program: 


139 


COUNSELING 


1 . An acceptable bachelor’s degree (or equiv- 
alent) from a regionally accredited institu- 
tion or its equivalent. 

2. A minimum GPA of 3.0 for the last 60 
sequential semester units completed. 

3. A minimum GPA of 3.2 in five prerequi- 
site behavioral science courses (or their 
equivalents): counseling theory, experien- 
tial group, statistics or research methods, 
abnormal psychology, and human devel- 
opment. At least three of the five prereq- 
uisites must be completed at the time of 
entrance; any remaining prerequisite(s) 
must be completed during the first semes- 
ter of enrollment. 

4. A detailed personal statement (1,500- 
3,000 words). This statement should 
inform the faculty about the following: 

a) applicant’s personal and educational 
background, strengths and weaknesses 

b) applicant’s understanding of and moti- 
vation and suitability for entering into 
the counseling profession 

c) applicant's long-term professional goals 

This statement is very important. 

5. An interview with department faculty. 

6. Three letters of recommendation. These 
letters should address the author’s assess- 
ment of your suitability for pursuing 
graduate studies and entering the coun- 
seling profession. At least one letter must 
be academic (i.e., written by a professor 
or an instructor). Professional references, 
written by supervisors or managers who 
are familiar with your work, are also 
appropriate. 

Applicants should apply directly to the 
Office of Admissions and Records, California 
State University, Fullerton, PO. Box 6900, 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6900. The application 
code is #08261. Letters of recommendation, 
the personal statement, and additional infor- 
mation should be sent to the Department 
Head, Department of Counseling, PO. Box 
6868, Fullerton, CA 92834-6868. The appli- 
cation deadlines are April 1st for Fall admis- 
sion and November 1st for Spring admission. 

All successful applicants are initially 
admitted as conditionally classified graduate 
students. They are invited to attend an orien- 
tation session before classes begin, and are 
encouraged to join the Graduate Counseling 
Students Association (GCSA). 


Applicants denied admission because they 
do not meet GPA requirements but who have a 
minimum GPA of 2.5 may enroll as an unclassi- 
fied postbaccalaureate student, and reapply for 
admission to the Counseling program if and 
when they meet department requirements. 

The department recommends that stu- 
dents take at least six units per semester. 
Students working full-time are strongly 
advised against taking more than six units per 
semester because of the demanding nature of 
the program; however, students should be 
aware of time limits for completion of the 
degree and of the possibility that they may be 
unable to enroll in a specific course because 
of the class size limits or other factors. 

Advisement 

Each student is assigned to an adviser 
upon admission to the department. Advisers 
provide academic assistance, help students 
develop official study plans, recommend 
them for classified standing and advancement 
to candidacy, and monitor their progress 
throughout the duration of enrollment. 

Students should consult their adviser on a 
regular basis. It is especially important to ini- 
tiate contact with an adviser as soon as possi- 
ble during the first semester of enrollment to 
verify enrollment in any remaining prerequi- 
site courses and to discuss preclassification 
requirements. 

Classification and Advancement to 
Candidacy 

Admission to the department as a condi- 
tionally classified student does not guarantee 
advancement to classified standing. 

Each student undergoes two comprehen- 
sive evaluations; one during Phase 1 and the 
other during Phase 111. Advancement to clas- 
sified standing or to candidacy requires a 3.0 
GPA and the faculty’s on-going assessment of 
the student’s aptitude and suitability for the 
counseling profession, progress in skill devel- 
opment, interpersonal and cultural sensitivity, 
and ethical and professional conduct. A 
student in classified graduate standing may 
be declassified with a change to unclassified 
post baccalaureate standing if current acade- 
mic, personal, and professional development 
shows a lack of suitability for continued 
training in counseling. (See the “Graduate 
Regulations” section of the University catalog 
for details concerning advancement to classi- 
fied standing or candidacy.) 


140 


COUNSELING 


MARRIAGE, FAMILY, AND CHILD 
COUNSELOR MFCC LICENSURE 

To practice as a Marriage, Family and 
Child Counselor in California, a license 
issued by the State Board of Behavioral 
Sciences (BBS) is required. Our 48-unit 
program with the MFCC concentration is 
designed to prepare students to meet licen- 
sure requirements (Business and Professions 
Code, Section 4980.37). Students should 
note that licensure requirements extend 
beyond those of the M.S. degree and include 
an internship and passing official written and 
oral examinations. It is the student’s responsi- 
bility to keep informed about Ucensure 
requirements as they are subject to change 
from time to time. An authoritative source of 
information is Laws and Regulations Relating 
to the Practice of Marriage, Family and Child 
Counseling, Licensed Clinical Social Work, 
and Licensed Educational Psychology issued 
by the BBS. For further information, write to 
the Board of Behavorial Sciences, Department 
of Consumer Affairs, 400 R Street, Suite 
3150, Sacramento. CA 95814-6240; Tel. 

(916) 445-4933. 

Upon graduation, students have 90 days 
to register with the BBS as an intern. It is 
advisable to write early to the BBS for a regis- 
tration packet (e.g., at the beginning of the 
last semester). 

COUNSELING COURSES 

252 Career Exploration and Life 
Planning (3) 

Exploration of personal career potentials, 
employment trends, decision making, goal 
setting and job search methods. 

380 Theories and Techniques of 
Counseling (3) 

(Same as Human Services 380) 

449 Seminar on Child Abuse (1) 

Prerequisite: Human Services 201 or 
Child/Adolescent Studies 301 or consent of 
the instructor. Presents characteristics of child 
abuse and a review of current laws, appropri- 
ate procedures for intervention, and methods 
of community networking and referral. (Same 
as Child/Adolescent Studies 449) 


475T Counseling Special Populations (3) 
Prerequisites: upper division standing and 
completion of introductory social science 
General Education class (lll.C). Counseling 
assessment and treatment of specific client 
groups. Various topics will be covered 
depending on the specialized training and 
expertise of instructor. May be repeated with 
different topic for additional credit. 

480 Case Analysis and Intervention 
Techniques (3) 

(Same as Human Services 480) 

500 The Counseling Profession (3) 
Prerequisites: graduate standing and com- 
pletion of or concurrent enrollment in Human 
Services 300 and Human Services/Counseling 
380. The study of counseling as a mental 
health profession, including its history, current 
functions and future directions; examination 
of the counselor as a professional, including 
educational goals, personal values, and cul- 
tural understandings. Opportunity to observe 
master counselors at work. 

505 Science of Human Inquiry I (3) 
Prerequisites: graduate standing and com- 
pletion of Psychology 201 or Psychology 202, 
or equivalent undergraduate course in social 
science research methodology or statistics. 
Foundations and characteristics of scientific 
models of human inquiry. Comparative review 
of experimental, naturalistic, and phenomeno- 
logical modes of inquiry as applied to the coun- 
seling domain. Instruction and practicum in 
observation methods. Meets graduate writing 
requirement. 

511 Pre-Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 341 or equiva- 
lent; completion of or concurrent enrollment 
in Counseling 500 and 505. The change 
process and the counseling relationship. Pre- 
practicum skills with an emphasis on crisis 
intervention. 

518 Human Development and 
Functioning (3) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 341; Child 
Development 312 or Psychology 361 or 
equivalent; completion of or concurrent 
enrollment in Counseling 500 and 505. 
Integrated study of lifespan development 
with a focus on definitions of normal and 
abnormal functioning. Introduction to the 
latest edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical 
^*'^ual of Mental Disorders (DSM). 


520 Modes of Individual Counseling (3) 
Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent 

enrollment in Counseling 511. Advanced 
counseling theories related to counseling of 
individuals. Evolution of personal and formal 
models of practice. Emphasis on role plays 
and skills applications. 

521 Science of Human Inquiry II (3) 
Prerequisite: Counseling 505. Applied 

research methods and program evaluation. 
Comparative review and synthesis of inquiry 
approaches. Completion of literature review 
for anticipated Counseling 597 project. 

522 Techniques of Brief Treatment and 
Assessment (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 511. Advanced 
study of the latest edition of the Diagnostic 
and Statistical Manual of Mental Health 
Disorders (DSM) with emphasis on detection 
and assessment of alcohol and substance, 
spousal or partner, elder, and child abuse, 
and human sexual dysfunction. Review of 
brief treatment models. 

523 Counseling and Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: Counseling 500. Theory, 

research, and techniques related to counsel- 
ing people from diverse cultural back- 
grounds. Emphasis on role plays and skills 
applications. 

526 Professional, Ethical and Legal 
Issues in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 500 and 511. 
Ethical and legal standards as related to criti- 
cal professional issues, including child abuse, 
spousal or partner abuse, elder abuse, and 
substance abuse. The relationship and inte- 
gration of values for the counselor’s role in 
practice, training, supervision, test usage, and 
consultation. 

527 Systems of Family Counseling (3) 
Prerequisite: Counseling 520. Survey of 

family systems models, including Adler, Satir, 
Bowen, Haley, Minuchin, and others. 

528 Groups: Process and Practice (3) 
Prerequistes: Counseling 500 and 511. 

Basic issues and concepts related to group 
process. Demonstration of group leadership 
skills with an emphasis on self-reflection. 


529 Practicum: Supervised Counseling of 
Children or Adolescents (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing; 

Counseling 523; consent of fieldwork coordi- 
nator. Supervised clinical practice with chil- 
dren or adolescents in approved community 
agencies. A minimum of 105 contact hours of 
counseling required for course completion. 

530 Practicum: Supervised Counseling of 
Adults (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing; 

Counseling 523; consent of fieldwork coordi- 
nator. Supervised clinical practice with adults 
in approved community agencies. A 
minimum of 105 contact hours of counseling 
required for course completion. 

561 Clinical Assessment of Family a 

Systems (3) 1 

Prerequisite: Counseling 527. 

Relationships and families examined in depth 
with reflection on own family background. 4 

Assessment of “normal” and dysfunctional 
family systems, including human sexual dys- 
function, emphasized. Application to role ^ 

plays and case studies. 

562 Counseling Couples and Families (3) 4 

Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent 

enrollment in Counseling 529 or 530. 

Therapeutic interventions and techniques for 4 

couples and family systems. Emphasis on role / 

plays and case studies. | 

575T Professional Issues in Counseling (3) | 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. f 

Exploration of contemporary contextual , 

issues facing the practicing counseling profes- 
sional. The topics offered depend on the spe- ^ 

cialized training and experience of instructor. 

May be repeated for credit with different ^ 

topic. Current topics include clinical supervi- 
sion, program evaluation, career develop- I 

ment, and consultation. ^ 

584 Advanced Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 529 or 530; 
approval of fieldwork coordinator. Advanced 
clinical experience in approved community 
agencies. Exposure to testing. A minimum of 
105 contact hours of counseling required for 
course completion. 


141 


COUNSELING 


597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of faculty adviser. 
Capstone program experience; taken final 
semester. Student conducts original research 
relevant to the counseling field. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 529 or 530; 
consent of graduate program adviser. 
Independent research culminating in a thesis. 
Recommended for pre-doctoral students. 

May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor or 

graduate program adviser. Research and 
development in counseling pursued indepen- 
dently with periodic conference with instruc- 
tor. May be repeated for credit. 


142 


COUNSEUNG 



INTRODUCTION 

Criminal justice is the study of the causes, consequences and control of crime. Like other new 
and developing fields, criminal justice is difficult to define as it draws from a number of different 
disciplines, including psychology, public administration, philosophy, political science, sociology 
and law 

The program 
service and 
inservice stu- 
dents with 
the principles 
and practices 
of criminal 
justice in 
America. 

Although the 
department’s 
curriculum 
allows for the 
development 
of depth in 
one of the 
subject’s sub- 
stantive sub- 
systems (i.e., 
law enforce- 
ment, courts or corrections), the overriding objective is to familiarize students with activities in 
all the above areas. 

The department is both academic and professional in that it is an interdisciplinary attempt to 
relate intellectual issues and practitioner perspectives to the challenge of crime in a free society. 

In this regard, the department provides preparation for employment with a related agency and/or 
further study (e.g., law school). 


leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice is designed to acquaint pre- 



DIVISION OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

DIVISION CHAIR: 

Keith O. Boyum 

DIVISION OFFICE: 

University Hall 511 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice 
Minor in Criminal Justice 

FACULTY 

Rhonda Allen, W. Garrett Capune, George 
M. Dery, III, James Farris, James Lasley, 

Kevin Meehan, Jill Rosenbaum, Brenda Vogel 


ADVISEMENT 

Students are urged to attend a “New Major Advisement Session” prior to their first semester at 
the university as a criminal justice major. This is particularly important for community college 
transfers. Failure to do so may delay graduation. The department’s "New Major Advisement 
Sessions" are regularly and frequently scheduled. See the bulletin board or call the division office 
for details. 

awards in criminal JUSTICE 

Graduating seniors are eligible for the Academics Award, the Activities Award, the Overall 
Achievement Award and the William Hobbs Scholarship for outstanding senior scholastic 
achievement. The Junior Achievement Recognition Award is provided to an outstanding junior 
undergraduate. The Dan Byrnes Scholarship is given annually to an undergraduate who plans a 
career in law enforcement. 

bachelor of arts in criminal justice 

Every student must complete the core courses (21 units) and a minimum of 12 units from the 
elective curriculum. In addition, each student is required to complete 9 units in a correlated cur- 
riculum. 


criminal justice 


For current information regarding the 
criminal justice program and its courses, 
check with the Division office in University 
Hall 511. 

Core Curriculum (21 units) 

Crim Just 300 Introduction to Criminal 
Justice (3) 

Crim Just 3 lOA Criminal Law: 

Substantive (3) 

Crim Just 315 The Enforcement Function (3) 

Crim Just 320 Introduction to Public 
Management and Policy (3) 

Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Crim Just 340 Criminal Justice Research 
Methodology (3) 

Crim Just 345 Corrections (3) 

Elective Curriculum (12 units) 

Crim Just 310B Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 

Crim Just 350 Principles and Concepts of 
Investigation and Reporting (3) 

Crim Just 360 Comparative Criminal 
Justice (3) 

Crim Just 422 Human Resources 
Management (3) 

Crim Just 425 Juvenile Justice 
Administration (3) 

Crim Just 430 Women and Crime (3) 

Crim Just 440 Minorities and the Criminal 
Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 450 Organized Crime and 
Intelligence Analysis (3) 

Crim Just 455 Gangs and the Criminal 
Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Crim Just 465 Law, Punishment, and 
Justice (3) 

Crim Just 472 The Judicial Process 

Crim Just 475T Topics in Administration of 
Justice: A Seminar (3) 

Crim Just 480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 

Crim Just 485 Search, Seizure and 
Interrogation I (3) 

Crim Just 486 Search, Seizure and 
Interrogation II (3) 

Crim Just 495 Internships (3) 

Crim Just 499 Independent Study (1-3) 


Correlated Curriculum (9 units) 

Courses in the related fields shall be 
selected by the student in consultation with 
an adviser. The purpose of this requirement 
is to allow for an awareness of the disciplines 
contributing to the creation of "criminal 
justice" as a separate subject. Upper division 
courses in such fields as philosophy, political 
science, psychology and sociology may be 
considered in this regard. For a list of 
courses that can count in this regard, check 
with the Division office. 

Writing Requirement (3 units) 

One of the following courses: 

Crim Just 350 Principles and Concepts of 
Investigation and Reporting (3) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
English 365 Legal Writing (3) 

For further information on these alterna- 
tives, please see the Criminal Justice adviser. 

MINOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

The Minor in Criminal Justice consists of 
a total of 18 units including three required 
and three elective courses to be chosen from 
the criminal justice curriculum. The required 
courses are: 

Crim Just 300 Intro to Criminal Justice (3) 

Crim Just 3 lOA Criminal Law: 

Substantive (3) 

Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSES 

300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

A study of the underlying ideological 
issues confronting America’s system of crimi- 
nal justice, with an emphasis on key concepts 
in conflict (law and order, rehabilitation vs. 
retribution, etc.) 

310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

The general doctrines of criminal liability 
in the United States and the classification of 
crimes as against persons, property and the 
public welfare. The concept of governmental 
sanction of the conduct of the individual. 

31 OB Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 

Legal problems associated with the inves- 
tigation of crime, the acquisition of evidence, 
the commencement of a criminal proceeding, 
the prosecution and defense of charges, sen- 
tencing and appeal. The development of 
existing procedures and examination of 
current efforts for reform. 


315 The Enforcement Function (3) 
(Formerly 415) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. The historical and philosophical 
development of the enforcement function at 
federal, state and local levels; community 
controls, political pressures and legal limita- 
tions pertaining to law enforcement agencies 
at each level of government; police policies 
and problems vis-a-vis the administration of 
justice as a system. 

320 Introduction to Public Management 
and Policy (3) 

Introduction to the field of public admin- 
istration. The course emphasizes current 
trends and problems of public sector agencies 
in such areas as organization behavior, public 
budgeting, personnel, planning, and policy 
making. Examples and cases from the crimi- 
nal justice field are emphasized. (Same as Poli 
Sci 320) 

330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

The nature and extent of criminality; tra- 
ditional and topical theories regarding etiol- 
ogy; research methods, sociological and 
psychological theories. 

340 Criminal Justice Research 
Methodology (3) 

Elementary statistics including descrip- 
tives, measurements and tests; data collection 
methods for effort evaluation and program 
prediction; systems analysis techniques. 

345 Corrections (3) (Formerly 445) 
Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. An overview of the origins, 
processes, organization, and contemporary 
trends of corrections in America. Course will 
target management, control, and treatment of 
adult and juvenile offenders in both institu- 
tions and community programs. 

350 Principles and Concepts of 

Investigation and Reporting (3) 
Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Principles of investigative activity 
practiced by police, courts and correctional 
subsystems. Reporting procedures and 
requirements. Meets classroom portion of 
upper-division writing requirement for 
Criminal Justice majors, or as an elective in 
the concentration curriculum. 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


360 Comparative Criminal Justice (3) 
Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. A cross- 
national survey of crime and the administra- 
tion of justice, including comparative 
considerations of forms and rates of criminal- 
ity along with an analysis of the respective 
responses of police, court, corrections. 

Related research efforts will also be reviewed. 

422 Human Resources Management (3) 
(Same as Poli Sci 422) 

425 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) 
Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Definitions of “delinquency” and 
the related responses of the interested institu- 
tions (police, courts and correction); the 
Juvenile court (past and present), and preven- 
tion and correction programs (practicing and 
proposed). 

430 Women and Crime (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or Philosophy 
302. An examination of women as criminals 
and victims, gender differences in criminal 
behavior and the role of women as profes- 
sionals in the criminal justice system. 

440 Minorities and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim just 300 or consent of 
instructor. An introduction to the issues sur- 
rounding the charges of overt and indirect 
institutionalized racism in the criminal justice 
system. An overview of patterns of criminal 
behavior among minority groups in the U.S. 
will be discussed. 

450 Organized Crime and Intelligence 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. History and 
development of organized crime. Current 
criminological strategies of control of organi- 
zational crime. Systems theories and other 
analytical techniques of police intelligence. 

455 Gangs and the Criminal Justice 
System (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Causal factors of, and legal solu- 
tions to, gang related crime in the United 
States are examined. Relevance of sociologi- 
cal, psychological, economic, and educational 
deviance theories to justice intervention 
strategies is emphasized. 


462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and 340. 

This course will examine the crime analysis 
function within the law enforcement organi- 
zation, demonstrate how to develop, imple- 
ment and operate a crime analysis unit, and 
discuss the nexus between crime analysis, 
field and investigative operations, and 
administrative bureaus. 

465 Law, Punishment and Justice (3) 
Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Theoretical 
scholarship in criminal justice is increasingly 
concerned with law in relation to delivery of 
justice and practices of punishment. Students 
will examine the rule of law, question 
whether justice is different from law, and 
review the role punishment plays. 

472 The Judicial Process (3) 

(Formerly 435) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or Poli Sci 
375, or consent of instructor. The nature, 
functions and roles of courts. Roles of major 
participants in the American legal system, 
including judges, attorneys and citizens. The 
administration of justice as a system. (Same 
as Pol Sci 472) 

475T Topics in Administration of Justice; 

A Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Current social, legal and practical 
problems confronting police, courts and cor- 
rections. A “variable topic” class with specific 
subjects to be announced each semester. 

480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. The rules of evidence in the 
context of a criminal trial in a California 
court. The rules, their application and their 
rationale. Lecture, discussion and simulated 
courtroom situations. 

485 Search, Seizure and Interrogation 
1(3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. Analysis of the laws that apply in 
common street search-and-seizure and inter- 
rogation situations in California; how they 
have evolved, and what developments are 
anticipated. 


486 Search, Seizure and Interrogation 
11 (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of 
instructor. An analysis of the laws that apply 
in some search-and-seizure and interrogation 
situations, such as those involving the border 
patrol and school officials. 

495 Internships (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and consent 
of instructor. The criminal justice professions; 
eight to 20 hours per week as a supervised 
intern in a public agency or related organiza- 
tion. In addition to the job experience, 
interns meet in a weekly three-hour seminar. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 12 hours of criminal 
justice and consent of adviser. Student selects 
an individual research project, either library 
or field. Conferences with adviser as neces- 
sary, culminating in one or more papers. May 
be repeated for credit. 


145 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


# 


economics 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

David Wong 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 702 

CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

Robert Kleinbenz, Director 
Langsdorf Hall 350 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 
Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
Minor in Economics 
Master of Arts in Economics 
Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

FACULTY 

Robert Ayanian, Radha Bhattacharya, 
Victor Brajer, Kwang-wen Chu, James Dietz, 
Vincent Dropsy, Andrew Gill, jane Hall, 
Walter Hettich, Stewart Long, Robert 
Michaels, Howard Naish, Anil Puri, Dipankar 
Purkayastha, Morteza Rahmatian, Eric 
Solberg, Murray Wolfson, David Wong 


INTRODUCTION 



As a scholarly discipline, economics is over two centuries old, dating back to the French 
physiocrats and Adam Smith in the 18th century. The nature of economic analysis has been 
described by John Maynard Keynes as . a method rather than a doctrine, an apparatus of the 
mind, a technique of thinking which helps its possessors to draw correct conclusions.” 

Economic methods are used to study a basic question which faces all societies: how should 

limited resources be used to 
produce goods and how should 
that production be distributed? 
Not all wants can be satisfied 
because resources and knowledge 
are limited. Therefore, societies 
are faced with choices. These 
choices are made in different 
ways: by custom, by command 
and centralized control, or by a 
system of markets and prices as 
in our mixed economy. 
Economists examine alternative 
solutions to the basic economic 
problem by analyzing costs and 
benefits of changing existing pat- 
terns of resource use. 

Economists work in many 
specialties including money and 
banking, international trade and 
finance, labor, public finance, 
industrial policy, environment 
and natural resources, business 
cycles and forecasting. Social issues and problems such as poverty, crime, discrimination, immi- 
gration, aging, energy, pollution and education are typical subjects of faculty research. 

The faculty of the Economics Department participate in programs leading to both undergrad- 
uate and graduate degrees. One undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of arts degree with a 
major in economics. Another undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of arts degree with a 
major in business administration and a concentration in business economics and requires a 
larger number of business courses. Both programs prepare the student for a variety of career 
opponunities in business and government as well as advanced studies in economics, business, 
public administration and law. Graduate study is offered in economics, leading to a master of arts 
degree. Alternatively, students may follow the Master of Business Administration curriculum, 
with a concentration in business economics. 


ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on admission, cur- 
riculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading procedures; and residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, all economics majors should see a faculty adviser in the 
Department of Economics for information on career opportunities and advanced study. 
Undergraduates should consult the department office for the name of their faculty adviser. 
Graduate students should consult the graduate adviser, Walter Hettich. 


146 


ECONOMICS 



Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching cre- 
dential, the Department of Economics offers 
courses which may be included in Subject 
Matter Preparation Programs and 
Supplementary Authorization Programs for 
elementary and secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements 
for teaching credentials is found in the 
Teaching Credential Programs section of this 
catalog and is also available from the 
Department Office for Elementary and 
Bilingual Education and the Department 
Office for Secondary Education. Students 
interested in exploring careers in teaching at 
the elementary or secondary school levels 
should contact the Office of Admission to 
Teacher Education, Education Classroom 207. 

Awards in Economics 
Formuzis, Pickersgill, and Hunt Student 
Paper Award 

Outstanding Senior in Economics 
Outstanding Graduate Student in Economics 
Wall Street Journal Student Achievement 
Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

Admission to the Economics major 
involves two steps. Students who apply to the 
major are initially classified as Pre-economics. 
After completing the lower-division core 
requirements with grades of at least C, stu- 
dents may apply to the Economics major. 
Pre-economics students may take lower-divi- 
sion business and economics courses, but 
most upper-division courses are not open to 
Pre-economics students. 

All of the following requirements must be 
met for the degree. Students must earn a grade 
of at least C in each course listed below. 
However, a C average will be acceptable in the 
upper division economics electives. For assis- 
tance in interpreting these requirements contact 
the Business Advising Center, Lang^dorf Hall 
700. Students should also contact their faculty 
adviser in the Economics Department prior to 
or during their first semester. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 
Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 
Bus Administration 201 Business Writing (3) 
Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 


Economics 440 Introduction to 
Econometrics (3) 

OR Math 1 50B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

OR Accounting 20 IB Managerial 
Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math 130 A Short Course in 
Calculus (4) 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Adminstration 301 Advanced 
Business Communication (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Economics 340 Economic Research 
Methods (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A Quantitative 
Business Analysis: Probability & 

Statistics (3) 

and 15 units of upper-division economics 
electives, 6 units of which must be 400 level. 
No more than 3 units of independent study 
may be used to meet the 400 level electives 
requirement. 

Other Requirements, Grades and 
Residence 

Other Subjects. Complete at least 50 percent 
of the coursework for the degree outside the 
School of Business Administration and 
Economics. The department recommends that 
these courses be from the social sciences and 
mathematics. Students planning to do gradu- 
ate work in economics are advised to take 
Math 150A,B; Economics 440 and Economics 
441. Complete all university requirements for 
the bachelor’s degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Attain at least 
a 2.0 GPA (C average) in all university 
courses and in the upper-division economics 
electives. Earn at least a C grade in each 
course required for the major (other than the 
upper-division economics electives). 

Grade Option. Take all required courses in 
economics, accounting and management 
science/information systems for a letter grade 


(A,B,C,D,F). The credit/no credit grading 
option may not be used for these courses, 
and a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy the 
requirements for the degree. Exception: 
courses in calculus may be taken under the 
credil/no credit grading option; however, if it 
is also taken to meet general education 
requirements, then it must be taken for a 
letter grade. 

Residence. At least 1 5 units of courses 
must be taken in residence at the School of 
Business Administration and Economics at 
Cal State Fullerton. Also fulfill university resi- 
dence requirements. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Business 
Economics Concentration.” 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

The economics minor covers the basics in 
the discipline of economics and gives stu- 
dents the opportunity to explore personal 
interests through electives. Note that a course 
in calculus (Math 135 or equivalent) is pre- 
requisite to Economics 310 and 320. 

Students must earn a grade of at least C in 
each course listed below. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Administration 301 Advanced 
Business Communications (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate 
Microeconomics Analysis (3) 

OR Economics 315 Intermediate 
Business Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomics Analysis (3) 

and 9 units of upper-division economics elec- 
tives 

Note: Students with a major in business 
administration and a concentration other 
than economics, who wish to minor in eco- 
nomics, must take Economics 201, 202, and 
310 as part of their major. For such students, 
these requirements in the minor will be 
waived and the minor will consist of 
Economics 320 and nine units of upper-divi- 
sion economics electives. Students with a 
major in business administration and a con- 


147 


ECONOMICS 


centration in business economics may not 
also minor in economics. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Business 
Economics Concentration.” 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

This program provides preparation for 
professional careers in private industry and 
government and provides a foundation for 
further graduate work at the doctoral level. 
Full-time and part-time students can be 
accommodated. Most of the courses are 
scheduled in the evening. 

The curriculum is designed for students 
with an undergraduate degree in business 
administration or economics, and consists of 
10 courses (30 units). Provided that all pre- 
requisites have been satisfied, the program 
may be completed in one year (full-time) or 
two and one-half years (part-time). 

The required courses progress from eco- 
nomic theory through economic model build- 
ing and estimation to the seminar in which the 
student prepares a thesis applying economic 
theory and econometric methods to a specific 
area of investigation. The curriculum also 
includes five courses (15 units) of electives. 

Most graduate courses in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics 
require classified “SBAE status” and are open 
only to students with classified standing in 
the M.A. in Economics, M.B.A., M.S. in 
Accountancy, M.S. in Management Science, 
or M.S. in Taxation programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following require- 
ments will be admitted to post-baccalaureate- 
unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor’s degree from appro- 
priately accredited institution, or equiva- 
lent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted, and in 
good standing at last college attended. 

Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students 
may enroll in undergraduate courses (100 
through 400 level) but are generally ineli- 
gible for graduate economics courses 
(500 level). Such students may wish to 
take undergraduate courses which are 
necessary to meet the requirements for 
classified standing (see below). Upon 
completing the requirements, the student 


may file an Application for Change of 
Academic Objective-Graduate requesting 
admission to the M.A. in Economics 
program. Admission to the university as a 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified student 
does not constitute admission to the 
program, does not confer priority, nor 
does it guarantee future admission. 
Students planning to apply for admission 
to the program should confer with the 
graduate adviser in the Department of 
Economics. 

Students meeting the following 
departmental requirements will be admit- 
ted with conditionally classified standing: 

3. Overall undeigraduate GPA of at least 2.5. 

4. An average score of 500 on the Graduate 
Record Examination (G.R.E.). 

5. For international students a TOEFL score 
of 570. A student scoring between 550 
and 570 may be admitted conditionally 
depending upon an evaluation of the 
entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department 
approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may 
take a limited number of courses at the 
graduate level, subject to the approval of 
the graduate adviser of the Department of 
Economics. Students are expected to 
advance promptly to classified standing. 

Students meeting the following addi- 
tional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eli- 
gible to take graduate courses for which 
they are qualified. 

6. Completion of the following courses at 
Cal State Fullerton (or equivalent courses 
at other institutions) with a grade-point 
average of at least 3.0 (B average). The 
course in calculus must have a grade of 
at least C. 

Economics 201 Principles of 
Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of 
Macroeconomics (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate 
Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Economics 320 Intermediate 
Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 
Economics 420 Money and Banking (3) 
OR three units of upper-division electives 


148 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative 
Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3) 

7. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

Students are urged to meet as soon as 
possible with the graduate adviser in the 
Department of Economics to file a study plan 
and advance to classified standing. 

Any study plan course in which a D grade 
is received must be repeated with at least a C 
grade, regardless of the overall grade-point 
average of the student. 

Required Core Courses (12 units) 

Economics 440 Introduction to 
Econometrics (3) 

Economics 441 Introduction to Mathematical 
Economics (3) 

Economics 502 Advanced Microeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Economics 503 Advanced Macroeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Area & Elective Courses (15 units) 

Area courses require nine units chosen 
from the student’s field of interest. Coursework 
may focus on the following areas: (1) envi- 
ronmental and natural resource economics 
(Economics 416, 461, 462, 590), (2) interna- 
tional economics and finance (Economics 
411, 433, 590), and (3) applied economic 
analysis involving course work related to 
industrial organization and labor (Economics 
410, 412, 413, 505) or the public sector 
(Economics 416, 417, 420, 421, 505). 

Among field and elective courses, six units 
must be taken at the 500 level and at least six 
units must be in economics. The remaining 
units in the student’s program can be chosen 
from course offerings in economics or related 
areas of study. 

Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 

Economics 598 Thesis Research (3) 

ECONOMICS COURSES 

100 The Economic Environment (3) 

The application of economics to the prob- 
lems of unemployment and inflation, the dis- 
tribution of income, competition and 
monopoly, the role of government in the 
economy, and other policy issues. Not open 
to prebusiness, business administration 
majors or minors, economics majors or 
minors, or international business majors. 


ECONOMICS 


201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 
Principles of individual consumer and 

producer decision-making in various market 
structures; the price system; market perfor- 
mance and government policy. 

202 IMnciples of Macroeconomics (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 201. Principles of 

macroeconomic analysis and policy; unem- 
ployment and inflation; financial institutions; 
international trade; economic growth; com- 
parative systems. 

310 Intermediate Microeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and 
Mathematics 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301 and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A or 
equivalent. Rational decision-making behav- 
ior of consumers and firms, and price and 
output determination in markets. Primarily 
for economics majors, but open to all stu- 
dents who qualify. 

315 Intermediate Business 
Microeconomics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and 
Mathematics 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301 and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A or 
equivalent. Analysis of business decisions in 
alternative market structures with special 
emphasis on problem solving in a business 
context using economic concepts and 
methods. Not open to economics majors. 
Students may not receive credit for both 
Economics 310 and 315. 

320 Intermediate Macroeconomic 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and Math 
135. Corequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A or equivalent. The 
determinants of the level of national income, 
employment and prices, and monetary and 
fiscal policies. 

330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. 
Alternative economic systems; their theoreti- 
cal foundations, actual economic institutions, 
and achievements and failures. Contrast 
between socialist and capitalist systems. 


331 Economies in Transition (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The 

transformation from centrally-planned to 
market-oriented economies in Russia and 
Eastern Europe. Focuses on the economic, 
social and political costs and benefits involved 
in the restructuring of economic systems. 

332 Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. 

Dimensions of industrialization, agriculture, 
investment, human resources, and trade in 
economies of the Far East (including Japan 
and China), India, and related nations of the 
Pacific Rim. 

333 Economic Development: Analysis 
and Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The 
processes of economic growth with references 
to developing areas. Capital formation, 
resource allocation, relation to the world 
economy, economic planning and institu- 
tional factors, with case studies. 

334 Economics of Latin America and the 
Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. 
Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Examines 
regional economic problems within an inter- 
national context: dependence, industrializa- 
tion and the international corporation; 
agriculture; regional cooperation; inflation; 
trade and debt problems. Major economic 
thinkers will be discussed. 

335 The International Economy (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The 

theory, practice and institutions of the inter- 
national economy. International trade and 
investment, balance of payments, foreign 
exchange rates, multi-national enterprise, 
international economic policy. Current trade 
issues: European Community, trade with 
developing countries. Eastern Europe, and 
the states of the former Soviet Union; General 
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and 
other major trade agreements. 

340 Economic Research Methods (3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 202, Manag 
Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A or equivalent. This course 
will introduce the student to the basics of 
applied economic research. Students will 
learn how to access existing economic knowl- 
edge, locate and compile economic data, and 
analyze economic problems using theory and 
quantitative methods. 


350 American Economic History (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The 

development of American economic institu- 
tions; economic problems, economic growth 
and economic welfare. 

351 European Economic History (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The 

evolution of European Economic institutions 
and their relations to the development of 
industry, commerce, transportation and 
finance in the principal European countries. 

361 Urban Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. 

Theory and analysis of the urban economy, 
urban economic problems and policy. 

362 Environmental Economics (3) 
Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. 

Economic analysis of environmental problems 
and related issues: externalities, property 
rights, social costs and benefits, user cost, rent 
and decision making under uncertainty. 

410 Government and Business (3) 
Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 310 or equivalent. Business organi- 
zation, conduct and performance; the rationale 
and impact of public policy on business and 
business activities, including the regulated 
industries, sick industries and antitrust policy. 

411 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
theory of international gains from free trade, 
effects of tariff and non-tariff barriers, and 
conduct of commercial policy. The balance of 
payments, the theories of exchange rate 
determination, and other international eco- 
nomic issues. 

412 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 310 or equivalent. Labor supply 
and demand, labor force participation, 
employment, unemployment, human capital, 
wage differentials, disadvantaged labor 
market groups, discrimination and wage- 
related income transfers. 


ECONOMICS 


413 Law and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315. An economic analysis 
of the common law — property, contract, and 
tort — focusing on the use of microeconomic 
theory to study the economic efficiency char- 
acteristics and effects of these laws. An 
emphasis will be placed on the analysis of 
specific legal cases. 

416 Benefit Cost and Microeconomic 
Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or equivalent. Application of 
microeconomic models and welfare econom- 
ics to public policy. Concepts of economic 
efficiency, economic surplus and equity. 
Measurement of policy effects, including 
benefit-cost analysis, with applications to 
selected policy areas such as education and 
environmental programs. 

417 Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 310 or equivalent. Government 
finance at the federal, state and local levels; 
the impact of taxation and spending on 
resource allocation, income distribution, 
stabilization and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 320 or equivalent. The money 
supply process and the impact of monetary 
policy on economic activity. 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 320 or equivalent. The techniques 
of monetary and fiscal policy and their rela- 
tive roles in promoting economic stability 
and growth. 

431 International Macroeconomics and 
Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 320. Macroeconomic analysis of 
the open economy: the impact of stabilization 
policies in a global economy, the role of the 
balance of payments, the international mone- 
tary system and growth in less developed 
countries. 


433 The Less Developed Countries and 
the World Economy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310, 315, or 515; 
and Economics 320 or 521. In-depth analyti- 
cal study of development and underdevelop- 
ment in the poorer countries in the context of 
a changing international economic order. Both 
the neo-classical and the political economy 
approaches will be discussed. Includes case 
studies from Asia, Africa, and Latin America. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 
Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 202, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A or 
equivalent. Economic measurement; specifi- 
cation and estimation of econometric models; 
statistical methods in economic research. 

441 Introduction to Mathematical 
Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 202 and Math 135 or equivalent. 
Economic theory from microeconomics and 
macroeconomics. Content varies; con- 
strained optimization problems and rational 
decision-making. 

442 Economics of Conflict and Defense (3) 
Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, 

Economics 310 and 320 or equivalent. 
Economic and strategic approaches to domes- 
tic and international conflict, public goods, 
defense, arms competition, and arms control. 
The effects of U.S. defense spending on the 
U.S. and international economy. Game theory 
and other theories of strategic behavior. 

450 History of Economic Thought (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 320. Major schools of 
thought and of leading individual economists 
as they influenced economic thought and 
policy. 

461 Ecological Economics (3) 

Prerequisite : Business Admin 30 1 , 
Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
application of economic concepts and methods 
to understanding the ways in which human 
economic behavior contributes to environ- 
mental and ecosystem degradation; the use of 
economic approaches to evaluate and manage 
these impacts; the design of sustainable eco- 
nomic policies. 


462 Natural Resource Economics (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. 
Concepts and principles in the application of 
economics to issues in natural resource eco- 
nomics. Issues will include uncertainty and 
risk in investment, depletion over time, 
cartelization, the role of technological innova- 
tion and government intervention related to 
fuels, water, land, etc. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major with 

Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 
361 A, Economics 310 (or 320) (or the equiv- 
alents) or international business major with 
Economics 202 and 335, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 
361A (or the equivalents); and consent of the 
department internship adviser, at least junior 
standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in resi- 
dence at the university. Planned and super- 
vised work experience. May be repeated for a 
total of six units credit. Credit/No Credit 
grading only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 
Prerequisites: economics major or concen- 
tration, Business Admin 301, Economics 310 
and 320, senior standing, 3.0 GPA and consent 
of department chair. Student learns through 
teaching (tutoring) other students enrolled in 
principles and intermediate economics courses. 
Consult ”Student-to-Student Tutorials” in this 
catalog for more information. May not be used 
to satisfy the elective requirements for the 
major or concentration in business economics. 
Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concen- 
tration, Business Admin 301, Economics 310 
and 320 (or the equivalents), senior standing, 
and consent of department chair. Directed inde- 
pendent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

Not open to students on academic probation. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 310 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. An advanced treatment of 
rational decision-making behavior of con- 
sumers and firms, the price system, and 
resource allocation in partial and general 
equilibrium settings. Topics include prefer- 
ence theory, welfare economics, gains from 
trade, monopoly power, external costs and 
benefits, public goods, factor markets, 
intertemporal decisions, risk and uncertainty. 


ECONOMICS 


503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 320 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. The determination of 
employment, fluctuations of real and money 
income, and the forces underlying economic 
growth. 

505 Economic Models and Forecasting (3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 440 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. Statistical methods of econo- 
metric estimation and forecasting. Practical 
solutions to problems in model specification, 
estimation by regression, time series analysis 
and forecasting. 

515 The Price System and Resource 
Allocation (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and 
Math 135 or the equivalent. Microeconomic 
analysis and policy under mixed capitalism. 
The economic environment and institutions, 
markets, consumer choice, production and 
resource allocation. Monopoly power and 
government intervention. (Not open to M.A. 
Economic candidates.) 

516 Economics and Benefit-Cost 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 201 and classi- 
fied graduate status in environmental studies 
or public administration. Economics and 
benefit-cost analysis of public projects. 
Consumer demand and the estimation of ben- 
efits; the nature of cost in a market economy; 
price controls, unemployment and inflation; 
and criteria for choice for multi-year projects. 
For elective credit in the M.S. Environmental 
Studies or M.P.A. 

521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 515 and 
classified SBAE status. National income deter- 
mination and macroeconomic models. Inflation 
and unemployment. Monetary and fiscal poli- 
cies. International trade and foreign exchange 
(Not open to M.A. Economics candidates or 
students with credit for Economics 320.) 

531 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 315 or 
515; Economics 320 or 521. An introductory 
analysis of theories and current issues in 
international trade, finance, macroeconomics 
and growth, with an emphasis on business 
applications. (Not open to M.A. Economics 
candidates or students with credit for 
Economics 431.) 


590 Topics in Economic Analysis and 
Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and 320; 
classified SBAE status. Contemporary 
research in areas such as: resource econom- 
ics, history of economic thought, interna- 
tional monetary systems, forecasting, 
economics of planning, and human resource 
economics. May be repeated for credit. 

595 Current Research in Economics (3) 
Prerequisite: classified graduate status in 
Economics or Economics 440, a 3.25 or 
better grade-point average and permission of 
the instructor. Students attend the depart- 
mental research seminar where faculty and 
outside speakers present papers dealing with 
recent and ongoing research. Students read 
material relevant to presentations and write 
analytical reports covering five seminar meet- 
ings. May be repeated once for credit. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. 
Directed independent inquiry. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 

598 Thesis Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503 and 

classified SBAE status. Corequisite: Economics 
505. Selection and approval of topic, outline, 
methodology; literature survey; data collection 
and analysis, and presentation of results. 

Award of the grade is contingent upon the 
completion and acceptance of the thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: Economics 440, 502 and 

503; classified graduate status; and consent of 
instructor and department chair (or designee). 
Directed advanced independent inquiry. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 


educational 

•ilSSION 

Our mifeion is to prepare school leaders who demonstrate strategic, instructional, organiza- 
tional, political aM c^ibmunity leadership; and to provide the community a source of scholar- 
ship and aisistailce in^nterpretation and application of scholarship. 

GOALS OF rife DEPARTMENT 

To prepare school leaders who demonstrate the knowledge, skills, attributes and conunitment 
necessary for: 


leaders 


DIVISION CHAIR: 

Vacant 

DEPARTMENT HEAD: 

Louise Adler 

DEPARTMENT OFHCE: 

Education Classroom Building 379 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 

Concentration in Educational 
Administration 

Administrative Services Credential 
Programs 

Preliminary and Professional 

FACULTY 

Louise Adler, Walter Beckman, William 
Callison, Ron Oliver, Stanley Rothstein 



Instructional 
Leadership 

Design appropriate 
curricula and instruc- 
tional programs with 
others to develop 

learner centered school cultures, to assess outcomes, to provide student personnel services, and 
to plan with faculty professional development activities aimed at improving instruction. 


Strategic Leadership 
Develop with others 
vision and purpose, 
utilize information, 
frame problems, exer- 
cise leadership 
processes to achieve 
common goals and act 
ethically for educational 
communities. 


Organizational Leadership 

Understand, initiate and/or improve the organization, implement operational plans, manage 
financial resources, and apply effective management processes and procedures. 


Political Leadership 

Act in accordance with legal provisions and statutory requirements, to apply regulatory stan- 
dards, to develop and apply appropriate policies, to understand and act professionally regarding 
the ethical implications of px)licy initiatives and political actions, to relate public policy initiatives 
to student welfare, to understand schools as political systems. 


Community Leadership 

Collaborate with parents and community members; work with community agencies, founda- 
tions, and the private sector; and respond to community interests and needs in performing 
administrative responsibilities, and to develop effective staff communications and public relations 
programs; act as mediators for the various groups and individuals who are part of the school 
community. 


PHILOSOPHY OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Administration of schools for the 21st Century demands that education leaders demonstrate: 

• commitment to high standards; 

• strong ethical values; 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 



• credible instructional leadership; 

• understanding of social and political 
trends and the changing role of education 
in our society; 

• problem solving ability and the skills nec- 
essary to promote and adapt to change 
and use collaboration to build a shared 
vision for schools; 

• capacity to collaborate effectively with a 
wide range of non-school agencies and 
community organizations which can help 
schools achieve their mission; 

• commitment to life long learning which 
empowers students, staff, and themselves. 

We believe that: 

• every child must achieve academic 
success in school; 

• every school must educate for an 
American democracy that values the 
norms and practices of diverse groups 
and at the same time celebrates shared 
community values; 

• school leaders must be reflective practi- 
tioners; 

• knowledge is evolving and socially con- 
structed and that learning is produced 
through an interaction of different per- 
spectives that enable students to connect 
their education to their experiences. 

Policies of the Department 

Candidates for our programs will be 
selected on the basis of leadership potential 
and commitment to the improvement of edu- 
cation, and will engage in a rigorous course 
of study. 

The department is committed to a contin- 
ual effort to plan and revise programs in col- 
laboration with university colleagues, our 
students, and the leaders of the schools in the 
communities we serve. 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 
CREDENTIAL 

The Administrative Services Credential 
programs of the Department of Educational 
Leadership are approved by the Commission 
for Teacher Credentialing. Because regulations 
governing these programs change, students 
should contact the department office for 
current information and requirements. 

Preliminary Credential 

The Preliminary Administrative Services 
Certificate/Credential is the “Step 1” adminis- 
trative credential in California, requiring a 
total of 26-30 units of work (which may be 


incorporated into the student’s master’s 
degree program). Upon receipt of the 
Preliminary credential, one is eligible for 
employment as an administrator in California 
public schools. A Master’s Degree is required 
for California State University to recommend 
a candidate for this credential. 

Professional Credential 

The Professional Administrative Services 
Credential is the “Step 2” administrative cre- 
dential, requiring a total of 24 semester hours. 
Please note that the Preliminary Credential is a 
prerequisite to entry to the program for the 
Professional Credential. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 

Please contact the Department office (EC- 
379), phone 278-7673. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
(EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION) 

The principal objective of the curriculum is 
to prepare carefully selected individuals for 
leadership positions in public schools. The 
program is designed to help these individuals 
gain the technical knowledge and scholarship 
requisite to high achievement in these positions. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institu- 
tion and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 
in the last 60 semester units attempted (see 
“Graduate Regulations” section of this catalog 
for complete statement and procedures). In 
addition, an applicant should have a success- 
ful teaching experience in an elementary or 
secondary school. (If such experience is not 
available, other experience in related fields is 
an alternative if approved by a graduate 
adviser before starting the program). A candi- 
date portfolio is also required. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission 
requirements and has a minimum 2.5 GPA in 
previous academic work may be granted clas- 
sified graduate standing upon the develop- 
ment and approval of a study plan. 

Study Plan 

The study plan must include 30 units of 
course work. Course requirements include 
field experience and a project. 

No more than nine units of postgraduate 
work taken prior to classified standing may be 
applied to a student’s master’s degree program. 


Students concentrating in Educational 
Administration will take 503 Organizational 
Leadership during the first semester. Students 
who desire only isolated courses from the 
program are normally denied admission to 
such courses. The adviser-approved 30 units 
(minimum) on the study plan will include: 

Core Course Work (8 units) 

Ed Admin 503 Organizational Leadership (3) 

Ed Admin 505 Curriculum, Instruction and 
Assessment (3) 

Ed Admin 510 Introduction to Educational 
Research (2) 

Concentration Course Work (20 units) 

Ed Admin 561 Policy, Governance, 
Community Relations (3) 

Ed Admin 563 Human Resource 
Administration (2) 

Ed Admin 564 School Law and Regulatory 
Process (3) 

Ed Admin 565 School Finance (3) 

Ed Admin 593 Meeting the Needs of Diverse 
Populations (2) 

Ed Admin 566 Leadership in Elementary 
Schools (3) 

OR Ed Admin 586 Leadership in 
Secondary Schools (3) 

Ed Admin 567A,B,C,D Fieldwork (1,1, 1,1) 

Project (2 units) 

Ed Admin 597 Project (1,1) 

For advisement and further information, 
consult the graduate program adviser. 

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION 
COURSES 

501 A Induction Planning and Assessment 
of Competence (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Professional 
Credential program. The credential candi- 
date in collaboration with the university 
instructor and a mentor representing their 
employer develops a professional credential 
induction plan. 

50 IB Induction Planning and Assessment 
of Competence (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of Department Chair. 
This is a collaborative assessment (the 
student, university instructor, and mentor) of 
each credential candidate’s competence in 
each of five thematic areas defined by the 
Commission on Teaching Credentialing. 


153 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


503 Organizational Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Preliminary 
Credential and/or master’s program. The 
focus of this class is on using organizational 
theory and leadership studies to understand 
schools and how to bring about change in 
schools. The course includes study of the 
organization, structure, and cultural context 
of schools and the study of techniques used 
to guide, motivate, delegate, build consensus, 
and lead others in the achievement of goals. 

505 Curriculum, Instruction and 
Assessment (3) 

Study of alternative designs for school 
curriculum, delivery and evaluation of 
instructional programs, current trends in 
supervision and assessment of student 
progress. Exploration of the works of major 
educational theorists and reviews of research. 
Study of the dynamics of curriculum change. 

510 Introduction to Educational 
Research (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Preliminary 
Credential and/or master’s program. 
Introduces students to the major forms of 
both quantitative and qualitative research 
used in education. Students will learn how to 
select an appropriate research method and 
the characteristics of sound research. Stress 
will be placed on making reasoned judg- 
ments as consumers of research as well as 
selecting appropriate information collection 
strategies as school leaders. 

511 Leadership of Instruction (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to Professional 

Credential program. Ed Admin 501 A as 
corequisite or prerequisite. Deals with the 
context within which schooling takes place, 
recognizing and responding in positive ways 
to the cultural diversities in California com- 
munities. Develops understanding of the 
complex relationships between public policy 
and instruction, and how to excercise leader- 
ship initializing, developing, implementing, 
and evaluating policies and managing 
changes designed to foster educational goals 
and success for all students. Examines sys- 
tematic use of learning assessment and 
teacher and program evaluation. Explores the 
ethical and moral dimensions of schooling. 


523 Administrative Leadership (3) 
Prerequisites: Ed Admin 501 A. Expands 
understanding of how to exercise leadership 
to build and maintain a positive organiza- 
tional culture. Explores ways to assess needs 
and gamer and use appropriate resources to 
achieve student and school success. Focuses 
especially on issues of how to use administra- 
tive structures to make maximum use of 
human and fiscal resources. Also addresses 
the need to act in accordance with relevant 
laws, regulations, and policies. 

531 Staff Development (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Admin 501 A. Models 
and specific strategies for working with 
others in planning staff development to 
enhance learning and performance of adult 
learners (stafi). 

561 Policy, Governance, Community 
Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. In this course 
students study the factors which determine 
public policy with regard to education, the 
roles of the various levels of government in 
controlling public education, how to identify 
various interest group, and how to communi- 
cate effectively about school programs. 

563 Human Resource Administration (2) 
Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course 

focuses on the importance and dimensions of 
human resource administration and the need 
to attract, retain, develop, and motivate 
school personnel in ways that enhance learn- 
ing and professional development and that 
lead to positive and productive school set- 
tings. Includes study of collective bargaining 
and employee evaluation in public schools. 

564 School Law and Regulatory Process (3) 
Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course 

reviews the federal, state and local educa- 
tional laws, regulations and other policies 
that govern schools and the requirements 
that administrators act in accordance with 
these laws and regulations in ways that are 
ethically and legally defensible. 


154 


565 School Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. Course 

reviews effective management of fiscal 
resources and business services. The course 
covers the sources of income to public 
schools: federal, state, local, and private 
(including grants and foundations). It also 
reviews sound budgetary and business proc^ 
dures for schools. 

566 Leadership in Elementary Schools (3) 
Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. The course 

focuses on the leadership roles of principals, 
co-administrators, and supervisors in elemei 
tary schools. Content includes leadership, 
reflective practice, human relations, the 
administrator’s role in group process, site 
based decision-making, school climate chan 
agent roles, and planning models. Violence 
and school safety issues such as gangs will b 
studied. 

567 A,B,C,D Fieldwork (1,1, 1,1) 
Prerequisite: admission to credential 

and/or master’s program; and 567A is a pre- 
requisite for 567B, 567B is a prerequisite to 
567C, and 567C is a prerequisite to 567D. 
Directed fieldwork in administrative areas ir 
school. 

586 Leadership in Secondary Schools (3! 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. The course 
focuses on the leadership roles of principals 
co-administrators, and supervisors in sec- 
ondary schools. Content includes leadership 
reflective practice, human relations, the 
administrator’s role in group process, site 
based decision-making, school climate chan 
agent roles, and planning models. Violence 
and school safety issues such as gangs will b 
studied. 

593 Meeting the Needs of Diverse 
Populations (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. The course 
examines effective administrative practices 
and leadership in working with teachers anc 
students of differing gender or ethnicity or 
with disabilities so as to promote equal lean 
ing opportunities. The course includes stud] 
of diverse cultural patterns among families 
and appropriate mechanisms for involving a 
families in school programs. 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


597 Project (1,1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Admin 510. Individual 
research on a graduate project, with confer- 
ences with a faculty advisor, culminating in a 
project. Should be taken for 1 unit each time, 
total of 2 units required. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Independent inquiry for qualified students. 


155 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


electrical 
enginee 

DEPARTMENT HEAD 

David Cheng 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering lOOA 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 

FACULTY 

Maqsood Ahmed Chaudhry, David Cheng, 

John Clymer, George Cohn, Shahin 
Ghazanshahi, Mohinder Grewal, Karim 
Hamidian, Hassan Hamidi-Hashemi, Young 
Kwon, Chennareddy Reddy, Mostafa Shiva, 

Fleur Tehrani, Jesus Tuazon 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

See “Departments of Engineering” for requirements in mathematics and science foundation 
courses (33 units), engineering core courses (24 units) and general education course work. 

In addition, EG-EE 203 and 303 must be completed. 


# 

INTRODUCTION 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Elecrical Engineering is accredited by the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology. The electrical engineering program provides the stu- 
dents with the basic and advanced topics in the areas of design and analysis of VLSI and elec- 
tronic circuits, design and analysis of computer architecture, microprocessors, communication 
sytems, signal processing and control systems. This program develops an ability to apply 

design and 
analysis knowl- 
edge to the prac- 
tice of electrical 


engineering in 
an effective and 
professional 
manner. This 
knowledge can 
be applied to 
various engi- 
neering practices 
in aerospace, 
computer, elec- 
trical, electronics 
and other 
applied fields. 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate program adviser; 
David Cheng 

Graduate program coordinator; 

Jesus Tuazon 
Graduate admissions; 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), all of the following courses are 
required to fulfill the upper-division English writing requirement: 

EG-EE 303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-EE 310L Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) 


David Cheng 

All department full-time faculty serve as 
advisers; see electrical engineering bulletin 
board for names, office hours and room 
numbers. 


EG-EE 385 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (3) 

OR EG-EE 307L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

Written work for these courses must meet professional standards. All these courses must be 
passed with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses in Electrical Engineering (34 units) 

Enrollment in these courses is limited to students who meet the prerequisites. 


EG-EE 203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

EG-EE 245 Computer Logic 6ar Architecture (3) 

EG-EE 245L Computer Logic and Architecture Lab (2) 
EG-EE 303 Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 303L Electronics Ub (1) 

EG-EE 309 Network Analysis (3) 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


EG-EE 310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 310L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 
EG-EE 311 Field Theory and Transmission 
Lines (3) 

EG-EE 313 Introduction to 
Electromechanics (3) 

EG-EE 323 Engineering Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

EG-EE 370 Seminar in Electrical 
Engineering (1) 

EG-EE 385 Electrical Engineering Design 
Projects Lab (3) 

OR EG-EE 307L Digital Computer Design 
Lab (3) 

EG-EE 409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 

Technical Electives in Electrical 
Engineering (11 units) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, 
approval of the adviser must be obtained. At 
least 3.5 units of design content must be 
included. Senior project, EG-EE 497 (1-3), 
and Independent Study, EG-EE 499 (1-3), are 
elective courses; the student must complete a 
study application form and submit it for 
approval to the supervising faculty member 
and the depanment head prior to the semes- 
ter in which the course work is to begin. 

VLSI and Electronic Circuits 

EG-EE 404 Intro to Microprocessors and 
Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 
EG-EE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 
EG-EE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design and 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 455 Solid State Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

Communication Systems and Signal Processing 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcumputers (3) 

EG-EE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 
EG-EE 420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 
EG-EE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EG-EE 443 Electronic Communication 
Systems (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design and 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 480 Engineering Optics (3) 


EG-EE 483 Introduction to Global 
Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 

EG-EE 483L Global Positioning Systems 
Lab (2) 

Control Systems 

EG-EE 313L Power Laboratory (1) 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 
EG-EE 420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

EG-EE 424 Computer Simulation of 
Continuous Systems (3) 

EG-EE 425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 483 Introduction to Global 
Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 

Note: EG-EE 203 and 303 must be passed 
with at least a C grade. 

Computer Engineering 

EG-EE 307 Digital Computer Architecture & 
Design 1 (3) 

EG-EE 307L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

EG-EE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors 
and Microcomputers (3) 

EG-EE 404L Microprocessor Lab (1) 

EG-EE 405 Firmware Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 412 Digital Computer Architecture 
and Design II (3) 

EG-EE 414 Introduction to Parallel 
Processing (3) 

EG-EE 425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 448 Digital Systems Design and 
VHDL (3) 

EG-EE 455 Solid State Electronics (3) 

EG-EE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

To qualify for admission in conditionally 
classified standing, applicants must meet the 
following University and departmental 
requirements: 

1 . Bachelor’s degree from a regionally 
accredited institution 

2. Bachelor’s degree in an engineering 


program which is accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET) 

3. Good standing at the last institution 
attended 

4. Minimum GPA of 2.75 in the last 60 
semester units and 3.0 in the last 15 units 
of electrical engineering courses 
attempted 

Students with grade deficiencies, degrees 
from non- ABET accredited universities, or 
undergraduate majors other than Electrical 
Engineering may be considered for condi- 
tional admission. However, any deficiencies 
must be made up prior to advancing to clas- 
sified standing and prior to beginning course 
work for the master’s degree. Requirements 
for fulfilling deficiencies include a minimum 
of six units of adviser-approved course work. 
Deficiencies must be completed with 
minimum 2.5 GPA and with at least 2.75 
GPA in the last nine deficiency units. 

Each applicant file will be reviewed by the 
department graduate admissions adviser. 
Upon admission, the applicant is urged to 
make an appointment with the graduate 
program coordinator. The program coordina- 
tor will assign a faculty adviser based on the 
student’s areas of interest and career objec- 
tives. 

Classified Standing 

A student who meets the above require- 
ments for admission to conditionally classi- 
fied standing may be granted classified 
standing contingent upon: 

1 . Completion of all required deficiency 
course work 

2. Fulfillment of the University writing 
requirement. Students with degrees from 
American universities must show proof of 
meeting an upper-division writing 
requirement, pass the EWP, or complete 
ENGLISH 301 or 360. Students who 
have degrees from foreign universities 
must pass the Examination in Writing 
Proficiency (EWP) or complete ENGLISH 
301 or 360 with a grade of C or better. 

3. Development and approval of a study 
plan prior to completing nine units 
toward the 30-unit degree requirements. 

Students must meet with a faculty 
adviser to set up a study plan. 
Classification is not granted until the 
study plan is approved by the faculty 


157 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


adviser, the department head, and the 
Office of Graduate Studies. Any subse- 
quent changes to the study plan must 
have prior written approval by the faculty 
adviser and department head. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 
30 units adviser-approved upper-division and 
graduate level course work which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point 
average of at least 3.0. At least half the units 
required for the degree must be in approved 
graduate (500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3) 

Additional adviser-approved math-oriented 
course (3) 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum 
of 1 5 units in Electrical Engineering. These 
units may be 400-level and 500-level courses 
and are selected according to the student’s 
area of interest. Course work may focus on 
the following areas: Communications 
Systems/Signal Processing, Computer Engineer- 
ing, Control Systems, Microelectronics and 
Circuit Theory, Electromagnetic Field Theory 
and Optics and Systems Engineering. 
Graduate Project, EG-EE 597 (1-3), and 
Thesis, EG-EE 598 (6), are considered con- 
centration courses. 

Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in 
Electrical Engineering or a related engineer- 
ing field and are subject to adviser’s approval. 

Exam/Thcsis/Projcct Option 

Subject to approval by the faculty adviser, 
students may select one of the following 
options for final review by the department 
graduate committee: 

1 . Satisfactory completion of a final oral 
comprehensive examination on course- 
work 

OR 

2. Satisfactory completion of a formal 
project EG-EE 597 (3 units) and a final 
oral comprehensive examination on 
coursework 

OR 

3. Satisfactory completion and oral defense 
of a thesis EG-EE 598 (6 units). 


A typed draft of the thesis or project 
report must be submitted to the student’s 
thesis or project committee no later than four 
weeks prior to the last day of the semester in 
which the oral defense of the thesis or 
project report is scheduled. 

The thesis or project committee consists 
of a minimum of three members of the 
Electrical Engineering faculty. The thesis 
should cover original research and be pre- 
pared according to the university guidelines. 
Committee questions will be directed in part 
toward defense of the project report and in 
part toward an oral examination related to 
coursework. Guidelines for the preparation 
of theses and formal reports are available in 
the Electrical Engineering departmental office 
and the university Graduate Studies office. 

Students requesting Graduate Project (EG- 
EE 597), Thesis (EG-EE 598) or Independent 
Study (EG-EE 599) must complete a study 
application form and submit it for approval to 
the supervising faculty member and depart- 
ment head prior to the semester in which the 
course work is to begin. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy requires that 
the student file a graduation check prior to 
the beginning of the final semester (see class 
schedule for deadlines). Completion of 
requirements for the degree include a 
minimum GPA of 3.0 on all study plan 
course work, successful completion of a 
comprehensive examination or oral defense 
of a thesis or project, and recommendation 
by the Electrical Engineering faculty and 
office of Graduate Studies. 

OPTION IN SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 

Students seeking this option must meet 
the same requirements as the Option in 
Electrical Engineering. In addition students 
selecting the systems engineering option will 
be required to include the following sbc 
courses in their study plans: 

EG-EE 580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 
EG-EE 581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 
EG-EE 582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 

EG-EE 585 Optimization Techniques in 
Systems Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 587 Operational Analysis Techniques 
in Systems Engineering (3) 

EG-EE 588 Systems Engineering Process 
and Its Management (3) 


158 


The remainder of the systems engineering 
study plan will include other engineering 
courses with an emphasis in a particular field 
such as information systems, control theory, 
computer systems, civil or mechanical engi- 
neering applications. Students possessing a 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering may elect 
to include up to nine units from approved 
subjects offered by the School of Business 
Administration and Economics as a part of 
their study plan. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

203 Electric Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 226; Math 250A; 
Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-GN 205. 
Units; Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws; mesh and 
nodal analysis, superposition; Thevenin and 
Norton theorems; RL and RC transients; 
phasors and steady state sinusoidal analysis; 
response as a function of frequency; current, 
voltage, and power relationships; polyphase 
circuits. (203=CAN ENGR 12; 
203+203L=CAN ENGR 6) 

203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-EE 203. 
Electrical measurement techniques; verifica- 
tion of basic circuit laws for resistive, RL, 
and RC circuits. (3 hours laboratory) 
(203+203L=CAN ENGR 6) 

241 Low-Level Language Systems (3) 
(Same as Computer Science 241) 

245 Computer Logic and Architecture (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-GN 205 or equivalent. 
Logic design and organization of the major 
components of computer, analysis and syn- 
thesis of combinational and sequential logics, 
analysis of the arithmetic, memory control 
and I/O units, concepts in computer control. 

245L Computer Logic and Architecture 
Ub (2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: EG-EE 245. 
Digital logic circuits; decoders, counters, 
serial and parallel adders, control circuits (1 
hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

303 Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 227 and EG-EE 
203. Corequisite: EG-EE 203L. 
Characteristics and elementary applications 
of semiconductor diodes, field-effect transis- 
tors and bipolar-junction transistors, and 
operational amplifiers; mid-frequency small- 
signal analysis and design of transistors. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisite; EG-EE 203L, 323 and 
English 101. Corequisite: EG-EE 303. 
Experimental study of semiconductor 
diodes, transistors, and analysis and design 
of elementary electronic circuits. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

307 Digital Computer Architecture and 
Design I (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245L. Organization 
and design of major components of a digital 
computer including arithmetic, memory, 
input, output and control units. Integration 
of units into a system and simulation by a 
computer design language. 

307L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 303L, 245L and 307. 
Design and implementation of a small digital 
computer; adders, arithmetic unit, control 
unit, memory control unit, memory unit and 
program unit. May be taken in lieu of EG-EE 
385. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

309 Network Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites; EG-EE 203 and EG-GN 308. 

Prerequisite or corequisite; EG-EE 203L. 
Performance of RLC circuits; complex fre- 
quency and the s-plane; frequency response 
and resonance; network topology; two-port 
network characterization; classical filter theory. 

310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites; EG-EE 303 and 309. 

Continuation of 303, analysis and design of 
multistage and feedback amplifiers; fre- 
quency characteristics of amplifiers, fre- 
quency characteristics and stability of 
feedback amplifiers, differential amplifiers, 
design of 1C circuit biasing, operational 
amplifiers and their applications. 

310L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303L. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: EG-EE 310. Single, multistage 
and feedback amplifiers; linear and digital 
integrated circuits, ADC and DAC design 
project. (3 hours laboratory, 1 hour lecture) 

311 Field Theory and Transmission 
Lines (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 203, Physics 226 
and Math 250B. Electrostatics and magneto- 
statics; boundary value problems; magnetic 
rtiaterials and the magnetic circuit; magnetic 
induaion; Maxwell’s equations and the formu- 
lation of circuit concepts; transmission lines. 


313 Introduction to Electromechanics (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 309 and 311. 
Electromagnetic fields and circuits; trans- 
formers, saturation effects. Simple electro- 
mechanical systems. Circuit models, terminal 
characteristics and applications of DC and 
AC machines. 

313L Power Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 303L. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: EG-EE 313. Experiments in elec- 
tromagnetic fields and circuits, transformers, 
and electromechanical systems such as AC 
and DC machines (3 hours laboratory) 

323 Engineering Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250A. Set theory: 
axiomatic foundation of probability; random 
variables; probability distribution and density 
functions; joint, conditional, and marginal 
distributions; expected values; distribution of 
functions of random variables; central limit 
theorem; estimation. 

370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 
Prerequisite: senior standing in engineer- 
ing. The engineering profession, professional 
ethics, and related topics. 


385 Electrical Engineering Design 
Projects Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 310L. Learn the prac- 
tical aspects of design and project construc- 
tion. Select an instructor approved design 
project in electrical engineering. Use CAD 
program for schematic capture and simula- 
tion. Construct the final hardware according 
to the design specification. Complete a perfor- 
mance evaluation and demonstrate the final 
product. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

404 Introduction to Microprocessors and 
Microcomputers (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245L. Hardware and 
software concepts in microprocessors, 
processor family chips, system architecture, 
CPU, input/output devices, interrupts and 
DMA, memory (ROM, RAM), electrical and 
timing characteristics, assembly language 
programming. 


404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 24 5L. Prerequisite or 
corequisite: EG-EE 404. I/O interfacing with a 
microprocessor system; familiarization with 
the operating system, assembler, debugger and 
emulator; design of keyboard, LCO display, RS 
232, D/A converter, A/D converter and floppy 
disk interfaces. (3 hours laboratory) 

405 Firmware Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 245 and 245L. 
Firmware approach to digital systems design 
using programmable devices as PLD, CPLD 
and FPGA and programmable memories as 
PROM, UVERPROM, EEPROM and Flash 
memory. Digital system applications on disk- 
less systems, timers, communication proto- 
cols and small system interpreter. 

409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 309. Development of 

time and frequency domain models for phys- 
ical systems. The linearization process and 
representation with block diagrams and 
signal flow graphs; discrete-time systems and 
digital signals including use of Z-transforms; 
stability theory of continuous and discrete 
time systems. 

410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 311. Introduction to 

electro-optics; optical radiation characteristics 
and sources; geometrical and physical optics; 
lasers and electro-optical modulation; 
quantum and thermal optical radiation detec- 
tors; detector performance analysis; electro- 
optical systems modeling and analysis; 
application examples. 

412 Digital Computer Architecture and 
Design ll (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Modem archi- 
tectures of computer systems, their CPU 
structure, memory hierarchies and I/O 
processors; conventional and micropro- 
grammed control; high-speed and pipelined 
ALU; cache, virtual and interleaved memo- 
ries, DMA, intermpts and priority. 

414 Introduction to Parallel Processing (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Parallel process- 
ing concepts; architectures and interconnec- 
tion networks for parallel processing; 
memory organization, input/output consider- 
ations, and hardware issues in parallel pro- 
cessing; parallel processing system design 
and applications; comparison of representa- 
tive parallel processing systems. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Feedback 
control system characteristics; stability in the 
frequency domain; analysis and design of 
continuous-time systems using root-locus, 
Bode and Nyquist plots and Nichols chart. 

420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Discrete-time 
signals and systems; solution of difference 
equations; Fourier transform for a sequence; 
Z-transform; discrete Fourier transform; FIR 
and HR realizations; design of digital filters. 

424 Computer Simulation of Continuous 
Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-GN 205 and 308. Use 
of the digital computer for simulation of 
physical systems modeled by ordinary differ- 
ential equations; problem formulation, in- 
depth analysis of two integration methods, 
and the use of a general purpose system sim- 
ulation program such as CSSL. 

425 Introduction to Systems 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 245, EG-EE 323 or 
Computer Science 240 and Math 338 for 
Computer Science majors. Introduction to 
systems engineering analysis and the systems 
approach; introduction to modeling, opti- 
mization, design and control; systems 
requirements analysis; analytical and compu- 
tational solution methods; information pro- 
cessing; integrated systems. 

430 Fuzzy Logic and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 409. Fuzzy logic and 
systems; comparison of classical sets, rela- 
tions, and operators with fuzzy sets, relations 
and operators; fuzzy arithmetic and transfor- 
mations; classical predicate logic and reason- 
ing versus fuzzy logic and approximate 
reasoning. Applications to rule-based systems 
and control systems. 

442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 310. Power ampli- 
fiers and tuned amplifiers; RF amplifiers; 
modulation and detection circuits; oscilla- 
tors; and operational amplifier applications. 

443 Electronic Communication 

Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 310 and 323 or 
equivalent. Principles of amplitude, angular 
and pulse modulation, representative com- 
munication systems, the effects of noise on 
system performance. 


445 Digital Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 245. RC cir- 
cuits, attenuators, compensation and scope 
probe. Logic circuits: DTL, TTL, STTL, 

LSTTL and ECL. Fanout, noise-immunity, 
switching speed, power consumption, input- 
output characteristics. Design and analysis of 
MOS logic circuits; PMOS, NMOS and 
CMOS gates, flip-flops, shift registers and 
memory circuits. 

448 Digital Systems Design and VHDL (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 245. Basic 
concepts and characteristics of digital 
systems, traditional logic design, LSWLSI 
logic design, combinational and sequential 
logic, and their applications; timing and 
control, race conditions and noise, microcom- 
puters, computer-aided programming, devel- 
opment systems, microcomputer system 
hardware design, inpui/output devices. 

455 Solid State Electronics (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 303 and 311. 
Quantum mechanical principles, atomic 
structure, crystal structure, crystal defect and 
diffusion, lattice vibration and phonons, 
energy band theory, charge transport phe- 
nomena, free electron theory of metal, intrin- 
sic and extrinsic semiconductors, p-n 
junction theory, transistor theory. 

465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 245 and 303. 
Computer aided design of VLSI circuits. MOS 
device structure, design rules, layout exam- 
ples, CMOS standard cells. Speed power 
trade off, scaling, device and circuit simula- 
tion. VLSI design software tools. Routing 
method system design. Design Project. Chip 
fabrication through MOSIS service, testing. 

480 Engineering Optics (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 311 or Physics 227. 
Engineering aspects of the optics of planar 
interfaces; geometrical optics of devices; 
interference of beams at parallel interfaces; 
linear system transforms; diffraction, polariza- 
tion, coherence; practical optical elements; 
laboratory demonstrations and significant 
coverage of engineering applications. 


483 Introduction to Global Positioning 
Systems (GPS) (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 409, 232, 308. 
Description of Global Positioning System 
(GPS) and Differential Global Positioning 
Systems (DGPS), GPS navigation, errors. 

Satellite signals and co-ordinate transform 
math. Modeling for position and velocity. 
Application to navigation. 

497 Senior Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser and 
instructor. Directed independent design 
project. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by 
adviser. Specialized topics in engineering 
selected in consultation with and completed 
under the supervision of the instructor. May 
be repeated for credit. 

503 Information Theory and Coding (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 323. Information 
measures, probabilistic studies of the trans- 
mission and encoding of information. 

Shannon’s fundamental theorems, coding for 
noisy channels. i 

504A Linear Network Synthesis (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 310. Synthesis of 
passive element driving-point and transfer- 
functions with emphasis on RC networks. 

Basic operational amplifier RC circuits and 
their performance limitations, introduction to i 

second-order RC active filters. Parameter sen- | 

sitivity analysis. j 

507 Detection Theory (3) j 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 580. Formulation of | 

decision rules for the detection of signals in a | 
noisy environment, optimum receivers. j 

Estimation of parameters of detected signals. ^ 

Estimation theory. | 

510 Optics & Electromagnetics in , 

Communications (3) , 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 480. Plane-wave I 

propagation and reflection from multiple ] 

layers; two- and three-dimensional boundary j 

value problems; waveguides and resonant j 

cavities; radiation from apertures and anten- j 

nas; electromagnetic properties of materials, ■ 

gases, and plasmas; significant coverage of j 

engineering applications. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


518 Digital Signal Processing I (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 420. Discrete Fourier 
transform; fast Fourier transform; Chirp Z- 
transform; discrete time random signals; 
floating-point arithmetic; quantization; finite 
word length effect in digital filters; spectral 
analysis and power spectrum estimation. 

5 19 A Hypercube Multiprocessing and 
Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 412. The system 
architecture and application of hypercubes; 
the node processor, floating point accelerator, 
communication circuits, synchronization, 
routing and message-passing algorithms, 
process decomposition and load balancing, a 
hands-on parallel programming experience 
on Hypercube Parallel Processing System. 

519B Multiprocessing and Computer 
Networks (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 519A. Advanced 
topics in computer architecture design to 
increase computing through-put and effi- 
ciency through multiprocessing, distributed 
processing, array and pipeline processors, 
and computer networks. 

521 Digital Image Processing (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 409 or Computer 

Science 435 or equivalent. Digital Image 
Fundamentals, Image Transforms, Image 
Enhancement, Spatial and Frequency 
Domain Methods, Histograms, Image 
Smoothing, Image Encoding Principles, and 
Fundamentals of Image Segmentation, 
Representation and Description. 

522 Spread Spectrum Communications (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 443 and 580. 

Introduction to Spread Spectrum (SS) 
Systems. Performance analysis of coherent 
digital signaling schemes. Synchronization. 
Direct sequence, frequency hopping, time 
hopping, and Hybrid Spread Spectrum 
Modulations. Binary shift register sequences. 
Code tracking loops. Performance of SS 
systems in a jamming environment, with 
forward error correction. 

523A VLSI Technology and Integrated 
Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 465 or equivalent. 
Solid-state physics of silicon crystal, oxide and 
interface physics. Wafer fabrication technolo- 
gies: oxidation, diffusion, ion implantation, 
epilaxy, thin film process, photolithography, 
layout design principles for integrated circuits. 
Bipolar technology and design rules. 


523B Very Large-Scale Integrated 
Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 465 or equivalent 
and EG-EE 445. Design and analysis of VLSI 
circuits. MOS device physics. Short channel 
effect, LDD device. PMOS, NMOS, and 
CMOS circuits. Fabrication process and 
design rules. Latch-up problem. CMOS static 
and dynamic circuit. CAD design. 

526 Digital Control Systems (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 416. Analysis, design 

and implementation of digital control systems; 
Z-transform methods; frequency domain and 
state-space approach for discrete-time systems. 

527 Fault Diagnosis and Fault-Tolerant 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. Fault diagnosis 
and fault-tolerant design of digital systems; 
fault diagnosis test for combinational and 
sequential circuits, reliability calculations, mul- 
tiple hardware redundancy, error detection and 
correcting codes, software redundancy and 
fault-tolerant computing. 

529 Principles of Neural Systems (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 310 and 409. 

Principles of neural systems and their hardware 
implementation. Basic properties, discrete and 
continuous bildirectional associative memories. 
Temporal associative memories. Neural nets 
classifiers, perceptrons, supervised and unsu- 
pervised learning. Forward and backward prop- 
agation. Electrical models of neural networks 
using op-amp., analog VLSI. 

531 Phase-Locked and Frequency 
Feedback Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 580 or consent of 
instructor. Theory of noise and linear 
systems, FM feedback principles. Theory and 
design of phase-locked loops and their appli- 
cations in communication and control. 

537 Satellite Communications (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 443. Satellite Isys- 
tems, link analysis, propagantion effects, 
SNR/CNR calculations, modulation schemes, 
TDMA, FDMA, CDMA techniques. 

557 Microprogramming and Emulation (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 307. An introduction to 
microprogramming concepts and applications 
to the control unit of a computer, digital control 
systems, interpretations, translation and emula- 
tions. 


558A Microprocessors and System 
Applications 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 404 and 404L. 
Microprocessors and microcomputers, their 
related software systems, system design with 
microprocessors, applicants in peripheral 
controllers, communication devices and mul- 
tiprocessing systems. 

558B Microprocessors and Systems 
Applications 11 (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-EE 558A. Advanced 
microprocessor architecture and their appli- 
cations to microcomputer networking; RISC 
VS CISC architectures, communication proto- 
col, distributed-operating system, and local 
area networks. 

559 Introduction to Robotics (3) 
Prerequisite: EG-EE 416 or consent of 
instructor. The science of robotics from an 
electrical engineering standpoint, including 
modeling, task planning, control, sensing and 
robot intelligence. 

580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 409 and 323 or 

equivalent. Random processes pertinent to 
communications, controls and other physical 
applications, Markov sequences and 
processes, the orthogonality principle. 

581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-GN 403 and EG-EE 

416. State space analysis, linear spaces, stabil- 
ity of systems; numerical methods of linear 
systems analysis and design. 

582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 
Prerequisites: EG-EE 580 and 581. 

Mathematical models of continuous-time and 
discrete-time stochastic processes; the 
Kalman filter, smoothing and suboptimal fil- 
tering computational studies. 

585 Optimization Techniques in Systems 
Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 403 or Math 340 for 
Computer Science majors. Calculus of varia- 
tions, optimization of functions of several 
variables, Lagrange multipliers, gradient tech- 
niques, linear programming, and the simplex 
method, nonlinear and dynamic program- 
ming. 


161 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


587 Operational Analysis Techniques in 
Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EG-EE 323 or Math 338 for 
Computer Science majors. Operational research 
models; applications of probability theory to 
reliability, quality control, waiting line theory, 
Markov chains; Monte Carlo methods. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified 
graduate students only. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified 
graduate students only. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of adviser. May be 

repeated for credit. 


162 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


FACUI7Y 

^ Carol Barnes, Ashley Bishop, JoAnn Carter- Wells, Amy Cox-Peiersen, Mildred Donoghue, S. 
Ana Gan», Andrea Guillaume, NOrma lnal^neue, Ksupen IVers, Jpatrieja Keig, Norma Molina, A 
Kimberly Norman, Na#ang Phuntsog, Torift Savage, Bvel^i^eisman, Hallie Yopp Sloilhk, lYy|| 
Ye^Saicamoto, Ruth Yopp-Edwards, Beverly Young, Carmen Zuniga-Dvmlap 


AWARDS IN 
EDUCATION 

Outstanding 
Graduate Student 

Emma H. Holmes 

Mathematics 

Award 

Bernard Kravitz 
Multicultural 
Project Award 

Outstanding 

Curriculum 

Project 

Edwin Carr 
Fellowship 


PROFESSIONAL 

DEVELOPMENT 

SITES 













The Department of Elementary, Bilingual, and Reading Education, in conjunction with the 
Placentia-Yorba Linda Unified, Fullerton, La Habra City, Centralia, Orange and Magnolia school 
districts, has identified eight elementary schools as Professional Development Sites. Blocks of cre- 
dential students work exclusively at these sites. Students in these blocks are expected to engage 
in extensive field-based activities which are correlated with university course work and are given 
the opportunity to observe demonstration lessons and participate in late summer staff inservices 
as well as ongoing staff development activities. 


Fullerton: 

Golden Hill (Ms. Susan Fendell, Principal) 
Raymond (Ms. Carolee Michael, Principal) 
Woodcrest 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

DIVISION CHAIR: 

Vacant 

DEPARTMENT HEAD: 

Tom Savage 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Education Classroom Building 379 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 
Concentrations: 

Bilingual/Bicultural (Spanish-English) 

Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction 

Reading 

Basic Teacher Credential Programs 
Multiple Subject Credential 

Multiple Subject Bilingual Cross 
Cultural Language and Academic 
Development Credential (BCLAD) 

Multiple Subject Cross Cultural and 
Academic Development Credential 
(CLAD) 


La Habra City: 

Ladera Palma (Ms. Judy Wolfe, Principal) 

Sierra Vista (Mr. Rick Snyder, Principal) 

Orange Unified: 

Canyon Rim (Ms. Margaret Van Eok, Principal) 

Placentia -Yorba Unda Unified: 

Tynes (Ms. Paula Emry-Burtt, Principal) 

Bryant Ranch (Ms. Janet Morey, Principal) 

Mabel Paine (Mr. Brain McKeman, Principal) 
Centralia: 


George Miller (Dr. Barbara Sanchez, Principal) 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 



MULTIPLE SUBJECT (ELEMENTARY) 
CREDENTIAL PROGRAM 

Teacher education programs at CSUF are a 
two-semester professional preparation 
sequence, a three-semester internship 
sequence, and a three-semester part-time 
sequence. Each program is taken during the 
fourth and/or fifth year of study at the 
University, and each leads to a Multiple 
Subject Credential which enables individuals 
to teach in elementary school classes or in 
higher grades which have multiple subjects 
programs. The programs are designed to 
prepare teachers to teach in contemporary 
classrooms. 

California law requires an academic 
major; a major in education is not permitted 
by law. Students devote their first three or 
four years of work to completing require- 
ments for the baccalaureate degree with an 
academic major and, possibly, requirements 
for the Multiple Subject Matter Preparation 
Program (discussed later). Students should 
carefully select their academic major. Majors 
in the social sciences, humanities, or natural 
sciences provide excellent background for 
careers in elementary school teaching. 

Persons interested in working as bilingual 
teachers by earning a Bilingual Cross Cultural 
Language and Academic Development 
(BCLAD) Multiple Subject Credential with a 
Bilingual Emphasis can consider majoring in 
a foreign language. 

Two-Semester Professional Preparation 
Program Sequence 

The Multiple Subject Professional 
Preparation Program is a two-semester 
sequence as follows: 

First Semester 

Ed Elm 430A Foundations in Elementary 
School Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 

Science, Social Studies) (1) 

Ed Elm 430C Supervised Fieldwork in 
Elementary Teacher Education (2) 

Ed Elm 431 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools: Part 1 (1) 

(Required for CLAD and BCLAD 
Credential Programs. Recommended for 
all students in Multiple Subject 
Credential Program.) 


Ed Elm 433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Ed Elm 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (5) 

Ed Elm 439B Seminar in Elementary 
Student Teaching (1) 

Second Semester 

Ed Elm 429 Integrated Curriculum and 
Instruction in the Elementary School (1-3) 

Ed Elm 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 

Science, Social Studies) (2) 

Ed Elm 432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools: Part 2 (2) 

(Required for CLAD and BCLAD 
Credential Programs. Recommended for 
all students in Multiple Subject 
Credential Program.) 

Ed Elm 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (2) 

Ed Elm 439B Seminar in Elementary 
Student Teaching (2) 

Three-Semester Profession Preparation 
Program Sequence 

A three-semester part-time program is also 
available. This sequence is designed for indi- 
viduals who must take classes during 
evenings and Saturdays. 

First Semester 

Ed Elm 430A Foundations in Elementary 
School Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 

Science, Social Studies) (1) 

Ed Elm 430C Supervised Fieldwork in 
Elementary Teacher Education (2) 

Ed Elm 431 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools: Part 1 (1) 

(Required for CLAD and BCLAD 
Credential Programs. Recommended for 
all students in Multiple Subject 
Credential Program.) 

Ed Elm 433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Ed Elm 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (5) 

Ed Elm 439B Seminar in Elementary 
Student Teaching (1) 


164 


ELEMENTARY, BIUNQUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


Second Semester 

Ed Elm 429 Integrated Curriculum and 
Instruction in the Elementary School (1-3) 

Ed Elm 430B Curriculum and Instruction in 
Elementary School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (2) 

Ed Elm 432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools: Part 2 (2) 

(Required for CLAD and BCLAD 
Credential Programs. Recommended for 
all students in Multiple Subject 
Credential Program.) 

Ed Elm 439A Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School (2) 

Ed Elm 439B Seminar in Elementary 
Student Teaching (2) 

Third Semester 

Ed Elm 439A Student Teaching in an 
Elementary School (15) 

Ed Elm 439B Seminar in Elementary 
Student Teaching (3) 

In addition, students interested in a Cross 
Cultural Language and Academic 
Development Credential (CLAD) should seek 
advisement in Education Classroom Building, 
Room 207. 

Three-Semester Internship Program 
The Three-Semester Intern Credential 
Program for Multiple Subject and Multiple 
Subject BCLAD Program are three-semester 
programs to which candidates may apply 
while completing the first semester of the 
regular credential preparation program. 
Admission is contingent on approved 
employment with a participating district, 
superior standing in first semester course- 
work and student teaching, and recommen- 
dations from University and district 
personnel. The remaining two semesters 
involve paid teaching internship positions 
and University coursework. Information 
about these programs is available in the 
Credential Preparation Center, Education 
Classroom Building, Room 207. 

Both the two-semester and three-semester 
programs entail a commitment from 7:30 
a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday, plus 
additional time for preparation. The three 
semester program also requires a class com- 
mitment from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. Monday 
through Friday. 


Admission Procedures and Criteria 
Admission to the university does not 
include admission to the Multiple Subject 
Professional Preparation Program. Students 
must apply for admission to the Multiple 
Subject Credential Program the semester 
prior to anticipated enrollment in the 
program. Filing deadlines are February 28 
(to begin the program the following fall) and 
September 30 (to begin the program the fol- 
lowing spring). 

Applications for admission into the 
Multiple Subject Credential Professional 
Preparation Program are evaluated according 
to criteria (scholarship, breadth of under- 
standing, professional aptitude, physical and 
mental fitness, fundamental skills, and per- 
sonality and character). Evidence in relation 
to criteria is submitted at time of application 
and include the following: 

1. Overall grade-point average in upp>er-half 
of those students in candidate’s disci- 
pline. 

2. Passage of the Multiple Subject 
Assessment for Teachers (MSAT) of the 
National Teacher Examination or comple- 
tion of the Multiple Subject Matter 
Preparation (formerly Waiver) Program 
which, when completed, enables a 
student to apply for waiver of the exami- 
nation. Information regarding the 
Multiple Subject Matter Preparation 
Program is available from the Credential 
Preparation Center in the Education 
Classroom Building, Room 207. 

3. Completion of the California Basic 
Education Skills Test (CBEST). 

4. Satisfactory completion of prerequisite 
courses; 

a. Child Dev 325 Middle Childhood (3 
units), and 

b. Ed Elm 315A (2 units) and Ed Elm 
315B (1 unit) Introduction to 
Elementary Classroom Teaching: 
Lecture and Fieldwork 

c. Ed Elm 425 (3 units) Cultural 
Pluralism in Elementary Schools. 
Required for applicants to the CLAD 
and BCLAD Programs and recom- 
mended for all applicants. 

d. Foreign Language course work (two 
semesters or equivalent) required 
for applicants to CLAD and BCLAD 
Programs. 


5. Recommendations from academic faculty, 
school personnel, and/or other appropri- 
ate persons; and 

6. Autobiography. 

Further evidence is provided subsequent 
to application when opportunity is provided 
for the following: interview with program 
faculty, spelling test, speech and hearing test, 
tuberculosis screening, and certificate of 
clearance with respect to absence of criminal 
record. 

Details concerning admission procedures 
and criteria are available in the Credential 
Preparation Center. 

Admission to the first and subsequent 
semesters of the program is based on contin- 
uous and satisfactory progress in the prior 
semester. 

Bilingual Cross Cultural Language and 
Academic Development Credential 
(BCLAD) 

A BCLAD Multiple Subject Professional 
Preparation Program with a bilingual-bicul- 
tural (Spanish-English) emphasis is available. 
Information about this program is available in 
the Credential Preparation Center. 

Application for Teaching Credentials 
Upon completion of a credential program 
(multiple subject), the credential candidate 
must submit an application to the 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing 
through the Cal State Fullerton credential 
analyst. In addition, the candidate must com- 
plete a Fifth Year Course of Study Plan and 
submit it to the credential analyst for 
approval. The credential analyst is located in 
the Credential Preparation Center. Additional 
information on the credential application 
process is available in the Credential 
Preparation Center. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Bilingual/Bicultural Education (Spanish- 
English) 

The program is designed to develop quali- 
fied bilingual/biculiural instructors who can 
work as classroom or resource teachers and 
teacher trainers. It will help individuals teach 
others how to provide experiences in the cul- 
tural heritage of the target population and 
develop specific teaching techniques and 
methods in teaching reading and English as a 
second language (ESL). The program will also 
help individuals to interpret and implement 
research related to bilingual, bicultural chil- 


dren. Individuals will become skilled in their 
abilities to diagnose learning problems for 
such students and to develop and implement 
sound educational strategies. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted (see 
"Graduate Regulations" section for complete 
statement and procedures). 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission 
requirements and the following requirements 
may be granted classified graduate standing: 
1) the development of an approved study 
plan; 2) a basic teaching credential or equiva- 
lent experience; 3) an approved major 
(minimum of 24 units upper division or 
graduate); 4) a 2.5 grade-point average on 
previous academic and related work; 5) lan- 
guage competence (English and Spanish) as 
determined by satisfactory interviews or 
course work; 6) completion of Spanish 466. 
Credit will be given for previous postbac- 
calaureate studies when possible. Otherwise 
well-qualified students may be admitted with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies, but 
these deficiencies must be removed. Grade- 
point average deficiencies may be removed 
by a demonstration of competency in the 
graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units 
(minimum) on the study plan will include 
the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 500 Bilingual Multicultural 
Curriculum (3) 

Ed Elm 511 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 541 Psychological and Sociological 
Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Required Teacher Education Course (3 units) 

Ed Elm 542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education 

Course Work Outside Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (12 units) 

Chicano 431 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicano 445 History of the Chicano (3) 


165 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


One of the following: 

For Lang Ed 443A Principles of Teaching 
English to Speakers of Other Languages (3) 

For Lang Ed 443B Principles of Teaching 
English to Speakers of Other Languages (3) 

One of the following: 

For Lang Ed 527 Theory of Bilingual 
Language Acquisition (3) 

For Lang Ed 595 Curriculum and Program 
Design for TESOL (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information consult the gradu- 
ate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
The program is designed to help career 
classroom teachers upgrade their skills, 
become informed about new ideas in elemen- 
tary teaching, and prepare for curriculum and 
instructional leadership in one or more of the 
following areas: elementary classroom teach- 
ing, computer education, meeting the needs 
of diverse learners, early childhood education, 
and staff development in public and private 
schools. Students may follow the study plan 
outlined below for the concentration in 
Elementary Curriculum and Instruction or 
they may elect to specialize in one of four 
emphasis areas: Computer Education, 
Diversity, Early Childhood Education, and 
Staff Development/Mentor Teacher. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted (see 
"Graduate Regulations" for complete state- 
ment and procedures). 

Graduate Standing: Classified 
A student who meets the admission 
requirements and the following requirements 
may be granted classified graduate standing 
upon the development of an approved study 


plan: a basic teaching credential or equivalent 
experience, and an approved major (minimum 
of 24 units upper division or graduate), a 2.5 
grade-point average on previous academic and 
related work. Credit will be given for previous 
post-baccalaureate studies when possible. 
Otherwise well-qualified students may be 
admitted with limited subject or grade defi- 
ciencies, but these deficiencies must be 
removed. Grade-point average deficiencies 
may be removed by a demonstration of com- 
petency in the graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units 
(minimum) on the study plan will include 
the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 511 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed Elm 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Concentration (12 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 521 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 527 Graduate Seminar in 

Developmental Psychology: The Human 
from Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Ed Elm 528 ReadingA-anguage Arts in the 
Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Ed Elm 538 Graduate Studies: Early 
Childhood Education (3) 

Ed Elm 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Three of the following: 

Ed Elm 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed Elm 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed Elm 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed Elm 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed Elm 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed Elm 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed Elm 537 Graduate Studies: Current 
Issues and Problems (3) 


Ed Elm 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Electives are chosen in consultation with 
and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Graduate Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Computer Education 
This emphasis has been designed to 
provide elementary school teachers with a 
broad understanding of the applications of 
microcomputers in the elementary school 
classroom. Competencies will enable partici- 
pants to become computer curriculum special- 
ists who will guide the integration of 
computers into the elementary school curricu- 
lum, their uses in instruction, and their appli- 
cations in instructionally-related activities. 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified and classified standing are 
the same as those for the M.S. in Education 
concentration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
adviser-approved course work: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 511 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed Elm 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Computer Education Emphasis 
(12 units) 

Ed Elm 515 Problem Solving Strategies 
Including Logo (3) 

Ed Elm 516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Ed Elm 517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Ed Elm 519 Advanced Technology in 
Education (3) 


166 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


Two from the following: 

Ed Elm 512 Improving Elementary Students’ 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 

Ed Elm 513 Teaching Utilities for 
Elementary School Teachers (1) 

Ed Elm 514 Strategies for Using Data Base 
Management with Elementary Children (1) 

Curriculum- Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Ed Elm 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed Elm 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed Elm 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed Elm 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed Elm 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed Elm 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed Elm 537 Graduate Studies: Current 
Issues and Problems (3) 

Ed Elm 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum(3) 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Diversity 

The Diversity emphasis is designed to help 
career classroom teachers become informed 
about appropriate curriculum and instruction 
for the changing student population in the 
public schools in the state of California. It will 
help individuals to provide educational experi- 
ences and develop curriculum appropriate to 
culturally diverse populations. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified and classified standing are 
the same as those for the M.S. in Education 
concentration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 


Study Plan 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 500 Bilingual Multicultural 
Curriculum (3) 

Ed Elm 511 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Diversity Emphasis Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed Elm 541 Psychological and Sociological 
Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Ed Elm 542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Curriculum- Focused Course Work (15 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed Elm 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed Elm 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed Elm 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed Elm 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Sciences (3) 

Ed Elm 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed Elm 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Bective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Early Childhood Education 
This emphasis is designed to meet the 
greater community and professional need for 
quality education during the critical early 
years of school. The educational demand for 
sound planning and instruction in preschool, 
kindergarten, and the primary grades has 
increased the need for effective specialists in 
Early Childhood Education. 


Admission to Graduate Standing: 

Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified or classified standing are 
the same as for the M.S. in Education con- 
centration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan: Early Childhood Education 
The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) 
on the study plan will include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 511 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed Elm 536 Curriculum Theory and 

Development (3) | 

Course Work in Early Childhood Emphasis 
(9 units) 

Ed Elm 527 Graduate Seminar in < 

Developmental Psychology: The Human 
from Conception through Eight Years (3) 

Ed Elm 528 Reading/Language Arts in the ^ 

Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Ed Elm 538 Graduate Studies: Early | 

Childhood Education (3) 

Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

< 

Two of the following: ^ 

Ed Elm 530 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: 

Second Languages (3) 

Ed Elm 531 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: i 

Integrated Language Arts (3) ’ 

Ed Elm 532 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: ^ 

Mathematics (3) 

Ed Elm 533 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: * 

Science (3) 

Ed Elm 534 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: Social 
Studies (3) 

Ed Elm 535 Grad Studies in Elem Ed: ^ 

Reading in the Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed Elm 537 Grad Studies: Current Issues 
and Problems (3) 

Ed Elm 571 Graduate Study in Elementary 
Education: Science Education Practicum (3) 

Bective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 


167 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


OR Ed Elm 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Emphasis in Staff Development 

This program is designed to enable educa- 
tors to assume leadership roles in staff devel- 
opment in school districts. The sequence of 
courses is also designed to help mentor and 
master teachers and potential mentor teachers 
to understand contemporary trends and 
research findings in elementary curriculum 
and instruction. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to condi- 
tionally classified or classified standing are 
the same as for the M.S. in Education concen- 
tration in Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) 
on the study plan will include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed Elm 51 1 Survey of Educational 
Research (3) 

Ed Elm 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed Elm 536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Course Work in Staff Development/Mentor 
Teacher Emphasis (9 units) 

Ed Elm 521 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed Elm 553 Models of Teaching (3) 
Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed Elm 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Ed Elm 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Ed Elm 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Ed Elm 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Ed Elm 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 


Ed Elm 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the Language Arts 
Program (3) 

Ed Elm 537 Graduate Studies: Current 
Issues and Problems (3) 

Ed Elm 571 Graduate Study in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation 
with and approved by the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed Elm 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed Elm 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed Elm 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Reading 

Please refer to section of this catalog titled 
“Reading Program.” 

COMPUTING CERTIHCATE FOR 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHERS 

The purpose of this certificate program is 
to provide participants with a broad under- 
standing of the applications of microcomput- 
ers in the elementary school classroom and 
the instructionally related tasks in the public 
schools. The certificate program is designed 
to provide the needed competencies for par- 
ticipants to become curriculum specialists 
who will guide the integration of computers 
into the elementary school curriculum, their 
uses in instruction, and their applications in 
instructionally related activities at the ele- 
mentary school. 

Required Courses (13 units) 

Ed Elm 415 Microcomputers in the 
Elementary School (3) 

Ed Elm 515 Problem Solving Strategies 
Including Logo (3) 

Ed Elm 516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Ed Elm 517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Ed Elm 519 Advanced Technology in 
Education (3) 

Electives (2 units) 

Selected from the following: 

Ed Elm 512 Improving Elementary Students’ 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 


Ed Elm 513 Teaching Utilities for 
Elementary School Teachers (1) 

Ed Elm 514 Strategies for Using Database 
Management with Elementary Children (1) 

Total required units: 15 units (12 of which 
must be taken at California State 
University, Fullerton). 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. 

ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL 
EDUCATION COURSES 

215 Inquiries into Elementary Teaching (1) 
Overview of documents defining subject 
matter competence for multiple subjects (ele- 
mentary) teachers. Creation of assessment 
portfolio to link undergraduate academic 
preparation to elementary school curriculum 
and to document competencies and/or 
growth plan in specified subject matter areas. 

315A Introduction to Elementary 

Classroom Teaching: Lecture (2) 
Prerequisite: An exploratory course 
required for students considering careers in 
elementary school teaching. Includes on 
campus seminars and overview of admission 
requirements for the Multiple Subject 
Credential Program. Must be taken concur- 
rently with 315B. Must be taken Credit/No 
Credit. A “B” or better is required to receive a 
grade of credit. 

315B Introduction to Elementary 

Classroom Teaching: Fieldwork (1) 
An exploratory field assignment consisting 
of 60 hours as a volunteer aide in a public, K- 
6, elementary classroom where all subject 
areas are taught. Requires a journal and eval- 
uation by the classroom teacher. Must be 
taken concurrently with 315A. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A "B" or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

415 Microcomputers in the Elementary 
Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or candi- 
dacy for credential. Uses of microcomputers 
in elementary classroom. Development of 
computer related instructional materials for 
elementary schools. Evaluation of 
programs/equipment suitable for elementary 
children. Examination of issues involved in 
microcomputers in elementary schools. If 
taken Credit/No Credit, a "B" or higher is 
required. 


168 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


425 Cultural Pluralism in Elementary 
Schools (3) 

Prerequisite; Ed Elm 315A,B or concurrent 
enrollment. Culture and cultural pluralism in 
elementary schools. Topics: Examination of 
one’s own beliefs and values, history/traditions 
of cultural groups, classroom practices and 
materials that promote equity, strategies for 
learning about students, and assessment of 
multicultural education programs. Fieldwork 
required. 

429 Integrated Curriculum and 
Instruction in the Elementary 
School (1-3) 

Prerequisite: admission to second semester 
of Teacher Education program. Additional 
study of elementary curriculum with empha- 
sis on language arts, integrated instruction 
across the curriculum, and assessment of 
learning outcomes. May be repeated for a 
maximum credit of 3 units. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 

430A Foundations in Elementary School 
Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Teacher 
Education program. A focus on the curriculum 
of the elementary school, instructional plan- 
ning, principles of effective teaching, generic 
instructional strategies, classroom manage- 
ment, and legal issues in education. To be 
taken concurrently with Ed Elm 430B, C and 
433. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” or 
better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

430B Curriculum and Instruction in 

Elementary School Teaching (Math, 
Science, Social Studies) (1-2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Teacher 
Education program. An emphasis on instruc- 
tional materials, learning styles, inquiry, 
concept learning, problem solving, direct 
instruction applied to the teaching of math, 
science, and social studies. To be taken con- 
currently with Ed Elm 430A,C. Must be 
taken Credit/No Credit. A "B" or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. 

430C Supervised Fieldwork in 

Elementary Teacher Education (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Teacher 
Education program. Co-requisites: Ed Elm 
430A,B and 433. Students will serve as 
teacher participants in an assigned elementary 
school classroom. Must be taken Credit/No 
Credit. A “B” or better is required to receive a 
grade of credit. 


431 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools 1 (1) 

Prerequisite: candidate for or holder of 
basic teaching credential. Effective integra- 
tion of curriculum and instruction relating to 
linguistic and cultural diversity in elementary 
school students. 

432 Curriculum and Instruction for 
Diverse Populations in Elementary 
Schools 11 (2) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 431 and candidate 
for or holder of basic teaching credential. 
Effective integration of curriculum and 
instruction relating to linguistic and cultural 
diversity in elementary school students. 

433 Language Arts and Reading 
Instruction in the Public Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Teacher 
Education Program. An overview of princi- 
ples of reading instruction, elements of the 
language arts program including literature- 
based reading, content area reading, the role 
of phonics, emergent literacy, and diagnosis 
of reading problems. Must be taken Credit/ 
No Credit. A “B” or better is required to 
receive a grade of credit. 

439A Student Teaching in the Elementary 
School (4-12) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 430A,B,C, 433 and 
admission to student teaching. Corequisite: Ed 
Elm 439B. Participation in a regular elementary 
school teaching program for the full school day. 
Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” or 
better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

439B Seminar in Elementary Student 
Teaching (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 430A,B,C, 433 and 
admission to student teaching. Corequisite: 
Ed Elm 439A. Seminar in problems and pro- 
cedures of elementary school teaching. Must 
be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. 

439C Intern Teaching in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 430A,B,C, 433, and 
completion of the first two semesters of 
intern teaching program. Admission only 
with consent of instructor. Participation in a 
regular elementary school teaching program 
for the full school day, as an intern teacher. 
Must be taken credit/no credit. A “B” or 
better is required to receive a grade of credit. 


492A Gender Issues in Math and Science 
Teaching and Learning (2) 
Prerequisites: Ed Elm 315A,B and senior 
or graduate standing. Explores educational 
and cultural barriers and avenues to the 
success of girls in science and mathematics, 
development of curricula and instructional 
methods to address these issues. 

492B Gender Issues in Math and Science 
Education: Practicum (1) 

Prerequisite: Ed Elm 315A,B. Corequisite: 
Ed Elm 492A. Educational and cultural barri- 
ers/avenues to girls’ success in science and 
mathematics; implementation of curricula 
and instructional methods. 20 hours teaching 
required. If taken Credit/No Credit, a “B” or 
better is required for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing, 

consent of instructor prior to registration. 
Individual investigation under supervision of 
a faculty member. Only students of demon- 
strated capability and maturity will be 
approved. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 
Prerequisite; teaching credential or 

consent of instructor. Seminar: the multicul- 
tural school curriculum including forces 
operating on the curriculum and the partici- 
pants involved in curriculum building. 
Modification of the curriculum to reflect mul- 
ticultural contexts. 

511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 
Descriptive statistics and statistical infer- 
ences in educational research. Representative 
research papers. Principles of research design. 
Prepare papers using research findings. 

512 Improving Elementary Students’ 
Writing with Microcomputers (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Strategies for facilitating functional and cre- 
ative writing of elementary children through 
use of microcomputer. Emphasis on key- 
boarding, word processing, and writing 
processes of children. Evaluation of current 
practices and research findings. 


169 


ELEMENTARY, BIUNGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


513 Teaching Utilities for Elementary 
School Teachers (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 514 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 

Strategies for improving leaching of elemen- 
tary students through use of gradebook pro- 
grams, word search generators, test generators, 
graphic programs, and instructional manage- 
ment software programs on microcomputers. 

514 Strategies for Using Database 
Management with Elementary 
Children (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 415 and teaching cre- 
dential or permission of instructor. Strategies 
for elementary school teachers to develop and 
use data base management with children. Fact 
finding, classification, inferences, and general- 
izations considered. Design continuum of data 
base competencies for children. 

515 Problem Solving Strategies Including 
Logo (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Strategies for using logo graphics, words and 
lists, and other microcomputer problem- 
solving applications with elementary school 
children. Design and use of microworlds to 
facilitate children’s development of problem- 
solving skills. 

516 Integrating Elementary School 
Software into the Curriculum (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 415 and teaching 
credential or consent of instructor. Effective 
integration of elementary school software into 
the curriculum of elementary schools. 
Emphasis on integration into current goals of 
elementary school instruction. Evaluation of 
current computer instruction. 

517 Practicum: Elementary School 
Teachers and Computers (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Elm 516. Strategies for 
effectively using computers with elementary 
school children to improve learning; course 
includes field work assignments in elemen- 
tary schools, and on-campus seminars. 

519 Advanced Technology in Education (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 415 and teaching 
credential or permission of instructor. 
Theoretical basis and strategies for improving 
teaching of elementary students through use 
of multimedia technologies. Emphasis on 
HyperStudio, telecommunications, videodisc 
technology and other digital media. 


521 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Elm 511 and teaching cre- 
dential or permission of instructor. A system- 
atic study of the teaching process. Examination 
of the research methodology used to analyze 
teaching, the current knowledge of the associa- 
tion between teaching processes and student 
learning, and the implications of the research 
for the classroom. 

527 Graduate Seminar in Developmental 
Psychology: The Human from 
Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Prerequisites: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. The physical, social, 
cognitive-intellectual, and emotional develop- 
ment of individuals from conception to 
middle childhood. Current problems, theories 
and research. 

528 Reading^anguage Arts in the Early 
Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: significant 
research, curriculum developments and mate- 
rials, and current instructional strategies for 
promoting emergent literacy in children. 

529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory 
for Classroom Use (3) 

Major theoretical positions in planning 
and interpreting classroom practices. 
Educational research findings, implications 
for curriculum development and teaching 
practices. 

530 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Second Languages (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed Elm 431 and 432 and 
teaching credential, or consent of instructor. 
Seminar: significant research, curriculum 
developments and materials, and criteria for 
planning and improving second language 
programs including those for English as a 
second language. 

531 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Integrated Language 
Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: significant 
research, trends and problems in teaching the 
fundamental skills of communication; cur- 
riculum developments and materials, and cri- 
teria for planning and improving integrated 
language arts programs. 


170 


532 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: leaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: significant 
research, curricular developments and materi- 
als, criteria for planning and improving math- 
ematics programs and instruction. 

533 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research in 
elementary school science. The development 
of materials. 

534 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Social Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research 
developments and materials, criteria for plan- 
ning and improving social studies programs, 
and current techniques of teaching. 

535 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: research 
developments and materials, criteria for plan- 
ning and improving reading instruction in the 
integrated language arts programs, current 
instructional strategies, and the role of chil- 
dren’s literature. 

536 Curriculum Theory and 
Development (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: the school 
curriculum including the forces operating on 
the curriculum and the participants involved 
in curriculum building. The process of cur- 
riculum building. 

537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues and 
Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Problems and issues in 
elementary education, their causes and possi- 
ble solutions. 

538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood 
Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Seminar: application of 
significant research in the education of young 
children. Current instructional strategies and 
criteria for planning and improving programs 
in early childhood education. 


ELEMENTARY, BILINGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing 
Effective Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. A systematic, research- 
based approach. Identifies basic components 
needed by teachers, staff developers, and 
administrators to improve their instructional 
skilk. Includes principles of learning applied 
to supervision and applied practice in analyz- 
ing the instructional process. 

541 Psychological and Sociological 
Foundations of Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Application of psychological and sociologi- 
cal theory and techniques to the design of pro- 
grams of instruction for limited and non- 
English-speaking children. The use of these 
disciplines for the development of emotionally 
and socially supportive learning environments. 

542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Problems and issues in the development 
and implementation of bilingual-bicultural 
education. 

553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or 
consent of instructor. Explores varied strate- 
gies of instruction, culminating in the identi- 
fication and study of sixteen unique 
“models.” Examines relationships among the- 
ories of learning and instruction. Investigates 
various instructional alternatives. 

571 Graduate Studies in Elementary 
Education: Science Education 
Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: Elem Ed 533. Strategies for 
effectively teaching and assessing science 
content knowledge, science process skills, 
and scientific attitudes in the elementary 
school; includes field assignments in elemen- 
tary schools (1 unit - 4 hours per week); sem- 
inars (2 units - 2 hours per week). Principles 
of effective staff development in elementary 
science education. 

594 Research Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
preparation, evaluation, development, and 
presentation of curriculum research proposals 
culminating in a graduate project. Individuals 
and groups will participate in critiquing pro- 
posals, curriculum projects, and research 
results. 


597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Individual research on an empirical project, 
with conferences with the instructor, culmi- 
nating in a project. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Individual research with conferences with the 
instructor, culminating in a thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: a teaching credential and 

one year of teaching experience. Independent 
inquiry. 


171 




ELEMENTARY, BIUNGUAL AND READING EDUCATION 


> 


# 


# 


engineering 

DIVISION EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 


DIVISION CHAIR 

Timothy W Lancey 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 
Emphasis in Archtitectural 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

Bachelor of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

Emphasis in Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 
Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

Master of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 


The goals of the Division of Engineering are as follows: 


1. To provide the best of current practice, theory, research and intellectual study in the humani- 
ties to prepare students for challenging careers in engineering, strengthen relationships to 
their communities and contribute ethically and productively to society; 



2. To educate students who, actively engaged with faculty and staff, work in collaboration to 

acquire and 
expand 
knowledge; 

3. To provide 
service to the 
profession, the 
State of Calif- 
ornia, the 
country and 
to the world- 
wide develop- 
ment of engi- 
neering. 

A critical 
focus of the edu- 
cation, research, 
and service pro- 
grams within the 

Division of Engineering is to afford undergraduates of varying backgrounds and abilities every 
opportunity for achieving success in the engineering professions. 

To achieve these goals, the faculty and students of the Division of Engineering, with input 
from other constituents, have established the following program educational objectives: 


1. To prepare students for successful careers and lifelong learning; 

2. To make students thoroughly proficient in methods of analysis, including the mathematical 
and computational skills appropriate for engineers to use when solving problems; and 

3. To develop the skills pertinent to the design process, including the students’ ability to formu- 
late problems, to think creatively, to communicate effectively, to synthesize information, and 
to work collaboratively; 

4. To teach students to use current experimental and data analysis techniques for engineering 
application; and 


5. To instill in our students an understanding of their professional and ethical responsibilities. 

2 + 2 Articulated Programs with Community Colleges 

The Division of Engineering has developed 2+2 years articulation agreements with commu- 
nity colleges to provide students seamless transfer to the CSUF engineering program of their 
choice. This allows the full-time student, taking the courses specified by the engineering depart- 
ment each semester, to graduate in two years following transfer to CSUE 


INTRODUCTION 

The Division of Engineering is comprised of the Departments of Gvil and Environmental 
Engineering, Elecuical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering. Programs offered by the division 
lead to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in the above disciplines; the three 
Bachelor of Science degree programs are nationally accredited by the Engineering Accreditation 


ENGINEERING 




Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology. Also offered are 
programs leading to the degrees of Bachelor of 
Science and Master of Science in Engineering 
with an Option in Engineering Science, for 
which the student, working with an advisor, 
designs an appropriate interdisciplinary 
program. 

The undergraduate engineering programs 
have a broad base of science, mathematics, 
social sciences, humanities and engineering 
topics (which include engineering science 
and engineering design courses). Students are 
thus prepared to enter directly into engineer- 
ing practice or to continue further education 
at the graduate level. The Bachelor of Science 
Degrees in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical 
Engineering are accredited by the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology 
(ABET). 

High School Preparation 

The entering high school student should 
have a preparation which includes two years 
of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one 
year of physics or chemistry. Students defi- 
cient in mathematics or chemistry must take 
special preparatory courses, i.e.. Mathematics 
125 and Chemistry 115, which will not carry 
credit for the major. (See Mathematics 
Section for Entry Level Mathematics test and 
Math-Science Qualifying Examination 
requirements.) 

Transfer Students 

A transfer student shall complete a 
minimum of 30 units in residence of which 
at least 15 units shall be taken in upper-divi- 
sion engineering courses. Work taken at 
another college or university on which a 
grade of D was earned may not be substi- 
tuted for upper-division courses. 

BACHELOR’S DEGREES IN 

engineering 

The undergraduate curricula in engineer- 
ing are comprised of four major segments. 
The first three segments are common to all 
four engineering programs, i.e. Civil 
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, 
Mechanical Engineering and the Engineering 
Science Option as well as the Architectural 
Engineering Emphasis within the Civil 
Engineering degree and the Manufacturing 
Engineering Emphasis within the Mechanical 
Engineering Degree. 


The first segment consists of foundation 
courses in mathematics and the physical sci- 
ences (33 units for Electrical Engineering, 32 
units for Civil Engineering, and 30 units for 
Mechanical Engineering). The second 
segment consists of 24 units of engineering 
core courses. The third segment contains 33 
units of general education courses in the arts, 
humanities, social sciences, biological sci- 
ences and other related areas. 

The fourth segment contains a sequence of 
courses in one of the four programs which 
includes a combination of required courses 
and adviser-approved technical elective 
courses. The number of units in this segment 
is not the same for each of the four engineer- 
ing programs but varies from 45 to 50 units. 
Students must meet with their academic 
adviser to prepare an approved study plan of 
technical elective courses prior to taking such 
courses. Undergraduate students are required 
to meet with their academic adviser every 
semester during the first year and at least once 
a year thereafter. Students are strongly encour- 
aged to see their academic advisers frequently. 

All courses taken in fulfillment of the 
requirements for the bachelor’s degrees in 
Engineering must be taken for a letter grade, 
i.e. under grade Option 1. All mathematics 
and physical science courses required for the 
degree must be completed with at least a C 
grade to count as prerequisite courses or as 
credit towards the degree. Graduate courses 
are not open to undergraduate students 
without approval of the department head. 

Math and Science Courses 

Mathematics 150A Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 150B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250A Intermediate Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250B Introduction to Linear 
Algebra and Differential Equations (4) 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 
Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics: 
Mechanics and Lab (4) 

Physics 226, 226L Fundamental Physics: 
Electricity and Magnetism and Lab (4) 

Physics 227, 227L Fundamental Physics: 
Waves, Optics, and Modem Physics and 
Lab (4) (required in Electrical, and 
Engineering Science) 

OR EITHER Chemistry 125 (3) 

OR Geological Sciences 376 (3) (required 
in Civil Engineering) 


OR a Fundamental Physics course. 

Physics 227 (1), (required in Mechanical 
Engineering) 

Engineering Core Courses 

All undergraduate engineering students 
are required to complete the following 24 
units of engineering core courses regardless 
of the particular program selected by the 
student. 

EG-ME 102 Graphical Communications (3) 
EG-CE201 Statics (3) 

EG-EE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EG-GN 205 Digital Computation (3) 
EG-CE302 Dynamics (3) 

EG-ME 304 Thermodynamics (3) 

EG-ME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EG-GN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

EG-GN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

General Education Courses 
J. Core Competencies (9 units) 

A. Oral Communication (3 units) 
SPCH 100 or SPCH 102 

B. Written Communication 
ENGL 101 

C. Critical Thinking (3 units) 

ENGL 103, PHIL 200, PHIL 210, 
PSYCH 110, READ 290 or SPCOM 

235 

II. Historical and Cultural Foundations (9 units) 

A. Development of World Civilization 
(3 units) 

HIST llOAor HIST HOB 

B. American History, Institutions and 
Values 

1. American History (3 units) 

AFRO 190, AMST 201, CHIC 
190, HIST 180 or HIST 190 

2. Government (3 units) 

POSC 100 

III Disciplinary Learning (31 units) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences 
(16 units) 

1. Mathematics 
MATH 150A 

2. Natural Sciences 

a. Physical Science 

CHEM 120A, PHYS 225 and 
PHYS 225L 


173 


ENGINEERING 


b. Earth and Astronomical 
Sciences 

Not applicable for Engineering 
majors 

c. Life Science 
BIOL 101 

B. Arts and Humanities (9 units) 

1. Introduction to the Arts (3 units) 
ART 101,201A, 201B, 311,312, 
DANCE 101, MUSIC 100, 101, 

OR THTR 100 

2. Introduction to Humanities 

(3 units, see General Education 
Requirements for listing of 
courses) 

3. Implications/Explorations and 
Participatory Experience in the Arts 
and Humanities (3 units, see 
General Education for listing, must 
be upper division) 

C. Social Sciences (6 units) 

1 . Introduction to Social Sciences 
(3 units from EG-GN 314 and 
EG-CE 495 or EG-EE 370 or 
EG-ME 370) 

2. Implications/Explorations and 
Participatory Experience in the 
Social Sciences (3 units, see 
General Education for listing, must 
be upper division) 

IV Lifelong Learning 

Not applicable for Engineering majors. 

Y Cultural Diversity 

One starred (*) course from IILB.3. OR 
IILC.2. categories 

Note: In order to meet the ABET accreditation 
requirement for depth in either Humanities or 
Social Sciences, at least two courses must be 
selected from the same department (one 
preferably a prerequisite to the other) for the 
selection of courses in sections I.C., ILB.2, 
IILB.1,IILB.2, IILB.3, or III C2. 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE OPTION 

The Engineering Science Option program 
is an interdisciplinary program designed for 
those students who are interested in a broad 
education in the basic concepts and princi- 
ples of engineering, rather than an in-depth 
study in one particular engineering discipline 
such as civil, electrical or mechanical engi- 
neering. The Option provides a flexible inter- 
disciplinary program in engineering with 
ample opportunity to develop a study plan 


which meets specific career goals. Courses 
can be selected from engineering, computer 
science, the physical sciences, mathematics 
and business to meet a special and specific 
engineering science objective. 

Students who wish to be considered for 
an undergraduate or graduate engineering 
science program should meet with the Chair 
of the Division of Engineering. The Division 
Chair may serve as the academic adviser to 
the student or one or more advisers from the 
engineering, computer science, physical sci- 
ences, mathematics or the business faculties 
may be selected if appropriate. 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

The degree consists of 33 units of mathe- 
matics and physical science courses, 24 units 
of engineering core courses, 33 units of 
general education courses and 45 units of 
adviser-approved elective courses for a total of 
135 units. The adviser approved electives 
must include a component of engineering 
design courses and engineering laboratory 
courses. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
ENGINEERING OPTION IN 
ENGINEERING SCIENCE 

The degree consists of 30 units of adviser- 
approved 400- and 500-level courses. At 
least half the units required for the degree 
must be graduate (500-level) courses. A 
segment of the 30 units must include a 
math-oriented course as well as EG-GN 403 
Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis. 

INTERNSHIPS IN ENGINEERING 

Internships for Engineering provide prac- 
tical work experiences which integrate with 
and supplement the student’s academic 
studies. Internship jobs are coordinated 
through the Center for Internships and 
Cooperative Education. In order to partici- 
pate in this program a student must register 
for EG-GN 495 Professional Practice (1) for 
each semester of internship participation. 

GENERAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

General engineering courses are courses 
whose academic content is not specific for 
any of the engineering disciplines. The 
courses are not administered by any one par- 
ticular department. General engineering 
courses are taught by faculty from all three of 
the engineering departments. 

Although there is no degree program in 


174 


ENGINEERING 


general engineering, new students who do 
not select a specific engineering degree will 
be classified as a general engineering major. 
The Chair of the Division of Engineering 
serves as the academic adviser to all general 
engineering students. General engineering 
students should make every effort to declare 
a major in one of the four engineering pro- 
grams after one or two semesters of course- 
work. The general engineering courses are 
listed below. 

205 Digital Computation (3) 

Prerequisite: college algebra or three years 
of high school mathematics including a 
second course in algebra. Computers and 
their numerical applications. Elementary 
FORTRAN programming language, digital 
computation methods in statistics and solving 
algebraic equations. 

308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 226, Math 250B or 
equivalent. Fundamentals and engineering 
applications of Fourier series, Fourier trans- 
forms, Laplace transforms, complex analysis, 
vector analysis; engineering applications. 

314 Engineering Economy (2) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
engineering. Development, evaluation and 
presentation of alternatives for engineering 
systems and projects using principles of engi- 
neering economy and cost benefit analysis. 

403 Computer Methods in Numerical 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250B and EG-GN 205 
or equivalent. The use of numerical methods 
and digital computers in the solution of alge- 
braic, transcendental, simultaneous, ordinary 
and partial differential equations. 

495 Professional Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing in 
engineering. Professional engineering work in 
industry or government. Written report 
required. May be repeated for credit. 

Applicable towards bachelor’s degree pro- 
grams. Not for credit in the graduate program. 



INTRODUCTION 

The discipline of English includes the study of British and American literature, the various 
kinds of writing, and the history, structure and dialects of the English language. 

The major in English is a flexible program emphasizing skill in writing, familiarity with and 
appreciation of the literatures of England and America, and knowledge of the nature and devel- 
opment of the English language. 

Comparative literature is the study of world literature without specific regard for national or lin- 
guistic boundaries. It is comparative in that it deals with the relationships among diflerent litera- 
tures. The comparatist studies not only the international literary masterpieces and historical 
periods of world literature, but 
also examines critical theories 
from a cross-cultural perspec- 
tive. The major in comparative 
literature promotes the under- 
standing of world literatures 
and cultures in various histori- 
cal periods, including the 
present, for students with a 
special concern for the rela- 
tionships among the languages 
and literatures of various civi- 
lizations. Comparative litera- 
ture courses are conducted in 
English, and required reading 
is available in English. 

The study of literature and 
language helps students to 
achieve a mature understand- 
ing of themselves and the 
world and to learn to read 
critically and analytically, write 
clearly and persuasively, and 
reason soundly. For these 
reasons such study is ideal 
preparation for professional training in fields such as law, medicine, and religion, or for responsi- 
ble positions in business and industry. The major in English may be combined with preparation 
for elementary and secondary school teaching. In addition, the majors in English and compara- 
tive literature provide a foundation for students who intend to work for advanced degrees in 
preparation for college teaching. 

advisers 

Undergraduate; All full-time faculty members serve as advisers. 

Graduate: Susan Jacobsen 
Teaching Credential: John White 

An annual conference with a faculty adviser is required. New students must confer with an 
adviser in each of the first two semesters. 




DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Joseph Sawicki 

VICE CHAIR: 

Joanne Gass 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

University Hall 323 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Comparative 
Literature 

Master of Arts in Comparative Literature 
Bachelor of Arts in English 
Minor in English 
Master of Arts in English 

FACULTY 

Cornell Bonca, John Brugaletta, Mary Kay 
Crouch, Angela Della Volpe, Sheryl Fontaine, 
George Friend, Stephen Garber, Joanne Gass, 
Joan Greenwood, Jean Hall, Jane Hipolito, 
Susan Jacobsen, Joanne Jasin, Helen Jaskoski, 
Alan Kaye, Thomas Klammer, William Koon, 
Deborah Lawrence, Geraldine McNenny, 
Mohsen Mirshafiei, Helen Mugambi, Franz 
Muller-Gotama, Keith Neilson, Paul Obler, 
Sally Romotsky, Joseph Sawicki, Howard 
Seller, Yichiu Shen, Kay Stanton, Atara Stein, 
John White, Helen Yanko, Heping Zhao 


Credential Information 

The English Department offers an approved Single Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
English for prospective teachers seeking the Ryan Single Subject (Secondary) Teaching 
Credential. Students seeking a Multiple Subjects (Elementary) Teaching Credential may choose to 


175 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


major in English and fulfill credential 
requirements under the Generic Multiple 
Subjects Preparation Program. 

All students interested in majoring in 
English in preparation for teaching should 
contact the English Education Coordinator in 
the English Department. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

All students must complete a total of 42 
units of upper-division courses. In selecting 
courses, students are urged to consult a 
faculty adviser. 

Required courses (English 300 and 18 
units in comparative literature, including 
Comparative Literature 324, 325, and either 
English/Comparative Literature 450 or 
Comparative Literature 451) 

British and American Literature (6 upper- 
division units listed under English) 

Breadth Requirement (6 adviser-approved 
units in other fields such as anthropology, 
history, art history, music history or philosophy) 

Electives (9 upper-division units in com- 
parative literature, or literature courses in 
English or an adviser-approved foreign lan- 
guage) 

Reading Competence in a Foreign 
Language 

This requirement can be met by examina- 
tion or by successful completion of an 
adviser-approved 400-level course offered by 
the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, provided it is not taught in trans- 
lation. Information on the examination is 
available in the Department of English and 
Comparative Literature office. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The master’s degree program in compara- 
tive literature promotes the understanding of 
other literatures, peoples, and cultures in 
various historical periods, including the 
present, provides background for more 
advanced degrees, prepares teachers of world 
literature in the high schools and community 
colleges, and provides a liberal arts back- 
ground for library studies. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bache- 
lor’s degree from an accredited institution 
and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 


A writing sample will also be required of 
all applicants. The writing sample should 
demonstrate advanced skill in literary analy- 
sis and expository writing. A paper written 
for a course and analyzing one or more ele- 
ments in one or more literary works is pre- 
ferred; the submitted copy should include 
the instructor’s name and institution, and 
the grade received. Applicants who do not 
have course papers available should contact 
the department graduate adviser for advice. 
The writing sample should be approximately 
five to ten pages long, and it need not 
include secondary research. 

Applicants are strongly urged to submit 
their applications by November 1st for 
spring semester admission and by March 1st 
for fall semester admission. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Classified standing requires: 

1 . An undergraduate major in comparative 
literature, English or foreign language 
with a GPA of 3.0 or better in the major 
courses and a GPA of 2.5 in all other 
college and/or university work. If the 
student’s degree is in another field, a total 
of 24 units of upper-division work in 
comparative literature, English or foreign 
language with a GPA of 3.0 will be 
required. 

If the student lacks the prerequisite 
number of courses, they must be taken 
before beginning work in the master’s 
degree program, with at least a 3.0 in 
such makeup course work. If the 
student’s GPA in these probationary 
courses is 3.0 or better, classified stand- 
ing may be granted. Courses taken to 
remove qualitative and quantitative defi- 
ciencies may not be applied to the M.A. 
program. 

2. Satisfactory completion of a written 
examination in an adviser-approved 
foreign language, or satisfactory comple- 
tion of an upper-division course taught 
in an adviser-approved foreign language. 

3. Development of an approved study plan. 
Study Plan 

A minimum of 30 units of course work 
must be completed with a minimum GPA of 
3.0 to be distributed as follows: 

500-Level Courses (18 units) 

This requirement is met by 15 units at 
the 500-level in comparative literature or 


176 


courses cross-listed in English (one adviser- 
approved 500-level course in English may 
help satisfy this requirement) and one 3-unit 
course at the 500-level in a related area. 

Upper-Division Courses (12 units): 

Adviser-approved courses in comparative 
literature (6 units) 

Adviser-approved courses in a related area 
(6 units) 

(At least 3 units of related course work 
must be in foreign literature, read in the 
original language.) 

At the conclusion of all course work, the 
student will take a comprehensive examina- 
tion for the master’s degree. Each section of 
the four-part comprehensive examination 
must be passed before the degree will be 
awarded. Any section(s) failed may be 
repeated once only. Notice of intention to 
take the examination must be on file with the 
graduate secretary within six weeks of the 
first class of the semester. 

Thesis Option 

The candidate may elect to write a thesis. 
For information, consult the graduate 
adviser. 

For further information, consult the 
Department of English and Comparative 
Literature. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

English 101, a graduation requirement for 
all students, is not part of the English major 
but is a prerequisite to further work in 
English. The English major consists of 42 
units. At least 30 units must be upper-divi- 
sion courses. In selecting courses, students 
are urged to consult a faculty member of the 
Department of English and Comparative 
Literature. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 
English 312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 321 American Literature to 
Whitman (3) 

English 322 American Literature from Twain 
to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITEARATURE 


Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 
1650 (3) 

Period, Genre and Criticism Courses 
(at least 9 units, including at least 3 units 
from courses prior to 1800, i.e., 423, 450, 
451,452,453, 454, 455,456) 

English 423 Early American Literature (3) 
English 450 Medieval Literature (3) 

English 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean 
Drama (3) 

English 452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 453 17th-Century Poetry and 
Prose (3) 

English 454 The Drama of the Restoration 
and the 18th Century (3) 

English 455 Restoration and 18th Century 
Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 456 The Development of the English 
Novel Through jane Austen (3) 

English 457 The Romantic Movement in 
English Literature (3) 

English 458 Victorian Literature (3) 

English 459 The Development of the 19th 
Century English Novel (3) 

English 462 Modem British and American 
Novels (3) 

English 463 Contemporary Novels in 
English (3) 

English 464 Modem British and American 
Drama (3) 

English 465 Contemporary Drama in 
English (3) 

English 466 Modem British and American 
Poetry (3) 

English 467 Contemporary Poetry in 
English (3) 

English 491 Traditions of English Literary 
Criticism (3) 

English 492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 

Major Author Courses (at least 3 units) 
English 315 Chaucer (3) 

English 317 Milton (3) 

English 492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 

Language Courses (at least 3 units) 

English 303 Stmcture of Modem English (3) 

English 305 The English Language in 
America (3) 

English 440 History of the English 
Language (3) 


Electives (at least 12 units) 

Chosen from English and comparative lit- 
erature courses numbered 201 and above. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Students must complete a total of 2 1 
units, including 15 units as described below 
and 6 units of electives. In selecting courses, 
students seeking a minor in English should 
consult a faculty member of the Department 
of English and Comparative Literature. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 
English 312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 32 1 American Literature to 
Whitman (3) 

English 322 American Literature from Twain 
to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 
1650 (3) 

Electives (at least 6 units) 

Chosen from additional English and com- 
parative literature courses, with the exception 
of English 101 and 106. 

Students may take the approved upper- 
division writing course(s) in their majors 
instead of English 301. They must, however, 
complete 21 units in English and compara- 
tive literature. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

The master’s degree program in English 
offers students the opportunity to achieve a 
multifaceted understanding of literature and 
language as well as to study particular areas 
of their own interest. Such areas include lit- 
erature, linguistics, creative writing and the 
teaching of English. The degree is useful to 
those teaching in high schools or community 
colleges, to those seeking careers in writing 
and publishing, and to those intending to 
take further graduate work. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bache- 
lor’s degree from an accredited institution 
and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted. 


A writing sample will also be required of 
alTapplicants. The writing sample should 
demonstrate advanced skill in literary analy- 
sis and expository writing. A paper written 
for a course and analyzing one or more ele- 
ments in one or more literary works is pre- 
ferred; the submitted copy should include 
the instructor’s name and institution, and the 
grade received. Applicants who do not have 
course papers available should contact the 
department graduate adviser for advice. The 
writing sample should be approximately five 
to ten pages long, and it need not include 
secondary research. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Classified graduate standing requires a 
bachelor’s degree in English from an accred- 
ited institution with at least a 3.0 grade-point 
average in the major courses provided that a 
minimum of 24 units of upper-division 
course work is included; or if the student 
holds a bachelor’s degree in another major, 

24 units of upper-division course work in 
English with at least a 3.0 grade-point 
average must have been completed. If the 
student lacks the prerequisite number of 
English courses, they must be made up 
before beginning work in the master’s degree 
program, with at least a 3.0 in such makeup 
course work. In the event that the student’s 
GPA in prerequisite English courses is less 
than 3.0, six to nine units of probationary, 
adviser-approved course work may be 
assigned. If the GPA in these probationary 
courses is 3.0 or better, the student may be 
classified. 

Some courses taken to make up qualita- 
tive deficiencies may be credited toward the 
M.A., if completed with a grade of B or 
better, and if applicable to the student’s par- 
ticular study plan. Courses taken to remove 
quantitative deficiencies may not be applied 
to the M.A. program. 

A student is required to have two years of 
one foreign language at the college or univer- 
sity level, an approved foreign language 
examination, or sbc units of study in compar- 
ative literature. If taken as graduate work, 
these six units may be applied to the master’s 
degree under “units in subjects related to 
English.” 

A study plan must be developed and 
approved for admission to classified graduate 
standing. 


177 


ENGU8H AND COMPARATIVE UTERATURE 


Study Plan 

500-Level Courses (18 units) 

This requirement is met by English 
courses restricted to graduate students (500 
series). With the permission of the graduate 
adviser, 3 of these 18 units may be taken in a 
comparative literature graduate seminar. 

Upper-Division Courses in English (6-12 units) 

Units in Subjects Related to English (6 units 
maximum) 

To complete the degree requirements, stu- 
dents must pass a written comprehensive 
examination. Failed pans of the examination 
may be retaken only once. Notice of intention 
to take the examination must be on file with 
the graduate secretary within six weeks of the 
first class of the semester. With approval, stu- 
dents may substitute a research or creative 
writing project for one pan of the examination. 

Note: The student is strongly advised to 
take the steps necessary for admission to the 
program before registering for graduate 
courses. Pan of the admission process is to 
confer with the graduate adviser, who will 
analyze prerequisites and designate those 
courses which will apply to the degree 
program. Courses taken by a conditionally 
classified student do not necessarily apply 
toward a degree. At the time the student 
achieves classified standing, no more than nine 
units of postgraduate course work may be 
applied to the master’s degree program. For 
further information, consult the Department of 
English and Comparative Literature. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE COURSES 

110 Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 

(Same as English 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World from 
the Renaissance through the 19th 
Century (3) 

(Same as English 111) 

257 Writing Haiku (1) 

(Same as English 257) 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Literary qualities of biblical literature and the 
influence of major themes upon Western liter- 
ary traditions. (Same as Religious Studies 312) 


315 Classical Mythology in World 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Greek and Roman myths which have been of 
continuing significance in Western world lit- 
erature. 

324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Oriental and western literature from the 
beginning to 1650. 

325 World Literature from 1650 (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Asian and Western literature from 1650 to 
the present. 

347 The Fairy Tale (3) 

(Same as English 347) 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 
(Same as English 355T) 

373 Nineteenth Century Russian 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major writers such as Pushkin, Gogol, 
Dostoyevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, and their 
relationship to Western literature. 

374 Twentieth Century Russian 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Soviet peoples’ literature from 1918 to the 
present. Basic trends in literary criticism. 
Major writers such as Gorky, Blok, 
Mayakovsky, Zamyatin, Zoshchenko, 
Akhmatova and Pasternak. 

380 Introduction to Asian Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Selected translations of Arabic, Persian, 
Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature. 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Afro-Ethnic 
Studies 381) 

423T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
English 200 or other appropriate course 
approved by the instructor. Specific topics 
will vary from semester to semester. May be 
repeated with different content for additional 
credit. 

450 Medieval Literature (3) 

(Same as English 450) 


178 


451 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 
Prerequisites: survey of English, American, 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The Renaissance as 
a literary movement, from Erasmus to 
Montaigne and Cervantes. 

465 The Novel in France and 
Germany (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Novels in transla- 
tion; principles of the narrative arts. Major 
writers such as Goethe, Stendhal, Flaubert, 
Mann, Kafka, and Proust. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 
(Same as English 57 IT) 

572T Graduate Seminar: Literary 
Genres (3) 

(Same as English 572T) 

574T Graduate Seminar: Special Problems 
in Literature (3) 

(Same as English 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in 
Teaching (3) 

(Same as English 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in 
Criticism (3) 

(Same as English 579T) 

597 Project (3) 

(Same as English 597) 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

ENGLISH COURSES 

For world literature in English translation 
see courses under Comparative Literature. 

099 Developmental Writing (3) 

An intensive course in basic writing skills. 
Designed to prepare students for English 101. 
Required of, and open only to, students who 
score below minimum standard on the English 
Placement Test (EPT). Degree credit is not 
awarded for this course. Instructional fee. 
(Same as Foreign Language Education 099) 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


101 Beginning College Writing (3) 
Prerequisite: English 099, a satisfactory 
score on the English Placement Test, or 
exemption from the EPT. An introductory 
course in the fundamentals of expository 
prose. Emphasizes grammatical and basic 
rhetorical concepts and practices necessary 
for successful college writing. Instructional 
fee. (CAN ENGL 2) 

105 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 
Exploratory creative writing with the 
opportunity to write in various genres. No 
credit toward the major. 

110 Literature of the Western World 
from Ancient through Medieval 
Times (3) 

Representative writers and works from the 
ancient through the medieval world. (Same 
as Comp Lit 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World 
from the Renaissance through the 
19th Century (3) 

Representative writers and works from the 
Renaissance through the 19th century. (Same 
as Comp Lit 111) 

199 Intensive Writing Review (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Restricted 

to students who have failed the EWP at least 
twice. Intensive review of the fundamentals of 
writing expository prose. Meets examination 
ponion of baccalaureate writing requirement. 
Carries no credit toward graduation. 

200 Introduction to Literature (3) 

An introduction to the study of fiction, 
drama and poetry. Concentration on the criti- 
cal understanding of literary types rather than 
on their historical development. Carries no 
credit toward the major. 

204 Intermediate Creative Writing (3) 
Prerequisite: English 105 or its equivalent, 
or a college-level literature course. A course 
providing experience in creative writing 
beyond the introductory level. Emphasis on 
poetry, the short story, and/or the one-act play. 

257 Writing Haiku (1) 

After a brief study of the development of 
haiku in Japan, students will write and revise 
haiku in English and share them with the 
class. With consent of instructor, may be 
repeated for no more than three units of 
credit. (Same as Comp Ut 257) 


300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

The main literary forms — prose fiction, 

poetry and drama — are studied and ana- 
lyzed. English majors should schedule this 
basic course as early as possible. 

301 Advanced College Writing (3) 
Prerequisite: English 101. An advanced 

course in writing expository prose. 
Emphasizes precision in rhetoric and devel- 
opment of individual style by concentration 
on matters of diction, audience, emphasis 
and persuasion. Required of English majors 
seeking a secondary credential. Instructional 
fee. 

303 The Structure of Modem English (3) 
Prerequisite: junior standing. The 
grammar of contemporary English. Modem 
English usage. Required of English majors 
seeking a secondary credential. Must be 
taken before student teaching. 

305 The English Language in America (3) 
American English, its origins, its regional 
and social dialects, and its role in American 
history and in such institutions as schools, 
corporations, government, and the media. 
(Same as Linguistics 305) 

311 British Literature to 1760 (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Major periods and movements, major 
authors, and major forms through 1760. 

312 British Literature from 1760 (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Major periods and movements, major 
authors and major forms from 1760 through 
modem times. 

315 Chaucer (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 
The Canterbury Tales and Chaucer’s lan- 
guage. The vocabulary, pronunciation, 
grammar and syntax of the East Midland 
dialect of Middle English. 

316 Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. A 
study of the major plays. 

317 Milton (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 
The poetry and prose in the light of Milton’s 
intellectual development. 


321 American Literature to Whitman (3) 
Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 

Major writers such as Hawthorne, Poe, 
Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, and 
Dickinson. 

322 American Literature from Twain to 
the Moderns (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
Major writers such as Twain, James, Crane, 
Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, and 
Eliot. 

323T Cultural Pluralism in American 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The role of varied cultural groups in the USA 
as exemplified in American literature. Topics 
may include Jewish writers, images of immi- 
grants, Asian-American writers, American 
Indian literatures, and others. 

325 American Ballad and Folksong (3) 
Anglo-American balladry and folksong; 

their historical development, ethnic back- 
ground and poetical values. 

326 The American Frontier in 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: any courses in American lit- 
erature, American studies or American 
history Thematic study of American litera- 
ture as it reflects the changing frontier experi- 
ence and establishes national myths and 
symbols. 

347 The Fairy Tale (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The develop- 
ment of the fairy tale in English. Includes 
early continental influences and covers such 
authors as the Brothers Grimm, H.C. 
Anderson, C. Rosetti, MacDonald, Barris, and 
Sendak. (Same as Comp Lit 347) 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 
Images of women in genres such as autobiog- 
raphy, poetry, drama, novel. Individual sec- 
tions may treat conventional literary periods 
or specific cultures. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. (Same 
as Comp Lit 355T) 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


360 Scientific and Technical Writing (3) 
Open to science and non-science stu- 
dents. Scientific and professional writing and 
editing, with attention to outlines and 
abstracts, description, process explanation, 
instructions, and fundamentals of reports, 
feasibility studies, proposals, internal memos, 
and letters. 

365 Legal Writing (3) 

Advanced compositions stressing logic, 
reasoning, and legal analysis. 

370 Horror Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Horror/occult fiction (or "dark fantasy") from 
Mary Shelley to the present, including such 
writers as E. A. Poe, J. S. LeFanu, Bram 
Stoker, H. R Lovecraft, Fritz Leiber and 
Stephen King. 

371 Fantasy Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Fantasy in literature from Ariosto to 
Brautigan. 

372 Detective Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Detective fiction from Edgar Allan Poe to the 
present, including writers such as Sayers, 
Christie, Chandler, Hammett and Ross 
MacDonald. 

373 Science Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. 

Science fiction as a literary genre, including 
future-scene fiction, the utopian novel, the 
superman/woman novel and short stories. 

374 The Gothic Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The develop- 
ment of the Gothic Novel in England from 
1750-1850, including such authors as 
Walpole, Smith, Radcliffe, Lewis, Mary 
Shelley, Austen, Maturin, and Emily Bronte. 

381 African Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 
African literature written in the English lan- 
guage; the fiction, poetry and drama of the 
new nations. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 381 and Afro-Ethnic Studies 381) 


401 Exploration of Composing 
Theories (3) 

Prerequisite: English 301 or equivalent. 
Writing processes explored through examina- 
tion of one’s own writing strategies and those 
of professional and student writers. Through 
interviews, observations, self-reflection, and 
readings in composition theory, students will 
answer the questions. What is writing? What 
is a writer? 

402 Theories of Response to Written 
Composition (2) 

Prerequisite: English 301 and 303 or 
equivalents. Corequisite: English 402S. To 
teach, tutor, and conference with writers, one 
must understand writing processes: starting, 
sustaining, and revising; composing rhythms; 
individual idiosyncracies. Through observa- 
tions, practice, and journals, students will 
learn various theories of responding to 
writers. For tutors and (prospective) teachers. 

402S Tutor Supervision (1) 

Prerequisites: English 301 and English 
303. Corequisite: English 402. Supervision of 
Writing Center tutors. 

404T Advanced Creative Writing (3) 
Prerequisite: English 204 or its equivalent. 
Instruction and practice in a workshop 
setting for the student with some experience 
in creative writing; emphasis on writing for 
professional markets. Consult the class 
schedule to determine section’s emphasis. 

May be repeated for credit. 

408 Editing a Literary Journal (3) 
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing. 
Experience in day-to-day running of a liter- 
ary journal under guidance. Activities include 
helping to select from submissions, reject 
manuscripts, write and place ads, select type 
faces and art work, administer contests, work 
with printers and maintain files. May be 
repeated for up to six units of credit, with a 
limit of three units applicable toward the 
English major. 

416 Studies in Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 316 or consent of 
instructor. Problems of dramatic structure 
and artistic meanings. 


180 


420 Literature of the American Indians (3) 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and 
one course in American Indian studies or 
American literature, or consent of instructor. 
The prose and poetry of the North American 
Indian tribes. 

423 Early American Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: English 321 or consent of 

instructor. Literature of colonial and revolu- 
tionary America, including the Puritans, 18th 
century deism and rationalism, and the liter- 
ary antecedents of American democratic 
thought. 

424 Introduction to Afro-American 
Literature (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic 424) 

429 American Landscape in Literature (3) 
The American landscape in literature: 
Literary perception of our environment, with 
special attention to what perceptions of the 
landscape reveal about human nature. 

433 Children’s Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: one of the following: English 

110, 111, 200, 300, 311, 312, 321, 322, 
Comp Lit 324, 325, or an equivalent course. 
World literature written primarily for chil- 
dren, including material from the oral tradi- 
tion, realistic fiction, fantasy, and poetry. 

434 Literature for Junior and Senior High 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The evaluation, selection, and interpretation 
of fiction, non-fiction, drama and poetry 
reflecting the broad range of interest of young 
people from 12 to 17 years of age. 

440 History of the English Language (3) 
Prerequisite: English 303 or equivalent. 

The historical development of English vocab- 
ulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax 
from Indo-European to modem American 
English. 

441 Linguistics and Literature (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 441) 

442 Changing Words: History, Semantics 
and Translation (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 442) 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


450 Medieval Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Reading? in 
modem English translation from the medieval 
literature of England and the continent from 
St. Augustine to Sir Thomas Malory. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 450) 

451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 
Prerequisites; survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The dramatic tra- 
dition in plays by such dramatists as 
Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont and 
Fletcher. 

452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 
Prerequisites; survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The nondramatic 
literature of the English Renaissance. 

453 17th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 
Prerequisites: survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Nondramatic liter- 
ature of the period from 1603 to 1660 
excluding Milton. 

454 The Drama of the Restoration & the 
18th Century (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Representative 
plays of the Restoration and the 18th century. 
The development of such dramatic move- 
ments as the heroic play. Restoration comedy, 
and sentimental drama. 

455 Restoration and 18th Century Poetry 
and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Major writers such 
as Butler, Rochester, Dryden, Pepys, Swift, 
Addison and Steele, Pope, Boswell, Johnson, 
and selected minor writers. 

456 The Development of the English 
Novel through Jane Austen (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The English novel 
from its beginnings to the 19th century 
including such novelists as Defoe, 
Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, and Austen. 


457 The Romantic Movement in English 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Major writers such 
as Bums, Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, 
Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

458 Victorian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Major writers such 
as Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, 
Ruskin, and Pater. 

459 The Development of the 19th- 
Century English Novel (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Major novelists 
such as the Brontes, Thackeray, Dickens, 

Eliot, and Hardy. 

462 Modern British and American 
Novels (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or consent of instmctor. Modem 
British and American novels from 19(X) to 
1950. 

463 Contemporary Novels in English (3) 
Prerequisites: survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. The novel in 
English since World War II. 

464 Modem British and American 
Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or consent of instmctor. British 
and American drama from 1900 to 1950. 

465 Contemporary Drama in English (3) 
Prerequisites: survey of English, American 

or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Drama in English 
from 1950 to the present. 

466 Modem British and American 
Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or consent of instmctor. British 
and American poetry from 1900 to 1950. 


467 Contemporary Poetry In English (3) 
Prerequisites: survey of English, American 
or world literature; an upper-division litera- 
ture course; or equivalent. Poetry in English 
from 1950 to the present. 

491 Traditions of English Literary 
Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: English 300 or consent of 
instmctor. The major English critics, from the 
Renaissance to the beginning of the 20th 
century, in relationship to the classical theories 
of criticism. 

492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 
Prerequisite: English 300 or consent of 

instmctor. The major movements in 20th- 
century British and American criticism. 

498 English Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior status and 

consent of faculty supervisor. Experience in 
the practical application of studies in litera- 
ture and language to work outside the uni- 
versity. Hours to be specified; enrollment 
limited; C/NC; no credit toward major. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

Open to advanced students in English with 
consent of department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Studies in 
Literature (3) 

Research techniques, analytical 
approaches and theories of literature. A 
course providing basic orientation in gradu- 
ate literary studies. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instmctor; major figures 
such as Shakespeare, Dante, Shakespeare, 
Cervantes, Goethe, Bronte, Twain, Joyce, 
Woolf, Allendale, Soyinks, and Morrison. 

May be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. (Same as Comp Lit 571T) 

572T Graduate Seminar: Literary 
Genres (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instmctor, major literary 
types such as the epic, the novel, the short 
story, lyric poetry, tradegy, comedy, and his- 
torical drama. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. (Same as Comp 
Ut 572T) 


181 


ENGUSH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


573T Graduate Seminar: Cultural 
Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of instructor, the literature of 
a cultural period from Anglo-Saxon to 
modem times. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. 

574T Graduate Seminar: Special 
Problems in Literature (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publication of the instructor, special 
problems such as influences on literature, 
including philosophical, religious, scientific, 
geographic, and other ecological viewpoints. 
May be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. (Same as Comp Lit 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in 
Teaching (3) 

Specific topics will vary from semester to 
semester. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. (Same as Comp 
Lit 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in 
Criticism (3) 

Historical development and schools of 
criticism. Individual offerings within this 
course number may deal with only one 
aspect of critical problems. May be repeated 
with different content for additional credit. 
(Same as Comparative Literature 579T) 

590 Writing Theory and Practice for 
Teaching Associates (3) 

Prerequisite: English 402 and admission 
to the English Department Teaching Associate 
Program. Theory and practice of the compos- 
ing process for the beginning college teacher 
of expository writing. Required of all English 
Department Teaching Associates during their 
first semester of teaching. 

590S Teaching Associate Supervision (1) 
Prerequisite: English 590. Supervised 
teaching of developmental writing and fresh- 
man composition. No credit toward the M.A. 
in English. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

59 IT Seminar: Topics in Rhetoric and 
Composition (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research 
of instructor, special topics on rhetoric and 
composition, including historical and theoret- 
ical approaches. May be repeated with differ- 
ent content for additional credit. 


597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate standing. 
A research paper, a critical study, a portfolio 
of creative writing, or the results of fieldwork 
or experiment. Supervising professor and 
English department graduate studies commit- 
tee must approve the proposal in advance of 
registration. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 
Research projects in areas of specialization 
beyond regularly offered course work. Oral 
and written reports. May be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. 

ENGLISH EDUCATION COURSES 

404 Microcomputers for English 
Teachers (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the credential 
program or permission of the instructor. A 
hands-on computer course for secondary 
school English teachers. Focus is on the com- 
puter as a tool for English teachers and on 
classroom applications using computers to 
enhance instruction and improve writing and 
thinking skills. 

442 Teaching English in the Secondary 
School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher educa- 
tion. Principles, methods and materials of 
teaching English in the secondary school. 

449E Externship in Secondary 
Teaching (3) 

Student teaching in the secondary school 
during the first semester of the teacher 

preparation program. The candidate plans 
and teaches assigned lessons during the last 
third of the semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary 
Teaching (10) 

Student teaching in the secondary school 
during the second semester of the teacher 
preparation program. The candidate has the 
same instructional hours of responsibility as 
the master teacher. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 
One afternoon a week the candidate par- 
ticipates in a seminar with the university 
supervisor. 


182 


ENGLISH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 


environmental 



INTRODUCTION 

Environmental Studies is an interdisciplinary program in human interaction with the environ- 
ment-cultural as well as natural. Courses integrate knowledge and methods from several disci- 
plines, all of which independently study special aspects of the environment. The program treats 
the social and cultural aspects of human attempts to exploit, modify and achieve balance with 
the environment. Curricula include concerns for ecological change, environmental pollution, 
technological 
solutions, bal- 
anced land uti- 
lization, and 
aspects of plan- 
ning. The 
program pre- 
pares an individ- 
ual student for 
work as a profes- 
sional in the 
environmental 
field, and a 
student’s thesis 
or project is the 
ultimate demon- 
stration of his or 
her capacity to 
deal broadly with the environment. 

Students select a course of study consistent with one of the following three concentrations: 


studies 


PROGRAM COORDINATOR: 

Vacant 

ASSOCIATE COORDINATOR: 

Joel Weintraub 

PROGRAM OFFICE: 

McCarthy Hall 103 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Master of Science in Environmental 
Studies 


Environmental Sciences 

This area deals with the application of physical and biological science principles to environ- 
mental issues. Topical concerns include environmental ecology, water and air resources, environ- 
mental oceanography and geology. Students in this emphasis should have a strong background 
in biology, chemistry, eanh science, engineering, geology or physics. 


PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Allan Axelrod (American Studies), Gordon 
Bakken (History), Dennis Berg (Sociology), 
Vincent Buck (Political Science), John Foster 
(Geological Science), Andrea Guillaume 
(Elementary Education), Stewart Long 
(Economics), Prem Saint (Geological 
Sciences), Lori Sheeran (Anthropology), Barry 
Thomas (Biological Science), Robert Voeks 
(Geography), Joel Weintraub (Biological 
Science), William Van Willis (Chemistry). 


Environmental Policy and Planning 

This area deals with the concepts and methods of the social and behavioral sciences as 
applied to environmental policy and planning. Topical concerns include urban and regional 
planning, environmental aspects of administration, design, behavior, perception, law and eco- 
nomics. Students in this area may have backgrounds in the social or behavioral sciences and the 
humanities. 

Environmental Education and Communication 

This emphasis approaches the study of the environment through such related disciplines as 
communication, biology, earth science and geography. Students require skills of observation, 
analysis and presentation appropriate for the classroom teacher, the outdoor naturalist or com- 
munication specialist. Students in this emphasis area should have a background in natural 
science, education or communications. 


ADVISERS 

Program: Vacant 

Environmental Sciences: Prem Saint 

Environmental Policy and Planning: 
Dennis Berg 

Environmental Education & 

Communication: Barry Thomas 


master of science IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an accredited institution and a grade- 
point average of 3.0 in the last 60 units of course work attempted. In addition, three letters of 
recommendation are required. 


183 


ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 


An undergraduate course in ecology and 
one in statistics are prerequisites for admis- 
sion. Students without these prerequisites 
may be admitted provisionally but must take 
these courses prior to or concurrent with 
their enrollment in study plan course work. 

Graduate Standing; Classified 

After completion of no more than nine 
semester units of adviser-approved course 
work and the development of an approved 
study plan, the student should apply for clas- 
sified standing. 

Study Plan 

The M.S. in Environmental Studies 
requires the completion of 36 units of 
adviser-approved course work with a GPA of 
3.0 or better and a thesis or project. The 
student’s thesis committee should be com- 
prised of three members, representing at least 
two different fields, with one being a member 
of the Environmental Studies Council. A 
student’s project is supervised by a single 
faculty member. 

Environmental Studies Core (9 units) 

500 Environmental Issues and Approaches (3) 

510 Environmental Evaluation and 
Protection (3) 

520 Environmental Research and Analysis (3) 
A student who can demonstrate compe- 
tency in any core course subject matter may, 
with the permission of the graduate program 
adviser, substitute a suitable three-unit 
course. 

Environmental Studies Electives (9-15 units) 
Choose from: 

595T Selected Topics in Environmental 
Problems (3) 

596 Internship in Environmental Studies (3) 
599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Cross-Disciplinary Electives Work (9-15 units) 
Courses outside Environmental Studies are 
chosen with prior approval of the faculty 
adviser and consistent with the student’s area 
of interest. 

No more than 12 units can be taken from 
the undergraduate major department. A 
three-unit planning course must be included. 

Thesis 598 or Project 597 (3 units) 

If students who have taken Environmental 
Studies 597 Project or 598 Thesis and 
received a grade of SP do not complete their 
project or thesis by the end of the second 


regular semester (one full year), they will be 
subject to probation for “lack of satisfactory 
progress towards the degree” and will be 
required to maintain continuous enrollment 
through regular (not Extended Education) 
enrollment. 

The last day of the final exam period each 
semester is the deadline for Project comple- 
tion (deadline for Thesis completion is set by 
the university) and by that date a notification 
of completion form (also to be used for 
theses) must be submitted with the faculty 
supervisor’s signature and (if applicable) with 
change of grade card(s) from the faculty 
supervisor and with a copy of the receipt 
from the thesis-binding department of the 
bookstore indicating that a bound and title- 
embossed copy of the project or thesis has 
been ordered for the Environmental Studies 
Program office. 

For further information, consult the grad- 
uate program adviser. 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES COURSES 

500 Environmental Issues and 
Approaches (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in 
Environmental Studies or consent of instructor. 
Discussions of interdisciplinary approaches to 
environmental problems and research 
methods. Students prepare seminars and 
papers on research design for potential thesis 
topics. Meets graduate writing requirement. 

310 Environmental Evaluation and 
Protection (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in environ- 
mental studies or consent of instructor. 
Environmental parameters (water, air, solid 
wastes, noise, radiation, etc.). Techniques in 
monitoring and measurement; effect on human 
health; environmental quality standards and 
controls. Demonstrations and field trips. 

520 Environmental Research and 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies or consent of instructor. 
Research methods and statistics used in the 
field of environmental studies. Research tools 
used in such areas a environmental field 
studies, environmental experiments, social 
environmental impacts, environmental atti- 
tudes and behavior and environmental trend 
analysis. Use of secondary data sources and 
computer required. 


184 


595T Selected Topics in Environmental 
Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies or consent of instructor. 
Various environmental topics, contemporary 
or historic, that focus on problems (e.g., law, 
endangered habitats, planning, global envi- 
ronmental issues, etc.) Topic chosen and 
outline will be circulated prior to registra- 
tion. May be repeated four times (with differ- 
ent topics) for credit. 

596 Internship in Environmental 
Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies or consent of instructor. 
Field experience with a governmental or 
private agency. Seminars and professional 
experience. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in environ- 
mental studies program and consent of 
instructor and program coordinator. 

Planning, preparation and completion of an 
acceptable, interdisciplinary project. Credit 
on submission of project. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in environ- 
mental studies program and consent of 
instructor and program coordinator. Planning, 
preparation and completion of an acceptable, 
interdisciplinary thesis. Credit on submission 
of thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing in envi- 
ronmental studies and consent of instructor 
and program coordinator. May not be 
repeated for credit. 


ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 



INTRODUCTION 

In choosing their coursework, students are advised to choose one of the six tracks for study 
within the finance concentration. The corporate financial management track is designed to 
provide entry-level skills for students interested in the financial management of a non-financial 
firm. The insurance and financial services track is designed to provide students with skills to 
pursue a career in insurance. The financial institutions management track may lead to employ- 
ment in banks or savings and 
loan associations. The investment 
and financial planning track is 
designed for students interested 
in positions with brokerage firms 
or financial planning firms. The 
real estate professions track is 
designed for students interested 
in careers in commercial broker- 
age, property management, prop- 
erty development and real estate 
finance. The international finan- 
cial management track is 
designed for students who are 
interested in international invest- 
ing and international financial 
management. Students may 
combine courses from different 
areas to meet a specialized educa- 
tional objective. 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, 

Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments, registration and grading procedures, residence and similar academic matters. In addition, 
advising on curriculum content and career opportunities may be obtained from the chair of the 
Finance Department or from: 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

John Erickson 

DEPARTMENT OITICE 

Langsdorf Hall 556 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Finance 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Finance 

FACULTY 

Albert Bueso, Su Chan, Carolyn Chang, 
Donald Crane, John Erickson, Albert j. 
Fredman, Joseph Greco, Tsong Lai, Turning 
Li, Weili Lu, Joseph Reising, Mark Stohs, 
Marco Tonietti, Donald Valachi, Blaine 
Walgren, Ko Wang, John Weigel. 


Financial Management: Joseph Reising 
Insurance: Weili Lee 


Personal Financial Planning: Donald Crane 
Real Estate: Donald Valachi 


Securities and Investments: Albert Fredman 
Financial Institutions: Albert Buesco 


CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Depanment of Finance offers courses 
which may be included in Subject Matter Preparation and Supplementary Authorization 
Programs for secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in the Teaching 
Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available from the Department Office for 
Secondary Education. Students interested in exploring careers in teaching at the elementary or 
secondary school levels should contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 


HNANCE 



Awards in Finance 
Chen-da Su Insurance Scholarship 
The Wall Street Journal Award 
Edward D’Cunha Finance Award 
Financial Management Association Award 
Investment Trust Award 
Jack Nichols Scholarship Award 
Outstanding Finance Student Award 
Outstanding Service Award 
Peter M. Mlynaryk Outstanding Real Estate 
Award 

Mercury Insurance Scholarship 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Finance 
Concentration.” 

MASTER OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Finance 
Concentration.” 

FINANCE COURSES 

310 Personal Financial Management (3) 
Financial problems of the household in 
allocating resources and planning expendi- 
tures. Housing, insurance, installment buying, 
medical care, savings and investments. (May 
not be used to fulfill the concentration 
requirement in finance.) 

320 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. Corequisite: 
Management Science/Information Systems 
361 A. Financing business enterprises; financial 
planning and control; analysis of alternative 
sources and uses of combinations of short-, 
intermediate- and long-term debt, and equity. 
Cost of capital. Study of capital investment 
decisions; capital budget analysis and valuation; 
working capital and capital structure manage- 
ment; relative impact on the international 
environment of financial decisions. 

331 Working Capital Management and 
Computer Applications (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of 
working capital management and policy. Use 
of available software programs and financial 
models in computer-aided analysis of 
working capital management, financial fore- 
casting, financial planning, capital budgeting, 
leasing problems, investments and other 
financial issues. 


332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Risk and return analysis. An 
introduction to the capital asset and arbitrage 
pricing models. Analysis of capital budget- 
ing, capital structure, dividend policy, 
leasing, mergers and divestitures. 

335 Financial Analysis for Investors and 
Lenders (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Interpretation of financial state- 
ments from the perspective of both the 
financial analyst and the creditor. Emphasis 
on the economic meaning of financial state- 
ment data for the purpose of valuing the 
firm’s securities. 

340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Institutional characteristics of 
securities markets, security valuation and 
trading methods, fundamental and technical 
analysis, selection and management of secu- 
rities, introduction to the capital asset pricing 
model, role of options and futures markets, 
portfolio analysis and mutual funds. 

342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 
Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, 

Finance 320. Capital and money markets in 
the American and international economies; 
markets for new corporate and government 
issues; secondary markets; interrelation of 
financial institutions; factors influencing 
yields and security prices. 

351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Real estate prin- 
ciples, practices and investment decisions. 
Equity investment, finance, legal aspects, 
practices, principles, property development, 
real estate administration in the public sector, 
real estate market analysis, valuation. 

355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. Alternative 
analytical techniques in evaluating real estate 
investments. Tax aspects, measurement of 
investment returns, application of computer 
models to investment decisions. Lecture, dis- 
cussion and case analysis of major invest- 
ment types - raw land, apartment houses, 
commercial and industrial uses. 


186 


360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Life, casualty 
and liability insurance, individual and group 
insurance programs; methods of establishing 
risks and rates of return. 

370 International Business Finance (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. Corequisite: 

Business Admin 301. Financing problems of 
international business. The international 
financial environment, taxation of foreign 
income, international capital and money 
markets, problems of risk in foreign invest- 
ments, and financial techniques for the oper- 
ation of a multinational firm. 

371 Export-Import Financing (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. Institutional 

arrangements, methods and techniques used 
to finance international trade. Government 
and financial institution services. Risk-return 
aspects of international sales, insurance 
needs, the use of letters of credit, interna- 
tional factoring, accounts receivable insur- 
ance and other financing techniques. Review 
of required export-import documentation. 

373 Asia-Pacific Financial and Security 
Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Overview of 
financial markets in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, 
China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Southeast 
Asia. Historical perspectives, regulations, 
more recent liberalizations, and international- 
izations, and institutional technical aspects of 
the stock, bond, and other financial markets. 

375 Global Financial Markets (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. This course 
focuses on the global dimension of financial 
markets, instruments and techniques, and 
the financial innovations that are rapidly 
changing these markets. The perspective of 
the course is both that of participants seeking 
to raise capital and those looking for new 
investment opportunities. 

410 Theory & Practice of Personal 
Financial Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Developing, 
implementing and monitoring comprehen- 
sive personal financial plans. Includes risk 
management, investments, taxation, retire- 
ment and estate planning, as well as profes- 
sional practices. 


FINANCE 


411 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. Development 
of retirement objectives, needs and financial 
condition. Forecasting retirement income 
from employer based retirement plans, IRAs, 
insurance policies, social security, investment 
programs. Medicare, medical, group life and 
health benefits after retirement. Property 
titling, wills and transfers in contemplation of 
death. 

425 Commercial Bank and Financial 
Institution Management (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 320. The solution of 
financial institution problems. Major financial 
intermediaries and the decision-making 
problems they face. Regulation and its effect 
on management operations. Group problems 
and case studies. 

432 Financial Forecasting and 
Budgeting (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Forecasting in 
financial management; construction and 
interpretation of economic forecasts for the 
economy, industry and the firm; construction 
and interpretation of financial plans; evalua- 
tion of capital acquisition decisions under 
certainty and uncertainty. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 332. Case studies. 

Group problems and case studies relating to 
estimation of funds requirements, long-term 
financial planning, evaluation of cash flows, 
financing acquisitions and mergers, capital 
budgeting and cost of capital. Team-building, 
leadership and computer-assisted presenta- 
tion skills. 

442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 
Prerequisites: Finance 340 and Manag 
Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A. Securities markets and 
company analysis, security valuation models, 
the CAPM and the APT option pricing, and 
portfolio models. Practical application of 
investment theory and recent literature will 
be emphasized. 

444 Options and Futures (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 340. Put and call 
options, option pricing theory and models. 
Financial futures pricing, hedging strategies 
and models. Institutional characteristics of 
futures trading. Options and futures on stock 
indices. Options on futures, theoretical rela- 
tionship between options and futures. 


451 Real Estate Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Real estate law. 

Cases provide illustrations of specific legal 
situations; financial institutions, property 
rights, zoning, land use law and environmen- 
tal impact requirements. 

452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Financial insti- 
tutions and real estate credit. Sources and uses 
of capital (funds) in financing real estate trans- 
actions. Money and capital markets and their 
effect on credit availability. Instruments in real 
estate finance. Investment methods and deci- 
sions. Group problems and case studies. 

453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Real property 

value, historical evolution of valuation princi- 
ples, approaches in urban and real property 
appraisals, alternative methods and tech- 
niques for property valuation. 

454 Real Estate Market Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: Finance 351. Factors and 

influences of urban growth and development. 
Economic factors and real estate supply and 
demand. Location theory and urban growth 
patterns. Public policy as a factor in real estate 
development. Analysis of real estate markets. 

456 Property Development and 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Decision 
making process in the property development 
process - from raw land to marketing and 
management of the completed product. 

Policy formulation and implementation, 
project feasibility analysis, financial analysis, 
computer assisted analysis; case studies. 

461 Business Property and Liability Risk 
Managememt (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. Course covers 
the duties and functions of a risk manager, 
the major commercial property and liability 
lines including commercial property, business 
income, general liability, commercial auto, 
workers compensation, business owner 
insurance and the operation of property-lia- 
bility insurers. 


462 Life and Health Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. This course is 
designed to analyze various types of life and 
health insurance products and to evaluate rel- 
evant contracts. Major employee benefit 
plans adopted by corporations are also dis- 
cussed. In addition, the organization and 
management of life and health insurance 
companies is included. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 332, a concentra- 
tion in finance, consent of department intern- 
ship adviser, junior standing, 2.5 GPA and 
one semester in residence at the university. 
Also open to international business majors. 
Planned and supervised work experience. 

May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 320 and consent of 
the instructor. Open to undergraduate stu- 
dents desiring to pursue directed indepen- 
dent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not 
open to students on academic probation. 

517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510 and classi- 
fied SBAE status. The methodology of finan- 
cial management. The primary tools for 
financial analysis, long-term investment deci- 
sions, valuation and working capital manage- 
ment. International applications. 

523 Seminar in Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. The analysis of the 
financial decision-making process through 
case studies and seminar presentations. 
Current financial theory and models. 
International applications. 

533 Seminar in Financial 
Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 523 and classified 
SBAE status. Optimal financing and asset 
administration; advanced techniques of 
capital budgeting; application of analytical 
methods to the administration of the finance 
function of the business firm. 


187 


FINANCE 


540 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 
Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 

and classified SBAE status. Structure and 
operation of major financial institutions; 
portfolio composition, price-cost problems, 
and market behavior; analysis of financial 
intermediation and interrelation of financial 
institutions and markets. 

541 Seminar in Investment 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. Problems of 
investment and portfolio management; con- 
cepts of risk evaluation and investment crite- 
ria; analysis of interest rate movements; 
investment valuation and timing; regulation 
and administrative problems of the industry 

551 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 
Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. Problems of real 
estate investment; concepts of evaluation and 
investment criteria; analysis of real property 
values; real estate development and financ- 
ing. Case studies. 

561 Seminar in Risk Management and 
Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. The examination 
techniques and policies used by corporations 
and individuals for managing life, health, 
property, liability, interest rate, foreign invest- 
ment and financial risks. To study how to 
identify, evaluate and manage both pure risk 
and speculative risk. 

570 Seminar in International Financial 
Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status. The financial 
problems of the multinational firm. 
International financing instruments, capital 
investment decisions, and constraints on the 
profitability of multinational businesses. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status, consent of 
instructor and approval by Department 
Chair. Directed independent inquiry. Not 
open to students on academic probation. 


599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent 
and classified SBAE status, consent of instruc- 
tor and approval by Department Chair and 
Associate Dean. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 


188 


FINANCE 


foreign languages 



In our rapidly changing world, it is Ifnpei# ive \ 
standing. Communicating effectively in%iiwid 


INTRODUCTION - f ^ 

The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers a diversit)^|)f prograrr^ of lan- 
guage study aimed at meeting the varyi^ne^is of ioda>^ students. • I I I 

; we loM^r thfebarriers tf^ ii^^de i|hder-g^ 
f5r^gfi language is not, however, simi^ aifexercbc in 
acquisition of linguistic skills. In learning another language, we also gain insight into the thinking of 
another culture (often very dif- 
ferent from our own), insights 
which afford us the perspective 
necessary to examine critically 
our own cultural values. In our 
department we view language, 
culture, and literature as inte- 
grally-related facets of the 
complex phenomenon of human 
communication which help us to 
better understand each other and 
our roles in the ever-changing 
process of civilization. 

Our department has well- 
established baccalaureate pro- 
grams in French, German, 

Japanese, and Spanish and 
master’s programs in French, 

German, and Spanish. 

Additionally, we offer a post- 
baccalaureate program leading 
to a Certificate in Teaching 
English as a Second Language 
and an M.S. in Teaching 
English to Speakers of Other 

Languages (TESOL). In addition to our degree and certificate programs we offer minors in 
French, German, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish. Course work is also offered in Vietnamese, 
Chinese and Arabic. 


ratures 

DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

Leon j. Gilbert 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Humanities 835C 

LANGUAGE LABORATORY: 

Humanities 325 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in French 
Minor in French 
Master of Arts in French 
Bachelor of Arts in German 
Minor in German 
Master of Arts in German 
Bachelor of Arts in Japanese 
Minor in Japanese 
Minor in Portuguese 
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish 
Minor in Spanish 
Master of Arts in Spanish 
Master of Science in Education 


Students interested in developing language competencies find a variety of programs in 
Foreign Languages and Literatures. Programs are designed for those who wish to pursue more 
advanced studies of language and literatures as well as for the growing number of individuals 
who will find foreign language ability and sensitivity to other cultures an increasingly important 
adjunct in preparation for a career. Our programs are designed for those planning careers in 
social services, the foreign service, teaching, translation services, literary fields, international 
finance and banking, and the rapidly expanding world of international business, especially in 
nianagement and marketing. 

Our goal is to assist students in developing competence in a second language, (all courses are 
taught in the target language), to deepen their knowledge about language and the humanities by 
reading representative authors in its literature, and to familiarize them with the cultural traditions 
of the people whose language they are studying. 


(Teaching English to Speakers of 
Other Languages) 

Certificate in Teaching English to 
Speakers of Other Languages 


faculty 

Linda Andersen, Nancy Baden, Margot Benardo, Modesto Diaz, H^l^ne Domon, Michele 
Druon, Janet Eyring, Juan Carlos Gallego, Leon Gilbert, Ronald Harmon, Josefina Hess, Arturo 
J^sso, Keiji Matsumoto, George Peale, Ervie Pefia, Marcial Prado, Setsue Shibata, Curtis Swanson, 
^ijorie Tussing, Eva Van Ginneken, Lydia V^lez. Reyes von Schmidt, Cheryl Zimmermann. 


189 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

The Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures offers an approved Single 
Subject Matter Preparation Program in 
French, German, Japanese, and Spanish for 
prospective teachers seeking the Single 
Subject (Secondary) Teaching Credential. 

Students interested in applying to a 
teacher education credential program must 
consult with a teacher education adviser for a 
preliminary program review one year prior to 
application to the program. Information con- 
cerning the programs is available from 
Teacher Education. 

Before being admitted to a credential 
program, all prospective teachers will be 
asked to pass a proficiency examination in 
which their skills of listening, speaking, 
reading, writing, knowledge of linguistic 
principles as well as the target culture will be 
tested. They must also prepare a portfolio 
which illustrates their increasing proficiency 
in language, linguistics, literature, and 
culture. Students should inquire at the 
department office for current information. 

SPECIAL PROGRAM INFORMATION 

Language Concentration for International 
Business 

The Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures offers a language concentra- 
tion in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, 
Portuguese, and Spanish for the International 
Business major consisting of 1 5 units of 
upper-division language study (includes 
internship). These courses as well as the pre- 
requisites must be completed with a grade of 
C or better. For description of the interna- 
tional business program, please see School of 
Business Administration in this catalog. 

International Programs 

The Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures encourages students to participate 
in a study-abroad program. Such programs 
facilitate student mastery of the language and 
will afford additional insights into the foreign 
culture. The California State University’s 
International Programs offers a wide variety of 
study opportunities on the junior, senior, and 
graduate level. Exchange programs are also 
available with the University of Paris (France), 
the Autonomous University of Guadalajara 
(Mexico), the University of Nanzan Qapan), 
and the Moscow Institute for Steel and Alloys 
(Russia). 


Language majors are required to complete 
the following minimum of courses on campus 
before departure for, or upon return from, 
overseas: 

A. For the B.A.: 12 units of upper-division 
courses consisting of a minimum of six 
units at the 400 level in the major 

B. For the M.A.: 15 units consisting of a 
minimum of 12 units at the 500 level in 
the area of specialization. 

The CSU/UCLA Cooperative Program in 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 
The Cooperative Program in Foreign 
Languages and Literatures gives students the 
opportunity, without additional fees, to take 
courses in foreign languages not available on 
this campus or any neighboring CSU campus 
but offered at UCLA. For information regard- 
ing enrollment and qualifications, interested 
students should inquire at the department 
office. 

The Language Laboratory 

Students enrolling in a variety of foreign 
language courses may be required, in addi- 
tion to the regular class periods, to complete 
assignments in the department’s language lab- 
oratory. The 18-station audio laboratory oper- 
ates like a library; students may use it at a 
time most convenient to them, preferably 
every day in sessions of 15 to 30 minutes. In 
addition to the audio lab, there is a 24-station 
state-of-the-art computer laboratory featuring 
multimedia, interactive capabilities designed 
to facilitate both individual and group learn- 
ing activities in conjunction with a networked 
instructor station. Further details will be 
announced by each instructor. 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: All faculty members serve 
as advisers. Students may check at the 
department office to determine their faculty 
adviser. 

Foreign Language Teacher Education and 
TESOL Nancy Baden, Janet Eyring, Juan 
Carlos Gallego, Ronald Harmon, Marjorie 
Tussing. 

Graduate: Michele Druon (M.A. in 
French), Marjorie Tussing (M.A. in German), 
Josefrna Hess (M.A. in Spanish), Janet 
Eyring (M.S. in Education TESOL). 

Placement 

Students should enroll at that point in the 
sequence of courses for which their previous 
study and/or experience prepares them. 


190 


Students with no language background 
should enroll in fundamental 101-level 
courses. Normally, two years of high school 
language study are considered to be equiva- 
lent to one year of college language. Students 
just completing two years of high school lan- 
guage should begin at 200-level intermediate 
courses. A minimum of four years of high 
school language, or its equivalent, is consid- 
ered a prerequisite for more advanced 300- 
level major work. 

Courses at the 101-level are not open to 
students who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or one term of 
college study in that language, unless such 
study was completed three years or more 
before entering the class. Courses at the 102- 
level are not open to students who have com- 
pleted two or more years of high school 
study or two terms of college study in that 
language, unless such study was completed 
two years or more before entering the class. 
Language courses at the 100-level are not 
open to native speakers of that language. 

Due to the sequential nature of language 
instruction, consultation with an adviser in 
the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures is essential before enrolling in a 
course. 

Academic Standards Requirement 

Each course counted toward the major or 
minor must be completed with a grade of C 
or better. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Students entering the university with the 
International Baccalaureate will be given an 
oral interview with two instructors of the 
target language. Subject to their recommen- 
dation, the following policy will be in effect: 

Students with the International 
Baccalaureate Higher Level Language B Exam 
with a grade of four or better will have lower- 
division requirements waived and upon rec- 
ommendation will receive three to twelve 
units of upper-division language credit. 

Students with the International 
Baccalaureate Subsidiary Level Language B 
Exam with a grade of four or better will have 
lower-division requirements waived and 
upon recommendation will receive up to six 
units of upper-division language credit. If no 
upper-division units are recommended, a 
minimum of six units of 200-level credit will 
be awarded. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Transfer Students 

In accordance with university rules, all 
transfer students must complete 30 units in 
residence at Cal State Fullerton. Of these 30 
units, the transfer student majoring in 
French, German, Japanese or Spanish is 
required to complete 12 upper-division units, 
i.e., 300, 400 or 500-level courses, including 
9 units of 400-level classes in the major on 
the Cal State Fullerton campus. The specific 
courses will be determined in consultation 
with the studentis adviser and approved by 
the chair. 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

Foreign language (FLNG) 301 or English 
301 satisfies the course portion of the upper- 
division writing requirement for all foreign 
language majors. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN FRENCH 

The Bachelor of Arts in French consists of 
30 units of upper-division French course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course. Foreign Language (FLNG) 

301 or English 301. Prior to undertaking 
upper-division work, the French major will 
have completed the following lower-division 
courses or their equivalents: 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

French 101 Fundamental French-A (5) 
French 102 Fundamental French-B (5) 
French 203 Intermediate French-A (3) 
French 204 Intermediate French-B (3) 


French 213 Intermediate Diction and 
Phonetics (2) 


French 214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements 
(a toul of 33 upper-division units) 
Qtalicized classes are required.) 

L Upper-Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units required) 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an 
Intercultural Context (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College 
Writing (3) 

Language (3 units required*, up to 
9 units) 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 


OR French 308 Advanced Composition 
and Grammar (3) 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

111. Linguistics (3 units required*, up to 
9 units) 

French 300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phoenetics (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 

IV Civilization and Culture (6 units 
required, up to 12 units) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French 
Civilization (3) 

French 311 French for International 
Business (3) 

French 407 French Film (3) 

French 435T Topics in French/Francophone 
Culture (3) 

V. Literature (6 units required, up to 
12 units) 

French 375 Explorations in Literature (3) 

One of the following: 

French 470 French Literature & Power (3) 

French 471 Literature and the Human 
Psyche (3) 

French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

VI. Capstone Seminar (3 units required) 
French 485 Senior Seminar in French 

Studies (3) 

VII. Electives (9 units required) 

Plus in consultation with your adviser, 
choose nine (9) additional units of electives 
of which a minimum of six must be at the 
400-level, from at least two of the categories 
Il.-V listed above. 


* Six (6) units are required in areas II. And 
III. for the Single Waiver for the Secondary 
Education Teaching Credential. 


MINOR IN FRENCH 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

French 101 Fundamental French-A (5) 
French 102 Fundamental French-B (5) 
French 203 Intermediate French-A (3) 


French 204 Intermediate French-B (3) 

French 213 Intermediate Diction and 
Phonetics (2) 


French 214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements 
(a total of 12 units) 

(6 units required from these courses) 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

OR French 308 Advanced Composition 
and Grammar (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

OR French 325 Contemporary French 
Civilization (3) 

Plus in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional electives from the fol- 
lowing (if not taken above) - 6 units required: 

French 300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phoentics (3) 

French 307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

OR French 308 Advanced Composition 
and Grammar (3) 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 311 French for International 
Business (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

OR French 325 Contemporary 
French Civilization (3) 

French 375 Explorations in Literature (3) 
French 407 French Film (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

French 415 French Classicism (3) 

French 425 French Romanticism (3) 

French 435T Topics in French/Francophone 
Culture (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 


191 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


French 470 French Literature & Power (3) 

French 471 Literature and the Fluman 
Psyche (3) 

French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

French 475A Exploration of the Self (3) 
French 475C The Individual and Society (3) 

French 475D Literature and Anti- 
Literature (3) 

French 485 Senior Seminar in French 
Studies (3) 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GERMAN 

The Bachelor of Arts in German consists 
of 30 units of upper-division German course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-divi- 
sion writing course, Foreign Language FLNG 
301 or English 301. Prior to undertaking 
upper-division work, the German major will 
have completed the following lower-division 
courses or their equivalents; 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

German 101 Fundamental German-A (5) 
German 102 Fundamental German-B (5) 
German 203 Intermediate German-A (3) 
German 204 Intermediate German-B (3) 
German 213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 
German 214 Intermediate Reading-B (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements 
(a total of 33 upper-division units) 

(18 units required as listed below) 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an 
Intercultural Context (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College 
Writing (3) 

German 305 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

German 335 Introduction to Literature (3) 
German 399 German Phonetics (3) 

Plus in consultation with an adviser, 
choose three of the following literature 
courses (9 units required): 

German 430 German Literature and Culture 
to the Baroque (3) 


German 440 18th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 450 19th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 460 20th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 482 German Literature 6i Culture 
in Film (3) 

Plus in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two courses from the following (6 
units required): 

German 300 German Conversation (3) 

German 310 German in the Business 
World (3) 

German 311 German for International 
Business (3) 

German 400 Advanced Conversation 
Practice and Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

German 405 Advanced Writing and 
Speaking (3) 

German 466 Introduction to German 
Linguistics (3) 

German 485T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 


MINOR IN GERMAN 


Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

German 101 Fundamental German-A (5) 
German 102 Fundamental German-B (5) 
German 203 Intermediate German-A (3) 
German 204 Intermediate German-B (3) 
German 213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 
German 214 Intermediate Reading-B (2) 


Upper-Division Requirements 
(12 units) 

(6 units required from this section) 

German 305 Advanced Conversation & 
Composition (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

OR German 325 Current Trends in 
Culture of German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

Plus in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional courses from the fol- 
lowing (6 units required): 

German 300 German Conversation (3) 
German 310 German in the Business 
World (3) 


192 


German 311 German for International 
Business (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

German 335 Introduction to Literature (3) 
German 399 German Phonetics (3) 

German 400 Advanced Conversation 
Practice and Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

German 405 Advanced Writing and 
Composition (3) 

German 466 Introduction to German 
Linguistics (3) 

German 485T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN JAPANESE 

The Bachelor of Arts in Japanese consists 
of 30 units of upper-division Japanese course 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course. Foreign Language FLNG 301 
or English 301. Prior to undertaking upper- 
division work, the Japanese major will have 
completed the following lower-division 
courses or their equivalents: 

Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese- A (5) 
Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese-B (5) 
Japanese 203 Intermediate Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 204 Intermediate Japanese-B (5) 

Upper Division Core Requirements 
(18 units) 

Choose from among the following courses 
Japanese 305 Advanced Japanese-A (3) 
Japanese 306 Advanced Japanese-B (3) 
Japanese 307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 
Japanese 308 Advanced Written Japanese (3) 
Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Japanese 311 Japanese for International 
Business (3) 

Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3) 

Japanese 316 Modem Japan (3) 

Upper Division Electives (12 units) 

Choose from among the following: 

Japanese 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


Japanese 410 Classical Japanese (3) 

Japanese 430 Intrcxiuction to Japanese 
Classic Literature (3) 

Japanese 440 Introduction to Modem 
Japanese Literature (3) 

Japanese 466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Japanese 468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Japanese 485T Senior Seminar: Variable 
Topics in Japanese (3) 

Japanese 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

MINOR IN JAPANESE 

Basic Requirements (20 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese-B (5) 
Japanese 203 Intermediate Japanese-A (5) 
Japanese 204 Intermediate Japanese-B (5) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 
Six units required from the following: 

Japanese 305 Advanced Japanese-A (3) 
Japanese 306 Advanced Japanese-B (3) 
Japanese 307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 
Japanese 308 Advanced Written Japanese (3) 
Six units from among the following: 

Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Japanese 311 Japanese for International 
Business (3) 

Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3) 

Japanese 316 Modem Japan (3) 

Japanese 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Japanese 410 Classical Japanese (3) 

Japanese 430 Introduction to Japanese 
Classic Literature (3) 

Japanese 440 Introduction to Modem 
Japanese Literature (3) 

Japanese 466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Japanese 468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Japanese 499 Independent Study (1-3) 


MINOR IN PORTUGUESE 

Basic Requirements (8 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Portuguese 101 Fundamental Portuguese-A (4) 
Portuguese 102 Fundamental Portuguese-B (4) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Portuguese 310 Portuguese in the Business 
World (3) 

Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luso- 
Brazilian Culture and Civilization (3) 

Portuguese 325 Contemporary Brazilian 
Civilization (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPANISH 

The Bachelor of Arts in Spanish consists of 
33 units of upper-division Spanish course- 
work, plus the required 3-unit upper-division 
writing course, Foreign Language FLNG 301 
or English 301. Prior to undertaking upper- 
division work, the Spanish major will have 
completed the following lower-division 
courses or their equivalents: 

Basic Requirements (17-22 units) 

Spanish 101/102 Fundamental Spanish (10) 

OR Spanish 105 Intensive Review of 
Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Spanish 201 Spanish for Spanish Speakers (3) 

OR Spanish 203 Intermediate 
Spanish A (3) 

Spanish 204 Intermediate Spanish B (3) 
Spanish 213 Intermediate Conversation* (3) 
Spanish 214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (36 units) 

I. Upper-Division Writing (3 units 
required) 

Foreign Language 301 Writing in an 
Intercultural Context (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College 
Writing (3) 

II. Language (6 units required) 

Spanish 301 Advanced Conversation and 

Composition (3) 

Spanish 400 Advanced Writing (3) 

III. Culture (6 units required) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 

Civilization (3) 


Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish- 
American Civilization (3) 

IV. Literature (9 units required) 

Spanish 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

OR Spanish 461 Spanish Literature 
Since Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish-American Literature (3) 

V. Linguistics (6 units required) 

Spanish 466 Introduction to Spanish 
Linguistics (3) 

Spanish 467 Dialectology: Current Trends in 
Modem Spanish (3) 

OR Spanish 468 Spanish-English 
Contrastive Analysis (3) 

VI. Seminar (3 units required) 

Spanish 475T Topics in Spanish Peninsular 
Literature (3) 

OR 485T Topics in Spanish American 
Literature (3) 

VII. Elective (3 units required) 

Spanish 300*, 415, 416, and any of above 
not already taken, chosen in consultation 
with an adviser; 475T and 485T may be 
repeated with different topic. Spanish 310 
and 311 not applicable. 

* Spanish 213 and 300 not open to native 
speakers 

MINOR IN SPANISH 

Basic Requirements (17-22 units) 

Each of the following courses or their 
equivalent: 

Spanish 101/102 Fundamental Spanish (10) 

OR Spanish 105 Intensive Review of 
Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Spanish 201 Spanish for Spanish Speakers (3) 

OR Spanish 203 Intermediate 
Spanish A (3) 

Spanish 204 Intermediate Spanish B (6) 
Spanish 213 Intermediate Conversation* (3) 
Spanish 214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (12 units) 

Six units required from the following: 

Spanish 301 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 


193 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


OR Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish 
American Civilization (3) 

Plus in consultation with an adviser, 
choose two additional upper-division courses 
from the following: 

Spanish 300 Spanish Conversation* (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish 
Civilization (3) 

Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish 
American Civilization (3) 

Spanish 375 Introduction to Literary 
Forms (3) 

Spanish 400 Advanced Writing (3) 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish 
Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish 
American Culture (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish American Literature (3) 

Spanish 466 Introduction to Spanish 
Linguistics (3) 

Spanish 467 Dialectology: Current Trends in 
Modem Spanish (3) 

Spanish 468 Spanish-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Spanish 475T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish Peninsular Literature (3) 

Spanish 485T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish American Literature (3) 

*Not open to native speakers 

CERTinCATE FOR TEACHERS OF 
ENQUSH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 

In cooperation with the Department of 
English and the program in Linguistics, the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures offers a Certificate for Teachers of 
English as a Second Language (TESOL). The 
program consists of 24 units, some of which 
(with consent of the admitting committee) 
may be taken during the candidate’s under- 
graduate study. In order to participate in the 
program, students must declare the TESOL 
Certificate along with their degree objective. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Senior standing or admission to either 
postbaccalaureate or graduate standing. 

2. Overall GPA of 2.5 (minimal) and 3.0 in 
the major. 


3. Completion of Foreign Language 301 or 
English 301 and 303 with grades of B or 
better. 

4. At least two years of one foreign language 
or one year each of two different foreign 
languages or the equivalent with an 
average 3.0 GPA. This requirement will 
normally be waived for students from 
foreign countries who have studied 
English as a foreign language. 

5. Oral and written proficiency in English to 
be determined at time of application. A 
minimum TOEFL score 573 paper (230 
computer) and a minimum score of 55 
on the Test of Spoken English are 
required for non-native English speaking 
applicants who completed their bache- 
lor’s degrees outside of the U.S. 

6. Consent of the admitting committee to 
enter the program and to develop a study 
plan. 

Required Core Courses 

Contrastive Analysis - one of the following: 

Japanese 468 japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

OR Spanish 468 Spanish-English 
Contrastive Analysis (3) 

OR Foreign Language Education 468 
Language Transfer and 
TESOL (3) 

Methods 

(It is highly recommended that French, 
Spanish, German, Japanese 466, or Linguistics 
406 be taken prior to 443A and B.) 

Foreign Language Education 443A 
Principles of Teaching English to 
Speakers of Other Languages (3) 

Foreign Language Education 443B Principles 
of Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages (3) 

Practicum: 

Foreign Language Education 596 TESOL 
Practicum (3) 

The practicum is to be taken at the end of 
the program. Students must consult with an 
adviser the semester before the practicum. 
Prerequisites are Foreign Language Education 
443A, 443B, Spanish 468 or Foreign 
Language Education 468. 

The methods and contrastive analysis 
courses must be completed with an average 
of B or better in order for students to enroll 
in the practicum. 


Electives (12 units required) 

(To be completed from each of the follow- 
ing areas of concentration) 

English elective (3 units) 

English 305 The English Language in 
America (3) 

English 402/402S Theories of Response in 
Composition/Tutor Supervision (2/1) 

English 440 History of the English 
Language (3) 

Foreign Language Education 470 

Pedagogical Grammar in TESOL (3) 

English 590 Writing Theory and Practice (3) 

Foreign Language elective (3 units) 

Spanish 466 Introduction to Spanish 
Linguistics (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 

German 466 Introduction to German 
Linguistics (3) 

Japanese 466 Introduction to Japanese 
Linguistics (3) 

Spanish 467 Dialectology: Current Trends in 
Modem Spanish (3) 

Foreign Language Education 527 Theory of 
Bilingual Language Acquisition (3) 

An adviser-approved course may be sub- 
stituted for one of the above foreign language 
courses for those students who do not have 
sufficient foreign language prerequisites or 
whose foreign language is English. 

Linguistics elective (3 units) 

Linguistics 307 Speech/Language 
Development (3) 

Linguistics 351 Introduction to Linguistic 
Phonetics and Phonology (3) 

Linguistics 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 
Linguistics 412 Sociolinguistics (3) 

Linguistics 501 Research Methods and 
Bibliography (3) 

Linguistics 505 Phonological Analysis (3) 
Linguistics 507 Grammatical Analysis (3) 
Linguistics 508 Theories of Syntax (3) 

Other electives (3 units) 

A 400- or 500-level course in one of the 
elective areas, or student may choose one elec- 
tive from any of the following: American 
studies, American literature, education, anthro- 
pology, speech communication or other applic- 
able courses in foreign languages and linguistics 
with the certificate adviser’s approval. 


194 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


master of arts in french 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. See the section 
of this catalog on admission of graduates for 
the complete statement and procedures. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: a 
major in French consisting of 24 units (or 
equivalent) of upper-division studies with 
above-average scholarship. (A candidate pre- 
senting a B.A. which has fewer than 24 upper- 
division units in the language, or is otherwise 
inadequate, will be required to take additional 
courses to build a full undeigraduate major 
before beginning the graduate program.) The 
student must also demonstrate proficiency in 
English, either by passing the English Writing 
Proficiency exam or equivalent exam or by 
passing Foreign Language 301 or English 301 
or equivalent with a grade of C or better. 

Adaptations of certain admission require- 
ments may be made for promising foreign 
students. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
graduate study (at least 15 in 500-level 
courses), distributed as follows: 

Core Course (3 units) 

French 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Linguistics Seminar (3 units) 

French 520 Graduate Seminar: Old 
French (3) 

OR French 530 Graduate Seminar: 
Historical Linguistics (3) 

Literature seminars chosen from the following 
(9 units): 

French 557 Graduate Seminar: French 
Poetry (3) 

French 571 Graduate Seminar: French 
Prose (3) 

French 575 Graduate Seminar: French 
Drama (3) 

French 576T Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 


French 579 Francophone Literature (3) 

Additional electives to be chosen in con- 
sultation with the graduate adviser (15 units) 
(A maximum of sbc units may be taken, with 
approval of the adviser, in a related field, at 
the 300-400- or 500-level.) 

French 407 French Film (3) 

French 408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

French 409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

French 43 5T Topics in French / 
Francophone Culture (3) 

French 466 Introduction to French 
Linguistics (3) 

French 470 French Literature 6ar Power (3) 

French 471 Literature and the Human 
Psyche (3) 

French 472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

French 475A Exploration of the Self (3) 
French 475C The Individual and Society (3) 

French 475D Literature and Anti- 
Literature (3) 

French 485 Senior Seminar in French 
Studies (3) 

French 520 Graduate Seminar: Old 
French (3) 

French 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

French 557 Graduate Seminar: French 
Poetry (3) 

French 57 1 Graduate Seminar: French 
Prose (3) 

French 575 Graduate Seminar: French 
Drama (3) 

French 576T Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 

French 579 Francophone Literature (3) 
French 598 Thesis (3-6) 

French 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

In addition, a candidate must complete a: 
(1) Bibliographic Project, and (2) Reading 
Project. Final evaluation is by a comprehen- 
sive written and oral examination, including 
advanced competency in the French lan- 
guage. The candidate may, with the approval 
of the graduate committee, repeat the exami- 
nation, but once only, within two years. 


For further information, consult the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN GERMAN 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. See the section 
of this catalog on admission of graduates for 
the complete statement and procedures. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing, as 
well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: a 
major in German consisting of 30 units (or 
equivalent) of upper-division studies with 
above-average scholarship. (A candidate pre- 
senting a B.A. which has fewer than 30 
upper-division units in the language, or 
whose background is otherwise inadequate, 
normally will be required to take additional 
courses to build a full undergraduate major 
before beginning the graduate program.) The 
student must also demonstrate proficiency in 
English, either by passing the English Writing 
Proficiency exam or equivalent exam or by 
passing Foreign Language 301 or English 301 
or equivalent with a grade of C or better. 
Adaptations of certain admission require- 
ments may be made for promising foreign 
students. 

Study Plan 

The study plan requires 30 units of gradu- 
ate study (at least 1 5 in 500-level courses), 
distributed as follows: 

Core Courses (6 units) 

German 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

German 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Literature (9-12 units) 

German 57 IT* Graduate Seminar: German 
Literature (3) 

German 576T* Graduate Seminar: Major 
Writers (3) 


195 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


Other Bectives (if not taken as an undergraduate) 
(12-15 units) 

German 430 German Literature and Culture 
to the Baroque (3) 

German 440 18th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 450 19th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 460 20th-Century German 
Literature and Culture (3) 

German 482 German Literature and Culture 
in Film (3) 

German 485T* Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

German 499 Independent Study (1-3) 
German 598 Thesis (3-6) 

German 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

♦Variable topic course may be taken again for 
credit. 

With the approval of the graduate com- 
mittee, a student may substitute a thesis for 
some of the units required under “Other 
Electives." A reading list must be completed 
by all students. Final evaluation is by a com- 
prehensive written and oral examination, 
including advanced competency in the 
German language. The candidate may, with 
the approval of the graduate committee, 
repeat the examination, but once only, within 
two years. 

For further information, consult the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN SPANISH 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: A bac- 
calaureate from an accredited institution and a 
grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 semester units attempted. See the Graduate 
Admissions section of this catalog for complete 
statement and procedures. In addition to the 
university requirements for admission, accep- 
tance into this program is contingent upon the 
completion of the Graduate Record 
Examination (GRE) general test. 

Candidates will need a B.A. with a 
minimum GPA of 3.0 in Spanish, consisting 
of at least 24 units (or equivalent) of upper- 
division studies. A candidate presenting a 
bachelor of arts that has fewer than 24 
upper-division units in the language, or 


whose background is otherwise inadequate, 
will be required to take additional courses 
with a minimum GPA of 3.0 to build a full 
undergraduate major before beginning the 
graduate program. The student must also 
demonstrate proficiency in English, either by 
passing the English Writing Proficiency exam 
or equivalent exam or by passing Foreign 
Language 301 or English 301 or equivalent 
with a grade of C or better. 

Satisfactory evaluation of language profi- 
ciency by committee is also required. 

Adaptations of certain admission require- 
ments may be made for promising foreign 
students. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the requirements for 
conditionally classified graduate standing is 
eligible for classified graduate standing upon 
the development of an approved study plan, 
which should be done in consultation with 
the graduate adviser prior to the completion 
of nine graduate units. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
graduate study (at least 15 in 5(X)-level 
courses), distributed as follows: 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Graduate Seminars in Linguistics (6 units 
required) 

Spanish 500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Spanish 530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Peninsular 
Literature (6 units required) 

Spanish 556 Grad Seminar: Spanish 
Poetry (3) 

Spanish 571 Grad Seminar: Spanish Prose 
and Narrative Fiction (3) 

Spanish 575 Grad Seminar: Spanish Drama (3) 

Graduate Seminars in Spanish-American 
Literature (6 units required) 

Spanish 557 Grad Seminar: Spanish- 
American Poetry (3) 

Spanish 567 Grad Seminar: Spanish- 
American Novel (3) 

Spanish 576 Grad Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 


196 


Other Electives (15 units) 

May be chosen from either 400- or 500- 
level courses (up to 6 of the 12 units may be 
taken, with the approval of the adviser, in a 
related field): 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish 
Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish 
American Culture (3) 

Spanish 430 Spanish Literature to 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 441 Spanish-American Literature (3) 
Spanish 461 Spanish Literature Since 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Spanish 466 Introduction to Spanish 
Linguistics (3) 

Spanish 467 Dialectology: Current Trends 
in Modem Spanish (3) 

Spanish 468 Spanish-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Spanish 475T Senior Seminar: Topics in 
Spanish Peninsular Literature (3) 

Spanish 485T Senior Seminar. Topics in 
Spanish American Literature (3) 

Spanish 556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Poetry (3) 

Spanish 557 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
American Poetry (3) 

Spanish 567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
American Novel (3) 

Spanish 571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Prose and Narrative Fiction (3) 

Spanish 575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish 
Drama (3) 

Spanish 576 Graduate Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 

Spanish 598 Thesis (3-6) 

Spanish 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (1-3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- 
CONCENTRATION IN TEACHING 
ENGUSH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER 
LANGUAGES 

This program is multi-disciplinary, involv- 
ing study in the fields of English, linguistics, 
education, anthropology, American studies, 
speech communication, and psychology in 
order to provide the candidate with the req- 
uisite knowledge for success as an English as 
a Second Language (ESL) or English as a 
Foreign Language (EFL) teacher, resource 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


specialist, or program coordinator. Thirty (30) 
units are required. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institu- 
tion with a grade-point average of at least 2.5 
in the last 60 semester units attempted (see 
Graduate Regulations for complete statement 
and procedures). In addition, the candidate 
must have a 3.0 grade-point average in the 
major. 

Prerequisites 

1 . Two years of one foreign language, or one 
year each of two different foreign lan- 
guages or the equivalent with an average 
3.0 GPA. The requirement will normally 
be waived for students from foreign coun- 
tries who have studied English as a 
foreign language; 

2. Foreign Language 301 or English 301 and 
English 303 with a grade of B or better; 

3. One of the following: English 3(X), 311, 
312, 321, 322 or an equivalent survey of 
English or American literature with a 
grade of B or better; 

4. Linguistics 406 with a grade of B or 
better; 

5. Oral and written proficiency in English to 
be determined at time of application. A 
minimum TOEFL score of 573 for paper 
based and 230 for computer based, and a 
minimum score of 55 on the Test of 
Spoken English are required for non- 
native English speaking applicants who 
completed their bachelor’s degrees outside 
of the U.S. 

Core Courses (15 units) 

Foreign Language Education 443A Principles 
of Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages (3) 

Foreign Language Education 443B Principles 
of Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages (3) 

Foreign Language Education 527 Theory of 
Bilingual Language Acquisition (3) 

Foreign Language Education 560 Second 
Language Assessment (3) 

Foreign Language Education 595 Curriculum 
and Program Design for TESOL (3) 


Electives (12 units required) 

Choose courses from at least three of the 
following four categories (no more than six 
units may be chosen from 300-level and 
three units must be from 500-level course): 

Culture 

American Studies 301 The American 
Character (3) 

American Studies 345 The American 
Dream (3) 

Anthropology 300 Language and Culture (3) 

Anthropology 360 Contemporary American 
Culture (3) 

Anthropology 450 Culture and Education (3) 

Foreign Language Education 545 Teaching 
Culture in the Language Classroom (3) 

Linguistics 

French, German, Japanese, or Spanish 466 
Introduction to French, German, 
Japanese, or Spanish Linguistics (3) 

Foreign Language Education 468 Language 
Transfer and TESOL (3) 

Japanese 468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Spanish 468 Spanish-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Linguistics 351 Introduction to Linguistic 
Phonetics and Phonology (3) 

Linguistics 412 Sociolinguistics (3) 

Linguistics 501 Research Methods and 
Bibliography (3) 

Linguistics 505 Phonological Analysis (3) 
Linguistics 507 Grammatical Analysis (3) 
Linguistics 508 Theories of Syntax (3) 

Linguistics 580T Special Topics in 
Linguistics (3) (subject to adviser’s 
approval of topics) 

PsychologyAinguistics 417 
Psycholinguistics (3) 

English and Speech Communication 

English/Linguistics 305 The English 
Language in America (3) 

English 402/402S Theories of Response in 
Composition/Tutor Supervision (2/1) 

English 440 History of the English 
Language (3) 

A 4(X)-or 500-level English or American 
Literature or language course (3) 

English 590 Writing Theory and Practice (3) 


Speech Comm 320 Intercultural 
Communication (3) 

Foreign Language Education 470 

Pedagogical Grammar in TESOL (3) 

Professional Education 

Ed Admin 510 Research Design and 
Analysis (3) 

Ed Elem 529 Graduate Studies: Learning 
Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed Elem 530 Graduate Studies in 
Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed Elem 542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Ed Sec 440C Teaching Content Area Courses 
to Language Minority Students (3) 

Ed Sec 440D Teaching Strategies in 
Academic English (3) 

Ed Sec 440M Multicultural Education in 
Public Schools (3) 

Ed Sec 440R Instruction in Reading for 
Secondary School Teaching (3) 

Psychology 311 Educational Psychology (3) 
Reading 514 Linguistics and Reading (3) 

Reading 581 Remediation of Reading 
Difficulties (4) 

Culminating Experience (3 units required) 

Foreign Language Education 596 TESOL 
Practicum (3) 

For further information, contact the TESOL 
graduate program adviser in the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES 

196 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

See index. 

301 Writing in an Intercultural 
Context (3) 

Prerequisite: Foreign Language 315, 316, 
or 325 of appropriate language major. 
Expository writing and research writing 
related to intercultural themes. This course 
meets the classroom portion of the upper- 
division writing requirement for foreign lan- 
guage majors. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


495 Internship in Foreign Languages (3) 
Prerequisites: the 310 and 311 course in 

the appropriate language and consent of 
instructor. Supervised field experience in 
multinational businesses locally or abroad. 
Daily use of a foreign language on the job 
and concurrent enrollment in a School of 
Business internship are required. Credit/No 
Credit Course. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

See index. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION 
COURSES 

099 Developmental Writing 
(Same as English 099) 

442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the 
Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisites: French, German, Japanese 
or Spanish 466; and admission to teacher 
education or consent of instructor. Principles, 
methods and materials of language learning 
and teaching. Includes lectures, activities and 
fieldwork. Required before admission to 
student teaching. Credii/no credit only. 

443A Principles of Teaching English to 
Speakers of Other Languages (3) 
Prerequisite: French, German, Japanese or 
Spanish 466 or Linguistics 406. Overview of 
theories, methods and procedures for teach- 
ing listening and speaking skills to second 
language learners. Focus on planning and 
delivery of communicative ESL/EFL lessons. 
(Same as Linguistics 443A) 

443B Principles of Teaching English to 
Speakers of Other Languages (3) 
Prerequisite: French, German, Japanese or 
Spanish 466 or Linguistics 406 and FL-Ed 
443A. Overview of theories, methods, and 
procedures for teaching functional and acade- 
mic reading and writing skills to second lan- 
guage learners. Emphasis on planning and 
delivery of process and content-based 
ESL/EFL lessons. (Same as Linguistics 443B) 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 
See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 
See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 


449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 
See description under Department of 
Secondary Education. 

468 Language Transfer and TESOL (3) 
Prerequisites: junior standing or above, 
successful completion of French, (jerman, 
Japanese or Spanish 466 and at least one 
4(X)-level Linguistics class. Exploration of the 
role of transfer in second language discourse, 
semantics, syntax, phonology, and writing. 
Applications of contrastive analysis and error 
analysis to language teaching. 

470 Pedagogical Grammar in TESOL (3) 
Prerequisites: English 303, Linguistics 
406, FL-Ed 443A or B. Systemic approach to 
the theories and practical aspects of teaching 
grammar to non-native speakers of English 
within a communicative framework. Emphasis 
on the ordering, selection, and preparation of 
appropriate materials and activities. Expands 
on concepts introduced in FL-Ed 443A/B. 

527 Theory of Bilingual Language 
Acquisition (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish, French, Japanese, 
or German 466 and Spanish 468 or FL-Ed 
468 or Linguistics 406 and consent of 
instructor. Methodology for research in bilin- 
gual language acquisition and development; 
socio-linguistic and psycholinguistic patterns 
in bilingualism; interactions of language and 
culture in the language acquisition process. 

545 Teaching Culture in the Language 
Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Foreign Language Education 
443A,B or consent of instructor. Provides a 
framework for teaching culture and value 
systems in the second language classroom. 
Emphasis on teaching patterns of culture, 
methods of cultural comparison, audiovisual 
materials and textbook evaluation. 

560 Second Language Assessment (3) 
Prerequisite: Foreign Language Education 
442 or 443A, B or equivalent. Theories, 
issues, basic statistical concepts in second 
language testing and techniques for second 
language assessment. Practice in analyzing 
commercial language tests and in construct- 
ing tests for classroom use. 


198 


595 Curriculum and Program Design for 
TESOL (3) 

Prerequisite: Foreign Language Education 
443A,B. Approaches for curriculum planning 
in TESOL. Instruction in needs assessment, 
goal setting, syllabus design, and program 
evaluation. Students will produce projects for 
a specific group and setting. 

596 TESOL Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of the appropri- 
ate program core courses (TESOL Certificate 
or M.S. Education-TESOL) and consent of 
instructor or adviser. Teaching English to 
speakers of other languages at Cal State 
Fullerton or in local schools. Suf)ervised by 
instructor and supervisors. Seminar meetings 
by arrangement. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research 
(1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and 
consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in teaching English to speakers of 
other languages (TESOL). May be repeated 
for credit. 

CHINESE COURSES 

100 Introduction to Chinese 
Conversation (3) 

Introduction to spoken Mandarin Chinese, 
with emphasis on vocabulary development, 
use of common phrases and sentences, and 
culturally appropriate language at beginning 
levels. Conducted primarily in Chinese. 

101 Fundamental Chinese — A (5) 

Chinese 101 is designed for non-native 

speakers of Chinese. Development of listening 
and reading comprehension and speaking. 
Introduction of writing and development of 
cultural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to Chinese 
customs, culture and civilization. Conducted 
primarily in Chinese. 

102 Fundamental Chinese — B (5) 
Prerequisite: Chinese 101 or equivalent. 

Chinese 102 is designed for non-native speak- 
ers of Chinese. Continued development of lis- 
tening and reading comprehension, sp)eaking 
and writing to communicate on a basic level. 
Further study of Chinese customs, culture and 
civilization. Conducted primarily in Chinese. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


201 Mandarin Chinese for Chinese 
Speakers — A (3) 

Prerequisites: advanced oral competency, 
able to read at least 500 characters as an 
intermediate low reader and consent of the 
instructor. Intermediate course is based on 
advanced oral competencies and will develop 
reading up to 1000 characters. Conducted in 
Chinese. 

202 Mandarin Chinese for Chinese 
Speakers — B (3) 

Prerequisites: advanced oral competency, 
able to read at least 1000 characters and to be 
intermediate in reading and writing, and the 
consent of the instructor. Intermediate course 
is based on advanced oral competencies and 
will develop reading up to 1500 characters. 
Conducted in Chinese. 

299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Chinese 102 or equivalent. 
Supervised study projects in Chinese lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

310 Mandarin Chinese in the Business 
World (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Designed 
to give students a working knowledge of oral 
and written Mandarin Chinese business lan- 
guage. Emphasis on cultural, sociological, and 
economic contexts of business procedures; 
business correspondence, conversation 
between business partners, and the language 
of advertising. Conducted in Chinese. 

31 1 Mandarin Chinese for International 
Business (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Designed 
to expand students! vocabulary, reading com- 
prehension and oral and written analysis of 
niaterials dealing with social, economic and 
political realities in the Chinese-speaking 
world. Overview of the Chinese economy, 
niajor trade relations and business practices 
Conducted in Chinese. 


315 Introduction of Chinese Civilization (3) 
Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) The 
social, intellectual and artistic heritage of 
Chinese civilization. Reading and discussion 
of characteristics of Chinese civilization while 
strengthening linguistic facility in Mandarin 
Chinese. Conducted in Chinese. 

325 Contemporary Chinese Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: intermediate competency in 
reading, writing, and speaking Mandarin 
Chinese. (Testing may be required.) Reading 
and discussion to develop understanding of 
the social, political, economic and intellectual 
problems, trends and contributions of 
present-day China while strengthening lin- 
guistic facility in Mandarin Chinese. 
Conducted in Chinese. 

FRENCH COURSES 

101 Fundamental French — A (5) 

This first course systematically introduces 
essentials of the French language: fundamen- 
tal vocabulary and grammatical structures. 
Conversational and reading/writing skills are 
equally stressed, and relevant cultural aspects 
are considered. Practice in the language labo- 
ratory required. Taught in French. (CAN 
FREN 2) 

102 Fundamental French — B (5) 
Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. 

Continuation of systematic introduction of 
fundamental vocabulary and grammatical 
structures. Equal emphasis on speaking and 
reading/writing skills is maintained, along 
with considerations of French culture. 

Practice in the language laboratory is 
required. Taught in French. (CAN FREN 4; 
CAN FREN SEQ A = French 101 and 102) 

203 Intermediate French — ^A (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. 
Intensive practice in conversation and com- 
position involving intermediate-level use of 
language and further exploration of French 
culture. Concurrent enrollment in French 213 
is recommended. Practice in the language lab- 
oratory is required. Taught in French. (CAN 
FREN 8) 


204 Intermediate French — B (3) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. 
Intensive review of grammatical structures, 
with a view to developing mastery of conver- 
sational and compositional skills at the inter- 
mediate level. Concurrent enrollment in 
French 214 is recommended. Practice in the 
language laboratory is required. Taught in 
French. (CAN FREN 10; CAN FREN SEQ B = 
French 203 and 204) 

213 Intermediate Diction and Phonetics (2) 
Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. 

Analysis of particular problems in pronuncia- 
tion. Practice in accurate pronunciation of 
cultural and literary materials. Concurrent 
enrollment in French 203 is recommended. 
Taught in French. 

214 Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. 
Discussion and practice in written expression 
based on cultural and literary materials. 
Concurrent enrollment in French 204 recom- 
mended. Taught in French. 

300 Advanced Oral Expression and 
Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
Development of oral control of the language 
through discussions, oral presentations and 
dialogues/debate, and further study of phoen- 
tics. Vocabulary development in areas of 
student concerns. Conducted in French. 

307 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
Free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in French. 

308 Advanced Composition and 
Grammar (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
The control of French as an instrument for 
free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in French. 

310 French in the Business World (3) 
Prerequisite: French 204 or consent of 
instructor. Designed to give students a 
working knowledge of business language 
(oral and written) in the French-speaking 
world. Emphasis on cultural and sociological 
contexts of business procedures. Analysis of 
appropriate current periodicals. Conducted in 
French. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


311 French for International Business (3) 
Prerequisite: French 204 or consent of 
instructor. Designed to give students experi- 
ence in reading comprehension and analysis 
of materials dealing with economic and polit- 
ical realities in the French-speaking world. 
Analysis of appropriate current periodicals. 
Conducted in French. 

315 Origins of Modern France (3) 
Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
The social, intellectual and artistic origins of 
French civilization: the medieval world-view 
transformed by the Renaissance; feudal 
society becoming the ancient regime. Literary 
selections will be read in modem French. 
Conducted in French. 

325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 
Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
Reading and discussion to develop under- 
standing of the social and intellectual prob- 
lems, trends, and contributions of 
present-day France. Strengthening facility in 
the language. Conducted in French. 

375 Explorations in Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. 
The nature of human language, the literary 
creation, reading, and what critics are able to 
say about literary works. Reading and discus- 
sion of some typical, mainly contemporary, 
texts. Conducted in French. 

407 French Film (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. The developing art of the French film, 
with special emphasis on the many roles of 
language. Subjects treated include: montage, 
visuaWerbal meaning, literary/cinematic nar- 
rative, non-realistic language, read language, 
non-narrative continuity. Conducted in 
French. 

408 Advanced Writing: Syntax and 
Morphology (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. Promote mastery of forms and struc- 
ture of the French language. Analysis and 
guided composition of various styles of dis- 
course. Detailed study of mood, sequence of 
tenses, voice, aspects, and nuances of 
meaning. Conducted in French. 


409 Techniques of French-English 
Translation (3) 

Prerequisite: French 307 or 308 or equiv- 
alent. An overview of theories of translation; 
examination of several types and examples of 
translation (technical to literary). Major 
emphasis on actual translation from English 
to French and French to English. 

415 French Classicism (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 and 375. The 
decisive moment in French experience. Focus 
on literature of the Classic period (1660- 
1685), but open at both ends to include the 
formation and perenniality of French 
Classicism. Conducted in French. 

425 French Romanticism (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 and 375. The 
revolution in feeling and intellect in 19th- 
century France. The Romantic period (1820- 
1850). May include material preceding or 
following those dates. Conducted in French. 

435T Topics in French/Francophonc 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 325 or equivalent. Examines differ- 
ent “texts” (cinema, the media, internet, liter- 
ature, art) centered around cultural topics 
(e.g. “City and Country,” “The Outsider”). 
Provides adequate tools to understand 
French-speaking culture(s), from recent 
social issues to classic an and literature. 
Course may be taken up to three times with a 
different topic. 

466 Introduction to French Linguistics (3) 
Prerequisite: French 307 or 308. 

Analytical procedures of general linguistics 
applied to French. Structural contrasts 
between French and English. The application 
of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modem 
foreign languages. 

470 French Literature & Power (3) 
Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 375 or equivalent. An exploration of 
the socio-political dimension of French litera- 
ture throughout its history. Expressions of 
alliance with, or resistance to, the established 
political order will be studied, from the 
medieval epic through 20th century literary 
texts. Conducted in French. 


471 Literature and the Human Psyche (3) 
Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 

French 375 or equivalent. A study of psy- 
chological explorations in French literature, 
through texts which provide insights into the 
human psyche, and shape our notion of the 
self at different moments of French cultural 
history. A variety of works will be studied, 
from the Renaissance through the 20th 
century. Conducted in French. 

472 Philosophical Exploration in 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: French 307 or 308 and 
French 375 or equivalent. An exploration of 
the philosophical dimension of French litera- 
ture throughout its history. Interrogations 
about the human condition, and the role and 
place of human consciousness in the uni- 
verse, will be our guiding theme, in texts 
ranging from the Renaissance to the 20th 
century. Conducted in French. 

475A,C,D Seminar in 20th-Century 
French Literature (3,3,3) 

Prerequisites: French 307, 315, 375, and 
415 or 425. If 415 or 425 has not been com- 
pleted, one must be taken concurrently. The 
study of 20th-century French literature orga- 
nized around four major themes. Conducted 
in French. 

475 A Exploration of the Self (3) 

See prerequisites above. Search for iden- 
tity and the quest for personal authenticity. 
The role of the conscious and unconscious 
mind and of artistic creativity. Proust, Gide, 
Mauriac, Valery, etc. 

475C The Individual and Society (3) 

See prerequisites above. Attitudes toward 
personal freedom; the existential sense of 
responsibility toward one’s fellows. Saint- 
Exupery, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc. 

475D Literature and Anti-Literature (3) 
See prerequisites above. In the period 
since World War II French writers have not 
only transformed the traditional genres (as in 
the New Theatre, the New Novel and the 
New Criticism of the 1950s and 1960s) but 
have contested the institution of literature 
itself. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


485 Senior Seminar in French Studies (3) 
Prerequisites: French 307, 315, 325, 375, 
470, 471, and 472. Students will develop an 
individualized research project to integrate 
and expand their knowledge and skills. They 
will analyze and synthesize, debate, and eval- 
uate their own and other students’ projects 
on social, literary, linguistic, cultural, and/or 
philosophical issues related to the French- 
speaking world. May be repeated for credit 
with different topic. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in French language or 

literature. Consent of the instructor and 
department chair required. May be repeated 
for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
course is devoted to (1) a comparative analy- 
sis of English and French linguistic structures 
systematically applied in exercises and trans- 
lations, and (2) analysis of style in French by 
distinguishing between niveaux de langue 
and learning to identify specific styles in a 
variety of literary and non-literary texts. 
Conducted in French. 

520 Graduate Seminar: Old French (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Readings in the medieval literature of north- 
ern France. A variety of dialects and cen- 
turies. Conducted in French. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of 
instructor. Some previous study of Latin rec- 
ommended. Introduction to the principles of 
historical linguistics. Primary emphasis on the 
transformation of classical Latin (phonology, 
morphology, syntax and lexicon) into con- 
temporary French. Conducted in French. 

557 Graduate Seminar: French Poetry (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An 
exploration of poetry of French expression 
which will focus on specific poets or poetic 
movements while situating them in their his- 
torical context. Various critical strategies may 
t>e used to analyze the selected works. 
Conducted in French. 


571 Graduate Seminar: French Prose (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An 
exploration of the narrative genre in French 
which will focus on specific texts or move- 
ments while situating them in their historical 
context. Various critical strategies may be used 
to analyze these texts. Conducted in French. 

575 Graduate Seminar: French Drama (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A 
chronological overview of French drama. This 
course also treats, in each period, relation- 
ships between society, dramatic and theatrical 
forms, typical thematic content of plays, and 
the social role of theatre. Conducted in 
French. 

576T Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May 
be repeated for credit. Conducted in French. 

579 Francophone Literature (3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing. 
Exploration of the francophone literatures 
(Quebec, West Indies, Meghreb and black 
Africa) since the 1950’s. Course will concen- 
trate on linguistic, artistic, and socio-political 
issues raised in the literature of these ex- 
colonies. Conducted in French. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of student’s 
graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: fluency in French and 

consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in French language or literature. May 
be repeated for credit. 

GERMAN COURSES 

101 Fundamental German - A (5) 
Development of listening and reading 

comprehension, speaking, and cultural 
awareness to communicate on a basic level. 
Included is an introduction to customs and 
culture of German-speaking countries. 
Conducted primarily in German. 

102 Fundamental German - B (5) 
Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. 

Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on a 
basic level. Further study of customs and 
culture of German-speaking countries. 
Conducted primarily in German. 


203 Intermediate German — A (3) 
Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 

Development of listening comprehension and 
speaking. Emphasis on vocabulary building 
and developing conversational skills. 
Conducted in German. May be taken con- 
currently with German 204, 213 or 214. 

204 Intermediate German — B (3) 
Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 

Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension and writing. Emphasis on vocab- 
ulary building and developing writing 
competency. Conducted in German. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203, 213 or 
214. 

213 Intermediate Reading-A (2) 
Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. 

Development of reading comprehension 
using edited and basic authentic materials. 
May be taken concurrently with German 203 
or 204. Conducted in German. 

214 Intermediate Reading-B (2) 
Prerequisite: German 213 or equivalent. 

Continued refinement of reading comprehen- 
sion based on authentic materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203 or 204. 
Conducted in German. 

299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and 

department chair. Supervised study projects 
in the German language. May be repeated for 
credit. 

300 German Conversation (3) 
Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 

and intermediate competency. Open to 
lower-division students with consent of 
instructor. Development of oral competencies 
in the context of students’ own or contempo- 
rary concerns. Conducted in German. 

305 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Open to 
lower-division students with consent of 
instructor. Free oral and written expression. 
Conducted in German. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


310 German in the Business World (3) 
Prerequisites: German 203, 204, 213, 

214 or equivalent and intermediate compe- 
tency. Designed to give students a working 
knowledge of business language in the 
German-speaking world. Emphasis on busi- 
ness correspondence, conversation between 
business partners and the language of adver- 
tising. Conducted in German. 

311 German for International Business (3) 
Prerequisites: German 203, 204, 213, 

214 or equivalent and intermediate compe- 
tency; German 310 recommended. Emphasis 
on expanding reading comprehension 
through authentic texts and on building 
vocabulary of the German business world 
and overview of the German economy and 
business practices. Conducted in German. 

315 Introduction to German 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Readings and 
discussions in German literature, arts and 
institutions to develop insights into German 
culture. Conducted in German. 

325 Current Trends in Culture of 
German-Speaking Peoples (3) 
Prerequisites: German 204 or equivalent 
and intermediate competency. Readings and 
discussion of German contributions to 
present-day civilization while strengthening 
facility with German language. Conducted in 
German. 

335 Introduction to Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305 and advanced 
competency. Introduction to the art of bterature 
in a cultural context. Analysis and interpreta- 
tion of various texts. Conducted in German. 

399 German Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: intermediate competency. 

Analysis of students’ pronunciation and 
intensive practice of phonetic patterns 
including intonation. Development of conver- 
sational competency. May be repeated for 
credit; but may count only once toward 
German major. 

400 Advanced Conversation Practice and 
Vocabulary Expansion (3) 

Prerequisite: German 305 or consent of 
instructor. Intensive oral practice with 
emphasis on vocabulary expansion. 
Conducted in German. 


405 Advanced Writing and Speaking (3) 
Prerequisite: German 305 or consent 
of instructor. Practice in writing on various 
topics in detail, in expressing hypotheses and 
presenting arguments or points of view accu- 
rately and effectively. Emphasis on develop- 
ment differences of formal and informal 
style. Conducted in German. 

412 Advanced German and International 
Business (3) 

Prerequisites: German 310 and 311. 
Further development of advanced language 
competencies related to German economic 
and cultural issues in a global context. 

430 German Literature and Culture to 
the Baroque (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 
335, or consent of instructor. Masterpieces of 
German literature from the Hildebrandslied 
to Der Abenteuerliche Simplicissimus and 
their relationship to cultural, historical and 
intellectual developments between ca. 800- 
1670 A.D. Conducted in German. 

440 18th-Century German Literature and 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 
335, or consent of instructor. The principal 
authors and movements (Enlightenment, 
Storm and Stress, Classicism, early 
Romanticism) of the 18th century. 

Conducted in German. 

450 19th-Century German Literature and 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 335, 
or consent of instructor. 19th-century German 
literature from Romanticism to Naturalism. 
Decisive philosophic, political and economic 
influences. Conducted in German. 

460 20lh-Ccntury German Literature and 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisites: German 305, 315, and 
335, or consent of instructor. Major German 
prose, drama and poetry of the 20th century. 
Conducted in German. 

466 Introduction to German Linguistics (3) 
Prerequisite: German 305 or consent of 
instructor. Analytical procedures of general 
linguistics as applied to German. Structural 
contrasts between German and English. The 
application of linguistic analysis to the teach- 
ing of modem foreign languages. 


202 


482 German Literature and Culture in 
Film (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing in litera- 
ture or consent of instructor. A critical study 
of literary works and their film adaptations as 
well as a critical analysis of film as communi- 
cation. May be repeated for credit with differ- 
ent film syllabus. 

485T Senior Seminar in German 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in German. 
Research and discussion of a literary move- 
ment, a genre or an author. Subject varies 
and is announced in the class schedule. May 
be repeated for credit with different topic. 
Conducted in German. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in German 

language or literature to be taken with 
consent of instructor and department chair. 
May be repeated for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The 
course concentrates on a comparative, rhetor- 
ical analysis of German and English linguistic 
structures systematically applied in exercises 
and translations. It also examines varieties of 
styles of writing by analyzing literary as well 
as non-literary texts. Conducted in German. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisites: German 466 and consent of 
instructor. Introduction to the principles of 
historical linguistics. Primary emphasis on the 
development of German from Indo-European 
to contemporary German by examining 
phonological, morphological and syntactical 
changes through the centuries. Conducted in 
German. 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: German 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An 
exploration of various genres in German 
which focus on specific texts or movements 
within a cultural context. May be repeated for 
credit with a different topic. Conducted in 
German. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


576T Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An 
exploration of major writers and their contri- 
butions to German-speaking culture. May be 
repeated for credit with a different topic. 
Conducted in German. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of 
student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: advanced competency and 

consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in German language or literature. 

May be repeated for credit. 

JAPANESE COURSES 

Note: Japanese 101 is not open to stu- 
dents who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or one term of 
college study in Japanese, unless such study 
was completed three years or more before 
entering the class. Japanese 102 is not open 
to students who have completed two or more 
years of high school study or two terms of 
college study in Japanese, unless such study 
was completed three years or more before 
entering the class. 

101 Fundamental Japanese — A (5) 
Development of listening and reading 

comprehension, speaking, writing, and cul- 
tural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to Japanese 
customs, culture, and civilization. (CAN 
JAPN 2) 

102 Fundamental Japanese — B (5) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or equivalent. 

Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on a 
basic level. Further study of Japanese 
customs, culture, and civilization. (CAN 
JAPN 4; CAN JAPN SEQ A = Japanese 101 
and 102) 

203 Intermediate Japanese — ^A (5) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or equivalent. 
Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension, and oral and written practice in 
Japanese based on cultural and literary mate- 
hals. Review of grammar. Conducted in 
Japanese. 


204 Intermediate Japanese — B (5) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 203 or equivalent. 
Instruction in reading, writing, speaking and 
listening in Japanese. Audio-lingual assign- 
ments in the language laboratory. Conducted 
mostly in Japanese. 

299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or equivalent. 
Supervised study projects in Japanese lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent 
of instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

305 Advanced Japanese — A (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 

Practice in four skills of advanced Japanese 
emphasizing reading comprehension in the 
context of contemporary concerns. Conducted 
in Japanese. 

306 Advanced Japanese — B (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 

Practice in four skills of advanced Japanese 
emphasizing reading comprehension in the 
context of contemporary concems.Conducted 
in Japanese. 

307 Advanced Spoken Japanese (3) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 

Emphasis on the spoken asjDect of advanced 
Japanese through dialogues, discussions and 
oral presentations in the context of contem- 
porary concerns. Conducted in Japanese. 

308 Advanced Written Japanese (3) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent. 

Emphasis on the written use of advanced 
Japanese through expanding knowledge of 
vocabulary and Kanji. Conducted in Japanese. 

310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or consent of 

instructor. Designed to acquaint the student 
with the practical vocabulary and structure of 
business language, as well as the cultural 
background of business procedures in the 
Japanese business world. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

311 Japanese for International Business (3) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or consent of 

instructor. Acquisition of vocabulary and lan- 
guage structures for Japanese in the interna- 
tional business world and related economic 
situations. Emphasis on comprehension of 
business terminology through conversation, 
reading, and writing. Conducted in Japanese. 


315 Introduction to J apanese 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 204 or equivalent 
or consent of instructor. Readings and lec- 
tures in Japanese literature, arts, and institu- 
tions from earliest history to 1868, to develop 
insights into Japanese culture while strength- 
ening facility in the language. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

316 Modem Japan (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 204 and 315 or 

consent of instructor. Readings and lectures in 
Japanese literature, arts, and institutions from 
1868 to the present, to develop insights into 
Japanese culture while strengthening facility in 
the language. Conducted in Japanese. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 306 or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to literary forms and 
concepts of literary techniques. Analysis and 
interpretation of various texts. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

410 Classical Japanese (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 306 or equivalent. 
Designed to acquaint the student with classical 
Japanese grammar in preparation for reading 
classical Japanese literature. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

430 Introduction to Japanese Classic 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 375 and 410 or 
consent of instructor. The literary use of lan- 
guage, literary creation, reading, and critical 
evaluation of literary works. Reading excerpts 
of major classics with lectures on literary 
trends of each historical period. Conducted in 
Japanese. 

440 Introduction to Modern Japanese 
Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Japanese 375 or consent of 
instructor. The literary use of language, liter- 
ary creation, reading, and critical evaluation 
of literary works. Reading excerpts of modem 
Japanese literary works with lectures on dif- 
ferent trends of various schools. Conducted 
in Japanese. 

466 Introduction to Japanese Linguistics (3) 
Prerequisite: Japanese 306 or equivalent. 
Analytical procedures of general linguistics as 
applied to phonological, semantic, morpho- 
logical, syntactic and discourse aspects of 
Japanese. Conducted in Japanese. 


203 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND UTERATURES 


468 Japanese-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 306 and 466 (may 
be taken concurrently) or equivalent. 
Contrastive analysis of phonological, lexical, 
syntactic and discourse aspects of Japanese 
and English. Conducted in Japanese. 

485T Senior Seminar: Variable Topics in 
Japanese (3) 

Prerequisites: Japanese 375 and at least 
one 400-level course in Japanese or consent 
of instructor. Research and discussion of a 
cultural, literary or linguistic theme. Subject 
varies and is announced in the class schedule. 
May be repeated for credit with a different 
topic. Conducted in Japanese. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Japanese language 
or literature to be taken with consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

PORTUGUESE COURSES 

101 Fundamental Portuguese — A (4) 
Prerequisite: prior successful study of 

another Romance language. Development of 
listening and reading comprehension, speak- 
ing, writing, and cultural awareness to com- 
municate on a basic level. Included is an 
introduction to customs, culture, and civiliza- 
tion of Portuguese-speaking countries. 
Conducted in Portuguese. 

102 Fundamental Portuguese — B (4) 
Prerequisite: Ponuguese 101 or equiva- 
lent. Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on a 
basic level. Further study of customs, culture, 
and civilization of Portuguese-speaking coun- 
tries. Conducted in Portuguese. 

310 Portuguese in the Business World (3) 
Prerequisites: Portuguese 102 or consent 
of instructor. Emphasis on practical business- 
related terminology and on the cultural and 
socio-political contexts of doing business in 
Portuguese-speaking countries. Conducted in 
Portuguese. 

317 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 102 or equiva- 
lent or consent of instructor. Emphasis on 
free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in Portuguese. 


320 Introduction to Luso-Brazilian 
Culture and Civilization (3) 
Prerequisites: Portuguese 310 or 317 or 
equivalent, reading knowledge of Portuguese 
or consent of instructor. The main currents of 
Portuguese culture and civilization and 
Brazil’s intellectual and artistic development 
from discovery to independence. Conducted 
in Portuguese. 

325 Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 
Prerequisite: Portuguese 310 or 317 or 
equivalent. Readings and discussion to 
develop understanding of the social and intel- 
lectual problems, trends, and contributions to 
Brazil since independence. Present-day Brazil. 
Conducted in Portuguese. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Portuguese lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent of 
instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

SPANISH COURSES 

Note: Students with previous study of 
Spanish should seek advice from the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (H 835-C) for appropriate place- 
ment before enrolling in Spanish language 
classes. 

101 Fundamental Spanish — ^A (5) 
Development of listening and reading 

comprehension, speaking, writing, and cul- 
tural awareness to communicate on a basic 
level. Included is an introduction to customs, 
culture, and civilization of Spanish-speaking 
countries. Conducted primarily in Spanish. 
(CAN SPAN 2) 

102 Fundamental Spanish — B (5) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. 

Continued development of listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness to communicate on a 
basic level. Included is an introduction to 
customs, culture, and civilization of Spanish- 
speaking countries. Conducted primarily in 
Spanish. (CAN SPAN 4; CAN SPAN SEQ A = 
Spanish 101 and 102) 


105 Intensive Review of Fundamental 
Spanish (5) 

Prerequisite: prior experience equivalent 
to Spanish 101 and 102 or three years of 
high school Spanish taken two or more years 
ago. Intensive course to develop listening and 
reading comprehension, speaking, writing, 
and cultural awareness necessary to commu- 
nicate on a basic level. Conducted primarily 
in Spanish. 

201 Spanish for Spanish Speakers (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Intermediate course designed to strengthen 
and develop student’s existing communicative 
skills in Spanish. Emphasis on oral expres- 
sion, vocabulary building, proficient spelling, 
grammar, reading and composition. Students 
may not receive credit for both Spanish 201 
and 203. Conducted in Spanish. 

203 Intermediate Spanish — A (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. 

Development of listening and reading com- 
prehension, speaking and writing Spanish 
based on cultural and literary materials. 
Emphasis on oral expression and developing 
correct pronunciation. Concurrent enrollment 
in Spanish 213 is recommended. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

204 Intermediate Spanish — B (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or 203 or 

equivalent. Continued development of listen- 
ing and reading comprehension, practice in 
speaking and writing Spanish based on cul- 
tural and literary materials. Emphasis on 
vocabulary building and developing gram- 
matical accuracy. Concurrent enrollment in 
Spanish 214 is recommended. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

213 Intermediate Conversation (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or 105 or 

equivalent. Practice in oral expression. 
Concurrent enrollment in Spanish 203 is rec- 
ommended. Not open to students with 
advanced proficiency in Spanish. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

214 Intermediate Composition (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or 203 or 

equivalent. Practice in written expression 
based on cultural and literary materials. 
Concurrent enrollment in Spanish 204 is rec- 
ommended. Conducted in Spanish. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


299 Directed Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. 

Supervised study projects in Spanish lan- 
guage or literature to be taken with consent 
of instructor and department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

300 Spanish Conversation (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. 

To develop oral control of the language in the 
context of students’ own or contemporary 
concerns. Not open to those with native-like 
proficiency in Spanish. Conducted in Spanish. 

301 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 204 and 214 or 
equivalent. Open to lower-division students 
with consent of instructor. Emphasis on free 
oral and written expression. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 
Prerequisites: Spanish 301, ehich may be 

taken concurrently and Econ 201 and 202. 
Practical vocabulary and structure of busi- 
ness language, as well as the cultural back- 
ground of business procedures in the 
Hispanic world. No credit toward Spanish 
major or minor. Conducted in Spanish. 

311 Spanish for International Business (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 310 or consent of 

instructor. Acquisition of Vocabulary appro- 
priate to the Hispanic business world and 
study of its economic institutions. Emphasis 
on reading comprehension, conversation and 
composition. No credit toward Spanish 
major or minor. Conducted in Spanish. 

315 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or 310, which 

niay be taken concurrently, or equivalent. 
Readings and discussions in Spanish litera- 
ture, arts and institutions. Strengthening of 
facility in the language. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

316 Introduction to Spanish- American 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or 310, which 
be taken concurrently or equivalent. 
Readingis and discussion in Spanish- 
^erican literature, arts and institutions. 
Strengthening of facility in the language. 
Conducted in Spanish. 


375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or equivalent. 
Introduction to literary forms and concepts 
of literary techniques and criticism. Analysis 
and interpretation of various texts. 
Strengthening of students’ abilities in reading, 
language and literary criticism. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

400 Advanced Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: two of the following: 

Spanish 315, 316, or 375. Exploration of a 
topic or theme to develop several language 
skills, especially writing, to broaden and 
deepen cultural awareness from a humanistic 
perspective, and to develop and refine critical, 
analytical, and creative writing competencies. 

412 Advanced Spanish for International 
Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or 416 or 
consent of instructor. Further development of 
language skills with emphasis on oral and 
written skills related to Hispanic economic 
and cultural issues in a global context. 

415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of 

instructor. The cultural-social, economical, 
political-characteristics of contemporary 
Spanish life. Conducted in Spanish. 

416 Contemporary Spanish-American 
Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of 
instructor. The social, economic, anistic, and 
political aspects of contemporary life in 
Spanish America. Conducted in Spanish. 

430 Spanish Literature to Neoclassicism (3) 
Prerequisites: Spanish 315 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Spanish literature from 
its beginnings to 1700. Representative works 
of each genre. Conducted in Spanish. 

441 Spanish American Literature (3) 
Prerequisites: Spanish 316 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Spanish American 
Literature from modemismo to the present. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

461 Spanish Literature Since 
Neoclassicism (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 315 and 375 or 
consent of instructor. Representative works of 
Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. 
Conducted in Spanish. 


466 Introduction to Spanish Linguistics (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or equivalent. 

The analytical procedures of general linguis- 
tics as applied to Spanish. Structural con- 
trasts between Spanish and English. The 
application of linguistic analysis to the teach- 
ing of modem foreign languages. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

467 Dialectology: Current Trends in 
Modem Spanish (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 301, 400 or equiv- 
alent and 466, which may be taken concur- 
rently. The differences in phonology, 
morphology, syntax and lexicon in linguistic 
patterns in all Spanish-speaking regions. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

468 Spanish-English Contrastive 
Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 301, 400 or equiv- 
alent, and 466 which may be taken concur- 
rently. Theory and performance techniques 
for contrasting phonological, grammatical 
and lexical structures of Spanish and English. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

475T Senior Seminar: Topics in Spanish 
Peninsular Literature (3) 
Prerequisites: Spanish 375 or consent of 
instmetor and senior standing in Spanish. 
Selected topics of the literature of Spain. 
Subject matter will change. May be repeated 
for credit. Conducted in Spanish. 

485T Senior Seminar: Topics in Spanish 
American Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: Spanish 375 or consent of 
instructor and senior standing in Spanish. 
Selected topics of the literature of Spanish 
America. Subject matter will change. May be 
repeated for credit. Conducted in Spanish. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in Spanish 
language, literature, culture, linguistics, or 
business to be taken with consent of instruc- 
tor and department chair. May be repeated 
for credit. 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 


500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced 
Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or equivalent. 
The course focuses on (1) a transformational 
analysis of Spanish syntactic structures, (2) a 
classic approach to grammar, and (3) analysis 
of style in different contemporary writers, fol- 
lowing a linguistic approach. The course is 
complemented with exercises and translations 
from English to Spanish. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical 
Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or equivalent. 
Focus on the principles of historical linguis- 
tics as seen through the evolution of Classical 
Latin (phonology, morphology, syntax and 
lexicon) into contemporary Spanish. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Poetry (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 

equivalent. A chronological overview of 
Peninsular poetry with special attention on 
specific authors and movements. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

557 Graduate Seminar: Spanish- American 
Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 441 or equivalent. A 
chronological overview of Spanish American 
poetry from 1888 (Latin American Modernism) 
to Vanguardist and present day poetry and 
“Anti-Poetry.” Conducted in Spanish. 

567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American 
Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 441 or equivalent. 
An historical overview of the development of 
the Spanish American novel from the 
Colonial period (picaresque) to the Modem 
Experimental Novel. Conducted in Spanish. 

571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Prose and 
Narrative Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 
equivalent. An in-depth study of major prose 
and narrative works from various historical 
periods of Spanish literature. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Drama (3) 
Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 461 or 
equivalent. A chronological overview of 
Peninsular drama with emphasis on major 
authors and their most representative works. 
Conducted in Spanish. 


576T Graduate Seminar: Hispanic 
Topics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 430 or 441 or 461 or 
equivalent. May be repeated for credit with dif- 
ferent subject matter. Topics include: 
Contemporary Spanish Culture, Contemporary 
Spanish American Culture, El Ensayo y La 
Critica Uteraria Hispano-Americana. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of 
student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Prerequisites: fluency in Spanish and 

consent of instmctor. Supervised research 
projects in Spanish language or literature. 

May be repeated for credit. 


206 


FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 








INTRODUCTION 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
GEOGRAPHY 

The major consists of at least 
39 units of geography, of which at 
least 21 units must be in upper- 
division courses. Students may 
satisfy some requirements with 
equivalent course work taken at 
other institutions. Each course 
counted toward the major must 
be completed with a grade of C 
or higher. Students are encour- 
aged to take additional geography 
courses beyond the minimum 
required for the major. 



Geography is the study of the earth as the home of humanity. Geography provides a broad 
understanding of the processes that unite people, places, and environments. Geographers explore 
the diverse regions of the contemporary world in pursuit of global understanding. They tie 
together the study of human spatial organizations and cultural landscapes with an in-depth 
investigation of the earths landforms, climates and vegetation. Their methods range from field- 
work in foreign areas to advanced 


information technologies like 
computerized geographic infor- 
mation systems. Geography grad- 
uates find rewarding careers in 
environmental analysis and 
planing, business, government 
agencies and education. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

William Lloyd 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE: 

Humanities 420A 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Geography 
Minor in Geography 
Master of Arts in Geography 

FACULTY 

John Carroll, Wayne Engstrom, Gary 
Hannes, William Lloyd, Robert Voeks, 
Barbara Weightman, Robert Young 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate; Wayne Engstrom 
Graduate: Barbara Weightman 


Career Emphasis 

Geography graduates often find employment in such areas as environmental planning and 
related technical fields. For this reason, an optional upper-division emphasis in environmental 
j analysis is available within the major. 


Major in Geography 

The major consists of a total of 39 units of coursework. 
lower Division Core (15 units) 

Geography 100 Global Geography 

Geography 110 Physical Geography 

Geography 160 Human Geography 

Geography 280A-G Introduction to Geographical Analysis 

Geography 281 Map Making with GIS 

Environmental Geography (3 units) 

Geography 329 Cities and Nature 

OR Geography 350 Nature and Society 



207 


GEOGRAPHY 


Human Geography (3 units) 

Geography 357 Spatial Behavior 

OR Geography 360 Geography of the 
World Economies 

OR Geography 370 Cities and Suburbs 

Physical Geography (3 units) 

Geography 312 Geomorphology 

OR Geography 323 Weather and Climate 
OR Geography 325 Natural Vegetation 

Regional Geography (3 units) 

Geography 332 United States and Canada 
OR Geography 333 Latin America 
OR Geography 340 Asia 

Advanced Geography (6 units) 

Six units from courses numbered 400 to 
489. 


Geography Elective (3 units) 

Three units lower or upper division geogra- 
phy not used to satisfy any other requirement. 

Upper Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 
English 301 Advanced College Writing 

OR English 360 Scientific and Technical 
Writing 


Capstone Requirement 

Prior to graduation, each student must 
demonstrate a critical understanding of the 
major processes that shape the earth’s land- 
scapes, regions and places, and that influence 
human interaction with the earth’s cultural 
and physical environments. This requirement 
will be met through satisfactory completion 
of one of the following capstone courses: 


Geography 422 
Geography 425 
Geography 426 

Geography 475 
Landscapes 

Geography 478 
Geography 488 


Regional Climatology 
Tropical Rainforests 
The Coastal Environment 
Interpretation of Urban 

Urban Planning Principles 
Land Use Analysis 


Units earned from the capstone course 
can be used to satisfy the Advanced 
Geography or Geography Elective require- 
ments of the Geography Major. 


Emphasis in Environmental Analysis 
The emphasis consists of a total of 39 
units of course work. 


Lower Division Core (15 units) 
Geography 100 Global Geography 
Geography 110 Physical Geography 


Geography 160 Human Geography 

Geography 280A-G Introduction to 
Geographical Analysis 

Geography 281 Map Making with GIS 

Environmental Geography (3 units) 

Geography 350 Nature and Society 

Human Geography (3 units) 

Geography 357 Spatial Behavior 

OR Geography 360 Geography of the 
World Economies 

OR Geography 370 Cities and Suburbs 

Physical Geography (6 units) 

Geography 329 Cities and Nature 

OR Geography 312 Geomorphology 
OR Geography 323 Weather and Climate 
OR Geography 325 Natural Vegetation 

Regional Geography (3 units) 

Geography 332 United States and Canada 
OR Geography 333 Latin America 
OR Geography 340 Asia 

Advanced Geography (6 units) 

Six units from Geography 422, Geography 
425, Geography 426, Geography 482, or 
Geography 488. 

Upper Division Writing Requirement 
(3 units) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing 
OR English 360 Scientific and Technical 
Writing 

Capstone Requirement 

Prior to graduation, each student must 
demonstrate a critical understanding of the 
major processes that shape the earth’s land- 
scapes, regions and place, and that influence 
human interaction with the earth’s cultural 
and physical environments. This requirement 
will be met through satisfactory completion 
of one of the following capstone courses: 

Geography 422 Regional Climatology 
Geography 425 Tropical Rainforests 
Geography 426 The Coastal Environment 
Geography 488 Land Use Analysis 

Units earned from the capstone course 
can be used to satisfy the Advanced 
Geography requirement of the Emphasis in 
Environmental Analysis. 


MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in geography serves students 
seeking a geographic perspective to comple- 
ment their major. Interested students should 
take at least 21 units of geography, including 
Geography 100 and three units from the fol- 
lowing (110, 120, 160, 170, 280 or 281) and 
a minimum of 12 units of upper-division 
work. All courses counted toward the minor 
must be completed with a grade of C or 
higher. Faculty advisers are available to help 
students structure their minor in geography. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

This program provides advanced study in 
human and physical geography with an 
emphasis on theory and research. Graduates 
are prepared in the application of interpretive 
and analytical concepts and techniques to a 
broad spectrum of geographic situations. 
Such study directly serves those whose 
careers involve urban, regional, and environ- 
mental^planning and geographic education. 
Geographic perspectives and methods are 
highly applicable to a wide range of careers 
in business, industry, and government. 

Admission and Conditional Classification 

The department requires a grade-point 
average of at least 3.0 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and a 3.0 grade-point 
average in all geography courses. 

Students who have no, or a limited, back- 
ground in geography will be expected to 
make up the deficit by taking appropriate 
course work in consultation with the depart- 
mental graduate adviser. 

All students are required to demonstrate 
competency in each of geography’s four main 
subfields: human, physical, regional, and 
technical. Competency is normally demon- 
strated by completion of at least 18 units at 
the upper-division or graduate level with a 
3.0 grade-point average. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

After completion of all prerequisites and 
removal of deficiencies, the student must 
develop an approved study plan in consulta- 
tion with a personal faculty adviser and the 
graduate program adviser in order to be clas- 
sified. 

All students must complete six units of 
upper-division technical courses. Three units 
are prerequisite to classified standing. If the 
remaining three units were not taken as 
undergraduate work, they may be included 
in the study plan. 


GEOGRAPHY 


Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of 
course work distributed as follows: 

Required Courses 

Geography 500 Seminar in Geographic 
Research (3) 

Geography 520 Seminar in Physical 
Geography (3) 

Geography 550 Seminar in Human 
Geography (3) 

Geography 500-level course (3) 

Geography 599 Independent Graduate 
Research (3) 

Electives (12-15 units) 

Senior-level or graduate course work in 
geography (15 units unless approved for 
thesis; may include additional Geography 
500-level courses; up to six units from related 
fields). (12-15) 

Piesis or Comprehensive Exam (0-3 units) 

Geography 598 Thesis (3) (department 
approval required) 

Students must follow one of two plans: 
Plan A requiring a comprehensive examina- 
tion or Plan B requiring a thesis. 

Plan A requires the development of a spe- 
cific field of interest and a written, three-part 
comprehensive exam testing knowledge in 
human geography, physical geography, and 
the studentis specified area of interest. The 
examination may be repeated only once. Plan 
B requires the development of a specific field 
of interest, a written thesis, and a subsequent 
oral defense. 

All students will follow Plan A unless 
approval for the thesis option is granted. In 
order to follow Plan B, the thesis option, stu- 
dents must have the written consent of their 
thesis supervisor and all members of a thesis 
committee. Permission to write a thesis may 
be granted only to students who have (1) 
achieved a 3.25 grade-point average after 15 
units of upper-division and graduate course 
work and (2) demonstrated proficiency in 
research and writing skills. 

For further details or advisement commu- 
nicate with the graduate program adviser, 
Department of Geography. 


GEOGRAPHY COURSES 

100 Global Geography (3) 

Introduction to worldis geographical 
regions. Cultural patterns and their evolution 
in diverse physical environments. 

110 Physical Geography (3) 

Introduction to the major components of 
the physical environment including land- 
forms, climate, natural vegetation and soils. 
(CAN GEOG 2) 

120 Global Environmental Problems (3) 

A geographical analysis of the Earth’s prin- 
cipal environmental problems. Subjects 
include population growth, agriculture and 
pesticides, climate change, forestry and 
fishing, energy, endangered species, and 
appropriate development. 

160 Human Geography (3) 

An Introduction to Human Geography. 
Understanding the regional distribution of 
language, religion, population, migration and 
settlement patterns, political organization, 
technology, methods of livelihood over the 
eanh. (CAN GEOG 4) 

170 Southern California Metropolis (3) 
Geographic variations across Southern 
California; patterns of urban and suburban 
growth; interaction between the region’s 
developed and natural environments; com- 
parisons between metropolitan Los Angeles 
and other great world cities. 

280A-G Introduction to Geographical 
Analysis (1) 

Prerequisite: minimum of one other core 
course in geography (i.e., 110 or 160) or 
consent of instructor. The technical interpre- 
tation of physical and human features and 
activities in the landscape. 

280A Interpretation of Maps & Aerial 
Photographs (1) 

The uses of maps and aerial photographs 
in geographic research. Types of data which 
can be obtained from these sources. 
Rudimentary measurement techniques. 

280C Introduction to Quantitative 
Methods (1) 

Descriptive statistics in geography. 

Graphs, functions and equations, logarithms 
and exponents, and an overview of the linear 
regression model. 


280E Library Techniques for 
Geographers (1) 

Library research for geographic inquiry. 
How and where to find the needed informa- 
tion. 


280G Analysis of Weather Maps (1) 

The use and analysis of weather maps. 

281 Map Making with Geographic 
Information Systems (3) 

(Formerly 381) 

The principles and practice of effective 
map making using computerized geographic 
information systems technology. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

312 Geomorphology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 1 10 or Geology 
101 or consent of instructor. Landforms and || 

the processes responsible for their evolution. 

323 Weather and Climate (3) ^ 

Prerequisite: Geography 110 or consent of 
instructor. Atmospheric elements and con- 
trols, fronts, severe weather, and climatic 

classification systems. * 

323 Natural Vegetation (3) ^ 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

The geography of the globe’s natural vegeta- 
tion associations. Examines the role of plate | 

tectonics, climate, soils, fire and humans as ^ 

agents of landscape-level vegetation change. 

329 Cities and Nature (3) 

Prerequisite. Geography 110 or consent of | 

instructor. Overview of the impact of urban- 
ization on land forms, climate, vegetation, ^ 

and animals. Planning implications and case 
studies. * 

330 California Landscapes (3) « 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The I 

landscapes of California, their environmental 
characteristics, development patterns and 
current problems. 

332 United States and Canada (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
United States and Canada. The interrelated 
physical and cultural features that give geo- 
graphic personality to the regions. 


209 


GEOGRAPHY 


333 Latin America (3) 

Geographical overview of Mexico, Central 
America, the Caribbean and South America. 
Explores the region’s physical and cultural 
landscapes. Emphasis on nature-society 
problems. 

336 Europe (3) 

Prerequisite; upper-division standing. The 
basic physical and human lineaments of 
Europe. The elements that distinguish and 
give character to its major regional divisions. 

338 Russia and Its Environs (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. A 
physical, political and economic geography 
of Russia and the fourteen other states that 
have succeeded the Soviet Union. 

340 Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or 
consent of instructor. The physical, human 
and regional geography of Asia from Pakistan 
and India through Southeast Asia and the 
Malay Archipelago to China, Japan and 
Korea. 

344 Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The 
physical, human and regional geography of 
Africa. Saharan borderlands. East Africa and 
Southern Africa. 

350 Nature and Society (3) 

Prerequisite; junior or senior standing. An 
exploration of the interface between human 
systems and natural systems. The course 
covers a variety of factors affecting human 
interaction with the earth, including environ- 
mental ethics, public policy and technology. 

352 The National Parks (3) 

The park system and its evolution as 
related to conservation, preservation, and 
recreational land use. Cultural heritage and 
physical environment. 

357 Spatial Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. A 
geographic approach to perception and 
behavior in local and global spatial settings. 


360 Geography of the World’s 
Economies (3) 

Geographic perspectives on the global 
production of goods and services and their 
distribution to consumers. An exploration of 
key geographic issues in uneven develop- 
ment, international trade, investment pat- 
terns, and the spatial integration of local and 
regional economies. 

370 City and Suburbs (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 
American metropolitan systems and city- 
region linkages. Theories and spatial models 
of social and economic patterns within cities 
and suburbs; planning implications of these 
locational patterns. 

385 Quantitative Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography core or consent 
of instructor. Spatial analysis and geographic 
application of descriptive and inferential sta- 
tistics. Use of the electronic computer, (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

422 Regional Climatology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 323 or consent of 
instructor. Major climatic regions of the 
world; the physical factors that produce cli- 
matic patterns. 

425 Tropical Rainforests (3) 

Prerequisites; Geography 110 and 

Geography 325 or equivalent. 
Discussion/seminar examining the geography, 
ecology, and human use of tropical rain- 
forests. Focus on the causes and conse- 
quences of deforestation, sustainable 
development, and preservation. 

426 The Coastal Environment (3) 
Prerequisites: Geography 110 and one 

upper-division physical geography course. 

An overview of coastal geomorphology 
climatology, and plant geography with an 
emphasis on Southern California. Human 
interaction, modification, and management of 
those systems. 

475 Interpretation of Urban Landscapes (3) 
Prerequisite: Geography 357 or 370. In 
addition, consent of instructor. A geographic 
view of the city as a landscape composite of 
structure, space, place and experience. 
Emphasis is on the European and North 
American city. 


210 


478 Urban Planning Principles (3) 
Prerequisite; Geography 370 or Poli Sci 
320 or consent of instructor. Seminar/discus- 
sion on the conceptual themes and legal 
foundations of American urban planning. 
Policy areas associated with urbanization and 
suburbanization processes: land use, eco- 
nomic development, redevelopment, housing 
systems, neighborhood dynamics and growth 
management. (Same as Poli Sci 478) 

481 Geographic Information Systems: 
Introduction (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. 
Methods and applications of computer- 
assisted mapping and geographic information 
systems. Instructional fee. (2 hours discus- 
sion, 3 hours lab) 

482 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) 
Prerequisites: Geography 350, 431, 478, 

or equivalent. Techniques relevant to envi- 
ronmental impact assessment in accord with 
CEQA (state) and NEPA (federal) regulations. 
Systematic evaluation of major environmental 
impact topics. Individual and small team 
activities. 

484 Urban Planning Methods (3) 
Prerequisite: Geography 478 or Poli Sci 

478. Seminar and Practicum on methods in 
urban planning. Analytical techniques and 
basic data sources. Population forecasting, 
housing surveys, economic development, fiscal 
impacts and area revitalization. Individual and 
team projects. (Same as PolSc 484) 

485 Geographic Information Systems: 
Principles and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 481 or equiva- 
lent. Integrated computer-assisted methods 
for handling spatial data, including database 
design, data conversion and updating, infor- 
mation retrieval, analysis, modeling and 
mapping. Instructional fee. 

488 Land Use Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
consent of instructor. Urban and rural land 
use and settlement; geographic field prob- 
lems. Application of geographic techniques 
and tools to local field studies. 


GEOGRAPHY 


495 Internship in Applied Geography (1-3) 
Prerequisite: senior standing and consent 
of instructor. Students work specified 
number of hours in appropriate public or 
private organizations under the supervision 
of their staff and as coordinated by depart- 
mental faculty. Interns meet with instructor 
by arrangement. May be repealed for a 
maximum of three units of credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Consent of 

instructor under whom study will be taken 
required before enrolling. May be repeated 
for a maximum of six units of credit. 

500 Seminar in Geographic Research (3) 
Prerequisites: graduate standing and 

consent of instructor. A required seminar to 
be taken prior to the development of a thesis. 

520 Seminar in Physical Geography (3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Research in physical geography: 
methods and contemporary themes. Case 
studies in climatology, geomorphology, and 
plant geography. 

530T Seminar: Selected Topics in 
Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Various topics selected from any 
of the subfields of geography. The topic 
chosen and a general outline of the seminar 
are circulated prior to registration. May be 
repeated for credit. 

550 Seminar in Human Geography (3) 
Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent 
of instructor. Survey of methodology and 
case studies including: experiential environ- 
ments; rural landscapes; urban, social, and 
economic structure; Geography and public 
policy; and Third World development. 

570 Metropolitan Los Angeles (3) 

Prerequisites: (Seography 370, 475, or 478 
or equivalent. Seminar focusing on the 
changing spatial structure of metropolitan 
Los Angeles. Specific topics include economic 
restructuring, local economic development, 
the social mosaic, political fragmentation, 
growth management. 

575 Landscape Interpretation (3) 
Prerequisite: Geography 357 or 475 or 
equivalent. A humanistic approach to the 
nature and meaning of landscape. 


597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: Geography 500 and consent 
of adviser. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Geography 
500, advancement to candidacy and consent 
of instructor. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 
Open to graduate students by consent of 

instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


geological sciences 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

John H. Foster 

DEPARTMENT OmCE 

Mcarthy Hall 263 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Geology 
Minor in Geology 
Emphasis in Geochemistry under 
Master of Science in Chemistry 

FACULTY 

Gerald Brem, Gaylen R. Carlson, John 
Cooper, John Foster, Diane Clemens-Knott, 
Brady Rhodes, Prem Saint 

Emeritus Faculty: Neil Maloney, Margaret 
Woyski 


INTRODUCTION 



Geological sciences is the study of the Earth, its physical nature, chemical composition and 
dynamics, as well as its origin, evolution, present state and future. In addition to the quest for 
understanding the way the Earth works and its relation to the solar system, geological scientists 
are involved in the search for energy, mineral and water resources, the evaluation and remedia- 
tion of environmental hazards, and the prevention and/or prediction of natural disasters such as 

earthquakes, 

" volcanic erup- 

tions, land- 
slides, coastal 
erosion, and 
floods. About 
60% of all geo- 
logical scien- 
tists are 
employed by 
private indus- 
try, primarily 
by engineering, 
environmental, 
petroleum and 
mining compa- 
nies. Others 
are employed 


by government agencies, educational institutions and research centers. 

Within the general field of geological sciences the department has six major areas of study: 
geology, geochemistry (the integration of geology and chemistry), geophysics (the integration of 
geology and physics), hydrogeology (the integration of geology with fresh water systems), engi- 
neering geology (the integration of geology and engineering) and environmental geology. All are 
designed to prepare students for (1) graduate studies in the geological sciences, (2) direct 
employment in industry or government, (3) teaching, and (4) an appreciation and understanding 
of the earth. 


Evening Program 

The department offers an evening and weekend program of courses that satisfies requirements 
for the major with the exception of the field camps. Consult the department for details. 

Internships 

The department offers an internship program through Geological Sciences 495. This allows 
the student to obtain on-the-job experience in the geological sciences. Three units maximum are 
permitted toward the degree. 

Recommended Program in General Education 

The department maintains a list of preferred general education courses. A copy can be 
obtained by visiting or telephoning the department office. 


ADVISERS 

Geology students must be advised before or immediately upon entering the major in order to 
design an efficient course progression that will meet their objectives. While enrolled, students 
must meet with an adviser each semester prior to registration for the following semester. The 
adviser will assist in scheduling of courses, selection of courses, and solving problems should any 
arise. To be advised, students should contact the department office for available advisers. Special 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


advisers are available for: Geochemistry 
Emphasis, M.S. in Chemistry (Gene Hiegel, 
Department of Chemistry; Gerald Brem, 
Department of Geological Sciences); Earth 
Science Education (Gaylen Carlson, 
Department of Geological Sciences. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

Of the 132 units required for graduation, 
a minimum of 48 are in geological sciences, 
34 to 37 in related fields, 39 in general edu- 
cation courses (other than related fields) and 
the remaining 8 to 1 1 undesignated units are 
selected to meet particular needs of each 
student. To qualify for the B.S. degree, stu- 
dents must have a C or better in all geologi- 
cal sciences courses taken to meet the 48 
unit requirement; students must have a C 
average in required courses in related fields. 

A proficiency in a modem foreign language, 
or a computer language, is recommended for 
students who plan to continue in graduate 
school. Proficiency in English composition is 
required. 

Minimum Course Requirements for the 
Major 

Geol Sciences 101, 10 IL Physical 
Geology (3,1) 

Geol Sciences 201 Earth History (4) 

Geol Sciences 303A Mineralogy and 
Introduction to Petrology (4) 

Geol Sciences 303B Igneous and 
Metamorphic Petrology (4) 

Geol Sciences 321 Sedimentation and 
Stratigraphy (4) 

Geol Sciences 360 Structural Geology (4) 

Geol Sciences 380 Geologic Field 
Techniques (4) 

A writing course approved by the Geological 
Science Department to meet the upper-divi- 
sion writing requirement (3) 

Geol Sciences 498 Senior Thesis (1-2) 

Geol Sciences 456 Introduction to Applied 
Geophysics (3) 

OR Geol Sciences 406 Geochemistry (3) 
Geol Sciences 481 A Geology Field Camp I (4) 

Adviser-approved Upper-Division Geol 
Sciences Electives (8-9 units) 

No more than 3 units from any combina- 
tion of Geol Sciences 493, 495, 496L and 
can be counted toward meeting this 
8-9 unit requirement. 


(Note: Geol Sciences 310, 376 and 420 
are not accepted as credit toward meeting 
requirements for the major.) 

Minimum Requirements in Related Fields 
(nine courses required, 34-37 units) 

Biological Science 101 Elements of Biology (3) 
OR 131 Principles of Biology (3) 

OR a life science course from another 
institution that is acceptable to CSUF and 
that demonstrates treatment of whole- 
organism biology and concepts of evolu- 
tion and ecology. 

Chemistry 120A and 120B General 
Chemistry (5,5) 

Comp Sci 103 Introduction to Personal 
Computer Applications (3) 

OR Comp Sci 121 Programming 
Concepts (4) 

OR Engineering 205 Digital 
Computation (3) 

OR Geography 481 Automated 
Cartography (3) 

Mathematics 150A andl50B Analytic 
Geometry and Calculus (4,4). 

Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics - 
Mechanics (3,1) 

and either 

226, 226L Fundamental 

Physics - Electricity and Magnetism (3,1) 

or in, 227L, Fundamental Physics - 
Waves, Optics and Modem Physics (3,1). 

OR 

Alternatively, 211, 21 IL, 212, 212L 
Elementary Physics (3, 1,3,1), with 
consent of adviser. 

One additional semester course selected 
with approval of adviser from courses such as 
the following: 

Biology 316, 401, 406, 419, 461 
Chemistry: 301A, 315, 325, 361A 
Computer Science: 203, 241 
Engineering: 102, 202, 301, 324, 436, 441 
Geography: 312, 481, 485 
Mathematics: 250A, 250B, 338 
Physics: 226, 226L, 227, 227L, 310, 320, 330 

Science- or Engineering-based trans- 
ferrable extension cetificate courses from 
other universities. 


Undesignated Units (8-11 units required) 
These are to be taken in geological sciences, 
related fields and/or career-support fields, 
with adviser approval. 

General Education 

(39 units required, other than related fields) 
See University catalog and consult your 
adviser for proper course selection. 

MINOR IN GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

A minimum of 20 units in geological sci- 
ences courses, of which at least 12 must be 
upper-division and at least 6 of these 12 must 
be taken in residence, is required for a minor. 
The courses shall be selected by the student 
in consultation with an adviser. Prospective 
teachers should include courses in physical 
geology, earth history, meteorology, oceanog- 
raphy, mineralogy and petrology. Geological 
Sciences 140, 310 and 376 are not acceptable 
as part of the 20 units. 

EMPHASIS IN GEOCHEMISTRY 

Offered jointly by the Departments of 
Chemistry and Biochemistry and Geological 
Sciences. Contact the graduate program 
adviser in the Department of Chemistry and 
Biochemistry for further information. 

CREDENTIAL PROGRAM 

Students should first contact the 
Department of Secondary Education office. 
Education Classroom 379 (714-278-3411) to 
get information on attending the orientation 
to the Single Subject Credential Program and 
then consult the department for further 
program details. 

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES COURSES 

For all courses, prerequisites may be 
waived if the instructor is satisfied that the 
student is qualified to take the course. 

All lower-division (l(X)-200 level) courses 
are offered each semester. The department 
plans to offer in 1999-2001 Geological 
Sciences 303B, 321 and 380 each fall. 
Geological Sciences 303A, 360, 335, 420 and 
481 A each spring and the remaining courses 
on a three- to four-semester rotation. A 
schedule of projected class offerings is avail- 
able from the department. 

101 Physical Geology (3) 

Prerequisite: high school chemistry or 
physics, or equivalent. The physical nature of 
the planet earth, the genesis of rocks and 
minerals, erosion processes and their effects. 
(101 & lOlUCAN GEOL 2) 


213 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


lOlH Physical Geology (Honors) (3) 
Prerequisite: high school chemistry or 
physics, or equivalent. The physical nature of 
the planet earth, the genesis of rocks and 
minerals, erosion processes and their effects. 
(Weekend field trips) 

10 IL Physical Geology Laboratory (1) 
Corequisite: Geological Sciences 101. 
Laboratory on minerals, rocks, earthquakes, 
and map and aerial photographic interpreta- 
tion. (3 hours laboratory or field trip) (101 & 
101L=CAN GEOL 2) 

lOlLH Physical Geology Laboratory 
(Honors) (1) 

Corequisite: Geological Sciences 101 or 
101 H. Laboratory on minerals, rocks, earth- 
quakes, and map and aerial photographic 
interpretation. (3 hours laboratory and 
weekend field trips) 

120 Introduction to Earth Science (3) 

The nature of our planet, its place in 
space, its atmosphere and oceans, its interior, 
and its changing surface. (1 hour lecture, 4 
hours activity per week) 

120L Earth Science Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Geological Science 120. Rock 
and mineral identification, fluvial and marine 
processes, land-form recognition from topo- 
graphic maps, geologic maps; air and space 
photographs. (3 hours laboratory or field trips) 

140 Earth’s Atmosphere (3) 

The composition, structure and circula- 
tion of the atmosphere; the origins of storms 
and other weather disturbances. 

201 Earth History (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 

101 L. Evolution of the earth as interpreted 
from rocks, fossils and geologic structures. 
Plate tectonics provides a unifying theme for 
consideration of mountain building, evolu- 
tion of life and ancient environments. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 
(CAN GEOL 4) 

303A Mineralogy and Introduction to 
Petrology (4) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 101, 
lOlL, Chemistry 120A. Prerequisite or co- 
requisite: Geological Sciences 201. 
Crystallography; origin, occurrence, composi- 
tion and identification of minerals with 
emphasis on minerals in rocks. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 


303B Igneous and Metamorphic 
Petrology (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120B; (Geological 
Sciences 303A, 380; Computer Science 103. 
Description, classification, occurrence and 
origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 

310T Topics in California-Related 
Geology (1-3) 

Directed investigations of one aspect of 
earth science. Alternating topics are: geology 
of national parks, California geology, ocean 
off California, California earthquakes, geolog- 
ical hazards of California, and California 
gems and minerals. May be repeated for 
credit with a different topic. (3 hours lecture 
for 5, 10, or 15 weeks, optional field trips) 

321 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) 
Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 201, 

303B, 380; Computer Science 103. Textural, 
mineralogic properties of sediments used in 
discrimination of depositional conditions, 
environments, classification of sedimentary 
rocks, study of stratigraphic patterns. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, field trips) 

322 Principles of Paleontology (3) 
Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 201; 

Biology 101 or 261 or equivalent. The groups 
of organisms that have left an important fossil 
record. Taxonomy, morphology and systemat- 
ics, biostratigraphy, paleoecology, and evolu- 
tionary trends. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory, field trips) 

333 General Oceanography (3) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 101, 

10 IL and upper-division standing. The 
chemical, physical and geological nature of 
the oceans. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours labora- 
tory, field trips) 

335 General Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 101, 
Mathematics 150A. Nature, occurrence, 
movement of surface and groundwater. 
Rainfall/runoff relation, floods, aquifer evalu- 
ation, and water quality investigation. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 


340 General Meteorology (3) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 101; 
Mathematics 150A; Physics 225, 225L or 
211, 211L. Atmospheric processes, composi- 
tion and structure. Radiation, thermodynam- 
ics of moist air, precipitation mechanisms, 
atmospheric dynamics. Map analysis and use 
of thermodynamic diagrams. (3 hours 
lecture) 

355 Earth’s Interior (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 
Mathematics 150A; Physics 225A, 225AL or 
21 lA, 211AL; Chemistry 120A or equivalent. 
Geophysical, geochemical properties of 
mantle and core. Data collection techniques. 
Impact of internal processes on crustal/ 
surface phenomena. (3 hours lecture) 

360 Structural Geology (4) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 380, 
Mathematics 125, Computer Science 103. 
Faults, folds, mechanics of rock deformation, 
and elementary tectonics; solution of prob- 
lems by geometric, trigonometric and stereo- 
graphic analysis. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory, field trips) 

375 Engineering Geology (3) 

Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 380; 

Mathematics 150A; Physics 225, 225L or 
211, 211L. Engineering properties of rocks 
and soils; exploration techniques; analysis of 
geological science principles applicable to 
engineering problems; repon preparation and 
professional responsibility. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory, field trips) 

376 Applied Geology (3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 130, 135 or 

150A; (Geological Sciences 101 and one 
semester university-level physics recom- 
mended. Geology applied to engineering 
works. Earth materials, processes; site evalua- 
tion techniques; geologic hazard analysis; 
case histories. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours labo- 
ratory, field trips) 

380 Geologic Field Techniques (4) 
Prerequisites: (Geological Sciences 201, 
English 101, trigonometry. Computer Science 
103 or equivalent recommended. Brunton 
compass use, measurement of stratigraphic 
sections, principles of topographic maps and 
aerial photographs and use in geologic mapping, 
geologic map preparation, columnar sections, 
cross sections and technical reports. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours field, weekends) 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


404A Optical Mineralogy (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303. 
Principles of optical crystallography. Optical 
identification of minerals. Examination of 
rocks in thin section. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

404B Petrography (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 321 and 
404A. Composition, occurrence, and origin 
of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic 
rocks in microscopic study. (1 hour lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

406 Geochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B 
and 321, Chemistry 120B, Mathematics 
150B. Basic chemical and thermodynamic 
principles applied to the origin and alteration 
of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic 
rocks and economic mineral deposits. 

420 Earth Science for Science 
Teachers (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101 and 
10 IL plus upper division standing or science 
teaching credential. Major concepts of the 
earth sciences with primary emphasis on 
physical and planetary geology and sec- 
ondary emphasis on meteorology and 
oceanography. (3 hours of lecture, 3 hours of 
laboratory, field trips) 

423 Advanced Sedimentology and 
Stratigraphy (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303A 
and 321. Case histories from literature illus- 
trate concepts, methods, and results in sedi- 
mentology/stratigraphy analysis. Field and 
lab work center around student research on 
actual problems; research to culminate in 
paper with professional format. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

436 Hydrogeology (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335, 
360, 456, or equivalent. Occurrence, move- 
ment and utilization of groundwater 
resources; geological, geophysical and hydro- 
logical methods for groundwater exploration 
and development. Well hydraulics and 
groundwater contamination. (2 hours lecture, 
3 hours laboratory, field trips) 


437 Water Quality Investigations and 
Control (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335, 
Chemistry 120B. Methods in sampling strat- 
egy. Evaluation of chemical data for quantita- 
tive interpretation of water quality status and 
trends, surface and ground water. Techniques 
for graphic representation, water contamina- 
tion source identification and control. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, field trips) 

455 Earthquake Seismology (3) 
Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101; 

Physics 225, 225L or 211, 21 IL; Mathematics 
150A. Seismic waves, their recording and 
measurement. Estimation of earthquake 
source strength, location and mechanism. 
Introduction to seismic risk and strong 
motion studies. (3 hours lecture, field trips) 

456 Introduction to Applied Geophysics (3) 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 150B; Physics 

225, 225L or 211, 21 IL; Physics 226, 226L or 
212, 212L recommended. Seismic refraction, 
gravity, magnetic and electrical techniques and 
fundamentals as applied to determination of 
subsurface structure, groundwater and loca- 
tion of mineral resources. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory, field trips) 

460 Regional Tectonics (3) 

Prerequisite: Geological Sciences 303B, 

360; Geological Sciences 321 as prerequisite 
or corequisite. Discussion of recent literature 
on plate tectonics, tectonics of the world’s 
major orogenic belts, and tectonics of 
California. (3 hours lecture. Spring-recess 
field trip) 

470 Environmental Geology & Planning (4) 
Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 101, 
lOlL or Geological Sciences 420; upper-divi- 
sion or graduate standing. Geologic 
processes, hazards, mineral and energy 
resources and their interaction with planning 
and environmental regulations. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours lab, field trips) 

481A Geology Field Camp 1 (4) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B, 
321, 360, 380, upper-division writing require- 
ment. Geologic field mapping, operating from 
a field camp under primitive conditions in an 
area of varying geologic complexity. Field 
report, map and cross-sections completed 
during semester following field work. (45 
hours a week for three weeks during January, 

1 hour lecture) 


481B Geology Field Camp 11 (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 481 A or 
equivalent experience and consent of instruc- 
tor. Advanced geologic mapping techniques 
in a variety of geologic settings, operating 
from a field camp under primitive conditions. 
Field reports, maps and cross-sections 
required one week after completion of field 
work. (45 hours a week for three weeks 
during summer) 

48 1C Hydrology Field Camp (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 335 and 
481 A. Geologic mapping and hydrologic 
mapping and techniques applied to inte- 
grated hydrogeologic model for selected 
areas. Field report(s), map(s), cross-sections 
required. (45 hours per week for three 
weeks during summer) 

493 Directed Studies (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and 
consent of instructor. Directed studies in spe- 
cialized areas of the geological sciences, such 
as petroleum geology, sedimentology, optical 
and instrumentation techniques. Library 
research and written reports required. May be 
repeated once with a different topic. 

495 Geological Sciences Internship (3) 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in 
geological sciences. Geological sciences work 
experience, salaried or volunteer, with indus- 
try, government or private agencies. Student 
intern will be supervised by faculty adviser 
and employer. (1 hour of seminar plus a total 
of 120-150 hours of work experience) 

496L Geological Sciences Tutorial (2) 
Prerequisite: 20 units in geological sci- 
ences. Supervised experience in geological 
sciences teaching through tutoring or assist- 
ing in laboratory or field classes. 

498 Senior Thesis (1-2) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in geological 
sciences. Developed as an extension of an 
advanced course, conducted independently 
by the student under faculty supervision, cul- 
minating in a paper of professional quality. 
Two units maximum credit permitted. 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


499L Independent Study (1-3) 

Independent study of a topic selected in 
consultation with and completed under the 
supervision of the instructor. May be 
repeated for credit. 

506T Topics in Geochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Geological Sciences 303B, 
Chemistry 120B, Computer Science 103, 
consent of instructor. Special topics in geo- 
chemistry with emphasis on current investi- 
gations, specifically including isotope, 
organic, and contaminant. May be repeated 
for credit with a different topic. 


GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


gerontology 


INTRODUCTION 


Gerontology, the study of aging, is a multidisciplinary field that examines the biological, psy- 
chological, social, and health/fitness aspects of the aging process. The unprecedented growth of 
the older population has created a growing demand for professionals in a variety of fields who 
understand issues related to the aging process. 

The minor in gerontology provides students with knowledge and critical understanding of 
the processes of 
adult develop- 
ment and aging. It 
helps to prepare 
students for a 
variety of career 
opportunities in 
business, govern- 
ment, industry, 
public and private 
agencies, health 
and human ser- 
vices, research 
and education, 
and entrepreneur- 
ial endeavors. 

Many career 
options involve 
working with 

healthy and independent older adults, while other positions involve working with older adults 
who have health problems and other age-related limitations. 

ADVISEMENT 

Academic and career advisement is provided by the Coordinator of Gerontology Programs 
and members of the Gerontology Program Council. 

Information on job and volunteer opportunities, as well as professional events in gerontology 
are posted near the Gerontology Program office. Ruby Gerontology Center, Room 8. Students are 
urged to take advantage of programs available through the Career Development and Counseling 
Center, Langsdorf Hall 208. 

ruby gerontology center 

The Charles L. and Rachel E. Ruby Gerontology Center is a center for education and research 
in gerontology Students are encouraged to become involved in the research, conferences, and 
community service activities of the center. 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR: 

William Smith 

PROGRAM OFFICE: 

Ruby Gerontology Center 8 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Minor in Gerontology 
Professional Certificate in Gerontology 

Emphasis in Gerontology within M.A. 
Sociology 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Tony Bell (Sociology) 

Don Castro (Humanities 6i Social Sciences) 
Rosalie Gilford (Sociology) 

Barbara Haddad (Nursing) 

Margaret Hamilton (Extended Education) 
Jessie Jones (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion) 

Mikyong Kim-Goh (Human Services) 
Robert Koch (Biology) 

Deborah Newsome (Student 
Representative) 

Harry Norman (Extended Education) 
Kathy O’Byme (Counseling) 

Jacob Pandian (Anthroplogy) 

Roberta Rikli (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion) 

Dixie Shaw (CLE Representative) 

William Smith (Coordinator, Gerontology 
Programs) 

Duana Welch (Psychology) 


gerontology AWARD & SCHOLARSHIPS 

The Emeriti Memorial Scholarship in Gerontology has been established to honor a full-time 
continuing junior, senior, or graduate student with a minor or an emphasis in gerontology. 
Criteria include scholastic achievement and professional purpose. 

A Gerontology Program Council Award is given to a full-time junior or senior student with a 
niinor in gerontology. Criteria include active membership in the Student Association for 
Gerontology Education (SAGE), community involvement, and financial need. 

The Beverly and Arnold Miller University Scholarship in Gerontology is open to full-time, 
continuing junior, senior, or graduate students with a declared specialization in older adult 
health/wellness . 


217 


GERONTOLOGY 


STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students interested in gerontology are 
encouraged to join the Student Association 
for Gerontology Education (SAGE). 
Opportunities are available to become 
involved in research, conferences, and com- 
munity service activities. Students are also 
encouraged to become active in professional 
gerontology organizations such as the 
California Council on Gerontology and 
Geriatrics (CCGG). Applications are available 
at the Gerontology Program office. 
Gerontology Center, Room 8. 

MINOR IN GERONTOLOGY 

The gerontology minor consists of 21 
units in the following areas: 

Lower Division Requirements (3 units) 

Sociology 133 Introduction to 
Gerontology (3)* 

Upper Division Requirements (9 units from the 
following 

Sociology 333 Sociology of Aging (3) 
Psychology 362 Psychology of Aging (3)* 
Biology 306 Biology of Aging (3)* 

Kinesiology 454 Physical Activity and the 
Aging Process (3) 

Required Internship (3 units) 

One three-unit internship at the 300/400 
level in a related field. An internship is a 
supervised experience working within the 
community. Internships are coordinated 
through the student^ major department. 

Upper-Division Electives (6 units, adviser 
approved) 

Biology 311 Nutrition and Disease (3)* 

Child Development 312 Human Growth 
and Development (3)* 

English 356 The Literature of Aging (3)* 
Health Sci 342 Stress Management (3)* 
Health Sci 401 Epidemology (3) 

Health Sci 450 Applied Health Promotion 
Throughout the Lifespan (3) 

Human Services 380 Theories and 
Techniques of Counseling (3)* 

Human Services 385 Program Design and 
Proposal Writing (3) 

Human Services 410 Crisis Intervention for 
Para-Professionals (3) 

Human Services 420 Human Services 
Management (3) 


Human Services 480 Case Analysis and 
Intervention Techniques (3) 

Kinesiology 353 Physical Activity and 
Lifelong Well-Being (3)* 

Kinesiology 400 Program Design in 
Kinesiology and Health Promotion (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations and 
Operations (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Nursing 301 Promotion of Optimal 
Health (3)* 

Nursing 302 The Health Delivery System 
and the Consumer (3)* 

Nursing 303 Women’s Health and 
Healing (3)* 

Nursing 357 Health Promotion: Adult-Aged 
Nursing (3) 

Philosophy 314 Medical Ethics (3)* 

Psychology 302 Learning and Memory (3) 

Psychology 303 Sensation and Perception (3) 

Psychology 364 Intelligence: A Life-span 
Perspective (3) 

Psychology 474 Health Psychology (3) 

Psychology 475 Psychopharmacology (3) 

Sociology 361 Population and the 
Environment (3)* 


Sociology 371 Urban Sociology (3)* 
Sociology 433 Aging and Social Services (3) 
Sociology 450 Sociology of Sex Roles (3)* 
Sociology 451 Sociology of the Family (3)* 

Sociology 460 Sociology of Death and 
Dying (3)* 

Speech Comm 320 Intercultural 
Communication (3)* 


Speech Comm 345 Communication and 
Aging (3)* 

* Meets General Education requirement. 


Additional elective courses are available in 
selected departments across campus. Such 
additional electives are chosen in consulta- 
tion with the major department adviser and 
with the approval of the Director of 
Gerontology Programs. Up to nine units of 
course work may be applied to both the 
major and gerontology minor. 


Majors That Complement the Minor In 
Gerontology 

The gerontology minor is available and 
appropriate to strengthen and otherwise com- 
plement the course work of students in many 
majors. Notation of the minor appears on the 
transcript and the diploma. 

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE IN 
GERONTOLOGY 

Admission to this program requires a 
bachelor’s degree with a minimum grade- 
point average of 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units. The program requires 18 units total: 
three units on the social and psychological 
aspects of aging and 15 units of electives. For 
further information on specific course 
content, please contact Margaret Hamilton, 
Extended Education, (714) 278-1859. 

EMPHASIS IN GERONTOLOGY 

An emphasis in gerontology is offered 
under the Master of Arts in Sociology. Degree 
requirements are outlined in the Sociology 
Department section of this catalog. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, B.S., M.S. 

Students pursuing the B.S. or M.S. in 
Physical Education may choose a focus area 
in adult fitness and aging. Requirements are 
available through the Department of 
Kinesiology and Health Promotion. 


218 


GERONTOLOGY 



INTRODUCTION 

Historians engage in systematic study of the human past in order to discover meaning for 
people in the present. The student of history may draw upon the subject matter and methods of 
many academic disciplines. Thus, social history employs the methods of the social sciences, 
including quantitative analysis, in examining social movements and issues in the past; 
Psychohistory utilizes the approaches of psychology in the study of the behavior of historically 
significant 
individuals 
and 

groups; 
and the 
develop- 
ment of the 
various 
areas of 
human 
intellectual 
and cul- 
tural activ- 
ity, for 
instance 
the arts 

and sciences, are studied to inform us of how and why people have thought as they did. 

Lower-division survey courses are designed to convey the broad sweep of past human events 
and introduce the student to the study of causation and historical source materials. Aspects of 
the philosophy and methodology of history and the mechanics of writing historical essays are 
addressed in History 300A and 300B. The study, in greater depth, of specialized historical topics 
comprises the bulk of the upper division offerings of the department. History majors are required 
to take History 490, a senior seminar on a special topic in which they are expected to write an 
original historical essay based chiefly upon the analysis of historical materials that date from the 
time of the events studied. 

The history major is useful for students who: (1) seek a broad liberal arts education with the 
option to choose more specialized study by geographical region, epoch and focus of inquiry (cul- 
tural, social, etc.); (2) plan a career in government service, including positions in United States 
Government agencies and international organizations overseas; (3) in business where writing, 
research and people skills are important; (4) pursue a career in private, nonprofit organizations 
that may involve research and service organizations, i.e. archives, museums and libraries; (5) 
desire to study law; (6) intend to prepare for primary or secondary school teaching, or (7) intend 
to work for advanced degrees in history in preparation for college teaching. The department is 
committed to the university’s missions and goals — where learning is preeminent. 



Credential Information 

Teaching credentials require specific study plans and students are urged to seek advice from 
^ adviser early in their course of study. Majors planning to teach at the secondary level should 
have a study plan approved by the Undergraduate Coordinator or designee by the first semester 
of their junior year in residence. 

f-h^l History 

The Oral History Program, under the aegis of the Department of History, is one of the most 
comprehensive university-based oral history programs in the nation. In addition to offering 
course work in interviewing techniques, technical processing methodology, and community field- 
'vork, the program administers an assortment of ethnic, political, and other regional projects. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR: 

William W. Haddad 

VICE CHAIR: 

Seymour Scheinberg 

DEPARTMENT OFHCE: ^ 

Humanities 815F 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 1 

Bachelor of Arts in History 

Minor in History ^ 

Master of Arts in History 

FACULTY ' 

Gordon Bakken, Leland Bellot, Gayle 
Brunelle, Donald S. Castro, Jack Crabbs, 

Lawrence de Graaf, Jack Elenbaas, Nancy * 

Fitch, George Giacumakis, William W 

Haddad, Arthur Hansen, B. Carmon Hardy, ( 

Harry Jeffrey, Samuel Kupper, Mougo 
Nyaggah, David Pivar, Ronald Rietveld, 

Seymour Scheinberg, Gary Shumway, 

Roshanna Sylvester, Ernest Toy, David Van | 

Deventer, Nelson Woodard, James * 

Woodward, Cecile Zinberg ( 

ADVISERS . 

General Advisement: I 

Check with departmental office. 

Undergraduate Coordinator: 

Gayle Brunelle 
Graduate Adviser: 

David Van Deventer 
Credential Advisers: 

Seymour Scheinberg and Nelson 
Woodard 


219 


HISTORY 


Pre-Professional Information 

Students intending careers in government 
service or business should seek counsel from 
an adviser. Those planning to pursue gradu- 
ate study in history should consult a faculty 
member of their choice. Those who expect to 
attend law school should plan their course of 
study with Professor Bakken, Bellot, Hardy, 
or Kupper. 

Prizes and Scholarships 

Students should inquire at the 
Depanment Office for information regarding 
departmental prizes and scholarships. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The undergraduate major requires a total 
of 45 units distributed as follows: 

Introductory Survey Courses (12 units) 

World Civilization (6 units) 

1. History 1 lOA World Civilizations to the 
16th Century (3) 

AND History HOB World Civilizations 
Since the 16th Century (3) 

US History (6 units) 

2. History 170A United States to 1877 (3) 
AND History 170B United States Since 
1877 (3) 

OR History 180 Survey of American 
History (3) 

OR History 190 Survey of American 
History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Intermediate Requirements (24 units) 
History 300A Historical Thinking (3) 

History 300B Historical Writing (3) 

At least 6 units in each of the following 
fields: 

1. United States History 

2. European and Ancient Mediterranean 
History 

3. Latin American, Asian, African, or Middle 
Eastern History 

Advanced Requirements (9 units) 

Two upper-division history electives 
History 490T Senior Research Seminar (3) 

MINOR IN HISTORY 

The minor in history, undertaken in con- 
sultation with a history adviser, should 
include a concentration in a general field. 

1. Lower-division course work - 6 or 9 units 
(including general education) 


2. Upper-division course work - 15 or 18 

units (including History 300A) 

A total of 24 units is required for the 
minor in history. 

To complete 24 units, the student has the 
option of taking the last three units either in 
the introductory requirements or the upper- 
division course work. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The Master of Arts degree in history is 
designed to provide a course of study for 
those whose interests are in teaching, busi- 
ness, government service and the professions 
as well as for personal enrichment. It offers 
all the basic requirements for those who 
intend to pursue a doctoral degree upon the 
completion of their study at California State 
University, Fullerton. 

Prerequisites 

Applicants to the Master’s program must 
first fulfill all requirements for admission to 
graduate standing in the University. A student 
must have a baccalaureate degree from an ac- 
credited institution with a grade-point average 
of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 
and a 3.0 grade-point average in upper divi- 
sion history courses. After fulfilling the uni- 
versity requirements, the applicant’s records 
are sent to the History Department’s graduate 
coordinator for evaluation. Students with 
deficiencies will be considered for admission 
only after they have completed courses 
approved by the coordinator. 

Study Plan 

Each student determines his or her study 
plan with the graduate coordinator and an 
adviser in the area of specialization before com- 
mencing course work. Two plans are offered: 
Plan 1, in which one specific field of interest is 
developed, requiring a written thesis or project 
(with an oral examination taken before the final 
draft); Plan 11, in which the student must pass 
written comprehensive examinations in two of 
the following fields: (1) American; (2) 
European; or (3) Latin American, Asian, 
African, or Middle Eastern areas. 

Thirty units of work are required for the 
master’s degree. All students must complete 
the following courses: 

History 503 Theory and History (3) 

History 520 Seminar in European History (3) 

OR History 570 Seminar in American 

History (3) 


220 


History 52 IT Directed Readings Seminar — 
European History (3) 

OR History 57 IT Directed Readings 
Seminar — ^American History (3) 

In addition, nine more units of 500-level 
course work must be taken, making a total 
of 18. The remaining 12 units may be taken 
in 400-level or graduate courses related to 
the study plan, at least one of which must be 
taken in history. 

Before advancement to candidacy, a cul- 
tural understanding or research skill require- 
ment must be met. This may be fulfilled in a 
variety of ways: (1) an examination on 
reading ability in a foreign language, (2) 
completion of 12 units of comparative 
studies in other departments appropriate to 
the student’s program, (3) an examination or 
courses taken in statistics, or (4) courses and 
certification by the oral history director. 

EMPHASIS IN PUBLIC HISTORY 

Students seeking admission to the Master 
of Arts in history with an emphasis in public 
history must meet the same admission 
requirements as those entering the regular 
history program. The degree requirements 
include 30 units of course work and comple- 
tion of cultural understanding or skill 
requirement prior to candidacy. 

Required History Courses (9 units) 

History 503 Theory and History (3) 

History 506 Seminar in Public History (3) 

History 57 IT Directed Readings Seminar — 
American History (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

Electives must include six units in 
adviser-approved content courses, three of 
which must be in history, and six units from 
the following applied courses: 

History 456 Introduction to Public 
History (3) 

History 492 Community History (3) 

History 493 Oral History (3) 

History 494 History and Editing (3) 

Culminating Experience (6 units) 

History 596 Graduate Internship in 
History (3) 

History 597 History Project (3 or 6) 

For further information call the 
Department of History. 


HISTORY 


history courses 

IlOA World Civilizations to the 16th 
Century (3) 

The development of Western and non- 
Westem civilizations from their origins to the 
16th century. 

HOB World Civilizations Since the 16th 
Century (3) 

The development of Western and non- 
Westem civilizations from the 16th century 
to the present. (CAN HIST SEQ C = History 
llOAand HOB) 

170A United States to 1877 (3)* 

The political, social, economic and cul- 
tural development of the United States to 
1877. Old World background, rise of the new 
nation, sectional problems, the Civil War and 
Reconstruction. (CAN HIST 8) 

170B United States Since 1877 (3)* 

U.S. History from the late 19th century to 
the present. Economic transformation, politi- 
cal reform movements, social, cultural, and 
intellectual changes, and the role of the 
United States in world affairs. (CAN HIST 10; 
CAN HIST SEQ B = History 170A and 1708) 

180 Survey of American History (3)* 
American history from prehistoric times 
(before 1492) to the present according to 
chronological time periods. Basic themes 
which prevade the entire sweep of the 
nation’s history. Satisfies state requirement in 
U.S. History. Not available for credit to stu- 
dents who have completed History 190. 

190 Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3)* 

A survey of American history from prehis- 
toric times (before 1492) to the present with 
special emphasis on the role of race and eth- 
nicity. (Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies/Chicano 
Studies 190). Credit will not be given for 
both History 180 and 190. 

201 The History of Asian- Americans (3) 
This class examines the origins and evolu- 
tion of Asian American communities and cul- 
tures, with an emphasis upon the southern 
California region, through selected books, oral 
bistories, films, outside speakers, and excur- 
sions. (Same as Asian American Studies 201) 


230 The Ascent of Man (3) 

Science and technology in the develop- 
ment of human culture, especially the devel- 
opment of science in western culture since 
the 17th century. Scientific concepts, their 
emergence and the social impact of science. 

300A Historical Thinking (3) 

The nature of history, history of historical 
thought, and history’s relationship to the 
humanities and social sciences. Seminar 
required of all history majors. 

300B Historical Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: History 300A. Research, 
writing and library usage (including com- 
puter-assisted bibliographic searches) as 
related to history. Meets the classroom portion 
of the upper-division writing requirement for 
history majors. Seminar required of all history 
majors. 

302A,B Historical Dimension of Liberal 
Studies (3,3) 

Prerequisite for 302A: Completion of 
General Education requirement 11. A. 
Prerequisite for 302B: History 302A. The 
origins and development of modes of thought 
and forms of expression in the three core 
areas of liberal studies, i.e., the natural sci- 
ences, the social sciences, and the arts and 
humanities. 

311 World War 11 (3) 

A history of World War 11: Films, docu- 
mentaries, lectures and discussion. 

330 History of Economic Development in 
the First and Third Worlds (3) 
Prerequisite: History 1 lOB. Examines eco- 
nomic development in the first and third 
worlds. Emphasizes the transition from agrar- 
ian to industrial economics, the emergence of 
modem class systems, and the utilization of 
women and ethnic minorities in modem and 
traditional economies. 

350 History of Latin American 
Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement 11.A. The social, eco- 
nomic, political and cultural evolution of 
Latin America from the European conquest to 
the present. 


355 History of African Civilization (3) 
Examines the social, political, economic 
and cultural evolution of African civilizations 
from early times to the present. Credit will 
not be given for both History 355 and Afro- 
Ethnic Studies 346. 

360 Modern Asia: Nationalism and 
Revolutionary Change (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. A modular 
analysis of nationalism, revolution and mod- 
ernization as drawn from the experiences of 
the countries of China, Japan, India and 
Southeast Asia. 

386A American Social History 
1750-1860 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement ll.B. A social history of 
the United States to the Civil War; reform 
movements, temperance, moral purity, 
women’s rights, anti-slavery, spiritualism and 
their importance to the formation of a modem 
society. (Same as American Studies 386A) 

386B American Social History 
1865-1930 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement ll.B. A social history 
of the United States from the Civil War; 
reform, social organization and values. The 
women’s movement, censorship, divorce, the 
child and the limits of reform movements in 
an organizational society. (Same as American 
Studies 386B) 

394 The American Civil War (3) 
Prerequisite: History 170A or 180 or 

consent of instructor. A history of the 
American Civil War. Both contemporary and 
current analyses of the war will be amplified 
by the use of films and slides. 

395 A History of the First World War (3) 
Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or consent of 

instmctor. A history of the Great War stress- 
ing the military, social, economic and politi- 
cal asjxcts of the war. Films, documentaries 
and special lectures. 

402 Ancient and Medieval Britain (3) 
Prerequisite: History 1 lOA. Britain from 5 
B.C. to 1485. The constitutional, institutional 
and cultural aspects of Roman, Celtic, Anglo- 
Saxon, Norman and Plantagenet Britain. 


221 


HISTORY 


403 Tudor-Stuart England (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or HOB. 

England from the accession of Henry VII to 
the Glorious Revolution. The political, insti- 
tutional, ecclesiastical and cultural aspects of 
the period of the Tudors and Stuarts. 

404 History of Modem England and Great 
Britain (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. Modem 
British history (Glorious Revolution to 
present). The achievement of constitutional 
monarchy, transition from agrarian to indus- 
trial society, establishment of political democ- 
racy and the rise and fall of socialism. 

405 History of the Jews (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education requirement II.A. The Jewish 
people from the biblical period to the present. 
The literature of each period as well as the 
relationships which exist between the Jewish 
communities and the societies in which they 
exist. (Same as Religious Studies 405) 

406 The Holocaust (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB, or any modem 
European upper division course. This course 
will trace the history and examine the 
origins, implementation, and results of the 
European-wide programs of persecution and 
genocide carried out by Nazi Germany and 
their collaborators against the jews during 
the period 1933-1945. (Same as Comparative 
Religion 406) 

408 History of California (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education requirement II. B. The political, 
economic and social history of California 
from the aboriginal inhabitants to the 
present; the development of contemporary 
institutions and the historical background of 
current issues. 

409 Cities in European Civilization, 
1000-1915 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or HOB. This 
course is designed to offer undergraduate stu- 
dents an opportunity to explore the urban 
history of Western Europe from the revival of 
urban life in the High Middle Ages through 
WWl, with a focus on urban social and cul- 
tural evolution. 


411 World War II Japanese American 
Evacuation (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of General 
Education Category llI.C.l and History 
HOB, 180, or 190. An exploration of the 
World War II eviction and detention of 
people of Japanese ancestry in the United 
States, pivoting on the significance of this 
experience in the areas of civil and human 
rights, cross-cultural relations, and interna- 
tional affairs. (Same as Asian Amer 411) 

415A Classical Greece (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
The civilization of ancient Greece. The rise 
and flourishing of the classical city-states; the 
literary and philosophic contributions to 
modem civilization. 

41 7A Roman Republic (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
Roman social and political institutions under 
the republic. 

417B Roman Empire (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
Roman imperial institutions and culture with 
attention to the rise of Christianity. (Same as 
Religious Studies 417B) 

420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
The East Roman Empire from Constantine to 
the Ottoman conquest of 1453. Institutional 
aspects of Byzantine society: church, state, 
the economy, law and culture. 

421 A History of the Christian Church 
to 1025 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
The Christian Church from its origins in the 
apostolic preaching through the Middle Ages 
in both the East and West. (Same as Religious 
Studies 421 A) 

42 IB History of the Christian Church 
from 1025 to the Present (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 
The western church as an institution from 
1025 to the present. Orthodoxy, Catholicism 
and Protestantism in historical perspective. 
(Same as Religious Studies 42 IB) 


423 Medieval History, 300-1350 (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 

Medieval civilizations — East European, West 
European, and Islamic — from the decline of 
the Roman Empire to the beginning of the 
Hundred Year’s War, with emphasis on cul- 
tural, intellectual, and social history. 

424 Gender and Sexuality in Modem 
European History (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB. Gender and 
sexuality in European history since the 16th 
century. Course examines historical forces 
that shaped masculinity and femininity in 
past societies. 

425A The Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II.A. Europe in the 
14th and 15th centuries: the development of 
humanism and capitalism in Italy and their 
impact on European culture, the rise of 
Renaissance monarchies, the Renaissance 
papacy, Christian humanism and Renaissance 
science and mysticism. 

425B The Reformation (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II .A. Europe in the 
16th and 17th centuries: the impact of the 
Protestant and Catholic Reformations on 
European culture, the religious wars, the 
price revolution and the crises of the nobility, 
the rise of absolutism and the early modem 
family. (Same as Religious Studies 42 5B) 

427 Enlightenment and Revolution (3) 
Prerequisites: History HOA-B. The impact 

of slavery in the French Caribbean, the rise 
of nation states, the emergence of 
Enlightenment thought, feminism, and 
popular politics during the eighteenth 
century and the French Revolution. 

428 The Rise and Decline of Liberal 
Europe in the 19th Century (3) 

Prerequisites: History HOA-B. The impact 
of industrialization, liberal political reform, 
and new forms of consumption and produc- 
tion on the daily lives of men and women 
who lived in nineteenth century Europe. 
Socialist, nationalist, and feminist responses 
to social change. 

429A Europe 1890-1945 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. A survey of 
the cultural, political, and economic history 
of Europe, 1890-1945. 


HISTORY 


429B Europe Since 1945 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. A survey of 
the cultural, political, and economic history 
of Europe since 1945. 

430 History of Science: Copernicus 
to the Present (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of General 
Education requirement lll.A.l and in.A.2. 
Science from the 16th century to the present 
especially the scientific revolutions of the 
17th and 20th centuries and the interaction 
between science, technology and culture. 

432 From Bismarck to Hitler: Modern 
Germany, 1870-1945 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. This course 
will both survey the social and political 
history of Germany from 1871 through 
World War 11 and introduce students to 
current historiographical debates in modem 
German history. 

434 A Russia to 1890 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement 11. A. The establish- 
ment of the Russian state at Kiev through the 
great reforms, the revolutionary movement 
and reaction of the 19th century. The shaping 
of contemporary Russia. 

434B The Russian Revolutions & the 
Soviet Regime (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 
The 1905 and 1917 revolutions and the sub- 
sequent consolidation of power under the 
Communist regime. The continuity and 
change in Russian social, political, cultural 
institutions and foreign policy affected by the 
impact of Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist ideology. 

449 Race, Ethnicity and Gender in Latin 
America: A History (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB. The course 
examines the issues of race, ethnicity, and 
gender in Latin America from the 1 5th 
century to the present. Emphasis will be on 
Latin America’s two largest countries, Brazil 
and Mexico. 

450 African History Since 1935 (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 

This course examines the issues of European 
imperialism, settler cultures, racism and 
African consciousness, ethnic conflict, gender, 
nationalist and guerrilla liberation move- 
ments, Pan-Africanism, international rela- 
tions, and society development policies in 
Africa since 1935. (Same as Afro 450) 


451 Colonial Period of Latin America (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 

Latin America from its pre-Columbian origins 
to the era of the Wars of Independence. 
Emphasis on the ethnic, social, and cultural 
factors which characterized the colonial 
period. 

452 20th-Century Brazil (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. Social, eco- 
nomic, cultural, and political history of 
Brazil, with particular emphasis on the post- 
World War II period. 

453 History of Mexico (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any course 

which meets the General Education require- 
ments for either II. A. or II. B. History of 
Mexico from pre-Columbian times to end of 
the active stage of the Mexican Revolution in 
1933. Special focus on the creation of a 
Mexican historical identity. 

454 19th Century Latin America: Era of 
Nation Building (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 
Latin America during the 19th century 
(1810-1910) with emphasis on cultural and 
socio-political factors which were important 
in the creation of Latin American nations. 
Special focus on development of the Rio de la 
Plata, the Andean nations, and Mexico. 

455 Latin America Since 1945 (3) 
Prerequisites: completion of History 

HOA-B or consent of instructor. Focuses on 
political, economic, cultural and social pat- 
terns in key Latin American nations from 
1945 to the present. 

456 Introduction to Public History (3) 
Prerequisite: History 180 or its equivalent. 

Applications of history to activities outside of 
teaching and academic research. Will intro- 
duce archival work, historic preservation, 
exhibit interpretation, and historical research 
and writing in business, government and 
individual consulting. 

457 West Africa and the African 
Diaspora (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB or equivalent. 
This course deals with West African relation- 
ships with the African diaspora in the 
Americas. Examines issues of the origins of 
political conflict, economic exploitation, 
racism, gender, revolts, emancipation, Pan- 
Africanism, and rights of African descendants 
since the 15th century. (Same as Afro 457) 


458 Southern Africa in the 20th 
Century (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. 
Twentieth-century developments in the Union 
(Republic) of South Africa, Central Africa (the 
Rhodesias and Nyasaland) and the 
Portuguese colonies; the political, economic 
and social ramifications of race relations. 

462A History of China (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOA or equivalent. 
Chinese history from ancient times to the 
middle of the 17th century; society, thought, 
economy and political institutions. 

462B History of China (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. 
Chinese history from the middle of the 17th 
century to the 1950s. China’s internal devel- 
opments and foreign intrusion, the rise of 
modem Chinese nationalism and intellectual 
developments in the Republican period, and 
the attempts at modernization and the 
triumph of communism. 

462C China Since 1949 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. 
History of China from 1949 to the present. 
The Communist Party, political institutions, 
ideology, economic modernization and 
foreign relations of China. 

463A History of Japan (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General 
Education requirement II. A. The social, polit- 
ical, and economic history of japan until 
1868 stressing the Tokugawa era. 

463B History of japan (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. 
The rise of the modem Japanese state, 
Japanese imperialism and the postwar era. 

464A History of Southeast Asia, 
1850-1945 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB or equivalent. 
Southeast Asia under the impact of imperial- 
ism and the effects of the Pacific War on the 
European empires. 

464B History of Contemporary Southeast 
Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. 
Southeast Asia since the Pacific War to the 
present. The problems of the area and 
American involvement in Southeast Asia. 


223 


HISTORY 


465A History of India (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II .A. Survey of the 
history of India from ancient times through 
the arrival of Islam to the decline of the 
Mughul Empire in 18th century. Political 
developments, social and religious institu- 
tions: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, class, 
caste, early impact of Europeans. (Same as 
Religious Studies 465A) 

465B History of India (3) 

Prerequisite: History 1 lOB or equivalent. 
India from early activities of British in 18th 
century through Indian Independence in 
1948. Political, economic, religious develop- 
ments: crystallization of British supremacy in 
South Asia through the Indian Mutiny of 
1857; India’s struggle for independence; 
emergence of Gandhi and Nehru. (Same as 
Religious Studies 465B) 

466A Islamic Civilization: Arab Era (3) 
Prerequisite: History 1 lOA or equivalent. 
Arab predominance in the Middle East from 
the rise of Islam to the Mongol invasions of the 
13th century. (Same as Religious Studies 466A) 

466B Islamic Civilization: Imperial 
Age (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II. A. The Mongol 
invasions of the Middle East and their effects. 
The Ottoman Turkish, Safavid Persian and 
Moghul Empires to 1800. (Same as Religious 
Studies 466B) 

467 The Middle East in the 19th 
Century (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 
Western penetration of the Middle East and 
the reaction to it, modernization, the growth 
of nationalist movements and revolutionary 
disturbances ending with World War I. 

468 Middle East in the 20th Century (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or equivalent. 

Social, political and economic changes in the 
Middle East since World War I. The period 
after World War II and recent independence 
movements. 

469 American Military History (3) 
Prerequisite: History 180 or equivalent. A 

survey of America’s military experience focus- 
ing upon the democratic, industrial, manage- 
rial, mechanical, scientific, and social 
revolutions that have molded military institu- 
tions and national policies. 


470 American Colonial Civilization (3) 
Prerequisite: History 170A or 180 or 

consent of instructor. Analyzes the creation 
and development of societies in English 
Nonh America from 1492-1754; the emer- 
gence of economic, social and political pat- 
terns and structures in a maturing Anglo- 
American culture. 

471 The United States from Colony 
to Nation (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or 180 or 
consent of instructor. Social, economic, politi- 
cal and intellectual developments in late 18th- 
century America, the coming of the American 
Revolution, origins of American nationalism, 
social structure of the new nation, and forma- 
tion and ratification of the Constitution. 

472 Jeffersonian Themes in American 
Society, 1800-1861 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of general educa- 
tion requirements in American History, 
Institutions and Values. Jeffersonian values 
and their impact upon the social, political 
and cultural life of the nation. 

473 Democracy on Trial, 1845-1877 (3) 
Prerequisite: completion of general educa- 
tion section in American History, Institutions 
and Values. America’s "great national crisis" 
and the impact of slavery, civil war and 
national reconstruction upon the democratic 
process of the republic. 

474 United States, 1876-1920 (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or 180 or 

equivalent. Industrialization, urbanization, 
and immigration. Reconstruction, the New 
South, and the West. Populist and 
Progressive reform movements. World War I 
and the Red Scare. 

475 United States, 1920-1960 (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or 180 or 

equivalent. Major trends and conflicting 
values in domestic policies, national security 
policies, the economy, society and culture. 
Analyses of civil rights, civil liberties, parties 
and politics. Examination of key historio- 
graphic controversies. 

476 United States Since 1960 (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or 180 or 

equivalent. U.S. History from 1960 to 
present, interrelating foreign and domestic 
policy, economic, social and cultural trends, a 
study of U.S. history as it is being formed. 


477 Women’s Image in American Film (3) 
Prerequisite: History 180 or H0A,B. 

Images, symbols, visual metaphors and myths 
will be studied as they relate to the image of 
women. Change in film images will be con- 
trasted with the changing status of women in 
America. 

478 The History of Orange County (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOB or 180 or 

equivalent. The history of Orange County. 
Stress on the process of urbanization. 

479 The Urbanization of American 
Life (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II. B. Urban life in 
America; the colonial town, the western town 
and the industrial city. 

480 Development of American Law (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOA or HOB. 

American law; contracts, property, commer- 
cial law, criminal law, corporations, torts, civil 
procedure and the legal profession. 

481 Westward Movement in the 
United States (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II. B. The expansion of 
the United States population and sovereignty 
from the eastern seaboard to the Pacific, colo- 
nial times to 1900; regional development 
during the frontier period. 

482 Themes in American Thought (3) 
Prerequisite: History HOA-B or 180 or 

190. An examination of intellectual move- 
ments and ideas from the colonial period 
through the twentieth century. Examples of 
topics treated are: Puritanism; the Enlighten- 
ment influence in America; utopian reform; 
Darwinism; and Freudian thought. 

483 American Religious History (3) 
Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education requirement II.B. American religious 
life and the proliferation of religious organiza- 
tions as the result of the transplanting of the 
European religious heritage in a new environ- 
ment. (Same as Religious Studies 483) 


HISTORY 


484 American Legal and Constitutional 
History (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II. B. Examination of 
legal and constitutional issues affecting the 
development of the U.S. Constitution, 
American law and government. The course 
will survey developments from English and 
colonial legal origins to constitutional prob- 
lems of the post-World War II era. 

485 United States Foreign Relations (3) 
Prerequisite: History 170B or 180 or 

equivalent. Relations from 1900 to the 
present. The United States as a world power 
in the 20th-century; the search for world 
order and the diplomacy of the atomic age. 

486 United States Cultural History (3) 
Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education requirement II. B. The social and 
intellectual development of the United States 
from the Civil War to the present. 

487 History of American Parties and 
Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II. B. Development of 
American political parties and issues from 
1787 to the present. Analyzes the evolution 
and change in American political parties and 
the recent impact of mass media upon them. 

490T Senior Research Seminar (3) 
Prerequisites: History 300A and 300B or 
consent of instructor. Directed research 
seminar with class discussions applied to spe- 
cific topics and areas as schedule and staff 
allow. Original research and writing. Required 
of all history majors. 

49 IT Proseminar in Special Topics in 
History (3) 

Prerequisite: History 300A and 300B or 
consent of instructor. Intensive study of 
selected phases or periods of history. 

492 Community History (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education requirement II.B. Historical devel- 
opment of communities in general including 
the Orange County area. Techniques of gath- 
ering and processing local historical data, 
including oral interviews and other archival 
materials. 


493 Oral History (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 

Education requirement II.B. The utilization of 
tape recorded interviews to document signifi- 
cant events in 20th-century history. Training 
will be given in interviewing techniques, spe- 
cific background research and equipment 
use, after which students conduct a number 
of tape recorded interviews. 

494 History and Editing (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing and consent 

of instructor. Techniques of editing, book and 
photo layout, and indexing. Focuses on oral 
history documents but includes other histori- 
cal and technical editing. 

498 History Internship (3) 

The internship program offers work expe- 
rience related to the history academic 
program or to areas of public and private 
employment where any liberal arts major is 
appropriate. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in history 
with consent of department chair. May be 
repeated for credit. 

503 Theory and History (3) 

Prerequisite: History 502 or consent of 
instructor. Seminar introducing student to 
philosophical issues in history as a humanis- 
tic social science, to epistemological consider- 
ations of the relationship of history to other 
disciplines, and to new subdisciplines in 
history. Required for the M.A. 

506 Seminar in Public History (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

Seminar in sources, themes, writing and 
formats used by historians working outside 
the classroom. Content will vary with 
instructor and will emphasize application of 
historical methods to various sectors of com- 
munity history. Alternative to History 
570/520 requirement for M.A. Required for 
M.A. students pursuing the Public History 
Emphasis. 

520 Seminar in European History (3) 
Prerequisite: History 503 or equivalent. A 
seminar in which students will utilize 
primary sources in writing research papers in 
European History. May be repeated once for 
credit when covering a different subfield. 


52 IT Directed Readings Seminar in 
Fields of European History (3) 
Prerequisite: a three-unit upper-division 
course in the sub-field of the offering or its 
equivalent. A critical examination of the liter- 
ature that has been important in different 
fields of European history. May be repeated 
for credit when covering a different subfield. 

570 Seminar in American History (3) 
Prerequisite: History 503 or equivalent. A 
seminar in which students will utilize 
primary sources in writing research papers in 
American History. May be repeated once for 
credit when covering a different subfield. 

57 IT Directed Readings Seminar in 
Fields of American History (3) 
Prerequisite: a three-unit upper-division 
course in the sub-field of the offering or per- 
mission of instructor. A critical examination 
of literature that has been important or influ- 
ential in specific fields of American history. 
May be repeated for credit when covering a 
different subfield. 

596 Graduate Internship in History (3) 
Prerequisite: classified graduate status. 

Professional-level internship in historical 
work. Usually precedes History 597, Project, 
and constitutes research phase of main grad- 
uate exercise as well as preparation for post- 
graduate career. This course may be repeated 
for credit. 

597 History Project (3 or 6) 

The editing of a significant body of 
primary source materials, including a critical 
and interpretive introduction as well as 
appropriate reference and explanatory